Showing fragments matching your search for: <strong>""</strong>

No matching fragments found in this document.

[Plaintext beta, 23 September 1999]

TO THE READER

  Scientology is a religious philosophy containing pastoral
counseling procedures intended to assist an individual to gain
greater knowledge of self. The Mission of the Church of Scientology
is a simple one-to help the v individual achieve greater self
confidence and personal integrity thereby enabling him to really
trust and respect himself and his fellow man. The attainment of the
benefits and goals of Scientology requires each individual s
positive participation as only through his own efforts can he
achieve these.

  This is pan of the religious literature and works of the Founder
of Scientology L. Ron Hubbard. It is presented to the reader as
part of the record of his personal research into Life and should be
construed only as a written report of such research and not as a
statement of claims made by the Church or the author.

  Scientology and its sub study Dianetics as practiced by the
Church address only the spiritual side of Man. Although the Church
as are all churches is free to engage in spiritual healing it does
not, as its primary goal is increased knowledge and personal
integrity for all. For this reason the Church does not wish to
accept individuals who desire treatment of physical illness or
insanity but refers these to qualifies specialists in other
organizations who deal in these matters

  The Hubbard Electrometer is a religious artifact used in the
Church confessional. It in itself. does nothing and is used by
Ministers only to assist parishioners in locating areas of
spiritual distress or travail.

  We hope the reading of this book is only the first stage of a
personal voyage of discovery into the positive and effective
religion of Scientology. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS Church of
Scientology

  This book belongs to_____

  Date_____



               THE ORGANIZATION EXECUTIVE COURSE


                              The
                    Organization Executive
                             Course
              AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCIENTOLOGY POLICY

                               by
                        L. Ron Hubbard
              FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY

  HCO
  DISSEMINATION
  DIVISION
  2

SCIENTOLOGY PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION

Published by
AOSH DK Publications Department A/S
Jernbanegade 6
1608 Copenhagen V
Denmark

Publishers for Dianetics(R) and Scientology

Copyright (c) 1971, 1973
1956, 1957, 1958, 1959, 1960, 1961, 1962
1963, 1964, 1965, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1969, 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

No part of this book may be reproduced
without permission of the copyright owner.

First printing 1971
Second printing 1973

  HCOB 22 Feb. 1957, page 247, and HCO PLs 30 Oct. 1959, page
131, 17 June 1968 issue 11, page 11, and 3 Aug. 1970, page 346,
have been added in this edition.

  The E-Meter is not intended or effective for the diagnosis,
treatment or prevention of any disease.

  Dianetics and Scientology are the trademarks of L. Ron Hubbard
in respect of his published works.

Printed in Denmark by Permild & Rosengreen


                            CONTENTS

                  HCO DISSEMINATION DIVISION 2

26 Oct.  1956  Gradient Scale of Personnel Procurement
               (HCOB reissued as HCO PL 7 Jan. 1964)                 1
21 Jan.  1965  Vital Data on Promotion (revised 5 Apr. 1965)         4
17 Nov.  1965  The Basic Principles of Promotion                     7
               HCO Dissemination Division 2 Org Board Outline        8
2  Nov.  1967  Dissemination Division, Departments of Promotion,
               Publications and Registration                         9
17 June  1968  ARC Break Registrars and Auditors (corrects 2
               Nov. 1967)                                           11
30 Sept. 1965  Statistics for Divisions - HCO Dissem Division
               2 (excerpt)                                          12
19 Feb.  1968  Stats Dissem                                         12
25 May   1968  GDS - Dissem Division                                12
5  June  1968  Stats Dissem (addition to 19 Feb. 1968)              13
5  Feb.  1971  Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised HCO
               Dissem Division 2 (excerpt)                          13
20 Nov.  1965  The Promotional Actions of an Organization
               HCO Dissemination Division 2 (excerpt)               14
25 Jan.  1957  Concerning the Separateness of Dianetics and
               Scientology                                          15
26 Mar.  1959  Dissemination Secretary Hat                          18
27 Apr.  1959  Why New Books are Few                                20
26 June  1959  Dissemination Secretary Hat                          22
15 Mar.  1960  Hat Co-ordination: Dissemination of Dianetics
               and Scientology Materials                            24
25 Apr.  1960  PRR Promotion (HCOB)                                 25
24 Jan.  1964  Enrollment Division (excerpt)                        28
25 Jan.  1964  Department of Enrollment                             29
29 Jan.  1964  Charts, Routings and Publications - The Enrollment
               Department                                           31
21 Feb.  1964  Department of Enrolment                              34
7  Mar.  1964  Director of Enrolment - The Letter Registrar
               - Administration                                     36
11 Mar.  1964  Departmental Changes - Auditors Division             39
11 Mar.  1964  Auditors Division - New HCO WW Organization          40
23 Sept. 1964  Policies: Dissemination and Programmes               41
31 Dec.  1964  Use of Dianetics, Scientology, Applied Philosophy    49
28 Feb.  1965  Deliver                                              50
5  Apr.  1965  Legal and Promotion                                  52
7  Apr.  1965  Book Income                                          53
16 Apr.  1965  Handling the Public Individual                       56
18 Apr.  1965  Prices Lowered Because of New Organization
               Streamline                                           60
27 Apr.  1965  Price Engram                                         62
5  May   1965  Classification, Gradation and Awareness Chart        64
18 June  1965  Areas of Operation                                   67
27 Aug.  1965  Dissem Sec Hat                                       68
30 July  1968  Gross Income Senior Datum                            68
10 Aug.  1968  Legal and Dissemination                              69
24 Aug.  1968  Dissemination                                        69

                       HCO BOOK ACCOUNT

3  Sept. 1959  HCO Book Account                                     70
14 Jan.  1964  Continental and Area HCO Finance Policies            71
30 Nov.  1964  HCO Book Account                                     72
11 May   1965  HCO Book Account Policy                              74
6  Oct.  1966  Addition to HCO Div Account Policy                   77
9  Dec.  1965  HCO Income - Memberships - Congresses - Tape Plays   78
28 May   1968  Books                                                79
17 June  1968  HCO Book Account (corrects 23 May 1968)              79

                        DEPARTMENT FOUR
                    DEPARTMENT OF PROMOTION

2  May   1957  Dissemination                                        80
18 May   1957  Policy on Signatures in Publications (reissued 8
               May 1959)                                            82
17 Nov.  1958  HCO Project Engineer: "Have You Lived Before?"       83
14 Apr.  1959  New Book                                             85
16 Apr.  1959  Books, Cost of                                       86
22 May   1959  Advertisement for Field in Certainty, Ability,
               etc. - Minor Issues                                  87
6  June  1959  "Have You Lived Before This Life"                    87
28 Apr.  1960  Books are Dissemination (HCOB)                       88
21 Nov.  1962  Re-issue of Materials                                92
2  Aug.  1963  Public Project One                                   93
21 Aug.  1963  Change of Organization Targets - Project 80 - A
               Preview                                              95
10 Apr.  1964  Balancing Income - Outgo - Paper, Postage and
               Printing                                             98
12 Aug.  1964  Policy on Technical Information                      92
8  Oct.  1964  Artistic Presentation                                99
10 Feb.  1965  Ad and Book Policies                                101
4  Mar.  1965  Technical and Policy Distribution                   103
27 Apr.  1965  Book Promotion Design                               108
28 May   1965  Some Allowed Ads - Book Ads                         109
30 Aug.  1965  Art (HCOB)                                          110
31 Jan.  1966  Compilations Section, Department 21, Office of
               LRH (reissued 8 Aug. 1966)                          113
14 Feb.  1966  Doctor Title Abolished                              119
3  Apr.  1966  Dianetic Auditors Course                            120
12 July  1966  Legal Aspects of Success Material Publications      121
15 Aug.  1966  Information Packets                                 122
11 Nov.  1966  Postal Economy                                      123
21 Nov.  1966  Ideas and Compilations Branch WW (amends 31
               Jan. 1966, reissued 8 Aug. 1966)                    124
10 Jan.  1968  Politics, Freedom from (reissued from LRH Sec
               ED 56 INT)                                          125
22 May   1968  Translations                                        126
3  Dec.  1969  Issue Authority for Translations of Dianetics
               and Scientology Materials                           126

                           MAGAZINES

24 Nov.  1958  Magazine Policy                                     127
24 Oct.  1958  Ability Magazine                                    128
15 June  1959  PAB Liaison                                         129
2  July  1959  Scientology Magazines                               130
6  Oct.  1959  Two Fine Magazines                                  130
30 Oct.  1959  Magazine Arrangements                               131
31 Oct.  1959  Magazine Mailings                                   131
15 Mar.  1960  Disseminating Scientology (HCOB)                    132
20 June  1960  Rush Magazine Note                                  133
3  Aug.  1960  Magazine Advert Policy                              133
13 Sept. 1961  Photostats (excerpt)                                134
17 Aug.  1964  Technical Info for Continental Mags                 134
17 Apr.  1965  Additional Mag Policy                               135
16 July  1965  Continental Magazines to Model after Certainty      136
1  Sept. 1965  Publications                                        137
13 Oct.  1966  Advertisements, Continental Magazines and Auditor   138
7  Dec.  1966  Magazines Permitted All Orgs                        139
2  Apr.  1969  Routine Congress Promotion                          141
14 Dec.  1969  Magazines (LRH ED 59 INT)                           142
1  Apr.  1970  Magazine Layout and Pasteup (Dissem Div Advice
               Letter)                                             145
1  Apr.  1970  PAB Magazines (Dissem Advice Letter)                147

                              vi


                     THE AUDITOR MAGAZINE

11 Mar.  1964  Auditors Division - New HCO WW Organization          40
7  July  1965  Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor
               (reissued 9 July 1967)                              167
17 Mar.  1966  Promotion of Saint Hill - Auditor Issue Frequency   149
15 Oct.  1967  Auditor Magazine Success                            150
24 Nov.  1968  Auditor Correspondents                              151
25 Nov.  1968  Saint Hill Income Peaks~Reinforcement of Auditor
               Promotion                                           154
26 Nov.  1968  The Original Auditor Journal Policy                 155
27 Nov.  1968  The Standard Auditor Journal                        157
29 Nov.  1968  Standard Actions, Office of The Auditor Journal     161
10 Aug.  1970  The Auditor: Org Magazines and Comm Lines           166

                            PHOTOS

7  July  1965  Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor
               (reissued 9 July 1967)                              167
28 July  1965  Handling of Photographs                             168
31 Oct.  1968  Photographers, Of Interest to                       169
21 Nov.  1968  Photo - Policy for Magazines                        170

                           COPYRIGHT

15 Nov.  1958  The Substance and First Duty of HCO         Vol. 1 - 13
15 Nov.  1958  Outstanding Copyrights and Marks                    172
15 Nov.  1958  Legal Aid - HCO                             Vol. 1 - 16
22 Nov.  1958  Owner of Materials - The Legal View         Vol. 1 - 17
20 Jan.  1959  When in Doubt about Copyrighting                    172
29 May   1959  Technology                                  Vol. 1 - 24
16 Dec.  1965  Copyright: U.S.A.                                   173
27 Oct.  1969  Registration of SO Insignia                         174

                            PRINTING

17 Sept. 1958  Who Can Order Printing                              175
31 Oct.  1958  Use of Mimeo Restricted                             175
12 Feb.  1959  Book Administrator (previous printing hat)          176
7  May   1964  Rights to Print or Re-print Scientology Books
               and Materials                                       177
21 Dec.  1969  Guide to the Function of Printer Liaison            178
19 Apr.  1970  Mimeo (LRH ED 98 INT)                               181
2  Mar.  1971  Mimeo Section                                       182

                        ISSUE AUTHORITY
       (See also ISSUE AUTHORITY in the Executive Volume)

23 Dec.  1958  Quality of Presentation                             183
22 Apr.  1965  Booklets, Handouts, Mailing Pieces                  184
22 July  1965  Dissemination Materials to Saint Hill               186

                              vii


                        DEPARTMENT FIVE
                   DEPARTMENT OF PUBLICATIONS

                             BOOKS

27 Aug.  1958  The Washington DC central organization...           187
25 Mar.  1959  Book Policy                                         187
29 Apr.  1959  Defacing Books and Proper Addresses on Them         188
4  June  1959  Sale and Handout of Certainty Minors                188
3  Nov.  1959  Re-organization of Book Supplies                    189
18 Mar.  1960  "Have You Lived..." Sales                           192
6  July  1960  LT Membership Privileges                            195
28 July  1960  Book Administration                                 193
28 July  1960  International Membership Privileges                 195
2  Aug.  1960  Book Supplies                                       196
14 Oct.  1960  Book Department Procedure                           197
20 Oct.  1960  PAB Magazine Supplies                               198
9  Jan.  1961  Book Administration (cancels 28 July 1960)          194
9  Aug.  1961  Book Sales                                          198
10 Apr.  1962  Supplies of Books from HCO WW                       199
22 June  1962  Autographed Free Books                              199
13 May   1963  Supplies of Books to Scientology Organizations      200
21 Nov.  1964  Discounts - Central Orgs - Books                    201
19 July  1965  Discounts - Central Orgs - Books (corrects 21
               Nov. 1964)                                          202
23 Sept. 1965  Keeping Stocks Up (reissued 14 Sept. 1967)          203
28 Oct.  1965  Discounts (Additions to 19 July 1965)               204
7  Nov.  1965  Autographed Copies of Books by LRH                  204
9  May   1966  Publication Copies to WW                            205
23 May   1968  All Scientology Orgs can buy books                  206
23 May   1968  Book Purchase from WW                               206
23 May   1968  Purchasing from Pubs Org WW (revised 10 Sept.
               1968)                                               207
5  June  1968  Weekly Book Stock Report Required                   208
               Weekly Book Stocks and Sales Report Form 1B         209
9 Oct.   1969  Publications Depts and Orgs - How to Straighten
               Out                                                 210
9 Dec.   1969  Purchasing from Pubs Org (cancels 23 May 1968,
               revised 10 Sept. 1968)                              212

                             TAPES

9  Mar.  1959  Tapes and Records                                   213
10 Mar.  1959  BScn/HCS Course Tapes                               213
8  Apr.  1959  New HPA/HCA Tapes                                   214
14 May   1959  How to Establish Price of Books and Tapes           215
5  Oct.  1959  Tape and Record Production Hat                      216
23 Oct.  1959  Recording of Taped Lectures at 1st Melbourne
               ACC and Pre-ACC Congress                            217
8  Apr.  1960  Tapes of Washington Congress                        218
15 July  1960  Congress Tapes                                      218
4  Jan.  1961  Tape Copying Changed                                219
4  Jan.  1961  Tape Leader Colour Codes                            219
5  June  1962  Class II Training Only by Academies and
               Saint Hill                                          220
16 Aug.  1962  HCO Electronic Consultant Hat                       220
1  Nov.  1962  Tapes, Student Purchase of                          221
18 June  1963  Tape Release                                        221
24 Feb.  1964  S.L.R. Ltd - Tape Copying                           222
11 June  1964  Central Organization & City Office Tape Service     222
17 Dec.  1964  Tape Prices                                         223
31 Dec.  1964  Tape Availability                                   224
13 May   1965  Sale of Bulletins & Tapes Forbidden                 224
7  Dec.  1965  Tape Colour Flash Code                              225
24 Oct.  1966  Blank Tape Reels                                    226
18 Apr.  1970  Tapes (cancels 31 Dec. 1964, amends 13 May 1965)    227

                             viii


                           E-METERS

30 Jan.  1961  British E-Meter Breakage                            228
23 Oct.  1961  E-Meters to be Approved                             228
19 Dec.  1961  E-Meter Supplies                                    229
15 Feb.  1962  Supply and Servicing of the Mark IV E-Meter         229
10 Apr.  1962  E-Meters                                            230
11 Apr.  1962  Supply of E-Meters to Central Orgs                  230
12 July  1962  The British Mark IV E-Meter                         231
25 July  1962  Supplies of E-Meters via and for Central Orgs       232
22 Nov.  1962  Prices of the British Mark V E-Meter                233
23 Nov.  1965  Mark V and Listing E-Meters                         234
9  July  1969  Confessional Aids                                   234
22 Mar.  1970  E-Meter Discount Policy - Purchasing E-Meters
               from Pubs Org                                       234

                           INSIGNIA

30 Oct.  1959  Blazer Badges                                       235
25 Nov.  1959  HCO and HASI Blazer Badges                          235
13 Nov.  1965  Release Pins                                        236
9  Jan.  1968  House Flags                                         237

                           SHIPPING

29 July  1959  Sending Certificates by Mail                        238
circa    1960  Book Orders (LRH Despatch)                          238
23 Jan.  1961  Shipping of Books                                   238
13 Sept. 1961  Boxes and Cardboard (excerpt)                       241
30 Aug.  1962  Shipping Rundown                                    239
15 Jan.  1965  No Charge Invoices (HCO Admin Ltr)                  241
29 Dec.  1965  Shipping Material to South Africa                   242
11 Feb.  1966  Shipping Charges                                    243
15 Feb.  1966  Bulk Mail Packages to Washington DC                 244

                        DEPARTMENT SIX
                  DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION

  (A study of this Department should include POLICIES ON "SOURCES OF
  TROUBLE" - Volume 1, pages 510-529, and the policies on the FIELD
  STAFF MEMBER SYSTEM in the Distribution/Public Divisions Volume.)

21 Sept. 1965  Purposes of the Department of Registration          245
25 Jan.  1957  Referrals to Field                                  247
22 Feb.  1957  Policy of Mail Handling for Prospective
               Preclears & Students (HCOB)                         247
6  Apr.  1957  Central Files and Procurement (HCOB)                248
16 June  1957  People's Questions (HCOB)                           256
27 Sept. 1957  Quoting Prices                                      256
2  Oct.  1958  Sale and Conduct of Academy Courses                 257
26 Aug.  1959  Promotional Functions of Dept of PrR (excerpt)      259
23 Oct.  1959  Attention Registrars and Book Administrators        259
27 Oct.  1959  Processing of Children on the HGC                   260
29 Mar.  1960  HGC and Academy Prices for Minors                   260
14 Nov.  1960  Urgent PR R                                         261
12 Jan.  1962  Comments on Letter Reg Department                   262
30 Aug.  1962  General Form of Release Contract                    263
5  Feb.  1964  Founding Scientologist Certificate                  264
10 Feb.  1964  Enrolment on Self Determinism (reissued 23 June
               1967)                                               266
15 Mar.  1965  Registrars, CF and Address                          266
9  May   1965  Auditing Fees - Preferential Treatment of
               Preclears Scale of Preference                       268
21 May   1965  Memorandum of Agreement                             270
23 May   1965  Rebates                                             271

                               ix


23 July  1965  Priority of Power Processing                        272
1  Sept. 1965  Legal Aspects of Sign Ups (excerpt)                 273
20 Sept. 1965  Power Processing for the Public (corrected per
               30 Nov. 1965)                                       272
21 Sept. 1965  Memorandum of Agreement (amends 21 May 1965)        274
24 Sept. 1965  Free Release Check                                  275
25 Oct.  1965  Saint Hill Solo Audit Course                        276
6  Jan.  1966  Credit and Discounts                                278
1  Aug   1966  Sign Ups and Discounts                              280
13 Sept. 1966  Requirement for Termination on the SHSBC
               and Enrolment on Solo Course                        281
18 Mar.  1968  Dianetics in Organization                           282
23 Apr.  1968  Parent or Guardian Assent Forms                     283
29 June  1968  Enrollment in Suppressive Groups (amends 28
               Dec. 1965)                                          284
6  Apr.  1969  Dianetics                                           285
19 May   1969  Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course Policy (cancels
               7 May 1969)                                         286
23 May   1969  Dianetic Contract                                   287
23 May   1969  Parent or Guardian Assent Forms                     289
3  June  1969  Dianetic Course Pricing                             290
12 June  1969  Dianetic Registration                               291
2  Sept. 1969  Old ACC Students                                    293
2  Sept. 1969  Triple Grades                                       294
3  Sept. 1969  Former HDAs, HPAs                                   295
3  Sept. 1969  Successful Class VIIIs                              296
26 Oct.  1969  Class VIII & HDG                                    296
17 Nov.  1969  Dianetics and Scientology Services                  297
11 Dec.  1969  Training of Clears                                  299
11 Jan.  1970  Pricing - Rescue Intensives                         300
12 Jan.  1970  Pricing - Singles and Triples                       300
30 July  1970  Registration Breakthrough
               (includes Clarifications per 1 Dec. 1970)           301

                           BODY REG

   (A study of this Section should include INVOICING - Volume 3.)

26 Sept. 1956  Registrar (HCOB)                                    309
1  Apr.  1957  Always Register and Invoice                         309
21 Apr.  1957  Income (Staff Notice)                               309
7  May   1957  Assignment of Auditors, Rooms, Students             310
16 May   1957  Invoicing Items                                     309
8  Feb.  1958  Since people will begin to expect being cleared     311
4  Mar.  1958  Addition to HASI P/L of 8 Feb. 1958                 311
17 Mar.  1958  Body Routing in a Central Organization              312
23 Apr.  1958  Vital Training Data for Training Hats and Registrar 313
6  May   1958  Modified Procedure for Signing Up Prospective
               Students & Pcs                                      314
7  Nov.  1958  Registrar                                           314
17 Nov.  1958  Free Clear Estimates - Free Clear Tests             315
15 Dec.  1958  Registrar Hat (See ED FCDC No. 2)                   316
7  July  1960  Training Applicants                                 318
19 Aug.  1960  Registrar Lost Line                                 319
19 Nov.  1960  Pc Scheduling                                       320
14 Feb.  1961  The Pattern of a Central Organization - Dept
               of Promotion and Registration (excerpt)             321
3  May   1961  Registration                                        322
6  Mar.  1963  Selling Techniques Forbidden                        325
21 June  1965  Orgs are SH FSMs                                    325
12 July  1965  Release Policies - Starting the Pc                  326
19 July  1965  Release Checks, Procedure for                       328
15 Sept. 1965  Only Accounts Talks Money                  Vol. 0 - 275
16 Dec.  1966  Registration Disagreements                          331
11 July  1969  Dianetics Auditing Completion Certificate           331
27 July  1969  Antibiotics (HCOB)                                  332

                               x


16 Dec.  1969  Used CF Folders                                     334
15 Jan.  1970  The Uses of Auditing (HCOB)                         335
15 Jan.  1970  Handling with Auditing (HCOB)                       336
19 Jan.  1970  Registrars' Advice Form (HCOB)                      339
4  Feb.  1970  Pc Application Form for any Major Auditing Action   341
4  Feb.  1970  Pe Application for Major Actions (HCOB)             343
16 May   1970  Institutional and Shock Cases, Petitions from       345
14 July  1970  Registrar Statistic                                 346
3  Aug.  1970  Registrars May Now Talk Money                       346
13 Oct.  1970  Assent Form                                         347
26 Oct.  1970  Institutional and Shock Cases - Posting of Bonds    348
11 Mar.  1971  Registrar Invoicing Line                            349

                        LETTER REGISTRAR
                  ADVANCE SCHEDULING REGISTRAR

6  Apr.  1965  Letter Reg Hat                                      352
29 Nov.  1968  Enrollment Cycle                                    358
3  June  1957  Letter Writing                                      361
7  Nov.  1958  Letter Output                                       361
15 Nov.  1958  How to Procure People                               362
4  June  1959  Definition of a Hot File                            364
19 Aug.  1959  Writing of Letters by Staff Auditors                365
20 Nov.  1959  Validation of Franchises                            366
9  Apr.  1960  Outflow (HCOB)                                      367
12 Apr.  1960  An Analysis of Promotion (HCOB)                     369
3  Nov.  1960  Promotional Letters                                 370
15 Nov.  1960  Modern Procurement Letters                          371
14 Feb.  1961  The Pattern of a Central Organization - The
               Letter Registration Section (excerpt)               377
21 Nov.  1961  Letter Writer's Code                                378
13 Sept. 1962  Comments about Letter Registrar                     379
7  Apr.  1965  Book Auditor                                        380
17 June  1965  Scientology Pins                                    381
1  July  1965  Letter Reg - Body Reg                               383
8  Sept. 1965  Dissemination Division - Registration Packet
               (See ED 89 SH)                                      384
12 Jan.  1966  Selectees Mailing - Selectee Advice Packets         385
12 Oct.  1966  Mailing of Letters                                  386
14 Feb.  1967  Book Buyers                                         387

                         CENTRAL FILES
     (See also ADDRESSO section - Volume 1, pages 266 - 291)

6  Apr.  1957  Central Files and Procurement (HCOB)                248
18 Dec.  1960  CF and Address Change                               388
8  Apr.  1965  Cancellation of Mail Lists to Field Auditors        389
1  Sept. 1965  Mailing List Policies                               390
2  Nov.  1965  Foundation Central Files Officer and
               Address-in-Charge                                   392
9  Jan.  1966  International Changes or Area Changes of Address    392
22 Aug.  1966  Dead File: Restoration to Good Standing             393
13 Oct.  1966  Invoice Routing                                     393
14 Feb.  1967  Book Buyers                                         387
8  May   1969  Address Lists - Addresso and Central Files          394
17 May   1969  Mailing Lists - Central Files - Addresso
               Basic Definitions and Policy                        395
18 Nov.  1969  Central Files, Value of - The Gross Income of
               the Org and Why                                     397
16 Dec.  1969  Used CF Folders                                     334
5  Feb.  1971  CF and Address Pre-Sorting                          399

  Note: At time of publication of this volume new developments of
the Organizing Board are in progress, some of which affect Division
2. The Registrar invoicing line is restored; Mimeo is returned
wholly to Division 1, Addresso to Division 2; printing (internal
by offset and external via Printer Liaison) comes wholly under the
Department of Promotion in Division 2. Several 1970 and 1971 key
policies covering these developments have been included in this
volume, however a full coverage of Us evolution is to be found
in policies post-1969 which is later than the scope of the OEC
divisional volumes. -Editors

                               xi


                  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JANUARY 1964

Assoc Secs
HCOS
Dept Heads

             GRADIENT SCALE OF PERSONNEL PROCUREMENT

  The following is the text of an HCO Bulletin issued October 26,
1956, by L. Ron Hubbard.

  It is hereby re-issued as a policy as it should be well known and
used in all orgs. It is the basic pattern for all - org
procurement. It should be well learned by all procurement
executives and they should follow this pattern in instructing their
personnel and in the administration of their departments.

  Any filing system, letter writing system, address system and any
other procurement system should be aligned around this basic
pattern and designed to carry out these purposes.

  An orderly org procurement line is vital. It is secondary only in
importance to tech effectiveness and service.

             GRADIENT SCALE OF PERSONNEL PROCUREMENT

  During the last six years of Dianetics and Scientology
organisation, it has been discovered that the orderly
administration of procurement of people directly co-ordinates and
establishes the size and progress of Dianetics and Scientology, and
directly establishes, rather than influences, the income level of
central organisations.

  The backbone of procurement consists of keeping accurate files
and records, and keeping them in an orderly state. The Registrar or
Registrars are most vitally concerned with the central files
themselves, and central files should therefore be monitored
entirely by the Registrar. (See HCO Bulletin containing the
Organisational Health Chart.) Executive management should concern
itself primarily with the smooth handling by personnel of these
communication lines, terminals and files, since the ability of the
organisation to continue depends completely upon the smooth and
accurate handling and execution of these various units.

  It will be found that a very small operation would combine
several of these functions, but, in a large central organisation,
it is necessary that the last four of these classifications be
handled by separate persons and departments, monitored the while by
executive supervision, to guarantee the smooth flow of this data.

  The following categories and actions are not for casual study;
they are for indoctrination of personnel, which should include
their complete understanding of the reasons and purposes and
actions contained in these classifications. The following list
should be as well known as some basic Scientology data, because it
is the third dynamic inflow and outflow of the organisation.

  CATEGORY I: INQUIRIES. By inquiries, we mean "persons who
inquire". Inquiries come from people answering advertisements, by
people who have heard of Dianetics or Scientology from other
people, and who then inquire, and (the weakest classification in
inquiries) referred names, by which is meant names which are simply
referred to the organisation as being interested. The optimum
inquiry is the person inquiring, himself, in person, at the central
organisation; the next most important is the person writing a
letter to the central organisation, and the next most important is
persons sending in inquiry post cards cut from advertisements or
issued in P.E. or Basic Courses in the field.

  What does one do with these people? One sells them books. It is
vital that, while they may be given information on three or four
books, any sales approach or sales letter or literature should
stress only one book; the book they should now read. A flier or
advertisement for the book is included in the letter, which, in the
best operation, would be a personal letter. In other words, one
sends these people a personal letter, and sends them with that a
flier about one book. The person's attention is thereby not
dispersed on to several things that he could do, and the decision,
in essence, has been made for him.

  What do we try to do with these people? We try to
sell them books. While these

                               1

people may also buy, immediately, training or processing, in the
main they buy books, as we have discovered. Until they have bought
a book, they remain in an inquiry classification, and if they do
not reply to three mailings, we then strip them from our lists.
Therefore, it is necessary that any file which carries such names
should be annotated any time anything is sent to them, and the file
itself should be dated.

  By placing a piece of carbon paper back of the address, name and
date line, and placing under the carbon paper a large file card,
when the letter replying to inquiry is written, one achieves a date
and thus can strip files of aged names. The inquiry file

  should be frequently co-ordinated against the book order file,
and thus brought into a state of present time.

  CATEGORY IL BOOK ORDERERS. By "book orderers" is meant persons
who have ordered books. It may be discovered, from cards placed in
books in book stores, that someone has already bought a book. This
person is not, then, when he sends in this card, an inquiry; he is
a book orderer.

  This file includes cards sent in by people who have bought books
in book stores, the book order sheets including the ordering letter
from the shipping department, and letters from people who write in
and say they have read certain books. In some instances, it may be
found that these people have listened to many tapes or have ordered
tapes, and therefore tape orderers are included in book orderers.

  What do we do with these people? We sell them processing. Even
though we try to sell them more books and tapes, we still
concentrate on selling these people processing from the central
organisation. The fact of buying one book makes a person a "book
orderer".

  CATEGORY III: PRECLEARS. "Preclears" are persons who have been
processed at any organisation office or in the field.

  Anyone who has been processed is therefore classified in the
Registrar files as "Preclear". The acquisition of lists of people
who have been processed is relatively simple, but must be worked
upon. Lists of people are obtained through testing, providing the
central organisation grades the tests (in which case, in the
collection of preclear lists, it would actually pay the central
organisation to correct the tests at some very low fee or no fee
from the field) or from new systems to be originated.

  Anyone who has been processed anywhere, then, is a preclear, and
is included in the Registrar files under the heading, "Preclear".

  What do we do with a "Preclear"? We sell him training.

  CATEGORY IV: STUDENTS. Anyone who has ever been trained in the
field or in organisational schools is classified as a "student".

  The classification is understood to mean people who would come up
to professional practice level, and does not necessarily include
Basic Course or Advanced Course students.

  What do we do with a student? We sell him the idea of maintaining
groups, selling memberships and Basic Courses. We make him a field
auditor.

  CATEGORY V: FIELD AUDITOR. Anyone who is active in the field,
professionally, is classified as "field auditor".

  Lists of field auditors are obtained from membership lists,
training enrolment lists, and certification files in general.

  We keep the field auditor sending in such lists of people, thus
creating "Inquiries". Thus the action becomes circular.

  USES OF CLASSIFICATION

  These five classifications give us the graduating scale of action
for our various activities.

  Each one of these classifications is a fait accompli. An Inquiry
is a person who has inquired; a Book Orderer is a person who has
ordered books, etc.

  The action here is quite simple. If we have an Inquiry, we then
sell the Inquiry a publication. If the person buys% a publication,
he is no longer an Inquiry, he is a Book Orderer. If a person is a
Book Orderer and exists in our files as having bought a book,
regardless of any further action in selling him books, we then sell
him processing. A person who is known to have had processing, now a
Preclear, we then sell him training. A person who is a student in
our files, having been trained, we then classify as a Student, but
we urge him to become a Field Auditor in the widest sense of that
activity.

                               2

  Now, the following would be incorrect. We get a list of preclears
from somewhere, and we try to sell them processing. While we could
do this, and really in a minor way should do this, it will be
discovered however that they are now ready to buy training. Thus,
obtaining a list of preclears is a statement to us and an action
for us to start selling training to them. We may find it also
possible or necessary to first sell them something else-such as
books-but we keep trying to sell them training.

  The entire system will be found to be circular. A Field Auditor
provides, if he is active, Basic Course certificates, associate
memberships, and lists of people who are buying books from him. It
is indicated that we must urge Field Auditors to give basic courses
of one kind or another, and to sell them books, and we should make
it very attractive to him by giving every possible discount and
service, so that he will get them into further courses and issue to
them basic course certificates (the holding of a basic course
certificate does not make a "student", but only a "book orderer").
Therefore, by making these people active, they provide us with
lists which are Inquiry or Book Orderer lists. If we receive
inquiry lists from them, which do not detail whether or not they
have bought books, we treat them as Inquiries, and to these lists
we then sell single books. When we have been successful in this,
these people of course become Book Orderers, and to Book Orderers
we always sell processing. When they have been processed, either in
the field or by the central organisation, they are included in the
"Preclear" category, and to the "Preclear" category we always sell
central organisation training.

  POLICY

  Our policy is to so rotate files as to continually provide new
spheres of action for the central organisation as per this list. An
additional policy is not to distribute any more information
packages, since these attempt to sell too many items, and thus we
disperse the interest of the person. We hit, each time, with one
item or type of item only, as indicated above. This should not
inhibit our continuing to sell a book orderer books, or a Preclear
category processing, but it should point our interest to the next
classification, whenever -we have anyone in any of the above
classifications.

  THE ROLE OF ADVERTISING

  It has been discovered that book ads do sell books, but that ads
relating to the efficacy of Scientology or invitations to come in
for processing or training are intensely neglected.

  "The entire health of the organisation depends, in the final
analysis, upon the distribution of books through book stores and
through auditing groups. This has been found over six years to
produce by far the bulk of persons for us. Thus, this whole system
more or less depends upon the distribution of books out to the
public. Word of mouth promotes book orders; advertisements about
books promote inquiries about Scientology in general.

  Standing above this list, we must remember, is the entire
population of Earth, and by following this circulatory type of
dissemination, we will gradually extend our dissemination to
include this target.

  RESPONSIBILITY FOR FILING

  The responsibility for the neatness and good order of all files
anywhere falls ultimately upon the executive management of any
organisation. Below that level, files are under the immediate
authority of the Registrar, since preclears and students produce
the greatest revenue and dissemination of the subject. But this
does not mean that inquiry files and book orderer files should not
be at the disposal of other persons in the organisation, who should
work in close harmony with the Registrar upon such files, and who
should in their own spheres take responsibility for the neatness
and good order of these files.

  APPROPRIATION

  It will be seen at once that the accuracy and neatness of the
filing systems alone makes possible the exercise of skill by the
persons in charge of the various divisions of this list. Therefore,
money spent on keeping neat and accurate and up-to-date files is
money extremely well spent. This is second only to money spent on
the writing and typing of personal letters and sending them to the
persons to be graduated up one step on this list.

L. RON HUBBARD, October 26, 1956.

LRH:jw.rd            Re-issued by Peter Hemery
Copyright (c) 1964   HCO Org Supervisor WW
by L. Ron Hubbard    Authorised by L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                               3

                HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
           Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

             HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JANUARY 1965

Gen Non Remimeo
Sthil Board
Members
Sthil Executives
                    REVISED 5 APRIL 1965

                   VITAL DATA ON PROMOTION

  Successful orgs, good dissemination, a salvaged planet, require
the following basic things:

  I Workable Technology. This means something to offer that is
desirable and will be received by individuals in the public body.

  2. Good execution of the technology. This means holding a
constant of application without variation in how it is done from
person to person or place to place. This outlaws at once all
squirrelling and individual variations even when they are good for
they bring about an inconstant of execution and this can wipe out
technology, leaving one with nothing to promote and a dead end of
all spread of technology. Hence, no articles in magazines giving
different points of view. Hence, no officially authorized books
giving variant methods. Even if they were good, it would halt all
promotion and end freedom for the planet.

  3. Accumulation of the identities of persons. This is done by
getting lists of names, by personal contact, etc. But however it is
done, it is totally the accumulation of identities.

  4. Offering those identities something they will buy, a book or a
service.

  S. Delivering what is offered.

  That is all there is to successful promotion. There are a
thousand ways to do (3) the accumulation of the identities of
persons and (4) offering these identities something they will buy,
so promotion looks complex. It is not.

  Successful promotion means continuing. One cannot continue to
promote as per (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and
(4) offering these identities something they will buy, unless (1)
workable technology, (2) good execution of the technology, and (5)
delivering what is offered, are in place.

  However, (1) workable technology, (2) good execution of the
technology and (5) delivering what is offered, can be wholly in
place without any world beating a path to the better mousetrap
maker. By the nature of the bank, collective opinion is always
derogatory or bank, this being the one thing held in common by all.
So the group ignores the good and embraces the bad. Thus the appeal
must be to the individual for his personal use. And even then one
always has to do (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and
(4) offering those identities something they will buy. No matter
how good (1) workable technology, (2) good execution of the
technology and (5) delivering what is offered, are, (3)
accumulation of the identities of persons, and (4) offering those
identities something they will buy, must always be vigorously
executed continually. There is no coasting along on yesterday's
steam. All tomorrows require today's heavy promotion.

  We call (1) Technology, (2) Good Service and (5) Ethics. We call
(3) Dissemination and (4) Salesmanship. (3) Dissemination and (4)
Salesmanship are really promotion. But all five must exist for
promotion to be successful.

  So that is all there is to promotion.

  One contacts people by any media including word of mouth, ads,
rumours, etc. In (3) Dissemination, it is enough to accumulate
names and addresses of persons who have been contacted.

  In (4) Salesmanship, one effectively offers these individuals
something they can and will buy-service, status increased
potential, anything they will buy.

  In (5) Ethics, one delivers what is offered.

  If you just remember that's all there is to promotion, you will
be very successful.

  Therefore you:

  (a) Never seek public or group repute or collective bank. You do
not do "good will" advertising or just try to get the name about.
You only accumulate identities as per (3) Dissemination and use
them for (4) Salesmanshipoffering them something they will buy.

  (b)

  Never

  count on an individual to "spread the word if he experiences a
miracle" as you can always contact more people than he can.

  4

  (c) Never via your comm line heavily through a "powerful person"
or "authoritative group" as you can promote better directly.

  (d) Never seek a subsidy for what you are doing as at once you or
any subsidized office will- cease to promote to the public
individuals. You throw out anything or anyone who is working to
make you get a subsidy or who demands a subsidy to operate an
office, as there goes your public contact. It ceases to have point
as there's no dependence on the public individual so he ceases to
be served. Subsidy is a fine way to, fail and always leads to a
dead end. A subsidized office ceases to promote as it no longer
depends on doing (3) Dissemination-accumulation of the identities
of persons, and (4) Salesmanship-offering those identities
something they will buy, for its daily bread. So it is useless in
the scheme of things and, not serving, becomes dangerous,

  If you don't promote, the whole effort will dead end, the
individual will no longer be reached, the group bank reaction will
set in and that's the end of it.

  Inadequate promotion, not reaching the individual, and any
violation of (5) Ethicsdelivering what is offered, are the sources
of all the difficulties we have experienced.

  Therefore adequate promotion, reaching the individual and making
sure of (5) delivering what is offered, will be responsible for all
the successes we will experience in the future.

  It is as simple as that.

  When you hear proposals to reduce mailing lists, know somebody is
trying to kill you.

  When you see something being offered that the individual cannot
buy, know that somebody is being silly.

  When you see lists of people being collected who will not buy,
know somebody is being extravagant.

  Err on the side of too many names accumulated, however, and burn
the midnight oil figuring out what they can and will buy, that you
can deliver. Sell it for enough to let you keep on promoting and
soon you'll, have the planet.

  ORGANIZATION

  The Earth measure of success is the amount of power, authority,
people, wealth and property one controls.

  It is not necessary to bank it to your own name if you can
dictate its expenditure.

  The reason we are interested in success of this kind is because
it is the wherewithal to reach and got the job done. Without that,
these things, except for people, are trash.

  It is all very well to idealize poverty and associate wisdom with
begging bowls, or virtue with low estate. However, those who have
done this (Buddhists, Christians, Communists and other fanatics)
have dead ended or are dead ending. That route doesn't get the job
done so it can't be a workable route.

  The hard fact of this civilization is, given enough money or
control, you can usually buy or demand your way out of any game you
don't want to play. Thus you can keep on playing the game you do
want to play. It is always a matter of amusement to me to find out
some attacker is after money. For that's an easy one.

  To keep going on a planetary salvage job you have to have the
means to salvage in the frame of reference of the planet. Hence, we
need the above things to get the job done.

  Therefore you have to have an organization. This makes it easy to
handle the activities needful for salvage and to acquire or control
the wherewithal to continue to salvage.

  Without power, authority, people, wealth and property you cannot
make enough impact at the level of reality of the individuals you
are seeking to salvage.

  If you only wanted salvage for one or two, then none of these
would be needed in any vast amount. But large numbers being
salvaged require organization. And organization requires the other
things to keep operating and remain real.

                               5

  You can therefore know your enemies by those who seek to knock
out any part of your (a) Power (b) Authority (c) Personnel (d)
Wealth (e) Property.

  As collective-think demands that these items particularly be
knocked out, handling and continuing an organization is a rather
arduous activity.

  The individual is the effect of these items, however, so if one
can maintain them, one wins.

  One forms an organization only in order to do (1) workable
technology, (2) good execution of the technology, (3) accumulate
the identities of persons, (4) offer those identities something
they will buy, (5) deliver what is offered, under Promotion.

  Because of the character of the bank and collective think, number
(1) workable technology, under Promotion, is not possible to
achieve by an organization or group. Group research is not merely
too expensive, it is also only re-search of the work generated by
an individual. New ideas never appear in group research so it
merely polishes at best (and messes up at worst) what has already
been done technically by an individual.

  Therefore organization begins at (2) good execution of the
technology, exists to do (3) accumulation of the identities of
persons, and (5) deliver what is offered. (4) Salesmanshipoffering
those identities something they will buy, again is usually the work
of an individual thinking up ideas and offerings.

  Therefore the central control point of an activity puts an
organization there to do (2) good execution of the technology, (3)
accumulation of the identities of persons, and (5) delivering what
is offered, and works individually to find new ways to do (3)
accumulation of the identities of persons, and originates (4)
offering those identities something they will buy.

  Thus a central control point has a dual engagement-(a) To put and
keep the broad organization there to do (2) good execution of the
technology, (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and (5)
delivering what is offered, and (b) to originate better ways to do
(3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and new ways to do
(4) offering those identities something they will buy.

  Thus the relation of a central control point to the organization
is very easy to understand.

  The hardest work consists of keeping the organization from going
banky and not doing (2) good execution of the technology, (3)
accumulation of the identities of persons and (5) delivering what
is offered. The most brilliant work consists of better ways to do
(3) accumulation of identities of persons, and effective things for
(4) offering those identities something they will buy.

  This is the totality of action by a central control point. If
done well, the whole organization achieves the final objective and
if done badly the whole thing dead ends.

  Great pressures exist against a central control point to violate
its needs for (a) Power (b) Authority (c) Personnel (d) Wealth and
(e) Property under Organization above, and it is easy to surrender
without realizing that surrender is fatal in our case to every one
on this planet and perhaps ourselves as well.

  Resist these pressures successfully and the central control point
then can do (2) good execution of the technology (3) accumulation
of the identities of persons (4) offering those identities
something they will buy, and (5) delivering what is offered, and
everybody wins.

  And that's all there is to organization. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mb.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  [The original title of this Policy Letter was PROMOTION AND
ORGANIZATION FROM A CENTRAL CONTROL VIEWPOINT - THE FUNDAMENTALS OF
PROMOTION. The 5 April 1965 revised issue, VITAL DATA ON PROMOTION
(above), expands it.]

                               6

                 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
           Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

            HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Dissem Sec
HCO Exec Sec
Dir of Promotion
Promotion Staff

              THE BASIC PRINCIPLES OF PROMOTION

  The following points are a summary of the basic principles of
promotion. It is important that you understand them and apply them
in your promotion.

  I (c) The basic principle of promotion is to drive in more
business than can be driven off by a service unit or mistakes can
waste. This applies to any promotion anywhere.

  Never allow your standard of how many people should be brought
into the org to be set by any other division or part of the
organization. Promote as far above as possible the present
operating capacity of the organization and you will win.

  From this it follows that Tech or any other part of the Org can
never tell the Dissemination Division when or how many customers to
bring in or that "we can only handle 10 preclears this week". It is
the job of promotion to drive in as many preclears as possible.
It's up to Tech to find the space and the auditors.

  In other words, promotion must be so huge and effective so that
even if other divisions are blocking the line or driving people off
so many people are being crowded into the org by promotion that it
makes up for any waste done by other parts of the org. You get the
idea. It's not flattering but it is the stable datum that
successful promotion anywhere operates on. By the way, the error
does not necessarily have to be within the org, A bus strike could
temporarily prevent people from across town being able to start the
HRS Course. Promotion should have promoted so much the Course is
still full despite such an error. The motto of promotion could be
"we shall overcome-by numbers Despite any errors we bring in so
many people into the org continually or sell so many books that
even if the body registrar drives them off at gun point enough will
get through to keep the statistics rising".

  2. If a promotional programme does not seem to work find out
where it is not being applied-don't Q and A and abandon the
programme. Spot instead the non-compliance which is preventing it
from going into operation.

  3. Later promotional programmes will not work if earlier ones
have not been executed. Example: the programme is to send out
fliers to sell bla bla to all buyers of foo-foo's. But it turns out
that the original programme to compile a list of the buyers of
foo-foo's off old invoices was not done therefore a flier to sell
bla bla can't be sent to buyers of foo-foo's. And since the
invoices were burnt up by some long gone suppressive (let's say)
the original programme can't be carried out.

  What to do?

  Don't give up or abandon the programme of selling bla bla to
buyers of foo-foo's. Get clever and dream up some other way of
compiling the list you want. Maybe it's as simple as a notice in
your local newspaper or a questionnaire to everyone in your files:
"Did you ever buy foo-foo's?"

                            SUMMARY

  Having a successful promotional programme consists of getting it
executed. If it seems to not be working, spot where it isn't being
done. The non-execution could be years earlier in a former
programme which was not executed.

  We have had lots of workable programmes in Scientology. It takes
no cleverness to dig them up and use them. There is no need to
embark on new programmes until the earlier programmes are
completed.

  Let's take the Franchise programme as an example. The original
order given to an exFranchise See years ago was to get all
Franchise holders trained at Saint Hill. Years later we find that
that order has only been partially carried out. The Franchise
programme bogged down at exactly that point. Now, the whole matter
is being handled by getting the current Franchise Officer to carry
out the original order.

  The cleverness required in promotion is not starting a new
programme or carrying out a programme. But cleverness is required
in getting an old programme executed when the means to get it
executed no longer exist; such as when a mailing list has been lost
and you need to devise a means of re-compiling the list.

  Finally, promote until the floors cave in because of. the number
of people-and don't even take notice of that, just keep promoting.

                               7

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:neg.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[org board chart]


                 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 NOVEMBER 1967

Remimeo
HCO Exec Sec Hat
Org Exec Sec Hat
Dissem Sec Hat
Dept of Prom Hats
Dept of Pubs Hats
Dept of Reg Hats

               DISSEMINATION DIVISION, DEPARTMENTS
          OF PROMOTION, PUBLICATIONS AND REGISTRATION

  All Organization Boards are to be posted in accordance with the
following line-up which complies with HCO Policy Letter of February
28, 1966 entitled, "Danger Condition Data, Why Organizations Stay
Small": DEPARTMENT OF PROMOTION Director of Promotion PROMOTIONAL
ACTIONS PLANNING SECTION Promotional Actions Planning In-charge
Promotional Actions Liaison Successful Promotions Liaison Approval
from Exec Council Liaison PROMOTIONAL DESIGN SECTION Promotional
Design In-charge Data Collection Clerk Cost Planning Clerk Design
Dummy (c) Specifications Clerk Promotional Materials Files Clerk
COMPILATION SECTION Compilations Officer EDITING (c) WRITING UNIT
Editing (c) Writing In-charge Writers Editors Transcription Typists
PHOTOGRAPHY UNIT Photographer MAKE-UP UNIT Make-up In-charge
Make-up Typists Typographer Artists Lay Out Artist PROOFREADER UNIT
Proofreader AUDIO AND VISUAL AIDS SECTION Audio and Visual Aids
In-charge Film Projectionist Slide Projectionist Educational Aids 9
PROMOTIONAL MATERIAL LIAISON SECTION Promotional Materials Liaison
In-charge Issue Authority Liaison Copyright (c) Registered Mark
Liaison "The Auditor" News (c) Photo Correspondent DEPARTMENT OF
PUBLICATIONS Director of Publications PRINTING AND MANUFACTURING
LIAISON SECTION Printing (c) Manufacturing Liaison In-charge
Printer Liaison Clerk Manufacturer Liaison Clerk Printing (c)
Manufacturing Liaison to Financial Planning Printer (c)
Manufacturer Files Clerk PUBLICATIONS STOCK SECTION Publications
Stock In-charge Finished Product Receipt (c) Routing Clerk
Publications Stock Clerk Publications Inventory Clerk Publications
Delivery Clerk Publications Ordering Clerk PUBLICATIONS SHIPPING
SECTION Publications Shipping In-charge Orders Assembly Clerk
Packing Clerk Package Addressing Clerk Shipping Admin Clerk Back
Orders Handling Clerk BOOKSTORE SECTION Bookstore In-charge Book
Display Clerk Bookstore Sales Clerk Bookstore Inventory Clerk
Bookstore Promotion Clerk Bookstore Ordering Clerk MIMEOGRAPH
SECTION Mimeograph In-charge Mimeo Typist Mimeo Operator Mimeo
Stapler Mimeo Files Clerk Bulletin (c) Policy Supply Clerk
DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION Director of Registration BODY
REGISTRATION SECTION Body Registrar Forms Clerk Selection Slip File
Clerk Selection Slip Issuance Clerk Telephone Registration
Promotion Clerk LETTER REGISTRATION SECTION Letter Registration
Officer 10 LETTER REGISTRAR UNIT Letter Registrar In-charge Letter
Registrars REGISTRAR TYPING UNIT Registrar Typing In-charge
Registrar Typists ADVANCE RESERVATIONS RECORDS UNIT Advance
Reservations Records In-charge Advance Reservations Logging Clerk
Advance Reservations Tally Clerk Advance Registration Packet
Assembly Clerk Advance Registration Stock Clerk REGISTRAR MAIL UNIT
Registrar Mail Clerk ARC BREAK REGISTRATION SECTION ARC Break
Registrar Accounts ARC Break Liaison Clerk Review ARC Break Liaison
Clerk CF ARC Break Liaison Clerk CENTRAL FILES SECTION Central
Files In-charge Central Files Clerk CF Liaison Clerk Mary Sue
Hubbard.

LRH:jp.rd
The Guardian WW
Copyright (c) 1967
for by L. Ron Hubbard, Founder
L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


                 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1968

                             Issue II

      (Corrects HCO PL 2 November 1967, Dissem Division and

  HCO PL 2 November 1967, Qualifications Division)
Remimeo ARC BREAK REGISTRARS AND AUDITORS ARC BREAK REGISTRARS AND
AUDITORS ARE RELOCATED IN QUAL TO WORK AS A TEAM. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rd Founder
Copyright (c) 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
           Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

            HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1965
Remimeo
Advisory Councils
All Divisions
Advisory Committees

                   STATISTICS FOR DIVISIONS

  HCO Dissem Division 2 - Number of new Enrollments of
Students and pcs for the week, and gross Book Sales. Although this
division has Registration, magazines, etc, etc, all these add up to
enrollments, which of course is the final result of all magazines,
letters, promotion and advanced enrollment. Book sales are our
oldest index of future business. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Excerpted from HCO P/L 30 Sept 1965, Statistics for Divisions. A
complete copy is in Volume 1, page 328.]


                 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

             HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 FEBRUARY 1968
Remimeo

                         STATS DISSEM

  An enrollment means simply putting a
name on a roll. The stat of the Body Reg is special type
enrollment. Stat is persons signed up fully paid and arrived for
service. Dir Reg stat is-number of people contacted by Registration
Dept but not inclusive Div 6 stats. Dissem Sec and GDS-total number
of bodies in the shop plus Advance Reg.

L. RON HUBBARD Founder

LRH.-jc.rd
Copyright (c) 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 MAY 1968 Remimeo

   GDS - DISSEM DIVISION The GDS of the Dissem Division
is Gross Book Sales. This does not include meters or any other
oddities. It is just GROSS BOOK SALES. Any interpretation of this
statistic on previous policy is hereby cancelled.

L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:js.rd
Copyright (c) 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                               12

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, Fast
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1968 Remimeo Dissem
Sec Hat

              STATS DISSEM

              (Addition to HCO Policy Letter of 19 February 1968)
The GDS of the Dissem Sec is a dual stat-"Total number of bodies in
the shop plus Advance Reg/Gross book sales". GROSS BOOK SALES means
the Total Sales of BOOKS. This statistic no longer includes meter
or other bookstore sales, other than book sales. The term Gross
Book Sales does not mean gross bookstore sales-its original and
correct definition is exactly what it says, "Gross Book Sales".
This statistic has been obscured as a GDS by meter and other
bookstore sales being added in. Book sales are our oldest index of
future business.

LRH:js.rd
L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1968
Founder by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


            HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint
Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo OIC WW HCO POLICY LETTER
OF 5 FEBRUARY 1971 CLOs Issue V EC Hat HAS Hat ORG GROSS DIVISIONAL
STATISTICS OIC Hat REVISED (Amends HCO Pol Ltr 30 Sept 65 - Stats
for Divisions, HCO PL 5 June 68 - Stats Dissem) HCO DISSEM DIVISION
2 1 (c) Total number of Bodies in the Shop for the week, 2. Total
number of Registrar Interviews for the week. 3. Gross Income, of
the Organization. 4. Gross Book Sales. Total number of Bodies in
the Shop includes the total number of preclears in the HGC, total
number of students in the Dept of Training and the total number of
preclears and students in Review arid Cramming and includes staff
enrolled and attending, counted ONCE for the week. Gross Income is
the total amount of monies received in the org for the week, either
in the mail or over the counter, as collections for past credit,
current receipts or advance payments of any amount for any org
services or items sold, MINUS the amount of any bounced cheques
that week. HCO Aide for

LRH:HE:mes.rd
L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1971
Founder by L. Ron Hubbard

[Note: Excerpted from HCO P/L 5 February 1971, ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised.)

              THE PROMOTIONAL ACTIONS

              OF

              DISSEMINATION DIVISION 2 (From HCO PL 20 November
1965, The Promotional Actions of an Organization. These are given
complete for all divisions in Basic Staff Volume 0, starting on
page 84.)

  18. HCO DISSEMINATION SECRETARY - Co-ordinates and gets done the
promotional functions of Division 2 and makes the org and services
known to Scientologists. 19. DEPARTMENT 4 (Dept of Promotion) -
Issues magazines on schedule. 20. Properly presents services in ads
in org magazines and mailings. 21. Does promotional pieces for
Publications Dept. 22. Executes planned promotions as laid down in
Sec Eds. 23. Compiles promotional pieces and programmes for issue
to Scientologists. 24. Sees that the files, addresses and
requirements of persons interested in Scientology are used to the
full. 25. DEPARTMENT 5 (Dept of Publications) - Sees that good
quantities of books are in stock. 26. Sees that books and mimeos
look well when completed. 27. Ships swiftly on receipt of orders.
28. Issues the technical and policy materials of the org to get in
Pol and Tech. 29. Gets promotional pieces printed. 30. Gets pins
and insignia in stock and ensures broad issue so they will appear
in the world and thus disseminate. 31. Sees that book fliers
(handbills) are shipped out regularly to Scientologists and book
buyers. 32. Sees that tapes are available and that presentation of
them is of good tone quality. 33. Sees that any cine material is
available and ready for broad use. 34. DEPARTMENT 6 (Dept of
Registration) - Letter Registrar works to accumulate questionnaires
and mail from those responding to promotion. Follows exact policy
and gets out floods of mail to all possible proper candidates for
service. 35. Keeps Central Files right up and in excellent shape
and adds all new names of buyers of books and services. 36. Uses
Central Files to the limit to produce business and routes everyone
in it individually in accordance with the routing sheet on the back
page of Auditor 10, by employing Gradation Charts and sending them
out marked and devising other means of utilizing CF to produce
business. 37. Sends out questionnaires with all offers which detect
people's plans for training and processing. 38. Accepts Advance
Registration and encourages more advance registration until her
months ahead are scheduled full of students and pcs. 39. Does Phone
Registration in City areas in addition to other registration
actions such as Letter Registrar. 40. Registers everyone who comes
in for service as pleasantly as possible with due regard for the
solvency of the org.

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                               14

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JANUARY 1957

              CONCERNING THE SEPARATENESS OF DIANETICS AND

              SCIENTOLOGY

  We have now, for the first time, a complete line of books in each
of Dianetics and Scientology. These are in actuality separate
subjects, and we now have the material and corporations necessary
to make them entirely separate.

  This occurred when we published SCIENTOLOGY: THE FUNDAMENTALS OF
THOUGHT. This is the "Book One" of Scientology, just as DIANETICS:
THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH is Book One of Dianetics.
(PROBLEMS OF WORK might also be called Book One of Scientology.)

  We are going to conduct a very large radio campaign throughout
the Middle West concerning Dianetics only. To do this, we will
probably revive the Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation of
Arizona, since this is now getting cleared up all past accounts.

  Scientology will be exclusively handled by the Founding Church
and the HASI. All training and processing is done under the
Founding Church; all memberships of whatever kind or class go under
the HASI. And, by the way, HASI stationery should be used wherever
possible, and the name of the HASI should be used wherever
possible, in Distribution Center activities.

  In placing "books to read" in back ads of current editions,
Dianetics books should advertise only Dianetics books, and
Scientology books should advertise only Scientology books, and the
books recommended in these lists should be quite realistic in that
they should be in the order that they should be read next by the
person who has read the book.

  No letters or literature should cross the words Dianetics and
Scientology. They should be maintained separately. It is the basic
truth that Dianetics is a mental therapy which was developed out of
the body of knowledge called Scientology, as fully discussed in an
early Journal of Scientology (1952), but the legal position and the
actual practice of these two subjects means that they must be kept
-apart.

  From a management standpoint, these organizations are held
separately, in view of the fact that they are to be managed through
Scientology Consultants, Inc., which is a management corporation.
Up to this time, the fact that I myself had written the books and
materials and appeared in the minutes and so on of each of these
organizations, held them connected in the eyes of Internal Revenue
and others. This is not now such a careless representation. In
fact, I have held a managing and consulting position with one or
another corporation at various times, and it is not actually
possible to say that as I control all these organizations they are
then all the same organization; yet people have tried to
demonstrate that I control them absolutely which is not a fact, and
that they were the same corporation which is entirely false. But in
view of the fact that people have tried to say this, we should be
careful from a legal standpoint to continually assert the truth:
Dianetics is a mental therapy addressing the mind, with a basic
appeal to materialism, and Scientology is a subject which embraces
the human spirit and has an appeal to mystic people in its first
impulse. These subjects should not then be carelessly connected,
and no statement should exist in our literature demonstrating that
Dianetics is Scientology or Scientology is Dianetics, since this
would be far from fact.

              We have two different publics to which we are
appealing. One of these publics can

              15

  be counted upon as quasily indoctrinated to the slave animal
psychology frame of thought imported into the United States from
Europe during the past half century, and these people believe in
the methodology of the mind. Their belief does not carry them
forward toward any possibility that a human spirit exists. This
comprises, unfortunately, the bulk of the United States. Therefore,
Dianetics and its basic discussions must take up only the mind and
mental therapy as such. Scientology has another appeal, both to the
much higher-toned person who does have some cognizance of thetans,
and to the lower-toned people who are very thoroughly stuck in
mystery. In other words, here are two great spheres of interest,
and unfortunately Dianetics at this time, due to psychological
indoctrination at the hands of Mr. Wundt, dominates the United
States. It is not particularly important whether or not these
things are crossed abroad, since people abroad have a much more
tolerant attitude toward studies in philosophy.

  We have then two lines of books, each a graduated scale of
information, which take a person from basics to rather higher
understanding; we have two corporations, either of which is a
membership corporation; we have several campaigns of advertising,
and each campaign of advertising must be clearly defined from the
beginning to the end as either a Dianetics campaign or a
Scientology campaign. All books should be reviewed and future
editions brought out with this understanding. For instance,
membership in the HDRF should be called for in all Dianetic
literature; membership in the HASI should be called for in all
Scientology literature.

  It might prove more expensive, at first glance, to continue two
distinctly different lines of books which yet had a parallelism;
however, you will find the bulk of interest and the volume in the
United States lies in Dianetics not the field of Scientology. This
therefore justifies it, since our only recourse at this time would
be either to carry both or to concentrate on Scientology.

  All people concerned with this should understand this very
thoroughly. For instance, if an inquiry is about Scientology it
should be answered with Scientology literature only. An inquiry
about Dianetics could be answered with DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH and a mention of the fact that membership
in the HDRF was available, but this would never do with
Scientology.

  We have ourselves been rather confused about this up to the
moment when we had a Book One in Scientology. Up to this time the
first book of Scientology had been DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH. This is not factually true, but we continue to look
at the first book as a chronological fact; it had been the first
book and therefore should graduate a person into Scientology. This
is not necessarily true, and Scientology now has its own basics and
fundamentals.

  We have "books of comparable magnitude" so far as the basic
fundamentals are concerned in the following:

  DIANETICS: THE EVOLUTION OF THE PROBLEMS OF WORK

  A SCIENCE

  DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE  SCIENTOLOGY: THE

  OF MENTAL HEALTH  FUNDAMENTALS OF THOUGHT

  DIANETICS 55 SCIENTOLOGY 8-8008

  SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL THE CREATION OF HUMAN ABILITY

  ADVANCED PROCEDURE AND AXIOMS SCIENTOLOGY 8-80

  There is no effort, here, to give you the entire list of books
nor actually to be accurate in giving them a degree of comparable
magnitude, since this will have to be worked out only with a
complete list of publications before one. But when this list is
worked out, it will be generally released. This material here is to
give you the basic idea of what we are doing.

  It will be found that carrying forward an advertising campaign in
two fields necessitates the use of different media for each subject
being advertised. This must be

  16

  carefully adjudicated and thereafter that subject which was being
advertised in a particular medium will have to be continued in that
medium.

  It must be kept in mind that the Founding Church of Scientology
of Washington, D.C. carries forward Scientology, does Scientology
and nothing but Scientology. We are actually well possessed of
communication lines on the subject of Scientology; doing what we
are doing must be continued in order to continue our own success.
Our letters of procurement for students and preclears, our efforts
to sell books, and all other activities are concentrated from the
Founding Church on the subject of Scientology. Therefore, this
leaves the Distribution Center and the HCO mainly concerned with
the continued advertising and handling of Dianetics materials.

  You will ask at once what we are going to do with people who
apply for Dianetic training. This is a subject which is rather
difficult to answer at this time, but it is hoped that if we are
vaguely successful with the bookselling campaign for Dianetic books
that this and the demand will make it necessary to erect an
entirety different, new and independent structure much like the old
Foundations but with our know-how as how to run one and this will
be done in some nearby state, possibly Virginia or West Virginia or
wherever the laws seem to be best. This new Foundation will require
a full staff from top to bottom but will not require any
duplication in Scientology Consultants, Inc. as the consulting
management function of the Foundation will be handled from S.C. and
its division the HCO. We have not yet reached the point where
Dianetic training and processing is this much under demand but we
will do so I am quite sure. When we do so stand by to set up a new
school, clinic and their quarters totally under the HDRF. Until
that time the HDRF remains alive, is being put in good order and
condition and is a membership organization and membership in it
should be sold exactly at the same price as the HASI memberships
and conditions.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:rd
Copyright (c) 1957
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  (Note: Statement in parentheses at end of paragraph two was added
in a Digest of Pol Ltrs issued in 1958.1

  17

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

              OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1959

              DISSEMINATION SECRETARY RAT

              This actually incorporates three hats, all of which
are included in this write up.

  PURPOSE: To ensure wide dissemination of Dianetics and
Scientology by efficient presentation of dissemination materials.

              PRINTING COMPOSITION AND MAKEUP HAT

  Receives material in rough form to be laid out and made up,
accompanied with a purchase request OK'd by all terminals. Makes up
and lays out and sends to LRH for OK to print and number of copies
to be printed. Holds all make up in a pending file and sends
finished copy to be printed to printing, with OK to print (purchase
order). When printing department receives back from printers,
printing sends OK to disbursing marked received, sends finished
copies to department and sends one copy to Printing Composition and
Makeup. Remove makeup and layout from pending and file with one
finished copy in printing files. (Printing Dept keeps plates).

              MAGAZINE EDITOR HAT

  PURPOSE: Responsibility for copy, accuracy of copy, makeup, and
execution of policy.

  PURPOSE OF CERTAINTY MAGAZINE: To sell books, training,
processing, tapes, memberships, congresses. Its interest content is
totally people, and is totally concerned with mentioning people's
names.

  THERE SHOULD BE A VERY WIDE DISTRIBUTION OF "CERTAINTY". The more
we distribute the more people come in for training and processing,
the more books we sell, etc. Don't just distribute to our
membership list, give them away-should have about 10,000 copies
going out on each issue.

  Issues can be written stressing the following: Training,
processing, E-Meters, memberships, books, tapes, congresses and
anything else in Scientology we have to sell, any service we
render.

  Make sure the name of L. Ron Hubbard (or "Ron") and "Scientology"
are frequently placed before the reader's eye-let the reader know
the source point is LRH.

  MAKEUP:

  I (c) Receive copy from "Writing". (If LRH is not writing for
Certainty, select tapes or other written materials for copy. Each
issue must have a message and bring that message home to the
reader.)

  2. Fill in a check sheet for that issue. Check sheet is to
accompany the issue all the way to "Printing" hat; Printing sends
the issue to be photolithoed; check sheet is then routed to the
person indicated thereon until it finally reaches Certainty Editor
when completed, for filing. (Note: printed issues are delivered to
Shipping Department for shipping. Two copies of that issue are sent
to Legal Dept for copyright, and Legal informs you when this is
done; insert this info in that issue's folder in the files.)

  3. Type copy on Executive IBM and determine amount of space it is
to occupy in that issue.

  4. Based on amount of copy (lead article) (and/or additional
copy), mock up a dummy issue. (A 12-page sample is attached
hereto.) Mock up ads and other insertions for that issue. When
dummy is mocked up, submit to "Writing" for approval.

  5. At any time, draw up on graph paper your space for
pasting-size of issue is 5 1/2 x 81/2. (See Certainty files,
"Composition Data" for info on setting up copy onto dummy-inches
involved in drawing up the space.) 6. Thoroughly acquaint yourself
with Certainty Files and their contents. 18

  7. Ads: Be sure that ads punch up the lead article for that
issue-plus ads for currently applicable Scientology services.

  8. Use Harry Volk clip books and Fototype for headings and other
face types than typewriter print.

  9. When makeup is complete, proofread entire issue, making
corrections where needed.

  10. When proofed, submit to "Writing" for final approval. Make
any changes given by "Writing". Get final approval from "Writing".
11. When final approval is had, submit the issue to Editorial
Director. 12. Editorial Director sends to "Printing" hat, who sends
it to be photolithoed.

  13. Keep on file a copy of each Certainty filed by number. (Also
keep file on that issue's dummy materials-"Certainty No.. - .-copy
for".) 14. Keep makeup supplies neat and orderly. IS. Have an
adequate supply of Fototype and other makeup materials on hand.

  16. Keep count of number of issues: 24 per year (2 per month)
(Note: Issue No. 1 started Jan 1955; No. 25 due Jan 1, 1956; No. 49
due Jan 1, 1957; No. 73 due Jan 1, 1958, etc.)

  17. Advertisers in Certainty: When each issue comes back from the
printers, check through and see if there are any non-organization
advertisers. If so, despatch "Invoicing" to send bills to them;
advise Invoicing of the cost and amount of space used. 18. Send
advertisers a copy of the issue in which they ran an ad.

  19. Charges for advertising; Classified only (personal). Double
columns, 10/- for three lines. 10/- for each extra line.

  20. All used makeups of former Certainties are sent to Certainty
Editor when returned to Printing from photolithers-Certainty Editor
keeps them, using Fototype and other materials when feasible. (The
actual plates are kept by Printing hat.) 21. Advertise services,
not high prices.

  22. If there are any reader complaints about Certainty content,
ask them what they would rather have appear in Certainty. But stay
within Certainty Purpose and organization policy.

  23. Copyright notice is to be placed on title page, under the
title heading or on the first page of text of each separate issue.
(Copyright notice: Copyright (c) 19- by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights
Reserved.)

  24. Always do back page leaving the bottom half blank with mail
indicia-use top part if you want, but bottom half is for mail
indicia so that it will fit in addressograph machine right: PAB
LIAISON HAT

  PURPOSE: To ensure the accuracy of PABs and that they reach the
field in time.

  1. Receive PAB material from Washington (or from source indicated
by LRH).

  2. Check PAB material for errors, etc.

  3. Send to Printing hat to go to printers; send copy to S.A.,
N.Z. and Australia.

  4. Proof read when returned from printers.

  5. Check and familiarize yourself with the materials of Dianetics
and Scientology so that you can obtain the material requested. L.
RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.cden
Copyright (c) 1959
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

              19

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

              OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL 1959

              WHY NEW BOOKS ARE FEW

  The income I am supposed to derive from Scientology should pay
for research, investigation, my promotional time, the writing of
books and my living expenses. At present it does not.

  We are short of new books because I haven't had the time or the
place to write them and do not even have a transcription secretary.

  Clear results were delayed and released incomplete because
research funds were missing and I had to do it all on the cuff. I
couldn't pay auditors to assist me.

  Right now I am buying a home in England which will be a research
centre and am faced with getting another house in the U.S. soon.

  Basically the 10% paid as royalty by Central Orgs is looked on as
my income. It is not income. It pays for HCO personnel in most
places who are more and more doing the administrative and
promotional work vital to keep the lines flowing. HCO is worth, in
income to Central Orgs an enormous amount just for these things.

  I have a need for help here. Research and writing, on which we
exist, is not being paid for. Therefore it is very hard for me to
get it done. It would not be unusual for 10% to be paid for these
two items. On the contrary. But the 10% is absorbed in paying for
administration-and vital administration it is! Magazines,
promotion, organizational data, to name a few, come under the 10%.

  We are in for a boom. You may not see it in your area yet but HAS
Co-audit well run has begun the project "Clear Earth". HGCs have
already begun Theta Clearing. And hotter stuff is to come.

  But unless I can up my income for writing, research and living,
we are somewhat slowed down.

  My program has gone as far as this: I have bought, with my own
money and whatever I could gather, a place in Sussex that's quiet
enough and remote enough for research and in which I can get lost
enough to write. I emptied out all my loose cash, sold my boats and
made my credit creak but we have a writing and research centre for
the U.K.

  The place belonged to an important person and is itself more or
less self supporting as to upkeep.

  I want to get a research centre for the U.S., equally remote and
later on for each continent. In such places research records can be
safe and the kind of research which now has to be done can be done.

  This will take several years. I am perfectly willing to do and
finance any and all of this out of my 10% royalties from Central
Orgs.

  If HCO personnel can be paid out of Congresses, books, tapes,
records and memberships, if certain HCO services can be nominally
charged for, and if Central Orgs can help out by paying HCOs where
needed, then I can get every one into a position through writing,
research and planning to take all the strain off by increasing book
sale volume and general volume.

  Right now we are doing things a bit backwards. I am having to
bolster and plan to keep things afloat without the whereabouts or
wherewithal to do the writing and research that will make floating
easy.

  HCO is vital to keep us going. So is writing and research.

  I am truly and honestly concerned with all our incomes and work
ceaselessly in an effort to raise yours. Only recently did I
realize that I was having a hard time raising yours because my own
income was too low, despite the overall high current and steadily
increasing income of Scientology, to pay for the things I have
always paid for from any income or money I received-research and
writing. In establishing HAS Co-audit in London I found ads to be
fabulously expensive. I realized suddenly that I could get plenty
of press with books and book reviews. I abruptly cognited that
"Have You Lived Before this Life?" was our first new book in two
years. And "All About Radiation" was our first new book for two
years. As we did in AAR, we sell from 6,000 to 9,000 now books
worldwide, every new one I write. The market we have is steady.
Only old books reprinted cost heavily. New books get their cost out
in about 80 days and make us thousands in friends and money. Our
book market would take a new book every six months. These, sent to
reviewers widely in every area would give us plenty of press. And
we'd have data in usable form. And 9 to 25 people read every book
printed!

  HCO has taken off a heavy administrative burden to a great
extent, freeing the time. This leaves lacking (1) Finance for
research (testing and leg work), (2) A place I can do research and
do the actual writing, (3) Book transcription.

  If we want a boom, it's vital to free the income needed to create
it. And this will up all our incomes, as well as get the job done.

  My book schedule is now

  I (c) Have You Lived Before this Life? (I rewrote it in the last
2 weeks amongst doing the new HCA/HPA series. It's now at the
printers.)

  2. The Elements of Scientology. (Needed as the new course book to
fit with the tapes. It's partially compiled-has been for a year and
a half but needs complete redoing.)

  3. The Criminal Mind. (To give us a whole prison clearing
program.)

  4. The Mentally Retarded Child. (The text for the Society for
Mentally Retarded Children program we are now piloting in the U.K.)

  5. Great Men of the Mind. (The biographies of mental healers, a
missing text in

  psychology courses in universities.)

  You maybe sometimes wonder why I don't write more new books. For
a research confirmation, to whom do I say "Audit Bill on so and so"
(HGC processes are too stable now for research). To whom do I say,
"Run down to the local library and find out  Whom do I pull off
post and say "Type up these 80,000 words of dictation tapes I've
done?" Why me, of course. And I just can't get it all in. So-no new
books.

  But 10% devoted to these and the cash I need can do it easily.

  Any comment or suggestion any secretary or executive in Central
Orgs would care to make would be very welcome. I would find your
views very helpful.

  P.S. Only the F.C.D.C. bears the cost and more of writing and
research at this time..

  P.P.S. You didn't realize I too had problems, did you? Best, L.
RON HUBBARD

LRH:cden
Copyright (c) 1959
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

              21

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF
26 JUNE 1959 DISSEMINATION SECRETARY HAT

  PURPOSE: To ensure wide dissemination of Dianetics and
Scientology by efficient presentation of dissemination materials.

  Responsible for magazines being got out on time, for the
execution of policy regarding what copy is carried by the magazine,
for getting information to the public swiftly, for the accuracy of
copy and for the acceptability of the format of magazines and books
and printed material in general.

  (Acceptability of format: definition: the printing of the book or
magazine in a format which will lead a member of the public to pick
it up instead of letting it lie, which will not get between the
reader and the message, and which the reader will be pleased to
show to a friend.) Responsibility covers ethics, aesthetics,
accuracy and REACH of printed matter.

  NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FINANCE OF PRINTING, PURCHASING, GETTING
QUOTATIONS, CHECKING BILLS AGAINST ESTIMATES, OR DECIDING WHETHER
WE CAN AFFORD PRINTING. CERTAINTY EDITOR

  PURPOSE: Responsibility for copy, accuracy of copy, supervision
of makeup, and execution of policy.

  PURPOSE OF CERTAINTY MAGAZINE: To sell books, training,
processing, tapes, memberships, special events. To tell people what
we are, where we are, what we are doing, what they can do. To reach
the public.

  THERE SHOULD BE A VERY WIDE DISTRIBUTION OF CERTAINTY. The more
we distribute the more people come in for training and processing,
the more books we sell, etc. Don't just distribute them to our
membership list, give them away-should have about 10,000 copies
going out on each issue.

  Issues can be written stressing the following: training,
processing, E-Meters, memberships, books, tapes, congresses and
anything else in Scientology we have to sell, any service we
render.

  Make sure the name of L. Ron Hubbard and Scientology are
frequently placed before the reader's eye-let the reader know the
source point is LRH. PROCEDURE:

  1. Receive copy from Writing. If LRH is not writing for Certainty
select tapes or other written materials, edit as necessary, and use
with approval of Writing. Each issue must have a message and bring
that message home to the reader. Inform Writing well ahead when
fresh copy is needed. 2. Fill in a check sheet for that issue.
Check sheet is to accompany issue all the way through. 3. Type out
copy on IBM Executive and determine amount of space it is to occupy
in that issue. 4. Based on this, mock up a dummy issue, indicating
ads, etc. Submit with check sheet to Writing for approval. 5. When
approved, supervise layout. 22

  6. Proofread or check proofreading, and correct. Get LRH ok an
boards. Then deliver to Printing.

  7. PRINTING MAKES OUT PURCHASE ORDER, GETS FINANCIAL OK, DELIVERS
TO PRINTERS.

  8. Dissemination Sec keeps an eye on the issue from then on,
checking that each issue goes through promptly, is delivered,
mailed, on time. Checks also standard of printing.

  9. Keep file for each issue containing dummy, MSS, etc. Add check
sheet for that issue when returned completed. Make file of printed
copies. 10. Things to check: (a) That the ads punch up the lead
article for that issue.

  (b) That copyright notice (Copyright (c) 19-- by L. Ron Hubbard.
All Rights Reserved) is always inserted, in the right place, i.e.
under the title or at the bottom of the first page. (c) That one
copy is sent to the British Museum to secure copyright.

  (d) THAT CERTAINTY MINORS ALWAYS REACH THE PUBLIC ON TIME.

  11. If there are any reader complaints about Certainty content,
ask them what they would rather have appear in Certainty. But stay
within Certainty purpose and organization policy.

  12. Become as familiar as possible with Scientology and Dianetics
material, methods, etc.

  13. Keep up to date always with new courses,
developments-anything which requires advertisement.

  HCO EDITORIAL

  PURPOSE: To ensure that Dianetics and Scientology books get
printed. To ensure accurate copy in these books, booklets, etc. To
ensure an acceptable format for same. To ensure that printed matter
is delivered promptly.

  FUNCTIONS: Editing author's MS when required and requested;
deciding on format; proofreading; chasing the book through. When
photo-litho, supervising layout. Approval of LRH is requisite on
all points.

              WORLD WIDE HATS

  HCO DISS SEC WW

  PURPOSE: To ensure world-wide dissemination of Dianetics and
Scientology.

  FUNCTIONS: Comm with other offices about their dissemination
problems. Check on their magazines and dissemination in general.
Help them in printing problems, etc., and help them to keep in line
with the dissemination programme.

  HCO EDITORIAL WW

  PURPOSE: To monitor world-wide printing of books on Scientology
and Dianetics. To avoid dearth and superfluity of book stocks.

  FUNCTIONS: Check printing of books world-wide, their accuracy and
format. Institute and maintain a world-wide book programme of
stock-keeping and supplies. Draw up printing programme.

Joan Jelinek
HCO Dissemination Secretary WW
for L. RON HUBBARD

JJ:gh.rd
Copyright (c) 1959
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                               23

                  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

               HCO POLICY LETTER OF IS MARCH 1960

CenOCon

               (For applicable Dissemination hats)

               HAT CO-ORDINATION: DISSEMINATION OF
               DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS

  For Dianetics and Scientology materials Supply and Dissemination
we have three hats which work very closely together in
accomplishing effective dissemination: I. BOOK, TAPE, RECORD 2.
DISSEMINATION 3. PRINTING ADMINISTRATOR HAT

  1. Book, Tape and Record Admin sees that books, tapes and records
are in supply adequate to meet the demand. He gets ok's to reprint
books, to print books, to cut records, tapes, etc. He does not let
his supply become exhausted, ever. If a publication (or tape or
record) is going out of print, and not to be reprinted, he sees
that this fact is published in the Scientology Magazine-that
Dissemination Secretary is advised-that HCO WW Book Administrator
is advised. If a book is to be continued in supply, he sees that
the book is reprinted, getting proper ok's to do so, that the
preparation of the MSS is done, and that Printing Hat follows
through on it from there.

  2. Dissemination Secretary sees that the Book Administrator keeps
his stocks in adequate supply-that he stays in close touch with
Dissemination Secretary on all dissemination materials.
Dissemination Secretary gets these materials disseminated rapidly
and effectively through all available media to the public.

  3. Printing hat keeps close touch on what books are at the
printers, when sent, when expected, etc. He must know the status of
any book at the printers, at any time.

  These three hats work in close co-ordination in the interest of
(1) seeing that Dianetics and Scientology materials are in adequate
supply; (2) that needed materials are obtained and not let to lag
or supply diminish, and (3) that these materials get disseminated
broadly and effectively as rapidly as possible. (For further
information, see individual Hat Folders of these three hats.)
Laxness of any one of these posts can slow the progress of
Dissemination (and thereby Clearing). Close co-ordination and
effectiveness of these three posts can speed up our goals
tremendously.

  (Note by HCO Secretary WW: This Policy Letter was written
especially for the Org in Washington and may not be exactly
applicable to other Orgs.) Mildred Galusha via Peter Hemery for L.
RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rd
Copyright (c) 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                               24


NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE

                 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                 HCO BULLETIN OF 25 APRIL 1960

Central Orgs

                         PRR PROMOTION

  I have asked Mary Sue to compile a bulletin taken from her
advices to Washington on correct Pr R promotion.

  Mary Sue, long experienced as a Director of Registration, had the
enviable record of the highest returns for her department that have
ever yet been achieved in any Central Org.

  Her advice is very worth while. These programmes should be
followed as high priority items by the heads of all Central Orgs,
and Pr R Depts.

  These programmes, followed just this way, put into expert
practice by good executive John Fudge, have raised the DC unit from
a period of all-time low, back up to the highest in the world.

  Do not abandon those programmes you have which you find
successful. Do not overstrain existing personnel in Pr R. Get Pr R
and CF staffed well enough to get existing programmes done plus
those detailed by Mary Sue.

  One Central Org by my reports here has only one person in Pr R.
Another has only two. Is it coincidence that the first mentioned is
the lowest in income and the second the next lowest? Washington
left only one person on Pr R for six months-and finally dropped to
zero unit. A proper number were assigned and the unit came up to
50% par in three weeks. So don't economize on personnel in Pr R.
And when you get the personnel, make sure they follow exact hats
and these programmes.

  You need no new and wonderful ideas to win. All you need is an
exact Org pattern and these programmes, and then back them up with
high quality service. And get the books disseminated from HCO.

  So I can highly recommend you follow Mary Sue's promotion for Pr
R if you want a high unit. L. RON HUBBARD

              PROMOTIONAL PROJECTS

  There needs to be a more organized approach to promotional
activities in all Central Organizations. The following is designed
to provide this:

              Department of Promotion and Registration

  The promotion programme for this Department depends entirely upon
getting all prospects for training and processing from Central
Files. The definition of a prospect is this: any person who has
mentioned, even vaguely, an interest in training or processing and
has had neither. It does not matter how long ago such an interest
was expressed, just that it was expressed. All such prospects
should be listed on cards. (If your Addressograph Department has
really been functioning well, these prospects should already be
tabbed on the addressograph plates, but do not rely absolutely on
this. Washington, DC, where I have already instituted this
programme, is having their CF Promotion Liaison go through CF once
again and the Director of Promotion and Registration, John Fudge,
reports the finding of many, many prospects which were not tabbed.)
CF Promotion Liaison, from these cards, pulls the person's CF
folder and sends their folder to the Registrar to write a letter
asking them when they will be coming in for training and
processing. Two carbon copies of the letter written are made, one
of which is, of course, put in the person's CF folder and the other
is given to CF Promotion Liaison. From this carbon letter CF
Promotion Liaison marks on the person's card when the letter was
written. This occurs until every single prospect is written.

  Answers which come back to these letters which are written by the
Registrar are answered by the Registrar or the Immediate Registrar
if the person is actually ready to book for training or processing.
Two carbons are made of these letters and handled as above. CF
Promotion Liaison marks the cards with the date when the answer was
received into the organization.

  CF Promotion Liaison will end up with a set of cards from which
there were no answers. These cards from which no answers were
received, are then turned over to the Assistant Registrar after a
period of three months from the date the letter was

              25

  originally sent by the Registrar. The Assistant Registrar treats
these then as ARC breaks and gets them into communication with the
Central Organization.

  With regard to this particular promotion project, please do not
forget HCA and HCS or B.Scn Extension Course students who have not
as yet taken the course.

  The dates which I set for the writing of all the initial letters
by the Registrar, is one month to get all prospects dug out and all
letters to be written by the Registrar. As we will allow these
prospects only a three month comm lag, that makes four months
elapsed until all cards of prospects who have not answered shall be
turned over to the Assistant Registrar. This is not an optimistic
estimate for the time needed. When doing a project, do it and get
it done.

  While the Assistant Registrar is awaiting the handling of these
uncommunicative prospects as ARC breaks, she or he can be busy
writing to current ARC break letters and more importantly, handling
those people who have failed to make regular payments on their
accounts with the Central Org. The Department of Accounts keeps the
Assistant Registrar supplied with these monthly. These are handled
as ARC breaks.

  Department of Processing

  This is a promotion project to be carried out by the Director of
Processing and staff auditors. The Director of Processing shall go
through the Testing files and dig out the file folders of those
past preclears who did not complete the full number of weeks of
processing given in their case estimates. As this is done, a card
file is made of those written. CF folders for these do not need to
be pulled; all the information about the case is right there in the
test folder. These people can be asked specific questions about how
they have progressed with particular case difficulties since their
processing and about when they can come in to complete the number
of weeks given in their case estimates, the number of weeks
estimated and the number of weeks actually taken by the person in
processing can be given in the letter. As answers come back the
Director of Processing marks the cards with the date the letter was
received by the organization and handles it or sees that the
auditor who wrote the letter handles it. Any definite bookings are
sent, after they have been answered, on to the Immediate Registrar
for entering into the registration record.

  Again a period of four months is given for this project as above
and at the end of this time all cards of past preclears who have
not answered are turned over to the Assistant Registrar to handle
as an ARC break.

  Department of Training

  The project for this Department is one of writing to all
incomplete course students getting them to complete all necessary
qualifications for getting their certificates. These persons can be
located in Addressograph by the tabs if, once again, the
Addressograph Department is up to nines. If not, each person can be
found from the roll books. To disseminate Scientology we need
auditors in the field working, and we need these auditors to be
certified in order to get them working.

  The Director of Training makes out card files on this project and
turns them over to the Assistant Registrar to handle after a period
of four weeks if the student fails to answer. Let's really push
these people to get their requirements completed.

  Another project for the Training Department is writing to all
former HCA students to get them to come in for the HCS or B.Scn
Course. This is handled with cards in the same fashion as
previously described.

  Accounts Department

  The project for this Department is a relatively simple one. All
that is done is for the Director of Accounts to write to all
persons who have paid their bills in full or who are making regular
monthly payments, telling them that their credit is good with the
Central Org for further training or processing.

  Let me mention here that people who are paying regularly, but who
have too large an indebtedness should not be written such letters.
We don't want their indebtedness to increase beyond their ability
to handle it.

  Department of Material

  This Department has the promotion responsibility of seeing to it
that the premises of the Central Org are presentable to the public
in appearance and cleanliness. The offices which are considered of
most importance are the Reception office, the Immediate Registrar's
office, where students and preclears are signed up (or the office
of Promotion and Registration, if all registration work is done in
one office), the

                               26


Assoc Sec's or Org Sec's office, and HCO offices. These can be
nicely decorated at low cost. By all means the Department of
Material must police these offices to see that they remain in a
good state. Metal baskets in these offices should be converted to
wooden trays in a finish to match the finish of the desk and other
furniture. If there is not enough space on desks for these trays,
they can be placed on a handy side table. Leaflets and hand out
materials should be kept in a book case or cabinet, not strewn
about the tops of desks, mantle pieces, or the floor, as in some
cases. Cleaners should be encouraged to clean these offices first
thing and then passage ways.

  Also as some of the offices are small in size, the common
decoration fault of having the walls one colour and the wood work
another should be corrected. In small spaces only one colour should
be on both walls and woodwork and this colour should be a light
pastel as darker colours contract space.

  Further the Department of Material can get the mechanical brains
of the organization into shape, CF and Addressograph plate files.
All tabbing for all categories should be done and CF filing and
making of new folders should be complete and up-to-date. By all
means get all prospects tabbed.

  HCO

  HCO Dissemination Secretaries and Book Administrators should get
out a complete listing of all books and tapes to book buyers. Such
listings are normally done as follows:

  I have this  I am now I shall order

  Dianetics: Modern Science of book ordering this this book within

  Mental Health. book the next three months with instruction
asking them to please check one of the following categories
after each book. To get make-up on such a mailing, you can
write to the HCO Dissemination Sec, Washington, DC, Mildred
Galusha, and get a copy for making up a photolitho mailing. Or you
can use such a mailing piece as was done in -one of the old
"Journal of Scientology", listing the books and tapes with a brief
description of contents and enclosing an order form.

  A list of book buyers can be obtained from Addressograph or from
invoices over the last several years.

  HCO Continental Secs should do a two fold promotion task. One is
writing to all Certified Auditors advising them that professional
rates for processing shall in the future be given only to those
certified auditors with an International or Lifetime Membership in
force with the HASI. This is to encouarage all auditors to get
memberships and thusly get on the communication lines of the
organization for further information.

  The other project is to write to auditors not franchised as yet
and get them to take out a franchise and to write to auditors
franchised who have not been remitting their ten percent to get
them to do so. If these franchise auditors do not remit their ten
percent within a period of three months, we shall have to cancel
their franchise and take them off the Bulletin line until they get
their cases in shape to make a successful practice in the field.

  PE Foundation

  This Department already has been given a promotional project in
HCO Bulletin of March 25th, 1960.

  Assoc Secs or Org Secs

  Your promotion project is to crush, crush, crush through the
promotional projects moving through to completion. Do not sit at
your desk and get reports on how these projects are going. Go into
the Department to check up on the card files, number of letters
written, etc. Now is a really good time to see how well the
Addressograph section is servicing the organization.

  Send weekly reports to me concerning the progress made,
difficulties encountered and overcome, and other information about
these projects.

MARY SUE HUBBARD

MSH:js.rd
Organizational Supervisor WW

Copyright (c) 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  [Note: This HCO B has been corrected per HCOB 29 April 1960,
PRR Promotion (Corrections).]


                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JANUARY 1964

Sthil
HCO (Sthil) LTD

                         ENROLLMENT DIVISION

  The extreme importance of increasing enrollment and organizing
the facilities to accomplish it have been a matter of some concern
to me for the past many weeks.

  The Director of Enrollment is to organize the Administration and
Promotion necessary to accomplish the desired results.

  A full Central Files and Address System comparable to that of a
Central Organization, means of filling it with lists and providing
address plates must be provided whether space exists or not.

  A full comprehensive and carefully cross-checked system of
contacting and handling applicants must be devised and carried
forward.

  Effective Procurement activities must be designed, executed and
carried out on a continuing basis.

  Good files, lists and addresses, good and intelligent
communication and a very large increase in enrollment are expected
from the Enrollment Division.

  The Director of Enrollment is under the supervision of the Saint
Hill Administrator and The Enrollment Division is part of HCO
(Sthil) Ltd.

  Mary Long will continue as Course Registrar, personally handling
applicants and the registration and graduation procedures and to
that extent only is in the Enrollment Division, her duties
beginning with the scheduling of a student to arrive and the
arrival and registration of that student and ending with his or her
departure.

  The Director of Enrollment has the full responsibility of filling
up the course and keeping it full. His materiel and personnel
requirements have first priority.

L. RON HUBBARD
Executive Director
HCO (Saint Hill) Ltd

LRH:dr.rd
Copyright (c) 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  [Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 24 January 1964]

                               28


                  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JANUARY 1964

Sthil
                         HCO (STHIL) LTD
                     DEPARTMENT OF ENROLLMENT

  The purpose of the Department of Enrollment is to contact
routinely, regularly and intelligently all possible candidates for
the Saint Hill Briefing Course.

  The steps are these:

  1. Using whatever is to hand begin contacting.

  2. Expand what address files are to hand and contact those.

  3. Eventually have a complete and sound system of filing,
addresssing and contacting candidates for the course.

  The purpose is to get people to take the course. To do this one
must have very good files and means of address keeping use and
change. To use these one must achieve and maintain a high level of
ARC in all letters and releases.

  We already have a silk screen address file of HCAs/HPAs. We
should have address screens of all former students. These should be
utilized.

  Immediate steps should be taken to increase these files of
addresses and keep them up to date.

  We already have many letter files from franchise and others such
as Standing Order No. 1. Using these files a nucleus Central File
system should be constructed and expanded.

  Using various means addresses should be collected until every
trained Scientologist in the world is to be found in our central
files and in our address plates with addresses up to date.

  Using this data a letter registrar can maintain consistent
communication with high R with all possible applicants and regular
mailings of attractive mailing pieces can be made. Book data and
other materials can be carried in such mailings.

  Promotion Programme No. I is designed to collect all addresses
and data for our CF.

  An offer of a certificate as a Founding Scientologist is made in
all Continental Magazines and the PAB for all Scientologists who
were one before 1963. They are offered a special classification and
the certificate if they will fill out the questionnaire or a copy
of it and send it straight to Saint Hill. An assembly line response
is set up to send them their certificate, consisting of letter
press signed blanks and name typed on a large Cap typewriter, all
in a flat special envelope, certificate to be 5" x 7".

  If this application carries vital statistics, our CF is greatly
enriched. Each application received is marked as answered with a
certificate and is filed in our CF under the person's name. Each is
given a coded system giving all data. In this way a CF is created.

  When needful a large metal plate addressing machine will be
procured which gives

  29

  the full code on each plate showing what the person is, has done,
etc. These are filed by name and area in their address plate boxes
for use on the machine.

  It is up to the Enrollment Department to construct its files,
etc, while actually engaging in procurement.

  There were 12 less course enrollments in 1963 than in 1962.
Therefore the matter is a cause for crash programming.

  It is my full intention to convert Saint Hill into 90% effort
expended on reach and income and 10% effort devoted to internal
affairs and disbursement. The Enrollment Department is just one
step in this direction.

  As a regulation of the Enrollment Department, all mailing pieces
and forms to be mailed must be passed on by the Executive Director
and frequent samples of letters answered Must be submitted. Quality
and reality must be maintained.

  I wish to see a flood and flurry in this department resulting in
100 students every 20 weeks.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.rd
Copyright (c) 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                               30

                 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 JANUARY 1964

Sthil staff only
HCO (Sthil) LTD.

               CHARTS, ROUTINGS AND PUBLICATIONS
                   THE ENROLLMENT DEPARTMENT

  It must become apparent to anyone in charge of enrollment on the
Saint Hill Course that Enrollment Department responsibility does
not end with letters to prospects if any guarantee of future
enrollments is to exist.

  Unless enrollment prospects are developed with an advance view of
at least two years, the department will always have a scramble.

  Therefore the obvious course of action is to push along the
general dissemination of Scientology throughout the world.

  This can be done without interfering with Central Organizations
or HCO (WW) Ltd., or indeed any other programme.

  If Central Orgs graduate HCA/HPAs a certain number of them will
enroll at Saint Hill. Obviously the more graduates there are, from
Academies who can achieve auditing results, the more enrollees
there will be for Saint Hill. Thus quality of training is also of
interest to the Enrollment Department.

  To recapitulate, if dissemination is very broad and good to the
general public, there will be good Academy enrollments. If Academy
results are good and students are informed there will be Saint Hill
enrollments. There are other points to this routing.

  If the Saint Hill Enrollment Department does not keep an eye on
that route then enrollments at Saint Hill will decline regardless
of the amount of effort put out by the Enrollment Department.

  This routing has always been one of my hats and I am passing it
over to the Enrollment Department.

  ENROLLMENT CHART

  1. General Public Interested.

  2. Enrolled in Academies.

  3. Academy students kept informed of the Saint Hill Course.

  4. Academy students achieving results.

  5. Eventual enrollment at Saint Hill.

  6. Satisfactory training results at Saint Hill.

  7. Word of mouth by Saint Hill graduates.

  8. Continuously expanding Saint Hill Course.

  If any of the above steps are omitted, it will become a serious
matter to the Enrollment Department, so the thing to do is be sure
that all the steps in the above chart are effective.

  This routing chart should be neatly drawn and posted permanently
in the Enrollment Department.

  An additional traffic chart should also be drawn up as follows:

  31

  1. General public addresses to Central Orgs for use in their CFs
to procure

  2. Academy enrollees addresses to Saint Hill Central addresses

  3. Sthil Central Addresses to Sthil Central Files

  4. Sthil File Folders to Letter Registrar

  S. Letter Registrar to graduated Academy students with good
reality as to their status and activities

  6. All Franchise letter files to Sthil Address

  7. All Franchise files from address to Sthil Central Files

  8. Franchise Folders to Letter Registrar for personal letters

  9. All Franchise Folders from Central Files to Franchise
Secretary and back to Central Files after use

  10. All SO No. I files to Sthil Address

  11. All SO No. I files to Sthil Central Files

  12. SO No. I folders periodically to Letter Registrar for
personal letters

  13. Saint Hill Publications to Address for addressing

  14. Saint Hill Publications from address to mailing room for
mailing.

  A proper chart of this should be drawn showing the handling of
these lines so that special file systems do not get created and
files held out of Central Files and so that new personnel
understand and do not "jump" the lines.

  The end product is a complete address file categorized and ready
for use by all departments and a Central File of all persons and
correspondence (except purely business files as kept in Accounts)
will exist for general use.

  All separate file systems whereby "certain files are held out"
should be discouraged. No Letter Registrar can work without a
complete file without embarrassing consequences.

  The usual metal plate addressing system is envisioned.

  This same complete system exists at HASI London, called "CF and
Addresses". We are only copying that system.

              PUBLICATIONS

  The Enrollment Division as noted above has a vested interest in
the quality and existence of materials for issue to the general
public.

  A "Guide to Scientology Chart" is already being compiled for
issue. But simple books that already exist should be hard pushed by
the Enrollment Department into public hands by insisting on their
being advertised by Central Orgs in magazines other than
Scientology magazines. Advertisement of these in Continental
Scientology magazines should be looked to frequently.

  Preparation of general interest texts by SLR and their
publication should be pressed for by the Enrollment Department.

  Continuous demands for all new Academy student enrollment data
will have to be made by the Enrollment Department. Eventual
centralization of Certificate issue at Saint Hill will care for
this sometime in the future but until then it is a point for
alertness.

              SAINT HILL NEWS

              A new publication, Saint Hill News, should be
instigated for bi-monthly (every 60

                               32

  days) publication. This should be a dignified, serene publication
that issues data of current interest giving names of who has
enrolled and who has graduated and whatever other personal data may
be of interest. Kittenish high school type reporting should be
avoided thoroughly.

  This should be a photo-litho, job like a PAB. It should use the
Photo Litho ability to reproduce photographs of the house, grounds,
classrooms, students, instructors, etc.

  Its editorial composition should be:

  1. Points of technical interest (helping Scientology work for
people) all of low level interest. This makes the magazine of some
value. Excerpts from tapes dealing with general auditing, stressing
one point per issue. Sample: "Getting the Auditing Question
Answered". I will be the only signatory of these articles as this
is the commonest point of upset in such magazines.

  2. Some news of auditing successes in the field by Saint Hill
graduates. This is culled from Franchise and other letter lines.
This is always there to stress that people trained at Saint Hill
get results.

  3. Results obtained on Cases on Course.

  4. Past, present enrollments and graduations and Classification
changes, with any pictures. Malcolm Powell in East Grinstead could
be persuaded to do such shots cheaply in his studio in East
Grinstead.

  S. Old and new installations at Saint Hill, by picture.

  6. New publications, particularly what to give new people.

  7. Old publications.

  8. A Franchise Ad.

  9. List of Central Orgs worldwide.

  10. Any announcements by HCO (WW) Ltd., and SLR.

  11. Saint Hill Course Ad giving what Letter Registrar would like
to have said.

  12. A varied reminder every issue of the vastness and extent of
the Scientology data archives at Saint Hill.

  The Editor of Saint Hill News is the Director of Enrollment. The
magazine editorial work of make up is Joan Jelinek. Printing is by
the Book Administrator.

  The first issue should be as soon as one can be compiled and
printed.

  All mailings of Saint Hill News is by Surface Mail the same as
the PAB.

  The mailing list should be only those persons who may be
interested in enrollment, past graduates, present students and
Central Org personnel (as individuals) who come in contact with
potential students.

  This, of course, includes all current Academy students.

  A check sheet of the above list should be made out for each issue
and followed in compilation.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:dr.rd

Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  33

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 FEBRUARY 1964

  Central Orgs

  Franchise

  Field

  DEPARTMENT OF ENROLMENT

  For the sake of simplification and to facilitate a concentration
on the training route up through the Levels of Scientology, the
Department of Promotion and Registration in all Central
Organizations will now be termed the Department of Enrolment. The
Director of P (c) R is now the Director of Enrolment.

  DIRECTOR OF ENROLMENT

  The Director of Enrolment has the full responsibility of filling
up the Academy and keeping it full. His first actions should be to
increase largely the enrolment on HAS and Class I Courses in the
Field as well as in the Org.

  The Director of Enrolment is to organize the Administration and
Promotion necessary to accomplish the desired results.

  Using the Enrolment and Traffic Charts as a guide, a full
comprehensive and carefully cross-checked system of contacting and
handling applicants must be carried forward.

  Effective Procurement activities must be designed, executed and
carried out on a continuing basis:

  The Letter Reg Department, including Central Files (c) Addresso,
Body Reg and Reception are the responsibility of the Enrolment
Director and are part of the Enrolment Department.

  It must become apparent that the Enrolment Department
responsibility does not end with letters to prospects if any
guarantee of future enrolment is to exist.

  Unless enrolment prospects are developed with an advanced view,
the department will always have a scramble.

  Therefore, the obvious course of action is to push along the
general dissemination of Scientology throughout the Org's sphere of
influence. This also applies to Continental Headquarters as well.

  PUBLICATIONS

  The Enrolment Department has a vested interest in the quality and
existence of materials for issue to the general public.

  The simple books that already exist and new ones, as they are
released by Scientology Library (c) Research at Saint Hill, should
be hard pushed by the Enrolment Dept into public hands by their
being advertised by Central Orgs in magazines other than
Scientology Magazines. Advertising of these in Continental
Scientology Magazines should be looked to frequently.

  The Continental Magazine must work in very close co-operation
with the Enrolment Department. Its basic target is the general
public and moving them into HAS Courses in the Field as well as the
Org. Its content should mainly consist of Level 0 (c) I material.

  34

  FIELD AUDITOR CONSULTANT

  If Field Auditors graduate HAS's and Class I's, a certain number
will enrol in the HQS Course, returning to the Field and send more
students to the Academy. After getting results in the Field, they
will then return to the Academy for the HPA/HCA Course. Thus
quality of training is also of interest to the Enrolment
Department.

  The post of Field Auditor Consultant is created and may be filled
by the old Group Secretary where this post had been filled.

  The Field Auditor Consultant will assist all HQS, or above,
certificate holders in establishing and maintaining HAS and Class I
Courses-this includes helping them with promotion and the handling
of their courses, assisting in arranging for HGC assists and ARC
Break Assessments when they or their Groups get in trouble, filling
their orders for HAS Certificates and Level I classifications, and
getting them in to take their examinations for classification.

  Where the Letter Reg pulls in students on Courses, the Field
Auditor Consultant is responsible to see they come in for their
examinations.

  The Field Auditor Consultant is the terminal in his area for HAS
and Class I Courses. His effectiveness is measured by the number of
HAS Certificates and Class I's issued and the number of Classified
Auditors in his area.

  To recapitulate, if dissemination is very broad and good to the
general public there will be good HAS Course enrolments. If HAS
Course results are good and students are informed, there will be
Academy enrolments. If the Enrolment Department is not responsible
for this route, then enrolment in the Academy will decline
regardless of the amount of effort put out by the Enrolment
Department.

  You must see that the Org is almost wholly dependent on a large
and successful field operation. Concentrate first on building up
your existing Field Auditors and providing them service.

  Your HGC will be kept full of Assists and ARC Break Assessments
from the Field, and they will be lining up at the doors of the
Academy. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:gl.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
35

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

              OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MARCH 1964 Saint Hill Central
Orgs HCO Secs Assn Secs DIRECTOR OF ENROLMENT

              THE LETTER REGISTRAR

              ADMINISTRATION

              (HCO Sec: Hat Check on Assn Sec, Dir

              Enrolment, Ltr Reg, Reg)

  One of the principal routes to solvency (see earlier Policy
Letters, November 15, 1960, et al), is mail volume.

  If you are not receiving mail and telephone calls in volume your
unit will be low. Mail volume is a measure of success. I can look
at a "mail count" and tell, by comparing it to earlier periods,
whether an Org is going up or down. It's a very good barometer, a
reliable crystal ball, a teller of fortunes.

  Mail volume is important, quite aside from what the envelopes
contain. As soon as "quality vs quantity" arguments start, it shows
somebody is being uninformed. The datum "mail volume" is just mail
volume, and trying to drag in other factors simply shows that
somebody didn't get the point, in the first place. It's too simple
a point: current mail volume indicates current and future business
volume. It's a pure datum. It's a gross index you can rely on
without having to know anything else. It's an executive slide rule.
Executive: "What's the week's mail count?" Ans: (c) 1400 pieces
out, 75 pieces in". Exec: "We're a bit below last week. I guess I'd
better promote something." See? The Executive didn't have to find
out "what percentage of the letters were business? How many applied
for anything? Did the letter registrar dot all her i's?" It's just
a good meaty rough datum that says how things are.

  If a person were as alive as he gave and received communication
then an Org could be considered as alive as it gave and received
pieces of mail. It's that simple.

  So you watch mail volume in and out if you want to know how
you're going to be doing a bit into the future. Knowing that we can
gear up promotion to cope before we get hit with the income slump.

  A mail volume slump is always followed in a few weeks (usually
six) by an income slump. So it's a valuable danger signal.

  Mail volume rise always presages an income rise in the next few
weeks.

  So that's the total use of and extent of "mail volume". It does
not have anything to do with what the letters are about or who is
getting or receiving them. Even circulars count, out or in. Even
requests for donations for the Eskimo seal fund count. Out or in.
It's simply volume. And it's an index which, when compared to an
earlier period, estimates future rise or fall of income.

  The mail clerk does the counting in and out and chalks it up for
the head of the Org or its enrolment or income section or all
three. Then they can PLAN and ACT before the Org goes down for the
third time or they get caught in a boom.

  Mail volume is a good datum because it gives about a six weeks
warning. A mail count slump in mid-May gives you an income slump
about July 1.

              PROMOTION

  Now what the mail says in or out is under the head of Promotion.

  Promotion covers "quality versus quantity" and other such
questions.

  What is said in outgoing letters and what may be said in incoming
all depends upon Promotion.

  If the head of an Org or its enrolment executives are very sharp
on Promotion, mail volume will increase steadily. If they are not,
then volume gets one sided-mostly

              36

  outflow, but oddly enough, though the ratio shifts to outflow,
mail volume and income will stabilize at a certain level and not
increase much.

  You can tell if Good Promotion is being done by examining this
outflow-inflow ratio of mail.

  Poor Promotion gives you a ratio of maybe 98% outflow and 2%
inflow, i.e. 98 pieces of mail (of all kinds) mailed and 2 pieces
of mail (of all kinds) received.

  Fair Promotion would perhaps consist of 90% outflow and 10%
inflow, meaning that for 90 pieces of mail (of all kinds) mailed by
the Org, 10 pieces of mail (of all kinds) were received.

  Fantastically wonderful Promotion would consist of 50% outflow,
50% inflow.

  A miracle would be 10% outflow and 90% inflow

  No exact index or chart of this has ever been made. But the above
is an educated guestimate. The figures are given to make the
following point:

  The better the Promotion, the higher the inflow rises in
proportion to the outflow.

  (c) The lesson has been learned in Scientology Orgs, and proven
many times in exact studies, that regardless of Promotion quality
in Scientology, a high volume of outflow is vital to return any
inflow. So regardless of the Promotion, high volume of outflow must
be maintained. There is no arguing with this datum. If you want
activity and income you must have a high volume of outflow. And the
point of what is said does not enter that datum at all at all.

  So (c) given volume, one now begins to consider what is being
said in that volume and one gets Promotion. And all Promotion does
is change the outflow-inflow ratio and prevent a fixed
outflow-inflow ratio.

  It is obvious that an Org can only outflow just so much. Finance
available, personnel, effort, all limit how much outflow there can
be. So to increase outflow one must use PROMOTION to increase
inflow in order to increase outflow. Only in that way can one
escape a fixed income. An Org that does not do this, (does not use
intelligent Promotion) then gets into a fixed income which does not
increase.

  Promotion consists only of what to offer and how to offer it,
that will be responded to. That's the extent of it and even Madison
Avenue (U.S. Advertisers' row) can't better that. Indeed they may
not even know it. Contemporary advertising has gone off into
aesthetics and art and often forgets the product or service
entirely.

  So Promotion is the art of offering what will be responded to.

  Production is the activity of providing a product or service.
Promotion relates to Production in this way: One can produce
without promoting (ordinarily quite disastrous); one can Promote
without Producing (which is very disastrous indeed and is the only
thing that gives promotion a bad name). So these things, Promotion
and Production, are not independent of each other.

  One must make Production adequate to Promotion and must make
Promotion adequate to Production to be SOLVENT or ETHICAL.

  If you are producing something and can deliver then that is what
you must promote.

  Here is an exercise in Promotion-Production. One goes over to
Production Unit A (Academy) and asks "What are you sure you can do
for somebody in or by training?," One carefully lists the answers,
verifies them by talking to the students on whom it is being
produced and then checks off the most sure-fire answers. One is now
certain that this effect or these effects can be produced at the
Academy. Returning to one's office one looks over this data and
selects out what would probably be the most attractive items (will
be responded to) of production to the public. One then sits down
and writes a very glowing factual article about it, making a big
point of availability of it and a big point of their writing the
Letter Registrar about it for more data. Then one gets out a big
mailing about it or headlines it in the Continental Magazine and
insists on a hurry up release of it. That's several thousand
mailing pieces out all in a bunch, guaranteed to get a response to
the letter registrar.

  37

  One then uses the same data to call together a public sort of
meeting and gets local invitation cards out on it. And makes sure
somebody addresses the meeting and that a registrar is there.

  One gets out another mailing bit on the same subject but with a
different write up and sends it to all the PE attendees one has
record of-and makes sure they write the letter registrar. (Or phone
the Registrar.) That's another batch for the mail count.

  One plays just those points found as above hard for 2 or 3
months. This makes them well known and something of a fad that such
and such effect or result is produced in the Academy. That gives
people time to find out about it and centres their attention. Up
goes Academy enrolments.

  Then after 2 or 3 months of plugging the above, one goes over to
the HGC and repeats the same exercise. Making that Production
learned about by the Ltr Reg a fad in its turn.

  Meanwhile one keeps up with one's mail and originates via Central
Files on a personal letter basis on routine actions.

  ONE DOESN'T DROP ALL PAST PROMOTION (outflow) just to do this
outlined promotion.

  Then one goes on a book campaign and plays that ragged for 2 or 3
months as per the above exercise. What books do people read? Why?

  Get circulars out on it. Sell books. Write letters about books.

  And keep up routine letter writing and answering.

  Then find something wonderful Scientology can do from field
auditors, something simple. Get everybody hot on doing it in the
field via circulars and articles. Get them to write the letter
registrar about it.

  Do these things one at a time, play them out and all the while
keep it very popular to write the letter registrar about it.

  And you'll break the back of fixed income. Your outflow-inflow
ratio will improve. Your volume will rise. Production will be in
keeping with Promotion and Promotion with Production. And you won't
have near the strain about it.

  If I were letter registrating, I would never just grind out
letter& I would not drop heavy origination. But I'd find things to
offer people they would write me about and spend 50% of my time
answering their high volume inflow.

  30% of my time I'd spend on routine origination. The remaining
20% I'd spend on gazing at the ceiling for future promotion or
going around examining production for items of interest.

  The bottle-neck of income is the fixed ratio of outflow-inflow,
the inability to afford more outflow personnel and any and all
unrealities between Promotion and Production. If these factors
cannot be handled by the head of an Org, by its Director of
Enrolment, income will remain fixed and probably low. If these data
are understood and intelligently used, given good management, then
income will rise and the org will flourish.

  And at any staff meeting the wins of the person responsible for
raising outflow-inflow ratio should get a big hand.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:gl.cden Copyright

  (c)

  1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  38

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MARCH 1964

  Sthil

  DEPARTMENTAL CHANGES

  AUDITORS DIVISION

  The Enrolment Division is transferred herewith from HCO (Saint
Hill) Ltd, to HCO (WW) Ltd, and is renamed AUDITORS DIVISION.

  The head of the Auditors Division is the Director of Auditors.

  No change in the function of the former Enrolment Division or its
personnel is made except that the Franchise Secretary is added to
the Auditors Division and comes under the Director of Auditors and
the Course Administrator and Registrar remain with HCO (Saint Hill)
Ltd.

  The purpose of the Auditors Division is to make all auditors well
trained and successful.

  Enrolment in Academies, proper certification, enrolment at Saint
Hill are all functions of the Auditors Division.

  CF and Address comes under the Auditors Division.

  Saint Hill News comes under the Auditors Division.

  Keeping the Saint Hill Course fully enrolled is the
responsibility of the Auditors Division.

  Through HCOs in every area, a field auditor is appointed as the
Auditors Division representative or Leading Field Auditors. This
would be of assistance to the Auditors Division and to HCO Area
Secs.

  The aim of this transfer is to put (c) all auditors in the world
under one general

  heading and so get them trained and successful and to regulate
practice.

  HCO (WW) Ltd has as its purpose External Comm Lines and auditors
are certainly those, so is CF and Address.

  The Auditors Division and the Director of Auditors is under the
Organization Supervisor of HCO (WW) Ltd.

  The activities of Franchise should be co-ordinated with those of
the Auditors Division (see Policy Letter of this date re Franchise
Programme).

  No other changes in this Division or activity are made.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:gl.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  39

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MARCH 1964

  BPI

  CenOCon AUDITORS DIVISION

  NEW HCO WW ORGANIZATION

  (HCO Area Sec: Please implement at once)

  The Auditors Division of H.C.O. (W.W.) Ltd., has just been
formed.

  It is in the charge of the Director of Auditors at Saint Hill.

  Purpose of The Auditors Division: To make all the auditors in the
world welltrained, properly accredited, successful and ethical.

  All certified auditors, HAS, HQS, HCA/HPA, etc., come under the
Auditors Division.

  A Leading Field Auditor is to be nominated by the HCO Area
Secretary of every area. He or she will be appointed then by the
Director of Auditors. In the case of several large cities covered
by an HCO Area, a Leading Field Auditor may be appointed for each
one, with a Leading Field Auditor for the entire area. The title
for a Leading Field Auditor is the Leading Field Auditor of the
Eastern U.S. (where several have been appointed for cities) and the
Leading Field Auditor of Melbourne, where only one city is
involved. The titles compare to HCO Areas and Scientology
geographical divisions as will be released from time to time. The
criteria of nomination should be "a successful auditor of good
classification, preferably Saint Hill, who is not in conflict with
HCO or the Central Org."

  A Leading Field Auditor is expected to remain in good
communication with Saint Hill and will receive his instructions
through the HCO Area Secretary.

  His or her final appointment will be by letter from Saint Hill.

  The Leading Field Auditor should hold and take charge of all
field auditors meetings.

  The Leading Field Auditor may appoint a deputy and a secretary
for meetings

  and other functions.  THE AUDITOR

  SAINT HILL JOURNAL

  A new magazine is being issued at Saint Hill to be called The
Auditor, the Saint Hill Journal of the Auditors Division.

  A correspondent for The Auditor must be appointed in each Central
Organization by the HCO Area Sec. This correspondent should keep
the Editor of The Auditor informed of all Academy enrollees and
graduates and data concerning them, changes of staff members in the
organization, local news, reports on Congresses and various
meetings and plans. Photos when available should be forwarded.

  The Leading Field Auditor should appoint a field correspondent
giving news about centres and various field functions, furnishing
names of auditors and their activities.

  Wherever possible a correspondent should send not only a person's
name but also his or her address.

  The heart of a good story for The Auditor is lots of names and
what they are doing.

  THE AUDITORS DIVISION

  The Auditors Division is taking over all franchise, centre and
field auditor coordination, mailings and service.

  Certification will soon become handled wholly by the Auditors
Division of HCO WW and organizations and auditors will only need to
send in the names of enrollees and graduates. The certificate will
be prepared by and mailed from Saint Hill upon the request of and
evidence from the HCO Area Sec. This will not come into full effect
for several months. Meanwhile existing arrangements continue.

  MEMBERSHIPS

  Arrangements are being made to streamline memberships. All
existing memberships will be honoured. Local Central Organizations
will also continue to have memberships in addition to the Auditors
Division.

  This Organization implements several of the basic functions of
HCO on an International basis, in full cooperation with area HCOs,
which it also coordinates.

LRH:dr.rd  L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright

  (c)

  1964

  40

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1964

Remimeo

  Interested Sthil Staff  POLICIES:

  DISSEMINATION AND

  PROGRAMMES

  Note: Most of the following policies are old, some only change
emphasis slightly. This Policy Letter is released to help
organizations cope pending the full review of policies now in
progress. The policies written here are not likely to change.

  The following policies regarding dissemination and services by
Central Organizations and City Offices are effective at once or as
stated.

  LETTER REGISTRAR CORRESPONDENCE

  THE LETTER REGISTRAR IS TO CORRESPOND ONLY WITH THOSE PEOPLE WHO
ARE INTERESTED IN OR COULD POSSIBLY APPLY FOR TRAINING AND
PROCESSING.

  Persons who obviously would be unable to come for training or
processing should not be corresponded with by the Letter Registrar.

  Persons not eligible for training at the levels offered should
not be corresponded with (mainly applies to Saint Hill or the
special promotion of a higher Academy Course).

  Persons obviously unable to afford training or processing should
not be corresponded with by the Letter Registrar.

  THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER INDULGE IN REPEATING "FORM"
LETTERS.

  There is no point in repeating the same sales message over and
over. Such a repeating message goes in the Continental Magazine
(and the Letter Registrar makes sure it does get into the magazine
and out soon).

  THE LETTER REGISTRAR ANSWERS THE QUESTIONS ASKED, DIRECTLY,
PRECISELY AND OMITS NONE.

  The largest error on a line and the surest way to cut it is to
fail to answer all the person's questions.

  THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST ENQUIRE OF CORRESPONDENTS WHEN THEY ARE
COMING IN.

  To only acknowledge that a person wants to come for training or
processing seems disinterested. The Letter Registrar wants to know
when and how and for how much or how long.

  THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER PROMISE MORE RESULTS THAN THE
ACADEMY OR HGC IS SURE IT CAN DELIVER.

  If in doubt as to what the HGC or Academy thinks it can deliver,
the Letter Registrar should consult with the (c) of P and (c) of T
frequently.

  The Letter Registrar is selling the reality of the (c) of P and
(c) of T not the Letter Registrars.

  THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER PROMISE TO HEAL ANYTHING.

  One can state there is hope, but nobody knows what elements will
enter to prevent the accomplishment (family, accidents, etc.).

  Further, the medicos love such letters.

  41

  THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER ENCOURAGE KNOWN INSTITUTIONALIZED
CASES TO SEEK SERVICE FROM AN ORG.

  The randomity an insane person or the family can kick up in an
Org is worth ten times the fee paid-and the fee is often returned.

  Electric shock and lobotomy cases must not be encouraged to have
org service.

  Also such cases mustn't be wholly discouraged as they sometimes
commit suicide when their hopes are dashed too hard. Direct them
somewhere else for help-but never to a medico or psychiatrist. Tell
them a quiet sojourn in the desert or something would be good for
them. Something like that. Rest is the best "cure" anyway.

  THE LETTER REGISTRAR IS NOT THE PERSON WHO ANSWERS THE ORG MAIL.

  Letters to the magazine, to the (c) of P, to staff auditors, to
the Extension Course, etc., are the business of those units, not
the business of the Letter Registrar. The emphasis in Letter
Registrar is on REGISTRAR.

  The Letter Registrar gets prospects into comm and gets them in.
See the first policy above.

  Rigid adherence to the above policies and industrious use of
Central Files (always prowling in it for prospects) can quadruple
the org's income.

  MAGAZINES

  The policies once extant concerning Major and Minor Issues of the
Continental Magazine must be resumed at once. These are:

  EVERY OTHER MONTH A MINOR CONTINENTAL MAGAZINE ISSUE MUST BE
MAILED TO EVERY PERSON IN THE ADDRESS FILES.

  This means every person.

  A Minor Issue may consist of as little as 4 pages (one sheet
folded once) or as much as 8 pages (2 sheets folded once).

  It may have no cover other than the paper it is printed on.

  It may not be enveloped but is addressed on the back.

  THE EDITORIAL POLICY OF A MINOR ISSUE IS "GET PEOPLE BACK INTO

  comm."

  It offers books, particularly new ones, some Org news, and
invites Membership.

  A MAJOR ISSUE OF THE CONTINENTAL MAGAZINE MUST BE MAILED OUT
EVERY OTHER MONTH TO ALL ACTIVE PERSONS IN THE FILES.

  Active means members and active files.

  A Major Issue consists of 8 or more pages. It has a separate
cover. It can be (but is not necessarily) enveloped. It contains
some interesting technical data and results and the various list of
items ordinarily advertised in every issue (Books, Memberships,
Academy, HGC, Ext. Course, PE, etc.).

  THE EDITORIAL POLICY OF A MAJOR ISSUE IS "KEEP PEOPLE GETTING
TRAINED AND PROCESSED."

  A Major Issue plan must be submitted to Adcomm before being made
up, particularly the ad write ups.

  An Adcomm may not reduce ads but may alter text of ads.

  The Assn/Org Sec may override Adcomm magazine suggestions.

  The Adcomm may not dictate reducing prices or advise "don't be so
direct, soften

  up the ads, the public objects  as "soft-sell" in a mag reduces
income faster than

  42

  any other element and has nearly collapsed some orgs. Policy
effective in all countries. The mag says "Come in. Get Processed."
It doesn't say "Processing is awfully nice, you know."

  THE ASSN/ORG SEC MAY DIRECT MAGAZINE PROMOTION POLICY WHERE NOT
IN CONFLICT WITH THESE POLICIES.

  To hold Production Unit Heads and the Assn/Org Sec responsible
for income and yet not let them guide promotion is poor policy.

  Make-up and editorship remains in HCO.

  A MAGAZINE MAY NOT PUBLISH TECHNICAL DISSERTATIONS, TECHNIQUES OR
SUGGESTIONS OR MATERIALS NOT WRITTEN BY MYSELF OR TAKEN FROM MY
LECTURES.

  The collapse of Elizabeth, New Jersey and Wichita has been traced
to dispersal of attention in technical matters. When they started
publishing everybody's technical ideas nobody could find out what
Dianetics was and it ceased to be practised.

  There are enough words of technical materials -at Level 0 in my
lecture tapes, books and articles. You won't run out.

  MAGAZINES AND ARTICLES MUST BE CAREFULLY EDITED AND PROOFREAD.

  We have caused more ARC breaks and lost more people through
typographical errors, poor transcription and strange words not
defined, than from any other causes. We know, now that we have the
technology of study.

  PROOFS MUST BE MADE OF ALL PLATES AND TYPE SETTINGS AND MUST BE
FURTHER INSPECTED BEFORE AN ORDER TO PRINT IS GIVEN.

  It is not enough to proof the original make-up and then let the
printer run it off by photolitho or letter press. Bits pasted onto
photo-litho make up fall off, etc., and letterpress can be grim.

  Have the printer take proofs of the copy submitted to and set up
by him and proof-read them again before ordering the printing
finally. It's easier to destroy a plate or a page lay out and
re-shoot it or reset it than a whole edition! But don't rewrite the
mag because you are proofing.

  PRINTED MATERIALS MUST BE COMPREHENSIBLE.

  No strange words or upscale processes may be released in
magazines as they ARC Break people. They don't know what the words
mean and also get restimulated.

  The results of higher levels may be mentioned. But no technical
data should be published on how they are done. Example: You can say
"Get Cleared" and say what a clear is, but may not use any tech
data of how it is done by an auditor. Example: You can publish a
graph or a cheering comment by a pc but not what was run. Example:
You can publish a letter about HQS courses but must delete from it
any mention. of technical matters or interpretations. Example: You
can publish an auditor's letter about running a successful PE but
not how he ran it.

  CENTRAL FILES AND ADDRESS

  THE PURPOSE OF CENTRAL FILES IS TO COLLECT AND HOLD ALL NAMES,
ADDRESSES, PERTINENT DATA ABOUT AND CORRESPONDENCE TO ANYONE FROM
ANYONE WHO HAS EVER BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM THE ORGANIZATION.

  THE ADDRESS FILES CONTAIN, READY FOR USE IN MAILINGS, ALL THE
NAMES IN CENTRAL FILES AND READY REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ABOUT THESE
PERSONS.,

  ADDRESS IS THE NAME-STATUS INDEX OF CENTRAL FILES.

  The following policy changes some policies about retiring folders
after 3 years.

  43

  TIME HAS NO RELATIONSHIP TO WHAT IS FILED IN CENTRAL FILES OR
ADDRESS.

  As of now, all files names must be restored to CF (c) Address.
The only division is "active" and "inactive".

  The simple test for "active" is do they ever answer?

  The exceptions to the above are people who demand their names be
removed and obvious "bird dog" names (people who are hostile such
as a medico who wants our literature to eventually upset us).

  Another exception to the above is the Saint Hill CF which
contains only active auditors and Scientologists who buy books from
Saint Hill or may come to Saint Hill. The test here is not if they
have bought anything from Saint Hill but that they have obviously
bought from organizations and may buy books from or come to be
trained at Saint Hill. Franchise auditors are of course also in CF
at Saint Hill.

  LIST OF NAMES OF PERSONS WHO HAVE NOT BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM THE
ORG MAY NOT BE PLACED IN CENTRAL FILES.

  Field auditors sometimes send in lists of names. These are not
put in CF.

  THE PERSONS ON ANY LIST OF NAMES SUBMITTED MUST BE SENT AN
INTELLIGENT INFORMATION PACKAGE AT ONCE.

  No further action or record need be undertaken.

  An Information Package should contain lists of books. If the
person is interested ,he or she will order a book and only then
will appear as a matter of course in CF and Address.

  Such lists of names are merely typed on slips (dupli stickers).
No Address plates are ever made from such lists.

  NO INFORMATION PACKAGE MAY CONTAIN OR LEAD THE PERSON TOWARD
CONFUSING WORDS OR TERMS.

  This means one must be careful of what books and literature are
offered in an Information Packet. However, by test, Dianetic books
ARC Broke very few and most of such early books are adequately
explanatory of their terms.

  The only ways you will lose a person sent an Information Packet
are:

  I (c) Send literature containing words they won't understand.

  2. Announce services they don't understand.

  3. Make it seem hard to have any Scientology.

  4. Try to sell them things they're not ready to buy.

  COST OF SERVICE

  You must realize, despite propaganda about our expensiveness,
that our services break into two parts.

  (a) Cheap, broad services for everyone.

  (b) Personal services at a much higher (but cheaper than any
other field) price.

  Don't get confused and try to make (a) expensive or (b) cheap.

  Whenever I get a plea from some staff to "cut our prices" I now
realize they haven't got (a) and (b) separate and they're confused
and try to identify all service with all service.

  Make our cheap services (PE, HAS, Co-audit, brief assists) very,
very, very cheap. Give them away, in fact. This is broad, general
Scientology. You have to spend money to give them away. The book
auditor, the Extension Course, the dollar book, the magazine, these
are all part of these cheap services.

  Most orgs err in never really spending money on cheap services.
They get all tied up with income needs and sell only expensive
services and never get a whirlwind of interest going.

  44

  Cheap service costs the org money. You have to hire staff just to
administer it. You have to have people to care for it. You answer
letters from book auditors (but the Letter Reg doesn't) and PE
people and greet out-of-Towners with a hostess.

  You don't turn such traffic off because it doesn't buy. You form
a place for it to come to like a public lounge. You give it tape
plays. You whip it up to a roar. And you don't let it into your
production departments or lines because it bothers these and upsets
them.

  For instance, you never give away an Academy Course. You always
charge heavily for it. But you give public tape plays that train
the "multitude".

  ALL PERSONAL SERVICES RENDERED TO THE INDIVIDUAL RESULTING IN A
GOOD PROCESS RESULT OR A WORTHWHILE CERTIFICATE MUST BE CHARGED FOR
HEAVILY.

  COURSES

  The in between on this above was the HQS Course. Hence the
following training policies are adopted as of January 1, 1965.

  ALL HUBBARD QUALIFIED SCIENTOLOGY COURSES MUST COST THE SAME AS
HUBBARD CERTIFIED AUDITOR COURSES.

  The policy of gradient course costs is abandoned as unsuccessful.

  THE COST OF A CERTIFICATE COURSE MAY NOT BE LESS THAN ONE MONTH'S
AVERAGE PAY FOR THE AREA IN WHICH IT IS GIVEN AND MUST BE IN CASH.

  By average pay is meant the average upper lower class or lower
middle class pay scale. (Example guesses: U.K. about ;C50. U.S.
about $500. Australia about L75. South Africa about L80.)

  HIGHER LEVEL COURSES CAN BE CHARGED FOR AT HIGHER RATES (HCS AND
HSS).

  Have more courses of shorter duration with less in them.

  The policy is

  DON'T TEACH CERTIFICATE COURSES OF MORE THAN ONE MONTH'S DURATION
IN CENTRAL ORGANIZATIONS.

  DON'T HOLD STUDENTS BEYOND ONE MONTH.

  This requires more certificates and classifications to be used.

  Example: Have an HQS Course lasting one month. Next year have the
student back for his HCA. Next year get him in for his HPA, etc.

  Make the student study at home "to get his classification so he
can enter the next course" or "get some processing before next
enrollment" if the student seems shaky. Don't hold the student on
course because he's shaky. Give him his certificate and note what
he has to do before the next one. Hold back classification if not
sure.

  PRESENT CERTIFICATES AT COURSE COMPLETION.

  CERTIFICATES DO NOT DEPEND ON EXAMINATION.

  ONLY CLASSIFICATION CAN REQUIRE EXAMINATION. HAS

  The exception in courses is HAS which is a public course and
cheap.

  DO NOT TEACH PROCESSING IN HAS COURSES.

  Teach only study, good definition materials, the philosophy of
life, etc.

  45

  HAS CO-AUDIT

  THE PUBLIC CO-AUDIT MAY ONLY DO SUPERVISED ITSA.

  No Clay Table, definitions or any fancy processes of any kind may
be done in the Coaudit. Only R-1-C.

  Co-audits will thrive if they're cheap and attendees only listen.
Don't try for any results. If cases don't progress suggest HGC
auditing at regular rates "since you're a special type of case".

              HQS

  TEACH AN HQS STUDENT TO DO ASSISTS, 8C, HAVINGNESS AND TRIO WELL.

  Whatever else they're taught, make sure they do the above well.

  These were the howling successes of the late '50s. Polling all
active auditors showed they had their best results and realities on
these only. They're easy to teach. They work well.

  Use the whole training programme for HQS but make them do these 4
things well as auditors and make them do them when they get out and
process pcs. And they'll mostly win. Try more and they'll do them
too badly and mostly lose.

              HCA

  TEACH THE BALANCE OF REPETITIVE PROCESSES, THE AUDITING CYCLE AND
METERS AT HCA LEVEL.

              HPA

  TEACH CLAY TABLE HEALING IN HPA COURSES.

              HCS

  TEACH CLAY TABLE CLEARING IN HCS COURSES.

              HSS

  Until 1968 GPMs will be taught only at Saint Hill.

              CLASS REVISION

  This gives the following table of certificates and classes.

  PE-Level 0-actually begins the HAS Course.

  HAS-Level O-Philosophy, study, no auditing but co-audit sign ups
use Itsa. Consists of about 60 lessons, mainly about Life and What
Scientology is and how to study "Learning how to Learn", vocabulary
of Scientology.

  HQS-Class I-Comm Course, Upper Indoc, Assists, 8C, Havingness,
Trio.

  HCA-Class II-Repetitive processes, metering.

  HPA-Class Ill-Assessments, Clay Table Healing.

  HCS-Class IV-Clay Table Clearing.

  HAA-Class V-Not used just now.

  HSS-Class VI-GPMs-Taught only at Saint Hill until 1968.

  HGA-Class VII-not yet being offered but mainly OT type processes
already developed.

  This changes classification levels slightly at the bottom but
only because it didn't work out well the way it was laid out. This
must not interfere with the classification of existing Academy
students because of this policy.

              46

  PROMISES

  DELIVER WHAT WE HAVE PROMISED.

  We must do what we promise we will do even when it was a staff
member error. The best way to avoid embarrassment is not to promise
what you won't eventually deliver.

  Academy students promised on enrollment what they'll receive must
receive it.

  The above policy changes were made necessary by the policy that
we must have shorter courses more often and by the following
policy, now possible because of technical break throughs.

  A COURSE MUST CULMINATE IN TEACHING A DEFINITE SKILL OR SKILLS.

  When you plan a course, plan to have the student able to perform
a definite action well when he completes it. Don't have fuzzy
generalized ideas of a course such as "teach him to be an auditor",
"Make him a Scientologist" or "Make him a Class IV". Whatever you
advertise as a generality, the (c) of T and instructors must, in
their own minds think of making a student into an auditor that can
do certain definite things, such as "run an assist, do 8C, do trio,
run havingness". Then all training culminates in a skill and so can
have a definite ending for both the student and instructor.

  The other knowledge that makes an auditor and a Scientologist is
of course strung out over these courses.

              HGCs

  HGCs MAY OFFER ONLY WHAT THEIR STAFF AUDITORS CAN DELIVER.

  If the staff auditors are trained to certain processes the HGC
can offer them. If the staff auditors are not trained to certain
processes, they can't be offered.

              PART TIME STAFF

  Clarifying the position of "consulting auditors":

  NO HGC MAY "OCCASIONALLY" EMPLOY AUDITORS.

  This means exactly that an HGC auditor is a staff auditor all the
time, week after week, or he isn't ever used. The confusion on this
is the definition of "part time".

  A "part-time" auditor is one who works part of the working week
every week for the organization and always the same part of the
working week.

  AN AUDITOR WHO HAS AN OUTSIDE AUDITING PRACTICE MAY NOT BE AN HGC
AUDITOR OR STAFF MEMBER.

  STAFF MEMBERS MAY NOT AUDIT OUTSIDE PCS OR RECEIVE MONEY FOR
AUDITING STUDENTS OR PCS OUTSIDE THE ORG AND MUST BE BROUGHT
IMMEDIATELY BEFORE COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE IF FOUND TO BE DOING SO.

  For a staff member to do outside auditing for pay is very serious
and can lead at once to an org's collapse (and has done so).

              CONSULTING AUDITORS

  For an organization to hire an auditor "when a pc is available"
is a grave source of trouble. The org is not able to train such
staff or hold a standard and acts only as a procurer of pcs. for
field auditors. The public stays away from such HGCs in droves by
actual test. The practice is called "Hiring Consulting auditors".
It is forbidden.

  It stems from a misguided effort to hold up units. It does hold
them up for a while and then collapses the org.

              It is unfair to the field auditor since he is just
kept hanging on in some cases.

              47

  When this policy barring consulting auditors was first issued, it
was not meant to include "part time" staff. Part time staff is
usually composed of non-practising Scientologists who audit
week-end or evening pcs for the org and are on units every week,
rain or shine. I am sorry if any ARC Breaks were caused.

  ASSIGNING AUDITING TIMES

  THE REGISTRAR MAY NOT ASSIGN TIMES FOR AUDITING.

  The most insidious practice the Registrar can drift into (next to
not signing up anyone) is selling times of audit.

  The Registrar has

  no

  business in that department.

  The Registrar sells quantities of auditing and refuses to promise

  when.

  This, the Registrar must say, is a technical matter and up to the
(c) of P.

  THE DIRECTOR OF PROCESSING MUST NOT ASSIGN AUDITING AT LESS HOURS
THAN 121/2 PER WEEK.

  Exception: Where a special programme of 5 hour assists is being
sold, the

  policy

  becomes "except not less than 5 hours per week for assists".

  It is unfair to the pc to do the psycho-analytic nonsense of an
hour or two a week as it doesn't even catch up with his PTPs and so
wastes all his auditing.

  Further an org can go broke doing this. Its staff auditors are so
strung out in their assignments that they don't turn in a week's
worth of work yet draw full units. It's a sure road to low units
and collapse to go psycho-analyst on us and let the public buy an
hour or two a week. Crazy in fact. I've seen it happen with
fantastic upsets. The idea gets around: the public hasn't "got the
time" for 25 hour intensives. It's just hearsay. In actual fact if
the (c) of P says, "Look here, you won't get any good out of an
hour a week. Just handling your current problems will eat up your
benefits. Take a week off and get 25 hours" 80% of them will. The
rest, the (c) of P says "All right, it's 21/2 hours a night for 5
nights, (or 121/2 hours over the week-end)". And they will do one
or the other.

  AN HGC PC IS ENTITLED TO A CERTIFIED AUDITOR.

  The above is long standing policy.

  AN HGC STAFF AUDITOR MAY AUDIT ONLY PROCESSES WITH WHICH HE IS
SURE HE CAN GET RESULTS.

  The above policy is a new stress on an old idea. The moral is,
run staff training courses to get staff auditors up to running
higher levels.

  ONE WEEK'S PROCESS (25 HOURS) SHOULD COST AN AVERAGE MONTH'S PAY
(AS IN TRAINING).

  But processing of a special nature at higher levels can be
charged at higher rates.

  No policies or programmes not specifically changed by the above
are changed. All other policies remain in force.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH.jw.cden Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  48

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 DECEMBER 1964

Remimeo

  Franchise

  Sthil Students

  USE OF DIANETICS, SCIENTOLOGY, APPLIED

  PHILOSOPHY

  In order to protect the good names of "Dianetics", "Scientology"
and "Applied Philosophy" the following policies are continued or
become effective immediately.

  I (c) All lectures, books, publications, films, models and
diagrams on the above subjects are copyrighted by L. Ron Hubbard.

  2. Permission to use these words is given to all bona fide
holders of certificates issued by an organization accredited by L.
Ron Hubbard, subject to the following conditions:

  (a) The names, data, materials and processes are only to be used
in connection with and in relation to the Level and Class for which
the certificate has been issued.

  (b) Technical information, by which is meant the "how" and "why"
of our activities, must not be released by lecture, writing,
demonstration or by any other means except by books or tapes
published by L. Ron Hubbard, or an organization approved by L. Ron
Hubbard, or on a properly organized Course by a person certificated
to teach that Course, or in a properly arranged auditing session
where a "process" may be applied within the Class and Level of the
auditor.

  Note: The reason for the foregoing is that when data gets relayed
other than from the original source, i.e., book, bulletin, lecture,
etc., an alterisness occurs, be it ever so small, which can be
disastrous.

  3. (a) The names "Dianetics", "Scientology", "Applied Philosophy"
may only be used in a Company or activity name under licence from
L. Ron Hubbard.

  (b) Such licence can be withdrawn at any time.

  (c) The licence is not transferable except with written
permission of L. Ron Hubbard or a person authorized by him to grant
such permission.

  (d) Licences will only be issued to individual Franchise Holders.

  (e) Licences will not be issued where the title includes a place
name which indicates an area larger than the immediate vicinity of
the Headquarters of the Franchise Holder.

  4. Anyone practicing Scientology under any name other than his
own must get permission of the Franchise Secretary.

  5. The use of data and/or materials under another name or using
the data and/or materials in conjunction with any other Philosophy
is forbidden.

  6. The use of data and/or materials other than for the betterment
of an individual, group or mankind is forbidden.

  7. Certificates and, therefore, permission to practice, etc., may
be withdrawn at any time by L. Ron Hubbard or any person authorized
by him to do so, if there is any infringement of the above or, if,
in his opinion, it is necessary, for any reason.

  It is not intended to stop any bona fide Scientologist, properly
certificated, from practicing or using Scientology data or
material; on the contrary, it is necessary to protect you from
mis-use of them by others.

LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright

  (c)

  1964

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  49

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 FEBRUARY 1965

Remimeo

  DELIVER

  Now that we can deliver, the first thought of every staff member
in every Org from Saint Hill through the main orgs down to the
smallest Franchise Office should be to deliver Scientology training
and processing to every person responding to their promotion. Books
and all other items should be delivered effectively and rapidly to
buyers. Certificates should be delivered to all who earn them.
Classification should be delivered quickly to those who can pass.

  The action of Promotion is to offer as many as can be reached
something each of those reached will want and buy.

  After Promotion obtains response, one must deliver, That means
good case gains to preclears and students, good reality and useful
knowledge and skill to every student.

  Delivery, if not done swiftly and cheerfully and effectively,
balls up the lines, retards growth and keeps everyone marking time.

  The first job of the books personnel is to deliver books ordered.
There is no other action to take. Just deliver. Keep the invoice
line simple by simply invoicing everything ordered and note whether
paid or not. In shipping books or such items not paid for, request
the sum owing while holding the first invoice and when it comes let
invoicing make a new invoice showing payment and let shipping
relate it to the old. Refund overpayments regardless of what the
customer said unless it's a donation. Keep book shipping simple.
Deliver books. Be sure books are on hand and deliver them. That's
all one does in Books.

  When someone buys training, sign the person up and deliver the
training and a good case gain too.

  When someone buys processing, give them the processing called for
at the pc's level whether you advertise you will or not and deliver
a case gain and a completed level.

  Deliver. When promotion has promoted a response, don't get chatty
with the response. Just tell the person what it is, how much it
costs, how easy it is and when he should get it; or to come in and
get it, and deliver.

  Promote, organize and deliver.

  We can now deliver technically.

  You don't have to "make Scientology work". You don't have "to
alter it so it will work". You don't have to dream it up. All
you've got to do is be skilled in doing exactly what's taught and
you'll deliver handsomely. You can deliver it, so deliver it.

  On a pc who has never been processed, do Level 0. Give him or her
an HCO Board of Review certificate as a pc for that level when it
is complete; when a pc has Level 0 Grade certificate, do I. Etc.
Boot them up as fast as you can. Do only what the Levels are. Issue
a certificate when they're all flat on the TA for that grade.

  On people who have been scattered through one or another of the
levels, finish up

  50

  anything missed in the lowest level, then the next level, then
the next, etc. When a pc has completed IV finally, be sure your
staff can do V1 on him.

  To get an org or individual to deliver effectively, remove the
distractions from the delivery channel, remove the barriers to
delivery, detect and get rid of the non compliance to orders to
deliver. And deliver pure Scientology, effectively.

  Get a move on. Learn what's to be delivered and deliver it.

  Same with a course. Deliver it and certify you have. That's all.

  You're selling wins. Deliver them.

  The whole human race is about to start going up. They'll move to
the degree you deliver and no faster. So let's get the show on the
road.

  Nobody now has to do anything arduous. Just find people, make
them want and pay for delivery and then deliver.

  That's all.

  Let's go.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:jw.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  51

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 APRIL AD] 5

  Gen Non Remimeo

  HCO DIVISION (1)

  ORG DIVISION (3)

  LEGAL AND PROMOTION

  Policy: Legal activities, outside lawyers' or attorneys' suits,
may not be under the Organization Secretary ever but must be under
HCO.

  Reasons: Persons connected to Finance value money too highly,
being in charge of it and sometimes involve the org in needless
suits.

  Corporate structure is part of the office of LRH and new orgs and
other orgs and requires legal primary connections. Therefore it is
extra expense to have two legal departments.

  Legal control is part of the functions of Justice which belongs
to HCO.

  Policy: Promotion expenditure must never be under the control of
the Organization Division. It belongs solely to HCO.

  Reasons: London in 1958, Johannesburg in 1964, to name two, went
nearly broke when their economy curtailed magazine mailings and
promotion.

  The magazine costs and extent of mailing must never be controlled
by anyone connected with Finance as they seek to save on it when
they, quite properly, seek to reduce expenses on other things in
the org.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:wme.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  52

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL AD IS

  Issue IV

  Gen Non Remimeo

  HAT HCO Exec Sec

  HAT HCO Dissem Sec

  HCO DISSEM SEC HATS

  HAT Dir Pubs

  BOOK INCOME

  I have occasionally said that "book sales bring in the org
income".

  It just may be that the sentence has not been completely
understood.

  It does not mean "the money obtained from selling books will
support the organization".

  It does mean that if the following cycle is not in proper
sequence, the org will go broke.

  I (c) Books on Scientology placed in the hands of individuals in
the public interest them in Scientology;

  2. Their interest in Scientology causes them to want more
Scientology.

  3. Such individuals contact a Scientology organization;

  4. If that organization handles the expressed. want
intelligently, the book buyer in I comes in for service;

  5. If the book buyer in I is given good service, he or she wishes
to disseminate Scientology;

  6. If the original book buyer can obtain books on Scientology
suitable for their friends, the individual buys more books;

  7. If these new possessors of books want service, they contact
the Scientology organization; and

  8. If 2 to 7 is made to occur then the cycle is repeated with
other people.

  9. The original book buyer in I continues to get more service.

  Now in step 4 above, wherein the original book buyer buys and is
given good service, i.e. processing or training, the organization
makes all of its stable income.

  This is the original and basic cycle which brought an
organization into being and financed it.

  The cycle is augmented only by (a) how the original book buyer
gets his book and (b) how he is offered further service.

  These two things (how he gets the book and how he is offered
further service) are the WHOLE of PROMOTION ACTIVITIES.

  Promotion is never aimed at anything else regardless of how it is
done.

  The ideas used in promotion must

  (a) get books into the hands of people in the public and

  (b) offer such persons service

  (c) offer such persons already sold lower services higher
services.

  There is nothing more to it.

  The basic approaches that get books into people's hands are

  A. Obtaining long mailing lists of people who have bought similar
books

  53

  (health, mind, philosophy, mysticism, science fiction, self
betterment, How to do it books), and sending them attractive fliers
inviting them to buy Scientology books and arousing a want in them
for the book.

  B. Advertising books in magazines and other carriers of ads (even
radio and TV) that make people want to buy Scientology books.

  C. Personally contacting people, arousing their interest in
Scientology and getting them to buy and read a book and also
sending them in for service.

  There are two additional methods, modifying C which have worked
but are sometimes less workable than C but which cannot be
neglected,

  D. Personally contacting people, arousing their interest in
Scientology and sending them in for service.

  This last is done without selling a book. However, it will be
found that most personal contacts require some form of a book, even
a small pamphlet.

  E. Getting people into congresses and pcs. and other public
events directly and selling them service.

  The last two if only that is done, tends to get an uninformed and
easily confused "public" into an org and rather tends to make the
org into a clinic; not making Scientologists, the org soon runs low
on personnel, bends toward a psychiatric authoritarian approach and
the "zing" is gone out of the "field".

  Therefore C and (c) should be tried but also an effort should be
made to place books in their hands which they buy.

  All this presupposes the existence of books and their
availability.

  Another pre-selection point is the offer of doingness type books.
Do it yourself.

  "Any two people can  or "you can (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) "do
what's in this book

  and get

  better". If the book

  also

  contains more theory than there is doingness for, a lot of

  people will want service too. This is the best combination. It
gives us, too, the Book

  Auditor, a vital necessity in our ranks. This able, independent
person becomes our best

  auditor when trained after a period of unschooled practice on his
own.

  When low supplies are carried or only early day publications are
sold, the ability to deliver books suffers, The impact of
fast-filled orders is lost and there is

  far

  less response.

  Books have to be

  I (c) offered with heavy impact;

  2. have to be delivered fast fast fast to give delivery impact;
and

  3. contain material to fit the person's level so that
want-Scientology is aroused.

  A book is a test of reach. So we at once knock out those who
can't reach at all and thus spare ourselves their troubles until we
are big enough to run proper institutions and clinics for them. All
the money in the world would not be worth the stall we would get
from such an unwieldy "help me-e-e" mob.

  Scientology planning is built to make the able more able, leaving
the unable strictly alone for the while. If we do this, we grow. If
we, like some foolish persons do, tie around our necks the unable,
the helpless, the backward, we won't be able to move high enough
fast enough to then

  afford

  to help the helpless.

  Given total stability, one can pick up heavy rocks. Don't try
when halfway over a flimsy footbridge! We would "save the helpless"
at the cost of Scientology itself and that's not smart.

  The plan is to establish Scientology to make the able more able,
secure the conquered terrain and then help the helpless.

  You see, if we lost Scientology, the hopeless would never be
helped so that isn't very clever.

  54

  Like a Class Zero auditor trying to process a psycho we'd spin in
unless we made this one dissemination condition.

  Get them to buy a book.

  Two first reaches, then, are required of the individual in the
public

  I (c) Reach for a book

  2. Reach with a little bit of money for a book.

  Thus we have automatically selected the less disabled.

  Now if we require three more reaches

  3. Reach for service; and

  4. Bring self in to the org;

  S. Reach with money

  we have now further selected out people and we have what able
people there are around.

  Given this as a group, we can then stabilize our position at a
higher level, and we can reach a hand to those who can't reach at
all.

  This state has not been attained yet. It will come in a few
years.

  Hence, all these things are meant when I say "books bring in the
org income".

  The cash they bring in from book sales is just about enough, to
sell more books. It is trivial.

  The cash such persons spend then in the org on service is enough
to finance our forward thrust.

  Because they are able already our training and processing now
shoots up their income potential and they actually can make a lot
more than they spend in the org.

  On this income the org eventually can attain organizational
stability, buildings and all that.

  But more important by good service we raise the ability of the
already able people.

  And with that we have lifted ourselves up as a group to the
ability to help even the helpless. We'll be able to afford it.

  We retard or fail to advance then to the degree that we

  (a) Seek to service the helpless

  (b) Fail to sell books

  (c) Don't furnish good service.

  Those are the 3 FATAL errors we can make.

  Avoid them, promote and sell books to an ever-widening sphere,
give excellent service, increase the org's stability and we'll make
it like a walk in the park.

  That's what I mean when I say "book sales bring in the org
income".

  More than the org income. The sale of books, all other steps
being in place, will bring us a Scientology world.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:wmc.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  55

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 APRIL AD 15 Issue III Gen
Non Remimeo

              ALL DIVISIONS

              HANDLING THE PUBLIC INDIVIDUAL

  We have learned the hard way that an individual from the public
must never be asked to DECIDE or CHOOSE.

  Examining experiences we have had, I finally saw there was a
hidden datum we had not been aware of in our orgs and particularly
in handling the public. I finally dug it up and here it is:

  TO DECIDE ONE HAS TO UNDERSTAND.

  Examining our big org chart you can see quite plainly that
Understanding is higher than the point of public entrance into
processing.

  Example: Mr. J is offered Particle A. He can accept it just
because it is offered. He does not have to even perceive it or talk
about it or recognize any condition. He needs to see only two
things-(a) That it is being offered by somebody or something
(source), and (b) that Particle A exists. All you have to do is
show him where to obtain it and that it exists. This is acceptance
without decision. Therefore he can have it.

  Example: Mr. J is offered Particle A or Particle B. Now we have
an entirely different situation. Mr. J must compare Particle A and
Particle B in order to see which is best. Therefore he must see
where each comes from (source), that each exists, establish the
condition of each particle, communicate with and about them,
perceive them, relate them to each other (become oriented),
understand them, be enlightened and finally decide (establish own
purpose). If he can do this Mr. J can choose which he should have,
A or B. If Mr. J can't do all these things, Mr. J is overwhelmed,
gets confused and takes neither. One has asked Mr. J to jump up a
lot of levels. Actually the ordinary Mr. J, when raw meat and even
not so raw would have to have a Grade IX Certificate to obtain a
Grade I Certificate. And that of course is impossible.

  The door, then, is barred utterly for the majority of people into
any department or function or org, let alone the promotion and
accounts functions.

  The moral is very plain. Never ask anyone in the public or field
to Decide or Choose.

  Erase from our org patter "Which do you want, Mr. J?" Don't ask
which course, or what pin or what book or which auditor or what
door or what time he or she wants to start anything or which door
or which road or which membership.

  Cultivate totally on a staff a didactic but pleasant approach.
"Your intensive starts. (c) (c) (c) (c) "This is your next book.
(c) (c) (c) (c) "Your next course should be taken on. (c) (c) (c)
(c) "Go to the third door." "I see you're a pc. You go up to the
second floor .......

  Erase even the banal "What do you wish?" or "What can I do for
you?" as even that throws confusion into it.

  Example: Miss N has heard of processing. She wants some. She
never did decide to want some. She just wants some. Now to ask her
to decide anything about it blunts that purpose. It is a thin
purpose. It quivers. Don't ask her does she want a book or want
training or want a pin or want anything else. Say only "Ah. You
want processing.

              56

  That is a good thing to want. Be here on Monday and bring funds."
That's all. For heaven's sakes don't

  sell

  her processing or books or alternate schedules or ask her if she
can pay or anything. That

  want

  is frail at best. Don't crush it! If she says timidly "I

  only have  funds," say "Good. Bring them, you can owe the rest.
Be here on

  Monday."

  In short MAKE Miss N. RIGHT for WANTING, thus intensifying the
want. Make her RIGHT when she talks about money. Then, being right,
she

  can

  come in Monday. Simple. Chances are, even if she works, she'll
still come in.

  When she comes in she says "I'm Miss N. I'm here for my
processing." Reception MUST say, "Ah. You're Miss N. Good. There's
the Accounts window. Sign up there." The Accounts says, "Here's the
slip. Sign here. Take the slip to Room ....... Reception says "This
way Miss N." Estimations says, "Let me have your Accounts receipt.
Good. That's fine. Have you been processed before? No? Well, you
soon will be. This way please. Your auditor is waiting." The
Auditor says "Over here, please," adjusts the pc's chair, etc., and
sits down and says "Start of Session." At its end he

  says, "Be in this room at  for Miss N's next. And so on. When she
gets her Grade

  Certificate she's told, "That means you're a Grade I preclear.
Get the book  down

  in reception. It will tell you all about Grade U." Miss N
throughout is

  never

  anything

  but 8c'd. The general promotion told her what to want by saying
she could

  have

  it. She

  expresses the want. The org people say, "That's a good thing to
want. You can have

  it." And gives it to her.

  That's all.

  Just as you'd never ask a pc which command he wanted, you never
ask the public individual to decide.

  You can teach them anything, particularly the truth. But never
ask them to decide.

  By processing up through the grades this person will soon begin
to see and be there and understand and decide. And she'll surely
decide she's a Scientologist as it's true all the way!

  This is new Admin tech.

  You will see us knocking out now all requests to choose in all
promotion and in all routing of the public in an org. If we do so
we will succeed beautifully.

  THE FUNDAMENTAL

  There is an even deeper fundamental at work here. It is quite
startling.

  You cannot get a flow without agreement. Examine your ARC
triangle and you'll see why.

  This is why an org won't flow traffic when Policy is out or not
formed.

  That's why any policy, agreed upon, is better than points of
individual decision on flow lines.

  It's not that people can't decide in orgs. They can.

  But when

  a staff member makes an individual decision not laid out by
policy, the flow

  Stops.

  Thus all flow and traffic lines including people and money and
despatches will flow smoothly and rapidly only so long as the
decisions that can be made are also part of policy and are simple
decisions.

  THE RAPIDITY OF PARTICLE FLOW ALONE DETERMINES

  POWER.

  57

  Thus an org's strength and its sphere of influence and domain are
all regulated by the speed of flow, both inside and outside an org!

  And an org particle inside or outside an org (promotion, books,
people, money) flows as fast as it's free of independent,
unagreed-upon decision points.

  Example: A flow line can go to A or B. Unless policy says "If
it's above 80 it goes to A. If it's below 80 it goes to B," then
that particle becomes the subject of a decision that is not covered
by policy and the

  flow

  stops.

  You can have a lot of choices on a Comm line or traffic line but
none may be random choices made by an individual at that moment.
The flow will stop, not because the decision is wrong but because
the next point on the flow doesn't know what it really is and so
can't handle it except slowly or by stopping it at least to think
it over.

  An org full of individual decision points not covered by group
understanding is no org at all and will fail. It is a bunch of
individuals working at cross purposes-each person okay, but the
combined strength of the "org" is only that of one person in a
state of confusion!

  When the public is also being asked to decide about coming into
an org full of individual decision points you get a total collapse.

  The new Org Board overcomes all this. It has the choices laid out
by policy and org form and formula. So it can grow, will be easy to
work in and will remain a happy place unless somebody puts in some
new decision points not on the chart. The result will be stopped
flows, no traffic, no money, no org,

  Never put in an "Individual random decision point" on a chart!
That's the moral.

  Then all staff can look over and see easily on what's decided
where.

  A multiple decision point can work providing only that all the
decisions to be made are already known to all. Take a Communicator.
She has to make many "decisions" that are known in advance. Which
basket does what dispatch go into? That's an easy multiple
"decision" providing the Org Board is easy to read and staff
understands it and is doing the jobs for which they are posted. The
line stops when the posts cross or aren't being handled, or at an
"individual decision point" not then easily knowable to the staff.

  This was the main problem in working out the 1965 Org Board. For
the first time even my own post was being clarified by the need for
knowable decision. Every post on the Board is like that. And it was
all worked out. It could not have been worked out at all 'unless I
had found some of the most fundamental formulas of this Universe.
The type of pattern used kept one org going for 80 trillion years,
believe it or not. And to that was added some very basic laws that
had been overlooked by that outfit and which caused its eventual
decay. It couldn't correct itself!

  We aren't actually radically changed by the Org Board as all our
own customs are functional on it also.

  But it will flow and prosper as long as the decisions to be made
are known already. Example: A bill disputed decision (c) deposit
sum in Reserved Payment Account and get the bill straight then pay
right amount. Example: Policy says Blue Students. They seem to be
aquamarine coloured not blue. Report it to the Inspection and
Reports Dept with all data. Inspection and Reports inspects and
reports to the Office of LRH and policy is adjusted everywhere. Now
we can handle aquamarine coloured students-or see that the Office
of Estimations is forbidden to wear sun-glasses while estimating!
And while the policy is under adjustment we stick by known policy
until adjusted.

  Frankly, the 1965 Org Board pattern, as posted, gives all the
routing hats and

  58

  therefore the "decisions" are already visible. If a flow stacks
up or a basket fills, or trouble occurs, we have an overload or an
absence or an injected "individual decision point".

  Far from robbing anyone of self determinism, the 1965 board is
welcomed by sighs of relief. Even I was glad to get my own work
onto it. The whole room went bright when I cognited "Gee, this is
what everyone is trying to do to me; make me an individual decision
point!"

  One puts one's baskets and one's "hands" into the lines and acts
on the lines. One doesn't put his decisions on the lines as the
lines then hit him! A postulate or a decision is too close to a
thetan's identity! It confuses him and makes him feel hit
personally by the Communications when he has to newly decide on
each one. If the decision is already there, A or B, he can then
route with his "hands", not with himself If he is always newly and
randomly deciding he gets carried eventually on down the comm line
himself and goes off post! A thetan can handle a vast volume of
action so long as he doesn't have to make a strange or fresh
decision in each act. We can tell in orgs who is making fresh
individual decisions as that person has to bring each of his own
dispatches in personally. (We call it, "bringing a body".) He
routes himself too! Only a Communication runner who is involved
only with who and where can do this safely as her decisions are
known beforehand. Thus she can move on lines with impunity. Note
that she only stops when she has to figure out who has now gone
where and why she was not informed! Otherwise a Communications
runner could go through fire and war with impunity without a pause
so long as the who and where are known. Thus an investigation's
personnel cannot also be a communications personnel without going
half mad! But an investigation's personnel with her set of "who to
look for and where" can move swiftly too! They (the communications
personnel and the investigations personnel) have entirely different
previously known decisions to make. Both are who, wheres. But the
comm who, where is the comm station of a known person. And the
investigation who, where is composed of types of whos and reported
wheres. The purposes are different. The comm personnel sees to whom
and where and delivers. The investigation personnel sees what and
finds out whom and where and reports. Other staff must know what
decisions these two will make. Other staff sees a jam of traffic
and will feel comfortable if a Communicator predictably sends an
expeditor to help clear the jam. Also, seeing a confused area,
other staff will feel all right about it if an investigator pops up
and finds out what and whom and reports it accurately for a
predictable decision. Thus a staff trained in the pattern of
decisions that will be taken by the various departments only
complains when somebody green puts somebody else's traffic on their
lines or leaps in investigating the maintenance men when it's a
bulldog a pc brought to session that's howling. Things get
predictable. One sees a pile of traffic growing, one knows an
expeditor will show up. One sees a student blowing; one knows an
investigator will show up. One can live in

  it

  predictable environment. One gets nervy only in the presence of
unpredictable decisions. Want to know why wog courts make people
nervy? Who can predict a wog court decision? Who can even predict
the sentence man to man for the same crime? It's not knowing that
makes men stupid. Part of knowing is "In a given situation what
should be decided?"

  Only a new knowledge of universal laws has made it possible to
make such an org pattern, for its decisions are then basic in every
person and the universe in which we live. We need only avoid bank
dramatizations to own the lot.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:jw.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  59

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 APRIL 1965

Remimeo

  Sthil Execs

  ALL SCIENTOLOGY

  Franchise

  Insert separately

  in Auditor 8 as

  PRICES LOWERED BECAUSE OF NEW

  a printed Pol Ltr

  ORGANIZATION STREAMLINE

  BPI

  May be mailed to

  COST OF TRAINING, PROCESSING

  Scn Mailing Lists

  AND BOOKS LOWERED BY NEW

  DISCOVERIES

  Cancels HCO Policy Letters:

  19 Oct 1964 Pricing Formulas

  30 Oct AD 14 Mailing List for Franchise Holders

  31 Oct 1964 Issue 11: Current Policies, Orgs (c) Franchise

  3 Dec 1964 Pricing Meetings Final Policy

  23 Dec 1964 Field and Public Programming

  15 Mar 1965 Issue II: Only Accts Talks Money

  22 Mar 1965 Saint Hill Services, Prices and Discounts

  Scientologists may now have a Membership Free.

  And all prices and sign up procedures revert to 1964 levels and
conditions. We are retaining all that was good of the programme
such as obtaining funds and heavily advertising books. We are only
cutting out discount puzzles and raised prices.

  I have answered your request that we do so by streamlining orgs
and I have returned you to the 1964 arrangements that you did like
and wanted. We can do this because of costing lowered by our new
organizational pattern.

  All International Memberships recently purchased will be extended
6 months free.

  The Professional Auditors' Bulletins (the PABs) will no longer be
shortened and will be restored to their old format and are to be
sent to all International Members regularly. They will contain the
tremendous backlog of invaluable data of HCO Bulletins of 1964.
HCOBs printed in it will come on up to present time and will
continue to be issued as PABs as before.

  The higher prices and discount plan of early 1965 are rendered
unnecessary because of technical and organizational advances.

  LOWER LEVELS

  The technical advances which came from the level above clear when
I contacted it, opened not only the top, but the bottom of the
levels and I found many new

  11

  sub-zero" levels and developed many of the processes that go with
them. This lets us undercut the toughest cases we've ever seen in
the fastest possible TIME.

  DISSEMINATION FORMULA

  Also,

  I have discovered and developed the long awaited dissemination
formula which makes it a walk in the park to easily present
Scientology to even the roughest objector, much less decent people.

  Its drills just need to be written up in Bulletin form and they
will be part of the PABs in due course. You will get the PABs with
your International Membership.

  FIELD STAFF MEMBER

  With the Field Staff Member programme and lots of book auditors
we don't want a complicated price programme to stand in anyone's
way now.

  FIELD AUDITOR PRICES

  All Field Auditors and Centres are now being required to return
to the 1964 price level of their Continental Organization and may
not charge more or less than those prices.

  60

  Such auditing is not supervised from Saint Hill. Only HGC and
Academy auditing and training is supervised by me.

  To charge a fee an auditor must be Classified up to the level
being run for fee.

  ORG PATTERN

  The new org pattern makes for a somewhat less costly org per
person trained or processed so the prices can be dropped back.

  Also volume will be rising.

  NEW BOOKS

  I am holding up new books here until orgs are better able to care
for very heavy traffic flows. The new books will increase the
volume again.

  Before we start pouring new public in we want to clean up all our
old clearing contracts and our existing field auditors and
Scientologists. This should take about a year. After all, they have
first call on org services and we'd better not start such a heavy
flood of business that the old timer will be crowded out before his
case and training are up.

  PLANNING

  I've been working to remove any obstacles in the way of the
training or processing of any old time Scientologist.

  If we can get all our present people well up while we still have
breathing space, their help will be invaluable as we spread out.

  Therefore, consider the 1965 discount programme run out and
erased. We don't need it and you found it hard to understand.

  Things are as they were in 1964-same prices, same services, same
courses-same people, but the orgs with a new streamlined pattern
based on technology taken from the high levels above clear.

  I'm glad to be able to give you this break.

  And I'm going to need every last Scientologist in the world as
highly trained and processed as possible.

  And so I have swept aside all the blocks I could. We must we can
get the show on the road in time.

  So let's get the show on the road!

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  (Policy Letters referred to on previous page may be found in the
Executive Division Volume.)

  61

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL AD IS Remimeo Issue
II ORGANIZATIONAL PRICE ENGRAM

  It's an awful good thing I found the engram in organizations
before we released the new pattern of orgs and began to expand.

  Had I not found it we would have expanded to insolvency!

  A few suppressive persons with their "everybody" and "they" have
here and there over the years set up a price ridge between orgs and
public.

  "You charge too much!" "Money" "Prices too high!" combined with
"everybody thinks" and other generalities have made executives
believe that the public won't pay.

  Not detecting the true reason for this attack, the executive
swallowed it whole. The true reason is a suppressive reason-if we
don't charge we will vanish.

  A guilt complex (I won't use a Scientology term on anything so
low) arose about money.

  Accommodatingly around the world org Scientologists tended to
cease to exist financially. All to please Jo-jo the famous loop of
Capetown or Too-Too the famous paranoid of Sydney or Gut-growl the
renowned psychotic of Washington or Oh-no the wildly celebrated
pervert of Los Angeles or Sinangulp the loudest mouth in
Johannesburg.

  These ARC Break specialists howled so loud their minority was
overlooked. They wanted us gone. We helped people. A dastardly act.

  To prove it, Sinangulp tried to give away Johannesburg's
buildings! And stole HASI's equipment and tapes and recorders!

  Staffs resenting these attacks, resisted. But gradually
succumbed.

  Covertly prices were lowered.

  Very covertly.

  While still reporting and advertising high prices some orgs were
charging very small prices.

  It's a case of how crazy can one get.

  It's one thing to advertise the discounted price. It's quite
another to only advertise the high price while secretly selling at
a ridiculously low price.

  The tendency then against which we must guard is covert lowering
of prices once' set.

  The prices given me last year for use in computing a discount
programme were in some orgs higher than the actual price taken by
the org.

  Therefore, when -we went on the early 1965 programme, the lie
about former prices made it appear to the public in some areas that
we had raised prices from 400% to 1000%! Hence, no business and the
Jan-Feb slump.

  It's good this happened while we were still small in orgs. For
had we expanded without discovering this the tendency of secretly
lowering prices would have wrecked us. The bigger we got the broker
we would have been and the poorer the staff.

  I now know why staffs got higher than average units on
proportionate pay when I managed an org personally. I just didn't
cut-rate things. And the public paid happily.

  The lesson we have learned and which we must never lose sight of
is that secret price cuts by separate orgs and discounts can
undermine all financial planning and lay in an engram that can
destroy all expansion.

              62

  Hardly one price actually collected in the world was the
authorized price or the advertised price. And when the false data
was used for planning the public was confronted with a HUGE
increase even in the discounted price, which was based on reports
that made the discounted price equal to the advertised 1964 price.
But that reported 1964 price was not the price received for
service.

  I personally am of the opinion that even top executives in orgs
did not know what their staffs were charging by the org.

  What it amounts to is that a big false report by orgs lay behind
the 1965 Jan-Feb slump, They did not report their actual low
prices, only their advertised prices.

  Therefore we can draw up some policies on prices.

  1. The advertised and reported price of anything sold by an org
must be the actual price received by the org for that item.

  2. There may be no hidden discounts, trick reductions, whims or
favours given in pricing.

  3. Merchandising by advertising that prices are going up soon is
forbidden.

  4. Anyone covertly reducing prices is guilty of suppressing an
org which is a high crime.

  5. Any price passed upon at Saint Hill by myself may not be
changed for anything by anyone else in any org.

  And finally:

  6. Efforts to reduce prices below a set scale will be considered
suppressive acts.

  I can easily handle a situation when I have all the data. It was
easy to re-shuffle programmes to get us again into an income range
where orgs and staffs will prosper and which pleases the public.
But it was a lot of worry until I got the real story.

  We have learned some valuable lessons by the Jan-Feb 1965 slump.

  And we were saved by the bell. We didn't have a public book
pouring in people and we didn't set up the orgs to boom. Had these
two things been done, without my establishing a programme which
started the rabbits out of the brush and into view, we would have
been wiped out by a boom.

  Now we can plan with a better reality and set up the org and
release some popular books and boom.

  The only other datum on this also teaches us a lesson. Earlier in
1964 a query to all orgs about their prices elicited a good
response. I several times asked for those despatches to be
collected in a folder and given to me and it was not done. In the
press of things, I didn't notice I was getting a non-compliance
here and so never saw them until last week. However those price
reports too were not correct. And I did have other data given me
later in the year of 1964 on prices and National Councils did
inspect the raises without comment.

  There's no mystery left about this-the price data given by most
orgs for planning were not the prices actually paid by the
public-and orgs sold things for far less in most cases than what
they said they did. And the '64 discount complexity was greater
than the '65. The engram was that prices were covertly reduced and
the new prices of 1965 were thus many times the old.

  Don't listen to suppressives. Turn them in to HCO. And hold the
prices set. And tell me the truth.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.eh.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  63

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 MAY 1965

  REISSUED 4 JULY 1970

Remimeo

  CLASSIFICATION, GRADATION

  AND

  AWARENESS CHART

  You will find a chart enclosed in the Auditor Issue 8. It covers
many things.

  There are about 52 levels of awareness from Unexistence up to the
state of CLEAR.

  By "Level of Awareness" is meant that of which a being is aware.

  A being who is at a level on this scale is aware only of that
level and the others below it.

  To get a case gain such a person must become aware of the level
next above him. And so on up in orderly sequence, level by level.

  If you skip a person on one level several levels up, he or she
will experience only an unreality and will not react. This is
expressed as "no-case-gain". On the E-Meter it registers as "No
Tone Ann Action" meaning there is no meter registry of change on
the meter control lever (tone arm).

  A person audited a bit below or at his level of awareness gets
"Tone Arm Action", Case Gain and has cognitions (new concepts of
life).

  A principal contribution of Scientology is the technology
necessary to change people so that they progress into higher states
of ability when processed on the exact processes required by an
auditor qualified by training to apply the processes expertly.

  It is not only general ability that increases, but IQ, renewed
livingness and the skill and ability to better self and conditions.

  The state of homo sapiens runs from around -4 down to the bottom.
Normal is probably much lower.

  As you study the chart you will see it is a road map upward.

  On the left we see the Class of the Auditor necessary to take the
person up as well as the Grade the preclear reaches.

  In the next column we see his certificate name, obtained through
his training at an Academy and, later, Saint Hill.

  Then we see a very general description of the processes used on
that grade.

  The next column shows what pcs. a classified auditor can audit.
He can audit anyone at his Class numeral or below. He cannot audit
pcs. higher because of course he has not been trained to do so and
is likely to have upset pcs.

  The final column shows where the certificate and class is
obtained.

  64

  THE BRIDGE

  This is the famous bridge mentioned at the end of Dianetics the
Modern Science of Mental Health.

  It is now complete and is functioning. The being enters it from
somewhere in the minus regions as a Beginning Scientologist and
moves on up. At about Grade 11 he has definitely reached Homo
Novis. He becomes a RELEASE somewhere between 11 and V. And he
becomes CLEAR at the top of VI. The state of Operating Thetan is
attained above VI and is a Grade VII.

  For Man to have this at all is quite remarkable. He never had it
before since we find him improving but still, on the average well
below -4.

  By following this chart one can make RELEASE and then CLEAR.

  Up to Grade V one of course has help. But above that technical
limitations bar completely the idea of CO-auditing. Some auditors
will attempt it, themselves very far from there case-wise, and some
have tried to show untrained pcs. how to "solo audit" with a meter.
The common result is that the pcs. eventually collapse in a total
overwhelm as they are not trained to handle such forces and so it
is a cruel thing to do.

  The preclear moves safely on the proper bridge and somewhere
along the line must be trained in the classifications that match
his Grade. Then (and only then) can he make it all the way.

  One can be audited quite a ways. Then he had better get trained
from zero on up.

  You see here some new certificates. These were made necessary by
the gap which existed between the higher toned public person (-5)
and the beginning of the span. We had to have a longer approach to
the bridge. And so we put a certificate ladder there.

  Beginning Scientologist is given for a PE and so on up as the
chart shows.

  The Class material has not been changed. If anyone has a Class
Zero he is still a Class Zero but we will give him a new
certificate to replace his old one. And so on. There is no change
in Grades and Certificates from Class 11 up. Class V has been blank
for years. Thus there is a proper certificate there, the HUBBARD
VALIDATED AUDITOR. It says this auditor has been through a review
of all his lower skills plus new ones and can jump off now for Solo
and CLEAR.

  Previously we not only did not reach into the average homo
sapien's awareness but we also had no means of touching cases much
below -4.

  You are probably intrigued by Class VII. These Power Processes
are what the CLEAR (or Auditor almost there) audits on low level
pcs. Auditors below that case level can of course run them a bit
but the processes shortly cave him in. These processes are only
available at Saint Hill as they have just recently been perfected
and an auditor to do them without danger to himself or the pc has
to have interned at Saint Hill as a Saint Hill HGC staff auditor,
not the same as a Class VI Saint Hiller.

  The thing to do is start in your local Academy at zero on the
chart and move on up.

  Today that is faster and less expensive than you would think.

  There are two courses to one class. First one does the
Certificate Course (Theory) and gets his certificate. This takes
the average student about two weeks. Then one takes the
Classification Course (Practical) for that class and gets his
Provisional Classification. Every auditor must be classified now.
This again takes the average student about two weeks. All the
courses from Class 0 up to IV are arranged that way.

              65

  Ile material has been streamlined. Class V, obtained at Saint
Hill, is longer (and remains the same price as always) as it
reviews all the classes and retrains where necessary and awards
permanent classification for all the lower certificates as well as
Class V.

  Some auditing occurs in the classification course and group
auditing occurs daily.

  An unclassed auditor cannot charge a fee for auditing a grade he
is not classed for and if he is turned in to HCO because of it the
pc can regain all the fee from him. We must make it a safe bridge.
Our entire Ethics system is formed just to make it a safe passage
for the pc and to hold the bridge together so it can be crossed by
Man.

  Auditors routinely make Releases with Academy courses today.

  Auditors graduated from the Saint Hill course can then take the
final steps to make themselves clear and Saint Hill Interns are
trained to make Releases of the lowest cases.

  Training fees are uniform in the US now at $100 for each course.
In all commonwealth countries the cost is E28 a course

  sterling

  (convert to local currency). There is one course for Certificate,
followed by another for Classification.

  Field auditors can charge anything they like for HAS and
Beginning Scientologist courses. And Hubbard Book Auditors can
become HQS through extension courses. Your org may possibly give
the lowest course free and charge very little for the HAS.

  My job is to give you the materials to make Releases and the
skill to make Clear. I have done and will do everything I can to
help anyone attain these hitherto unreachable heights of life and
ability.

  The bridge is not only

  in,

  it is functioning every hour right now. Book early. The traffic
is heavy already. And auditors are the scarcest and most valued
beings on this planet.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:nt.aap Copyright (c) 1965, 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  66

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1965

  Issue 11

  Gen Non-Remimeo

  Division 6 HATS

  Division 2

  HCO HATS

  Division 6

  AREAS OF OPERATION

  It will clarify most points of confusion between Division 6
(Distribution) and Division 2 (Dissemination) if one keeps in mind
just these two data:

  DIVISION 6 HANDLES THE PEOPLE WHO HAVE NEVER BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM
AN ORG.

  DIVISION 2 HANDLES PEOPLE WHO HAVE BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM AN ORG.

  You will see at once then that Central Files is not the property
of Division 6. For the rule of what goes into CF is "has bought
something from an org".

  Mailing lists of persons who have not bought anything belong to
and are used by Division 6. Division 6 cuts 3 duplistickers of each
address received, sends 3 Info packets and forgets it. The person
may then appear in CF.

  The statistic of Division 6 most given attention, then, is the
increase of names in CF (not in Address).

  One sees then that Ltr Reg does not belong in Division 6 as the
Ltr Reg writes only to CF people.

  Mags don't belong in Division 6 because mags go to people in CF.

  Info packets do belong in Division 6, book selling, etc, etc,
anything with green public connected with it.

  This seems to say then that the BS course (or old PE) was
Division 6 and so it is. But it is conducted for 6 by the Tech
Division in an org. But all the lower non-level courses (BS, HAS,
HQS) are taught in the field under Division 6.

  Extension Course is sold by 6, taught by the Tech Div.

  Division 6 has press relations, public advertising, field staff
members, franchise, etc, etc, all of which is the reach to the
broad public.

  Scientology will grow if Division 6 reaches the broad public.
Scientology ceases to grow where an org cannibalizes off CF only
and has no Division 6.

  Info packets, new mail lists, book sales, ads even for the BS
Course and even personnel are all Division 6.

  Get it?

  If Division 6 were allowed to cannibalize off CF there'd be no
growth, so it can't have CF. It

  builds

  CF for the org.

  New unreached bodies (c) Division 6.

  People who have no real org business (c) Division 6. The broad
public and unreached areas are reached and owned by Division 6.
Without it we never grow.

LRH:ml.kd L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  67

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 AUGUST 1965

  Gen Non-Remimeo

  Dissem Sec Hat

  DISSEM SEC HAT

  The following Policy Letters are essential to the hat of
Dissemination Secretary. They must be known and followed by Dissem
Secs. Within one week of the receipt of this Policy Letter, each
Dissem Sec in every org or any person acting in the capacity of a
Dissem Sec in an organization, must be checked out on the following
Pol Ltrs. Evidence of having been so checked out must be attested
by the Examiner and sent to the Department of Inspections and
Reports WW, Saint Hill.

  1. 22 April 65: Booklets, Handouts, Mailing Pieces

  2. 22 July 65: Dissemination Materials to Saint Hill

  3. 16 July 65: Continental Magazines to Model after Certainty

  4. 7 July 65: Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor

  5. 28 July 65: Handling of Photographs (c)

  6. 16 April 65: Handling the Public Individual

  7. 6 April 65: Letter Reg Hat

  HCO Exec Secs must also be checked out on above and have evidence
submitted as above that they have done so.

  Note: On 1, 2 and 3 Policy Letters above, there have been
frequent non-compliances. Note that Admin Ltr of 19 April 65 is
cancelled or superseded by later policy.

  Dissems are not supplying the materials asked for in 7 July 65
Pol Ltr above. Complying with that policy will greatly help
publicize your activities in your own areas as well as help world
wide dissemination. By not sending lots of materials to the Auditor
so they can be selected for use, you cut back your dissemination in
your own area.

  Note that in 3 above, as "L. Ron Hubbard" is the editor and
founder of Certainty, the same goes for your mag.

LRH:ml.rd David Ziff

Copyright (c) 1965 by and for

by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JULY 1968

Remimeo

  GROSS INCOME SENIOR DATUM

  THE SIZE NOT THE QUALITY OF AN ORG'S MAILING LIST AND THE NUMBER

  OF MAILINGS AND LETTERS TO IT DETERMINES THE GROSS INCOME OF AN

  ORG. IF THIS IS NOT KNOWN AS A SENIOR DATUM TO EXEC SECS AND KEPT

  IN BY THEM THEIR CONDITION IS TREASON.

LRH:js.rd  L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c) 1968  Founder

by L. Ron Hubbard

  68

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 AUGUST 1968

  (Originally a Sec ED)

Remimeo

  LEGAL AND DISSEMINATION

  Never

  stop dissemination to iron out legal!

  Never Never Never.

  The $250,000 LA foundation folded because it did just that under
Admiral Scoles and J. B. Farber.

LRH:js.kd L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c) 1968 Founder

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 AUGUST 1968

Remimeo All Franchise and Orgs Division 6 Hats

  DISSEMINATION

  A PC RARELY DISSEMINATES. ONLY AN AUDITOR DISSEMINATES.

  We know this from experience.

  Thus an Org which makes more pcs than auditors will tend to
collapse.

  Also an Org which makes only pcs will collapse.

  So always make an equal number of auditors and pcs or more
auditors than pcs.

  This will ensure dissemination to the field as the auditor will
understand what he

  is disseminating and will therefore be successful.

  Public Aide

LRH:ei.rd

Copyright (c) 1968 for

by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Commodore

  69

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1959

  Ltd.

  HCO Offices

  HCO BOOK ACCOUNT

  On receipt of this Policy Letter, HCO Secretaries everywhere are
to make arrangements to open a new account in the HCO Account
called the "HCO Book Account". In this account must be placed all
monies obtained from the sale of books and tapes.

  This will enable us to see at a glance what sums are available
for the printing of new books. Hitherto this money has apparently
often been swallowed up in running expenses.

  From time to time surpluses will be used for printing new books
and other promotional projects, both local and worldwide.

  The Account should have the same signatories as the regular HCO
Account.

  Peter Hemery

  HCO Communicator WW

  PH:brb.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  70

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JANUARY 1964

  CenOCon

  CONTINENTAL AND AREA HCO FINANCE

  POLICIES

  All HCO Area and other offices excepting only HCO WW and HCO
Sthil should be on the following salary and expense arrangements.

  HCO Area and Continental personnel are paid from the Salary Sums
of the Org to which attached.

  All HCO Area and Continental expenses are paid from the
Disbursement Sum of the Org to which attached.

  There is no HCO Local 5% paid to Local HCO by the Org to which
attached.

  HCO Area and Continental have no separate accounts system of
their own. All their accounts are handled by the Org to which
attached.

  Book Sales money and Special Events (such as Congress fees) are
held and banked under the direction of the senior HCO official of
the area to ensure that the Central Org does not use this money for
operating expenses but for book, tape and film replacement and
bills. The mailing costs, personnel handling such items and a
quarters charge, as well as Congress costs, etc, may be deducted
from book receipts by the Central Organization. Such receipts,
books, tapes, film and special events must not be used for Central
Org operating expenses as this would drastically reduce
dissemination.

  Membership monies are also separately banked.

  The Salary Sum of Central Orgs has been increased to 55% to
compensate paying HCO staff.

  All magazine costs and mailings are paid for by the Central
Organization.

  An additional 5% of the receipts of an organization is
contemplated as payable to HCO (WW) Ltd, for administrative
expenses now that HCO (WW) Ltd, is a separate corporation.
Heretofore I have financed HCO WW's costs out of my 10% and own
income. This 10% is desperately needed to help defray research
costs and although still submitted as Administration Expenses will
be used in research. I am engaged in the compilation, recording and
preparation of the whole of Scientology, the most expensive step.
Heretofore I have borne research costs out of income intended for
me personally. I no longer choose to do so as the most expensive
research step is just ahead of us-writing it all up and publishing
it, a step which is the most expensive of all.

  Therefore, financial reorganization is in order if we ever are to
have all the data of Scientology in an organized codified and
published state.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:gl.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  71

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 NOVEMBER 1964

  Gen Non

Remimeo

  HCO BOOK ACCOUNT

  The handling of this account is of considerable interest in view
of new membership and book ad policies.

  As all corporations are now HASI, Inc of DC except in the U.S.
where they are churches, all HCO Book Accounts are of course under
the same corporate name as the main organization. Thus even a
church organization holds the HCO account in its own name.

  For example: the Melbourne HCO Book Account would be called at
the bank

  HASI, INC HCO DIV ACCOUNT.

  For a Church, this would be FCDC HCO DIV ACCOUNT. "Div" of course
stands for DIVISION.

  The signatories of the account should be the HCO Area Sec and one
other officer, not the Assn/Org Sec, and each cheque should bear
two signatures to be valid. Three persons, the HCO Area Sec, and
two others may be named of which any two out of the three
signatures can be valid.

  The account also carries as a signature my own name, that of Mary
Sue Hubbard as Secretary and of Marilyn Routsong as Treasurer, any
one of these three signatures being valid to withdraw.

  The account is handled by the regular Accounts Unit of the
organization, not by a separate system in HCO.

  Invoicing to the HCO Account is, however, done on a separate
Invoice machine in the Accounts Unit. On this machine no other than
HCO funds are invoiced. All membership receipts for Associate (5
shillings or $I), International and Lifetime Memberships are
invoiced only on this machine. All book, tape, meter and insignia
sales are invoiced on this machine. All Congress and tape play
receipts are invoiced on this machine.

  There is also a separate disbursement voucher machine and all
disbursements from the HCO Div Acct are disbursed only with a
voucher from the disbursement machine. Even when a cheque on the
account is written a disbursement voucher is also written. If the
voucher has on it a printed "HCO Division of HASI, Inc. With Our
Compliments" no transmission letter is needed with the cheque as
the data of what is being paid is on the voucher. Thus Accounts
does not need an additional letter to go with a cheque.

  An office which is too small to afford two invoice machines can
do as well with a Sales Book for Income and a Disbursement Book for
disbursements, such as they have in Department Stores, providing
the books give adequate carbons and are used consecutively (one
book completed before another is started). These books can also be
printed and have carbon pages. One copy remains in the book and
when finished that book becomes part of accounts records.

  You must be very careful in invoicing and properly depositing
membership funds particularly as many states and countries have
regulations concerning such records of membership.

  72

  No books may be invoiced to the Central Org or City Office
general accounts for any reason. All book sales are invoiced only
to the HCO Div Acct.

  In some orgs, reception does all invoicing. When this is done,
the same procedure applies, and the same invoice machines or books
are used, but the disbursement machine or book is kept by the
Accounts Unit.

  No wages of any kind may be paid from the book account.

  The only postage which may be paid from the account is book or
magazine postage. No correspondence postage may be paid from the
account.

  No rent may be paid from the account.

  No loans may be made from the account.

  Book and tape purchases may be made from the account.

  Magazine printing and postage bills may be paid from the account,
but no extravagant increases in printing quality or volume may be
paid from it, nor may brochures or mailings announcing service be
paid from it. Further, magazine bills for magazines which do not
have half their advertising space taken up with book and membership
ads may not be paid from the account.

  The organization pays any salaries or space rental connected with
books or tape handling. Congress hall space may, however, be paid
from the account.

  The above arrangement is equitable to the organization in that it
receives without further cost to it all its training and processing
ads in magazines and the full benefit of the increased business.

  Advertising fees may be paid from the HCO Div Acct but only for
book ads. No general advertising of the org may be paid for from
the account. No personnel ads or PE ads may be paid from the
account or be included in ad coverage contracts. No advisory fees
may be paid to advertising firms from the account.

  In handling this account, great care must be taken to buy enough
book stock so as to have stock available to mail in response to
ads. Air freight of books is very dear from Saint Hill or
Washington to Commonwealth countries and books must be ordered in
time to arrive surface and pass through local customs.

  No office should ever seek to enter books or meters into its
country free of charge on grounds of "educational" or "religious"
materials, as there is no surer way to stop receipt of books. Some
book departments are mad on the subject of "getting it in for free"
and will doodle about for months, wasting ten times the price of
the duty in lost book sales. The department seldom tells the
Org/Assn Sec or the HCO Sec why the books aren't being let in.
Customs is fast so long as you pay duty.

  Local reprintings of books are now forbidden. New Zealand only is
excepted from this but New Zealand may now not export books to
other offices.

  The HCO Div Acct should be opened at once and should be the only
HCO Account operating in Central Orgs or City Offices:

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LR.H:jw.cden Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  73

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MAY AD IS

Remimeo

  HCO BOOK ACCOUNT POLICY

  RECEIPT AND USE OF MEMBERSHIP

  MONIES

  1. All membership monies shall be paid in to the HCO in the Area
Office and deposited only and at once in the HCO Book Account, and
shall serve, amongst other things, to defray magazine printing,
handling and postage costs of the National magazine. All
Memberships must be paid for in cash, (there are only Free
Memberships, or Memberships paid for by cash) made out directly to
HCO Book Account. Memberships shall be deposited only in the Main
Book Account of the Area Office. The Continental Office may call on
sums proportionate to the number of magazines (their cost of
printing, handling and postage) mailed in the area of the HCO Area
Office, but book ads saying books are available at the Area Office
and the ads of the Area Office must be carried in the magazine. All
sums additional to magazine cost in both the Area and Continental
Office shall be used only to purchase more books, and tapes and to
defray expenses of high quality facilities for tape playing and the
expenses of Congresses. All Membership monies received by an Area
Office, not called upon to defray magazine printing and postage may
be retained in the Area Book Account.

  CONGRESS FEES

  2. All Congress fees shall be received into the Area Book Account
of the area where held.

  No Congress fees, membership fees, or book monies received may be
used for the payment of units, rent (except for Congress Halls) or
organization expenses.

  USE OF CONGRESS, MEMBERSHIP AND BOOK MONIES

  3. Congress, membership and book fees may be used for advertising
Scientology books in magazines, but not for newspaper or magazine
advertising of pcs. auditing or services.

  FURTHER USE OF CONGRESS, MEMBERSHIP AND BOOK MONIES

  4. Any further use or disposition of Congress fees, membership
fees or book receipts shall be at the sole permission, personally
signed, of the Executive Director.

  HCO BOOK ACCOUNT SIGNATORIES

  5. The HCO Continental Sec and HCO Area Sec or where the HCO
Continental Sec is also an Area Sec, by the HCO Continental Sec and
the HCO Communicator jointly, or the single signatures of LRH and
MSH are requisite on any Book Account cheque for it to be valid and
all bank mandates for that account must so state and must include
the signatures of LRH and MSH and Marilynn Routsong.

  BOOK PRICES

  6. Book, tape and meter prices are not uniform, Continental Zone
to Continental Zone. US and UK prices are on a parity of one pound
equals three dollars for easy computation and to make up for
exchange delays and fees.

  Other Continental Zone book prices are computed on the cost of
books generally in the area plus handling and shipping charges.

  74

  These prices are published from time to time in "The Auditor".

              BOOK TEN PERCENTS

  7. Washington and Saint Hill pay 10% of their gross book sales to
the Research Fund Account of HCO WW, but only on books actually
published and printing paid for by each area. If Washington
publishes a book it pays 10% of the gross retail sales price as
sold. If Saint Hill publishes a book it pays 10% of the gross
retail sales price as sold. If Washington, for example, pays Saint
Hill for a shipment of books and sells them from Washington, then
Washington does, not pay any 10% and vice versa. Although it is not
policy at this time for other offices to reprint books, if one ever
does get permission, it will also pay 10% to the Research Fund of
HCO WW.

              RESEARCH TEN PERCENTS OF GROSS INCOME

  8. Central Orgs, City Offices and Franchise Holders contribute
10% of their gross weekly income to various expenses and usages at
Saint Hill or to L. Ron Hubbard as Director of Research. But this
10% shall not include payments received for books by anyone.

              HCO AREA SEC BONUS

  9. The HCO Area Sec is granted a bonus of 2 percent of the gross
receipts of the local Book Account.

              ASSN SEC/ORG SEC BONUS

  10. The Association/Organization Secretary is granted 2 percent
of the gross receipts of the HCO Book Account but may not be a
signatory to that account.

              HCO CONTINENTAL SEC BONUS

  11. The HCO Continental Secretary is paid 1/2 of one percent of
each Book Account in the Area, whether or not acting as an HCO Area
Sec as well.

              CONTINENTAL DIRECTOR BONUS

  12. The Continental Director is paid 1/2 of one percent of the
gross receipts of each Book Account in his continent, when acting
as an Assn/Org Sec or when not.

              MONTHLY PAYMENT OF BONUS

  13. All such bonuses are payable monthly only, computed on the
first of the month.

              NO ADVANCES OR LOANS FROM HCO BOOK ACCOUNT

  14. No person may be paid such a bonus in advance nor may any
loan be made to any person from any HCO Book Account.

              HCO BOOK ACCOUNT BONUS SUSPENSION

  15. When a Book Account tends to become insolvent by reason of
owing more than it receives, bonuses are suspended until the
condition alters but in no event less than 60 days.

              REGULATIONS CONCERNING HCO BOOK ACCOUNT

  16. Book, Congress, Tape and Membership Income may riot be used
or loaned for any salary sum, expense sum, building fund or past
bills of the organiztion as a whole, but past book and tape bills
are an exception.

              75

  HCO CHECK BOOK TO SAINT

              HILL

  17. All HCO Area Officers are to send a check book for the HCO
Book Acct to Saint Hill, and to keep St Hill appraised of the
balance in the account monthly, and also to inform St Hill of any
large amounts written against the account locally.

              THE BOOM

  The whole forward thrust of any boom depends upon:

  I (c) Getting books to orgs.

  2. Heavily, even extravagantly, advertising books and filling the
orders.

  3. Courses in and running per Gradation Chart.

  4. Running an excellent Academy.

  5. Running an excellent HGC.

  Getting books to orgs depends on me, on Saint Hill and upon orgs
making sure they're ordered and paid for. If we take care to do
just those things we'll see (1) above hugely successful.

  It will cost the Assn/Org Sec and HCO Sec money personally not to
plaster the place with book ads. They are given no bonus on a net.
Only a gross. They get paid a bonus from the book account based on
volume not its profit. The Department Heads and Staff get their
bonus indirectly by an org driving in a heavy volume through ads
and books and the alertness of the Org/Assn Sec and the HCO Sec.
Continental also has a vested interest in books flowing and is paid
for it. Thus this point is cared for.

  Advertising actions are arranged for in the above. Nobody expects
magazines to cost any more than they have previously. Magazine cost
and postage is dropped from org expenses.

  Note also that under this plan the most neglected action in
producing income in any area, BOOK ADVERTISEMENT, the No. I magic
formula of dissemination, is pushed into being by restricting the
expenditure of memberships and other HCO Book Account monies until,
to get rid of the surplus, book advertisements nationally and
locally on a large scale would have to be placed constantly. With
quantities of book ads, income from students and lies as well as
books will flood in. It always has. This is the basic formula of
the coming boom. Because they cost the org money it could spend and
"needed" elsewhere, the number of national magazines printed was
curtailed and book ads were dropped out and that has been the chief
cause of any financial difficulty in any org.

  As local offices and franchise centres become truly active, they
will cease to drain off the old timers from the Central Org and
stir up more local business of which the Central Org gets its part
in courses and lies.

  This all looks pretty favourable to me. I hope it does to you, L.
RON HUBBARD

LRH:wme.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
76 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 OCTOBER 1966 Issue 11 Remimeo
ADDITION TO HCO DIV ACCOUNT POLICY (Amplifies HCO Policy Letter of
I I May 1965)

  The HCO Div Account (Old Book Account) has very rigid policy on
how its money can be spent. The reason for this is that money must
be safeguarded to provide for adequate promotion and sale of books.
BOOK SALES have always been your FIRST LINE OF DISSEMINATION and
will always be so.

  Improper use of this money has resulted in depletion of the HCO
Div Account in some orgs leaving insufficient funds to order
adequate book stocks, print and mail the magazine and provide for
other vital book promotion. Book promotion and book sales are an
absolute must for the continued health of any org. The most
important and successful dissemination line is book sales and about
three months later the buyers come in for service. To cut this line
by reducing book sales will seriously damage the org income three
months later. NEW POLICY

  Because poor book sales could result in a collapse of the org and
misappropriation of the HCO Div Account can make it impossible to
buy and promote books, violation of HCO Div Account policy now
becomes a HIGH CRIME.

  HCO Div Accounts are now to be monitored by WW. Each Org Exec Sec
is to see that an exact accounting of the HCO Div Account
expenditures and deposits with full information on who, what for,
how much and when monies are paid into and out of the account are
sent monthly to the ES Comm Treasury WW. Failure to comply with
this order and other orders regarding bank mandates, sending of
cheque books, etc., will result in immediate Ethics action being
called for by ES Comm Treasury WW. POLICY ON USE OF THE HCO DIV
ACCOUNT

  Following is an exact list of items that the HCO Div Account may
be used for. No others are allowed:-

  1. Books ordered from Saint Hill or DC (other orgs when and if
allowed to print). 2. Meters and material for resale only ordered
from Saint Hill or DC. 3. Authorized book printing, meter and
material manufacture. 4. Books, meters and material packing,
shipping costs.

  5. Printing or ordering of books, meters and book flyers, and
book promotion material.

  6. Assist in defraying the costs of the printing and mailing of
continental magazines. (This does not mean that the HCO Div Account
is obligated to pay any amounts for such.) 7. Ads and promotion for
books in newspapers and magazines. 77

  8. Mailing list purchase and rental for book promotion purposes
only.

  9. Special book promotion projects other than the above. (Not
usual, but

  possible if approved for project status by WW.)

  10. Direct Congress expenses for items used specifically and only
for a Congress. Examples: hall rental, sound equipment rental,
program printing, advertising, ES Comm WW speaker fees to WW, hall
decoration, visual aids, tape and film charges.

  11. Printing membership cards, applications for memberships, and
membership promotion expenses for the sale or renewal of
memberships.

  12. Tapes for org use.

  Examples: of illegal uses of HCO Div Account monies in the past
are: Staff member fares from Saint Hill, ES Comm Qua] WW expenses
and fares, Release pins and course certificates and flowers for
staff members having babies.

  To be paid into the HCO Div Account are: I (c) All receipts for
books, meters and material sales, (called Gross Book Sales).

  2. All membership fee receipts.

  3. All Congress receipts.

LRH:lb-r.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1966 Founder by L. Ron
Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 DECEMBER 1965 Remimeo HCO
INCOME

              MEMBERSHIPS - CONGRESSES - TAPE PLAYS

  Money received for Memberships, tape plays and Congresses goes
into HCO Dissemination, Division 2, income and is deposited into
the HCO Book Account.

  The use of these funds is outlined in HCO Policy Letter of May
11, 1965, "HCO Book Account Policy, Receipt and use of Membership
Monies".

  This income is not part of the gross Divisional statistic and is
graphed on a separate graph;

LRH:ep.kd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED 78 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor,
East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1968 Limited
Non-Remimeo

              BOOKS ALL STOCK NOW BELONG SH AS BEFORE ALL INCOME
PUBS ORG SHOULD BE BANKED BY PUBS ORG AS SH ORGANIZATION BUT
SEPARATE ACCOUNTS SH PAYS FOR AUDITOR AND PROMOTION AND SUBSIDIZES
FUTURE BOOKSTOCKS PUBS SHOULD BE SOLVENT ON ITS OWN BUT LACK OF
FUNDS SHOULD NOT MAKE PROMOTION, METERS OR BOOKSTOCKS BEHIND HAND
AS THESE FORM THE FUTURE INCOME OF SAINT HILL. SH CONTINUES TO PAY
FOR ITS BOOKS AND PRINTING.

LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1968 Founder by L. Ron
Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1968

              (Corrects HCO Policy Letter 23 May 68

              paragraphs 10 and I I only) Remimeo

              HCO BOOK ACCOUNT HCO Book Account Pol Ltr restored.
No book meter etc monies subject to allocation of percentile and
must be kept separate as is foremost dissem line. Books must be
subsidized by adding reserve monies to HCO book from time to time.

LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1968 Founder by L. Ron
Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 79

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              1812 19th Street, N.W., Washington D.C.

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MAY 1957

              R U S H

              DISSEMINATION

  LOOK!

  In times of radiation, people fall back to Survival on the first
dynamic. Why? In times which threaten third dynamic obliteration
people feel they won't be able to talk to their friends after the
big thump. So they don't cultivate many.

  All right.

  Here and now the dissemination policy of Scientology becomes

              YOU CAN SURVIVE WITH SCIENTOLOGY

  And by you, we don't mean third-we mean first dynamic.

  Radiation third dynamic is out. Politics are out.

  We've skidded every time we've hit the third! Today people are
pitching on the first and we better pitch on that level or we won't
be around either.

  That's the way it is.

  I know, when you want to make a total effect nothing short of a
big bang will do. Our success is made out of little bangs-effects
people can have.

  They can't confront that bomb. They can barely confront their own
mind when we make them do so.

  Tell them people can learn better with Scientology. Tell them a
man's dead when he can't learn anymore. Tell them Scientology can
revive his ability to learn.

  OUR TOTAL SUCCESS IS BUILT BY PLOWING DEEPER THE GROOVES WE
ALREADY HAVE. Remember that our deepest groove was plowed-D M S M H
with "You aren't responsible for anything. It's all in your mind".

  Our newer grooves say the same.

  We have people, book ads, books. Plow the grooves deeper. We
haven't any further use for a new groove.

  You can Survive with Scientology.

  Radiation material goes only this far.

  Our Total Interest in Radiation is as follows:

  Radiation injures health. We can proof a person against bad
health.

  And that's it.

  Our main show is that Scientology is the first science on Earth
that could salvage a human being. Let's play it straight to the guy
himself.

  That's the way it is.

              80

  No. 1 Project:

  (c) Validation of all Certificates ever issued. All Auditors
trained since 1950 are invited in for free special coaching and a
validation stamp on their certificates saying "Validated for
Advanced Processes 1957 HCO Board of Review". And no preclear
should permit CCH to be run on him without seeing this stamp on the
Auditor's certificate.

  We're at the milepost we strained toward since 1950. We haven't
even told people! We can produce clears! All right, tell people.
Plow the grooves of Scientology deeper, don't Q and A with an
hysterical world. We are the ones who have the news.

              FINAL WORD

  On my return to Washington I made a test of the radiation in the
Central Organization with a Fisher Geiger Counter.

              THE RADIATION COUNT IS THE SAME AS IT WAS IN 1932.

              In other words there has been no change in
atmospheric radiation in 25 years.

  I well know the count in 1932 since I was then a student in this
city at GWU studying Atomic and Molecular phenomena in Physics.

  There is a flash in the ionosphere when a bomb goes off and that
flash does tend to restimulate the body.

  But there ain't no radiation.

  Who's lying?

  Or do we assume the total-effect-on-you-no-effect-on-me boys are
having their fun. L. RON HUBBARD

  THE REACTION TO RADIATION IS THUS ENTIRELY, COMPLETELY AND WHOLLY
MENTAL!

  DIANEZENE DEPENDS FOR ITS REACTION UPON WHOLE TRACK RADIATION

INCIDENTS, X-RAY AND SUNBURN IN THE CURRENT LIFE. BY TAKING AWAY
THE ENGRAM WHICH CAN REACT TO THE WORRY ABOUT RADIATION, WORRY
ABOUT RADIATION IS THEN MADE NON-PAINFUL.

  IF YOU ADD ALL THIS UP YOU WILL CLEARLY SEE THAT SCARE TALK ABOUT
RADIATION IS THE SOURCE OF RADIATION SICKNESS IN OUR PRESENT WORLD.
THE ATOM BOMB IS TOO POWERFUL A WEAPON TO BE USED FOR CONTROL OF
HUMAN BEINGS AND IS THEREFORE NOT A WEAPON.

  IF WE UNDERSTAND THIS THOROUGHLY WE WILL SEE THAT WE ONLY IMPEDE
OURSELVES WITH SCARING EACH OTHER WITH IT AND KEEP THE PUBLIC AWAY
FROM OUR DOOR BY SEEKING TO USE THE ATOM BOMB AS A METHOD TO
CONTROL THEM. OUR BEST METHOD OF CONTROL IS SCIENTOLOGY. THIS I
THINK WE HAD BETTER SELL FOR A CHANGE.

LRH:cden LRH Copyright (c) 19 5 7 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 81

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 MAY 1957

              (Reissued 8 May 1959)

              POLICY ON SIGNATURES IN PUBLICATIONS

  On data called to attention by Jack Parkhouse, the following is
the policy laid down.

  Articles by myself are signed as a by-line under title and
another written signature at end.

  Articles taken from tapes are signed "From a lecture by L. Ron
Hubbard (bold face), edited by (editor's name light face)."

  Books written by staff are signed "By staff from materials of L.
Ron Hubbard" with the names of writers in light face under "By
Staff from materials of L. Ron Hubbard."

  Articles somewhat independent of materials directly from lectures
and texts are signed by the writer at the article's end only in
same face as type in which article is set.

  Mastheads carry the name of the Editor of any publication.

  These policies apply to Ability, Certainty, PABs, books and
pamphlets.

  When articles are written for outside publications the writer
should always mention a specific text and its author, the price and
from whence the text call be obtained. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:aap.js.cden Copyright (c) 1957, 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED 82

  NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

              OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

              HCO PROJECT ENGINEER:

              "HAVE YOU LIVED BEFORE?"

              Effective date: 17 November 1958

              Duration of project: Three years Purpose:

  To ensure the maximum sales, distribution and dissemination of
"Have You Lived Before?". Procedure:

  Finished materials will be handed over from HCO Project Engineer
No. I to HCO Project Engineer No. 2. At this point HCO Sales
Project Engineer takes over and makes sure that HCO completes the
layout for photolitho, cover and copyrights of the actual book for
"shooting" at the printers. HCO Sales Project Engineer No. 2 makes
sure that finance issues the cheques demanded by the printer in
order to print and in case this is refused makes sure the cheques
are presented to LRH for signature. Gets adverts okayed by LRH
while book is being printed. Makes sure that the ads will appear
simultaneously with the readiness of the book.

  Puts ads in the "Daily Sketch", "Daily Express", "News of the
World" and all psychic newspapers. Magazine ads are placed in
"Prediction", etc. as early as possible. (Their deadline will be
the hardest to meet to get them out by the time the book is out or
as near to the book time as possible.)

  Contacts firms that broadly distribute books so that they will
put the book in the bookstalls.

  Makes sure that any book buyers who buy books from the HASI are
contacted via "Certainty" in a special issue devoted entirely to
this book.

  Makes sure that a printed leaflet, very fancy, is made up which
can be thrown about to bookstores, book distributors, book buyers,
can be left in the film show, on the HASI reception desk-are made
and then continue to be available, repeat, then continue to be
available.

  Make sure that the book is delivered and mailed for all orders
received and after the book is sold out or is selling out rapidly
that a new order for copies is placed at once with the printers.
(It is a matter of interest that nothing kills the sale of a book
faster than being permitted to go out of print before all possible
copies have been sold since this causes a delay and a waiting which
kills off all enthusiasm.)

  In case there is difficulty in obtaining finance from HASI for a
reprint or for replacing ads which are already pulling, HCO Sales
Project Engineer must have the cheques prepared and must himself
send them to LRH for signature substantiating his need for them by
giving the book sales figures and the stock on hand.

  The procedure of advertising and selling and placing new book
orders is repeated over and over until there is finally no demand
whatsoever for the book, at which time this project is ended.

  Currently with this above the Sales Project Engineer must make
sure that meetings and lectures are made available to people coming
to the HASI to find out more about past lives. He must be sure that
personnel exists to give such talks and hold such meetings. He must
be careful to ensure that every phone call received by the HASI
concerning past lives is routed at once to a specific terminal the
Project Engineer

              83

  has coached to handle such calls and that the calls do not go up
in the air or go nowhere or fail to be answered well.

  It could be imagined that the Project Engineer is the person who
receives these phone calls or who gives the lectures or who even
mails the books, but this is not the case. The Project Engineer
only makes sure that these details are being handled and checks on
it as many times a week as he feels it necessary to bolster his own
confidence and nobody else's that the project is being handled and
is continuing.

  Things to prevent:

  Prevent a failure of layout adequate to the task.

  Prevent difficulties from occurring in placing book manufacturing
contract.

  Prevent the book from being stalled for lack of funds.

  Prevent the book from going out of print.

  Prevent the ads from being unrepeated, keep them placed as long
as they are

  drawing and in the publications doing the most selling.

  Finally prevent this project from being eclipsed by inattention
or "more pressing

  ones" or "inadequate funds".

  Attitude of Project:

  These stable data must be inserted into all conversations,
lectures and reviews and particularly in newspaper reports
interested.

  I (c) That the HASI is a staid calm authoritarian Scientology
Institute.

  2. That Scientology is a broad subject that interests itself in
anything and everything that concerns man's social progress.

  3. That studies such as this are Dianetic crazes and belong to
Dianetics which Scientology has now begun to study.

  4. That past lives and the whole subject is however dangerous out
of the hands of experts and only such experts as Scientologists
should be permitted to study them and common Dianetic practitioners
should not be permitted to handle them.

  5. That hypnotism is not necessary and is indeed quite bad.

  6. That this is the longest series of cases ever undertaken for
study amongst some people and all past data on this subject was the
product of a few cases of questionable repute.

  7. That we don't believe this, we are only studying it and the
evidence is available to anybody in the HASI files.

  11,

  The above data must be instilled and drilled into every HASI
staff member who is handling the public on past lives.

  Outside auditors:

  Project Engineer also handles all queries, arguments, upsets on
the part of field auditor connected with this project.

  The above is the extent of this project. It is an HCO project in
making the HASI survive and get a high unit in spite of all
opposition and further, any difficulties encountered or diplomacies
needed in addition to those of the HCO Project Engineer No. I
should be referred to the HCO Secretary or her assistant for
special projects.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:cden Copyright

  (c)

  1958 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  84

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 APRIL

  1959

  NEW BOOK

  Inform all Assoc Secs and Dirs of PrR that a new book is being
printed.

  This is "Have You Lived Before this Life?" and is the text of
forty-some engrams as run in the 5th London ACC.

  The book is a hard cover edition about the size of Dianetics 55.
Its additional text is by myself.

  Naturally, no

  non-Scientologist could

  read this book without curling up in a ball, and it should be
very popular. In actuality it is quite exciting. There are enough
plots in it for half a hundred novels.

  (c) Basically its value is technical, showing how engrams are
found and how they look from the Auditor's chair.

  Aside from the History of Man, this is the only Dianetics or
Scientology text on past lives.

  The book should first be advertised in our magazines to sell to
Scientologists. It should then be generally advertised in papers to
kick up a row.

  "All About Radiation", for instance,

  now

  has the U.K. alert to Radiation. It sold thousands of copies.
"Have You Lived Before this Life?" will really alert people to past
lives and should sell as well or better, since people who can't
confront H-bombs

  can

  confront some portion of their past.

  Most Central Organizations recently sent HASI London a fairly
large cheque for book credits. The whole sum of this money will be
sent back in "Have You Lived Before this Life?" copies.

  The price of the book will be about twenty-four British
shillings, making it one pound after discount to members. The
Dollar area price will be $3.65 or $3.00 after discount to members.
The earlier 10/- edition was an intended paper-back which will not
now be issued. Early orders should be informed of this.

  Now

  don't

  say you have it. Advertise it in our magazines as

  coming.

  Build it up. Even accept orders. But don't say you have it until
it is in your hands. Then advertise as in hand and orders being
filled at once.

  It is now at the printers and should be done by May 30. We will
ship the whole consignment to each Central Organization at once we
receive it from the printers. Central Organizations get 50%
discount from list. However, we have to invoice properly to pass
customs and do so at cost.

  This book will get a lot of preclears.

  Best,

LRH:mp.cden L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c) 1959

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  85

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 APRIL 1959

  BOOKS, COST OF

  Inform all Assoc Secs.

  The principle comm particles of Scientology Organization are
books.

  Obviously, books cost money.

  When books are sold their money must be safeguarded so that
replacement books can be bought.

  Book monies cannot be part of Prop Income. A book is bought by a
Central Organization at 50% of the list price, sold to members at
80%. If this 80% is halved for prop pay and added to salary sum, it
costs the Org 10% of list just to handle the book! This means a 10%
loss every time a book is sold! Therefore books cannot become part
of the salary or expense sum. They must remain as they are, the
income from them kept ready to buy new stocks when old stocks are
exhausted.

  The price of all books should be computed on the basis that when
20% is deducted from the price for members, a round sum remains
which is not less than 4 times the exact printing cost. No book may
be listed at less than 5 times the cost of one volume. Only then
can the sale of books be remunerative enough to buy new stocks.

  As policy, no book may be printed without my permission. Most
books will be printed in London or the U.S.

  These books will be sold to Central Orgs by HCO Ltd for a
distributor figure of 50% of the list price.

  The books will be shipped as soon as ready.

  The continental magazine should forecast only any book (or tape)
until it is actually in hand, then announce it as arrived and on
sale. No book should be neglected. Send copies gratis to local
papers for review always each time a new book appears, or whenever
an old book has been neglected in this way. Announce in the
magazine. Advertise on the Bulletin Board. Push books at
Congresses.

  From 10 to 25 people read every book sold, according to
advertising people. This then is high level dissemination.

  Send out the continental magazine every month or two, one issue
to the

  whole

  list you have, not just to members. And advertise Books, Books,
Books.

  About once a year send a full list of books on hand on a sheet
order form to everyone. This says "Which of these books don't you
have?" People order them by the ton from the form by marking X and
sending a cheque.

  Book business is cash business from a Central Org to the field.
Credit on books can be a bad headache in several ways.

  Send out your magazine to the whole mailing list frequently.
Heavily advertise books first, services second. And set the money
you get aside.

  I am about to do several new books. A new book can sell two to
three thousand copies in your area in a few weeks if you handle it
right. Books are the sparks you need to light the fire. Let's
handle them so they make us (as above) not break us.

LRH:mp-aap.cden L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c) 1959

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  86

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MAY 1959

  ADVERTISEMENT FOR FIELD IN

  CERTAINTY, ABILITY, ETC. - MINOR

  ISSUES

  FEEL LUCKY?

  WIN AN EXTENSION COURSE

  Complete the following sentence in 25 words or less and if you
win you will at once receive an Extension Course fully free and
without further obligation:

  I LIKE SCIENTOLOGY BECAUSE .......................

  Send to Extension Course Director, Academy of Scientology, 37
Fitzroy Street, London W. 1.

  Contest ends in thirty days. All decisions of the judges will be
final and no entries will be returned. No entries received late
will be considered.

  Confidential

  The following is not enclosed in advertisement but is sent to
Extension Course Director as a CONFIDENTIAL INSTRUCTION by HCO Area
Secretary:

  Award an Extension Course to every person who enters this
contest. They're all winners. Make sure that entries received after
30 days from date of mailing are not given awards.

LRH:gh.rd L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c) 1959

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JUNE 1959

  "HAVE YOU LIVED BEFORE THIS LIFE"

  The first issue of "Have You Lived Before This Life" will be
ready shortly from the Publisher. Shipments will be sent off
immediately to all HASI organizations.

  This book is anticipated a best seller. In order to reap maximum
benefit from sales a broad advertising project should be put into
operation by each individual organization and a good build up
achieved by the time the book actually arrives.

  Approximate arrival date will be:

  Australia middle to end of August

  N.Z.

  South Africa beginning to middle of August.

  us.

LRH:gh.cden L. RON HUBBARD

  87

  NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  Saint I-Ell Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO BULLETIN OF 28 APRIL 1960

  All Fran Auditors HCO Secretaries Assoc Secretaries

  BOOKS ARE DISSEMINATION

  One of the oldest Organizational Health Charts states given books
in

  distribution, the remainder of these facts are true. (c) (c)

  No matter what you do with an organization, no matter how much

writing of letters you do, the dissemination success of a group
will not accomplish any security unless books are distributed.

  Seeing to it that the newly interested person is provided with
the proper reading materials is a far more important step than most
HCO Secs and PE directors have realized, but these are not the
worst offenders. The field auditor, attempting to run a group and
keep afloat, fails most often, when he does fail, in the Book
Department.

  Making sure that interested people get books is making sure that
they will continue their interest.

  Assuring then they will read and understand the books, it is
necessary to get them into an extension course.

  If you think you can interest a person in Scientology and yet
avoid your responsibility in getting him or her to read books on
the subject, you are wasting a tremendous amount of effort.

  Do you know why the first book DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH was written? Word of mouth on Dianetics was going
forward so rapidly that my letter volume, even before the first
book, was startling. Each one of these people expected me, either
to write them a long letter and tell them what it was all about, or
to be given a chance to come and see me so that I could tell them
personally what it was all about. In other words, my time was going
to be consumed, not in further research, but in writing letters and
talking to people. My answer to this was to write DIANETICS: THE
MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH which rapidly informed the newly
interested person what this new science was all about.

  I will make you a wager. I think you are wasting most of your
time answering questions which are answered in books. I think you
are are talking yourself hoarse to friends, and other people, and
groups, explaining over and over and over things that are already
taken up in books. I think your time is being devoured by attempts
to reach through the natural conversational barriers of people.

  You are not giving, I am sure, the newly interested person an
opportunity to go and sit down quietly by himself, without any
social strain, and study a book on the subject. Only in this way
will he come to a decision about the subject which is his own
independent decision having inspected the materials. This has to be
done quietly and it is best done through the pages of a book.

  88

  Without any reservations, I can tell you that DIANETICS: THE
MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, based as it is upon mental image
pictures and energy masses, those things which are most real to
people, is the best forward vanguard in our possession. It was
written at a time when I was very interested in bridging the gap
between an uninformed public and an informed public, and contains
in it most of the arguments necessary to quiet the suspicions of
the newly interested person and contains as well most of the
answers to that person's questions.

  DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH contains today a
perfectly workable therapy. But more importantly it contains a
bridge between the uninformed and the informed public on the
subject of Scientology.

  If you are not furiously pushing DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH and if you are not insisting that each newly
interested person read it as something new, startling and strange
in the world, you will be wasting most of your dissemination
efforts.

  Oddly enough, this book, to this day, sells more copies around
the world than the average best seller in any given year. Where it
has been pushed, Scientology is booming. Where it has not been
pushed, Scientology is limp.

  Just inspect the number of simple, startling items in DIANETICS:
THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. Here you find the Dynamics,
here you find several of the earliest Axioms, here you even find
the rudimentary ARC tone scale. You find as well a thoroughly
accurate description of clears and the reactive mind.

  Do you realize that the world does not yet know anything about
the reactive mind? Here is the total answer to Freud's
subconscious. Here is the resolution of most of the problems of
psychotherapy.

  You know so many things that are new and wonderful and strange
that you forget that Bill and Joe and Mary have never heard of any
part of them. They are not interested in past lives. They are
interested in what makes them do strange and peculiar things. They
have heard vaguely about the tenets of psychology. They do not know
that these have all been answered in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE
OF MENTAL HEALTH.

  When people are asking you questions about Dianetics and
Scientology, no matter how obtuse or abstruse the questions are,
your best answer to these questions was my earliest answer and that
was, "Read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH and that
will answer your question".

  In the last HCO Bulletin I gave you presession processes. This
makes a complete cycle. With presession processes we can take a new
person and by running the course of help, control, communication
and interest, put him in a frame of mind to want to know more about
the subject.

  In this Bulletin I am trying to tell you what to do about the
person once you have brought him up to this point. It is all right
for you to go on and audit him but I assure you he will never get
anywhere until he has read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH. All the questions and counter arguments and upsets which
are boiling through his mind now are answered in that book,
bringing him up to a point where he wants auditing, where he
successfully goes through PE. Give him auditing, let him co-audit,
do anything you want with him, but insist, insist, insist that he
reads DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.

  You would be completely amazed at the ideas some people have of
Scientology even after they have gone through a PE course and have
read Problems of Work or some other manual pushed off on them
simply because it is cheap. Problems of Work is all right and
should be distributed but it is not informative on the subject of
the human mind.

  89

  Let's get down to basics here and see what we have really done.
We have made a break-through. The moment of the break-through is
recorded at public level with DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH. If people do not read this book, they just will not
have broken through.

  Any "sales tricks" you employ after you have succeeded by use of
help, control, communication and interest in arousing that
interest, to get them now to inform themselves of the moment of
break-through, will be well expended by you, otherwise these people
will be talking through a fog and will experience a sensation of
having been brought up to some high plateau without having climbed
a cliff. It is factual that you can bring a person all the way to
clear and have on your hands a mentally illiterate person. I know,
because I have done just that. All the clears I made twelve to
thirteen years ago evaporated into the society. I did them a great
deal of good. Some of them are now occupying high positions, but
none of them have ever associated me and my work in Dianetics and
Scientology with what happened to them. They are, for the most
part, convinced that what I did was some fabulously magical thing
which was done for them only, and for them especially, something
like a spiritual revival, but nothing to be understood. These
people never did gain that understanding because I never explained
to them what was happening. It was only after DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH was written and distributed that we began
to get somewhere in the world. People we processed might have been
led to worry more about their own cases than those I processed, but
at the same time their worrying was at least intelligent. I can
still clear people with the technologies of twelve and thirteen
years ago and, indeed, have been carefully reintroducing you to
these technologies. Now the time has come for us to realize that
there are very close to two and a half million people on this
planet who are mentally illiterate. They do not know what makes
them tick. They have no concept whatsoever of the basis of human
reaction. They are intolerant. They are at war with one another.
They follow strange leaders and wind up in strange places. They
have no hope that anything will ever dig them out. Only a minute
percentage of these people have ever been introduced to DIANETICS:
THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.

  Do not believe for a moment that just because I wrote a book on
the subject cases became harder. As a matter of fact they became
more co-operative. We are making a great many clears today. Hardly
a week passes on my correspondence lines without clears being
reported. But look at the mental illiteracy even of some auditors.
Do you know that people report me clears and call them releases.
These people have never studied the definition and capabilities of
clear in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. They bring
pre-clears up to this standard, find there is a considerable
distance to go and start striking for theta-clear before they say
anybody is clear. You yourself may have made a clear and classified
the clear as a release just because you were not totally familiar
with the conditions of clear. I still think the best statement of a
clear occurred in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. I
have had no reason to revise that statement. Pushed at, however, by
many Scientologists, I have tried to find way stops between clear,
as defined in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, and
OT. There are quite a few. I almost laughed in somebody's face the
other day when he said to me that a notable person on one central
organization's staff was being audited by him and that he had
gotten her up to a state of release "with a free needle on anything
you asked her", and added that he would soon have her clear if he
kept working at it. Concerning the same person, visitors at that
central organization for some time have been saying, "She has a
sort of feeling about her as though she might be clear". The truth
of the matter is she has been clear for several months but her
auditor is straining so hard, seeing as he does how far human
capability can be made to reach, that it has never occurred to him
that he has passed clear some time back. Any PC that has a
relatively free needle has probably been cleared by the standards
laid down in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.

  Now that we can interest people, let's take the next inevitable
step. Let's push this book. Let's crowd it into people's hands and
demand that they buy it. Let's

  90

  develop the trick, when they ask us complicated questions, of
stating that they should read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH.

  After all, we have a brand new science in the world. DIANETICS:
THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH is a brand new book that
describes it at public level and it is a good thing if you want to
get people into a house to get them to come in the front door. The
front door we have is DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH. 1, personally, do not believe the book could ever be
written again, since it was written at a time when I was well aware
of the public arguments concerning the mind. For the indifferently
literate person it forms the necessary bridge from knowing nothing
to knowing something. It is an exciting book. Push it. Get your
people to read it. Now let's get going.

  If you cause cards to be printed concerning the whereabouts of PE
Courses, always add to them:

  "To know more about this subject, read DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, available at (give the place). The
greatest scientific development in this century has happened."

  To all Central Orgs. Push this book with every possible display
and mention. Where you find people have not bought it in your
Central Files, you'll find interest has been lagging. Play down all
other PE books, display DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH as the book they must now buy. Tell them so during the
breaks. "DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH answers
your questions."

  Unlimited stocks are available at HCO WW and even more are
already printed and being bound now in New Zealand for N.Z.,
Australian and South African shipment. Order all Southern
Hemisphere stock of DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH
through HCO WW.

  We've lost the people in a maze of many titles. Take down all
your many book displays. Concentrate on one, DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.

  I am asking Australia for instance to have a huge wooden book,
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, erected on their
marquee and spotlighted.

  We can absorb the world's confusion on one stable datum. Let's do
it.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rd Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  91

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1962

  CenOCon

  RE-ISSUE OF MATERIALS

  It is forbidden to re-issue Scientology technical data in
bulletins and policy letters by a Central Org or office over some
other signature than mine.

  Culling bits out of a tape and issuing over the signature of the
(c) of T or some such, as has been done in Australia, is not only
an alter-is, it is also terribly confusing and opens the door to
1950 where countless "authorities" sprang up after lecture and
"developed" a "new technology". I took responsibility of origin of
my materials at that time to prevent further chaos and spinning
pcs. I have never relaxed that responsibility and we have done
well.

  If you excerpt tapes or notes, do so over my name, not somebody
else's.

  Materials for dissemination to the public can be of course
rewritten and published so long as no confusion as to origin is
generated.

  Issues of materials of mine under other names without credit is
the most destructive action that can be undertaken as it splinters
the whole of Scientology.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:gl.rd Copyright (c) 1962 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 AUGUST 1964

  General

Remimeo

  Magazine

  Editors

  Dissem Secs

  POLICY ON TECHNICAL

  INFORMATION

  No technical information or reports may be printed or released
except from Saint Hill or approved first by Saint Hill.

  Reason: Failures of the Wichita and Elizabeth centres are traced
to this action of random technology.

LRH:jw.cden L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright

  Q

  1964

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  92

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 AUGUST 1963

  BPI

  MA

  HCO Secs

  URGENT

  PUBLIC PROJECT ONE

  All Scientologists with or without certificates and particularly
those who are in continuous contact with the public are urgently
requested to advise me concerning data from Scientology they have
found particularly acceptable to the general public.

  I have been waiting a long time until research was wrapped up to
O.T. to put heavy power on public dissemination.

  Scientology is now partitioned into five levels, as follows:

  FIRST LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY ONE

  Useable data about living and life, applicable without training,
presented in Continental Magazines and booklets. This is for
anyone. It contains assists as its auditing level. You have much of
this already around. It is a complete unit in itself. "Be Right
with Scientology."

  SECOND LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY TWO

  Academy HPA/HCA accomplishment level. Scientology for use in
spiritual healing. This is a healing strata, using the wealth of
past processes which produced results on various illnesses. I am
shortly sending out questionnaires to get all Healing process
results as a research project. The auditing level is Reach and
Withdraw and Repetitive Processes. The target is human illness. We
have never entered this field but as we are not thanked for staying
out of it, we might as well dominate it. It is a good procurement
area.

  THIRD LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY THREE

  Clearing and O.T. preparatory levels including advanced auditing
above HPA/HCA Level. The work on this was more or less suspended
when it became obvious that O.T. had to be attained. Includes key
out clearing and other sub O.T. states. However, much technology
exists on it. This is the level of the better human being.

  FOURTH LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY FOUR

  Processes to O.T., Saint Hill Special Briefing Course 1963 type
technology and targets.

  FIFTH LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY FIVE

  Scientology applied at a high echelon to social, political and
scientific problems. This requires the earlier levels and a high
state of training on theoretical and wide application levels and
the personal state of O.T.

  The subject of this Policy Letter is Scientology One.

  You know far more about acceptability of data at public levels
than I do.

  Please then help me re-assemble this data.

  Address your communication directly to me. Label it at the top:

  SCIENTOLOGY ONE.

  93

  Then give me a complete and legible (since I'LL be reading it)
account of what Scientology data you have found of alert interest
to the general public, friends, acquaintances, just people,
professional people, etc., etc.

  Tell me where the data came from (what publications or lectures)
if possible.

  Tell me how you have presented this data.

  Tell me what data you found was not acceptable to the casual
public.

  Give me all the data you use, alter-ised or not.

  Give me any suggestions you may have for compiling Scientology
One data into acceptable form.

  Take the matter up with your group or friends to find out what
they find acceptableunacceptable, interesting-uninteresting in
Scientology.

  The object here is to obtain data for and compile very basic
texts for public use and for basic texts for people presenting
Scientology to the public.

  Scientology One is itself divided into Theory (data about fife,
the mind, beingness and the universe), Practical (Drills one can do
to raise one's ability to handle others and situations), and
Auditing (Assists, ways to get relaxed, ways to cheer up, ways to
handle situations, etc., in the everyday business of living, ways
to process people without knowing much about processing, ways to
get people to pass exams, do their work, get along).

  Please, I need your dissertation on this. Don't think somebody
else will do it.

  We are answering the questions:

  What should compose Scientology One? What Theory do we present
that is highly acceptable? What Practical Drills should we include?
What Auditing should we recommend that we think anybody can do?

  My HCO Secretary in any area will assist you in sending what's
wanted. Don't tell her the data, tell me, for I'm the one that has
to compile it. My HCO Communicator will send it through direct on
my lines.

  It is needed. It will be read. It will be used.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:dr.rd

Copyright (c) 1963 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  94

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 AUGUST AD 13

  CenOCon

  Saint Hill Students

  NOT MA

  CHANGE OF ORGANIZATION TARGETS

  PROJECT 80

  A PREVIEW

  I have now consolidated and fully proven a break through on basic
auditing which changes organization targets and means a great deal
to Organization and Association Secretaries, HCO Secretaries,
Technical Directors, Directors of Processing and Training, PE
Directors, Registrars, Letter Registrars, Staff Auditors and
Instructors, and the state of the Academy, HGC and Staff Co-Audit.

  This technical advance makes many other things possible. We will
designate their broad application to Central Org planning and
dissemination, PROJECT 80.

  Essentially what has happened is that I have found the minimum
essentials of why auditing works, and have selected out the
important, parts for concentration. These parts are: (1) (In
Scientology One and Two) THE ITSA LINE; (2) (In Scientology Two)
TONE ARM ACTION; (3) (In Scientology Two) DIRECTING THE PC'S
ATTENTION TO THOSE THINGS WHICH BAR HIM FROM RELEASE AND CLEAR; and
(4) (In Scientology Three and Four) DIRECTING THE PC'S ATTENTION TO
AND HANDLING THOSE THINGS WHICH BAR HIM FROM O.T.

  This looks almost too simple. But it makes for an enormous
difference in results and dissemination. Why? Because of the ease
by which auditing results can be attained. Because SIMPLICITY makes
for far reaching ease of Communication.

  NEW SCIENTOLOGY BASIC DEFINITIONS

  I (c) Scientology 1: WHAT IS AN AUDITOR?

  An auditor is one who listens. Auditor means listener.

  2. Scientology 1: WHAT IS A PRECLEAR?

  One who is discovering things about himself and who is becoming
clearer.

  3. Scientology 1: WHAT IS A CASE GAIN?

  Any case betterment according to the pc

  4. Scientology 1: WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY?

  The common people's science of life and betterment.

  5. Scientology I: HOW IS SCIENTOLOGY DIFFERENT?

  In Scientology the preclear is always right. Scientology holds
that people know best about themselves.

  6. Scientology 1: WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY AGAINST?

  Scientology is against brutality and euthanasia in

  medical

  brain damaging, and against abuse and slavery and punishment in
any form,

  7. Scientology I: WHAT DOES SCIENTOLOGY STAND FOR?

  Freedom from mystery. Freedom from fear.

  8. Scientology I: WHAT IS A BOOK AUDITOR?

  Someone who has studied books on Scientology and listens to other
people to make them better.

  95

  9. Scientology I: WHAT IS A CO-AUDIT?

  A team of any two people who are helping each other reach a
better life with Scientology processing. 10. Scientology I: WHAT IS
AN AUDITING SESSION?

  A precise period of time during which the auditor listens to the
preclear's ideas about himself. 11. Scientology II: WHAT IS
PROFESSIONAL AUDITING?

  Sessions given by a trained auditor who is governed by ethical
codes and technical skill, who directs the pc's attention to areas
which when examined by the preclear will cause a release of
sufficient charge to cause Tone Arm Action, thus reaching the
eventual state of clear. 12. Scientology I: WHAT IS A RELEASE?

  One who knows he can continue to improve by auditing and that lie
will not now become worse in life. 13. Scientology 11: WHAT IS A
CLEAR?

  One who has straightened up this lifetime.

  (Note: These definitions and others like them should be published
and posted and lectured about continually until familiar to
everyone.)

  You will find that if you concentrate on these aspects of
Scientology and auditing, your dissemination will improve. Where
you exceed this simplicity inside the organization's technical
departments and activities you will probably have more losses than
gains in all auditing done except that by Saint Hill graduates.
This includes auditing supervised by Saint Hill graduates- meaning
that where even this supervised auditing exceeds the above
definitions you will have more loses than wins. In fact it takes
Saint Hill graduates to groove even this auditing level in, so
don't despise it.

  As an organization your future depends on SERVICE. Where service
attempts to exceed the above definitions you will have financial
and technical loses and Dev-T.

  This does not mean Saint Hill grads should not co-audit at the
level of Class IV. It does mean that where you insist others exceed
the above technical levels you will have a mess.

  Itsa Line in and TA moving and anyone will eventually go O.T. so
you're not barring people out. Indeed, you're only then MAKING IT
POSSIBLE FOR THEM TO GO O.T.

  R I C is your work horse for co-audits, W Unit, outside co-audit
teams, etc. R2C is your professional level version, up to clear.
Your service includes ARC Break Assessments and all Scientology I
and Scientology 11 skills and data.

  This means fast Academy training, good permanent HGC results,
good public dissemination and few headaches.

  This does NOT mean that those qualified and classed to run III
and IV material in an Org cannot do so. It means only that an Org
specializes in positive wins at I and 11.

  We have now exceeded processing results of former years with just
the Itsa Line and TA motion, in spite of the simplicity of the
material.

  We have also exceeded by technical advance, public reality.
Therefore we have, in the various classes of data, Scientology
within Scientology.

  A firm Scientology One in the public lines and PE, a good
Scientology Two in the Academy and HGC, and you're in. Scientology
THREE and FOUR are firmly based in the accomplishment first of
Scientology ONE and TWO. And Scientology Five is based

              96

  firmly on Scientology Four. So one level is based wholly upon the
earlier level and particularly agree in A, R and C with that level.
The A, R and C of Scientology One match the public, the co-audits
and the lower levels of the Academy. When that A, R and C has been
attained, then the being is ready for Scientology Two and can
gradually increase his A, R and C to match it. And so on.

  If those of us whose A, R and C already match Scientology Three
and Four (and this includes a lot of HPA/HCAs and old timers),
continue to run orgs only at that A, R and C level we will
certainly lift the orgs away from the A, R and C potential of new
public and even Scientology Two people. Creating ivory towers, we
then cut our public line. You would be amazed how far above the
public technical grasp even THIS IS LIFE is! Yet it, at the moment,
is our best Scientology One book. Actually it's at the level of
Scientology Two. We have just learned this by testing some Saint
Hill students!!!

  Thus, when we exceed the above data for Scientology One and Two
and fail to keep supporting work and data at those levels, we cut
ourselves off from the vast majority of the public and even some
Scientologists and find ourselves standing quite alone in the
civilization. Our potential, with what we know, is a majority of
all populations solidly with us. We have not accomplished that
because (1) We didn't have our subject in orderly divisions (2) We
were still concentrating on problems of upper level technical now
solved and (3) We had already out our bridge to the general public
and average practitioner by technically exceeding his A, R and C
potential.

  Therefore, as I think you will agree, we must publicly
disseminate at the level of Scientology One only; get outside
public co-audit processing teams (not groups) doing only
Scientology One processing on which they can win. Specialize in org
(HGC and Academy) technical on Scientology

  ONE

  and TWO only. And use Scientology Three, Four and Five to run the
show and pick up those whose A, R and C is graduating up to them.

  I hope you see this as sound policy. I know already that
technical wins are in store for orgs using only the above data.

  The keynote of an org is not money. It is SERVICE. If service is
given at the level of the A, R and C demanding it, money floods in.

  SERVICE means technical results. My heaviest interest is in high
technical results and I know that what I am outlining for you here
will give you higher technical gain per student and pc than any
amount of higher level data inadequately rendered. Therefore I am
not downgrading but upgrading technical with this simplicity, as
you will discover.

  I have to write up Scientology One and Scientology Two articles
and texts. But you already have the technical side of them or will
have in a few days of this Policy Letter.

  It will take some doing to groove all this in. If you do, there
are your new buildings and mobs of people and bursting bank
accounts and influence.

  So this is it organizationally. We're readying up for the public
kick off. We'll all have to work hard to accomplish it. But we can
do it-providing we do not exceed the basics above and providing we
give SERVICE at the A, R and C level of those demanding it.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:dr.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1963 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  97

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 APRIL 1964

  CenOCon

  Sthil

  BALANCING INCOME-OUTGO

  PAPER, POSTAGE AND

  PRINTING

  The tremendous dent that paper and postage can make in the funds
of an organization is seldom appreciated.

  They are mainly invisible losses. They appear to be small. But
nowhere is penny saving more rewarding.

  An unleashed mimeo machine, where anyone can mimeo anything, can
cost a thousand dollars a month. The paper, rather dear to begin
with, mounts up to astonishing heights over short periods of time.

  It is much cheaper to put it in the magazine. However "financial
emergency", lack of planning, like any other emergency causes
promotional necessity. It takes too long to get it into the
magazine and one resorts to mimeo.

  Mimeograph has uses. But it has to be a guarded use. This is so
much a fact that the "okay to mimeo" should be a function of an
Association or Organization Secretary-it's that much a threat to
finance.

  Paper economy in stationery and related supplies is also
important. One only need see a stationer's bill to know why. It
adds up so

  fast.

  Here's a bill for five hundred dollars. What's been bought? Paper
clips, envelopes, a stapler, no single large sum. Where did the
supplies go? They're in somebody's overstocked desk, not to be used
for years. I once saw all the desks in an Org cleaned out of unused
(and not to be used) supplies and the aggregate filled a huge
closet! About three thousand dollars, it was estimated. And new
supplies being ordered daily!

  Envelope supplies can be wasted by inexpert machine operation or
an inefficient machine. If you have envelope wastage on machines,
use only address tapes and paste them on the envelopes. Hand feed
is often a better answer than machine feed on these big machines
where envelopes are concerned.

  POSTAGE

  A periodic review of postage uses is very worth while in savings.

  Rates by which magazines or news sheets can be mailed should be
taken heavy advantage of. Sending a magazine first class is idiocy
and blasts the promotion budget.

  You will sometimes find several mailed items could have been
combined with considerable savings. A weekly mailing for all of a
certain type of item saves envelopes and postage.

  PRINTING

  Astonishing savings in printing bills can often be effected by as
simple a thing as changing the magazine or mailing piece to a more
standard size.

  Scientology Orgs routinely go on a binge of "It must be high
class printing" and then they find, sadly, that it didn't bring in
any more income. People buy Scientology not printing. The stress
should be on content, not format, and then the format should be
made as good as possible within available funds.

  Remember that the biggest dissemination activity in the world,
religion, is notorious for bad printing. Yet they own fantastic
property areas in the world.

  Excellent printing is afforded by most huge firms and publishing
companies. We can't rival them yet, so why try?

  It's text that counts. What you say, backed up by what you can
do. Then when we have the income for it, we'll begin on very fancy
printing.

  Printing bills account for huge outgo percentages. Cut them back
by using cheaper paper sizes and other devices. It's well worth
taking up.

LRH:dr.rd L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c) 1964

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  98

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 OCTOBER 1964 Remimeo

  ARTISTIC PRESENTATION

  For some time in some quarters in Scientology we have had a
problem with regard to presentation.

  Magazines are sometimes badly proofed, books are often shabbily
done, tapes are played to the public on Woolworth recorders, etc.
In some quarters we do very well, but in many we don't.

  I have been looking this over for some time and have just
realized what it is all about.

  We live in a machine world. The whole yap of TV and newspapers is
directed toward reducing effort. The primary goal of the
civilization in which we live, it seems, is to reduce all personal
effort to zero.

  The less effort a being can confront, the more effect of effort
he becomes.

  If you reduce a man's effort output to zero you will also
collapse his bank on him.

  The modern trend of "don't do" accompanies the modern trend of an
increased percentage of the insane in the society.

  The crazier a person is, the less he accomplishes or does.

  So we live in a world which is oriented to drive men mad.

  But, more pertinent to us, we suffer from the continuous bait-"do
it the

  easy

  way." "Do it in the way that will demand the least effort."

  We see this in manufacturing particularly- the easiest way is the
cheapest way is the most profitable way.

  So we get into a "do it the easy-way."

  Well, that may apply to making spoons for profit, but it does not
apply to presentation.

  The whole world of the arts is directly opposed to the philosophy
of the business man or manufacturer.

  Art seeks to create an effect. An effect is not always created
the

  easy

  way. Indeed, the better effects are quite difficult to achieve.

  One can fall into creating easy effects to such a degree that one
fails completely.

  For instance, a dozen cakes are in competition at a county fair.
The one that wins is not the easiest cake to make. True, the cook
that made the winner may have some easy ways to short cut cake
baking. But the winning cook actually takes that extra bit of care
to make it all just right.

  It isn't magic or luck that makes the professional. It's hard won
know-how

  carefully applied

  A true professional may do things pretty easily from all
appearances, but he is actually taking care with each little bit
that it is just right.

  The winner has it instinctively. The loser rarely even grasps the
concept of "do it right".

  Artistic presentation always succeeds to the degree that it is
done

  well.

  How

  easily

  it is done is entirely secondary.

  To the world of presentation, of putting up mock ups, the only
guide is take the care necessary to do a good job.

  99

  To the world of the business man, the manufacturer, the primary
guide is "how can we do it easily".

  These two philosophies clash.

  We are taught daily in advertisements, by union leaders, by
socialists that DO IT WITH THE SMALLEST EFFORT is the greatest goal
in life. Do the least work for the most pay. Buy the automatic
machine that chews up the most clothes in the least time. Use the
roofing paper that goes on quickest and keeps out the least rain.
Vote for Jim X who will make all the world eat without working. Do
nothing yourself. Shove it off on the Mix Up Accounting Company-or
the man at the next desk.

  That all this leads to total dependence on gadgets, total
enslavement to mounting economic puzzles, even to total enslavement
to a Commissar Krushtoad in the next generation is neglected
utterly. That less than two centuries ago we lived quite well and
built more strongly and were a lot saner without all these ads,
tools and commissars is never mentioned.

  Man is solving himself to extinction. And all on the slogan
"Don't exert youself".

  It's gotten so bad that people are shrugging off all
responsibility for the state, for their friends, for anything and
everything. "Nothing has anything to do with anybody" is the
epitaph that nobody will take the trouble to write on the tombstone
of this civilization.


  Now this is no rant against automation or gadgets or
self-sterilizing cat petters.

  Use all the gadgets you can lay your hands on-if they really do
work in your hands and don't absorb all your time in earning their
price or repairing their faults.

  No, my thought here is only this - keep you action level above
your gadget level.

  Keep ahead of automation. Keep ahead of do-it-for-you. Don't
disenfranchise yourself by giving all your work away-to a machine,
to a fellow worker.

  If you've got equipment do one of two things (a) Use it to
increase your production of effects or (b) Get rid of it.

  But first and foremost realize that in presenting something, in
trying to put up mock ups, that the best way isn't always the easy
way. The best way is

  only the more effective way.

  Work out first what effect you are trying to produce. Then when
you've got that all taped,

  only

  then consider the easiest way to do it. And never consider the
easier way at all if it is less effective.

  Art takes that extra bit, that extra care, that bit more push for
it to be effective art.

  There is no totally easy way to produce a desirable effect.

  And the day you drop some of your ideas of the effect you want to
produce is the day you get a little older, a little weaker, a
little less sane.

  So don't buy the easy way. Buy only the effective way. If some of
its points can then be made easy, good. If not, do it the hard way.

  And only if you realize this can you escape the gargantuan trap
of a society with the mass goal of "Nothing should ever be done by
anything but a machine or somebody else".

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:jw.cden Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  100

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1965

  Assn/Org Secs

  HCO Secs

  AD AND BOOK POLICIES

  TEXT OF ADS

  If you examine most ads you will be appalled by the amount of
sales talk and lack of information.

  As an example, mock up wanting to have lunch at a top level
restaurant. Now look up the ads in your local paper and the chances
are you won't find enough data to patronize any one of the places
who spent money on those ads. When do they serve? How much do they
charge? What kind of food? Etc. Etc. Etc. Heavy sales talks but no
data.

  As another example: mock up being a car customer. Now look up car
ads. Heavy sales talk, little information. Reading the ads you
would not really know what car would suit you. Fuel consumption?
Top and cruising m.p.h.? Weight? H.P.? Type of transmission?
Turning radius? Etc. Etc. Etc. "The dashing young man buys a
Klunk!" does not tell you what kind of a car it is.

  Madison Avenue trends are to more sales talk and art and less
data. Of course you have to buy more advertising because the ads
placed sell so few of the product, which is all hay to the Madison
Avenue advertising agencies.

  You can waste an awful lot of money buying ads that don't contain
enough data to sell anything.

  An ad must be factual and explicit.

  I (c) What is it? 2. How valuable is it? 3. What does it do? 4.
How easy is it to do it? 5. How costly is it? 6. How do you acquire
it? 7. Where do you get it from?

  These are the vital parts of an economically sound ad. It is
costly to omit them.

  AD MEDIA

  Placing ads in the wrong media can be very costly as the money is
wasted.

  Placing costly ads in media with too small a circulation is
wasteful.

  Single ads, not followed up, are seldom of value. Three
consecutive placements one third the size is better than one huge
ad. "What I tell you three times is true," is the maxim.

  In Scientology, ads placed in intellectual publications are
mostly worthless. Saturday Review of Literature, for example.
Punch.

  Fringe publications (like old Fate) have pulled well. Science
Fiction mags pull very well. Any mag with a lot of Health Articles
will pull well. And anything the AMA or BMA gets lots of articles
into is very good.

  AD AND BOOK POLICIES

  I (c) No ad may be placed for publication without LRH review and
written okay (LRH Design and Planning Hat).

  2. No ad may be placed for which cash payment is not available
(no advertising on future. hopes).

  3. No long term ad contract may be placed which cannot be
cancelled on a 60 day notice.

  4. Only books may be advertised. Processing, training and
services may not be advertised.

  5. Only books of which supplies are or will be available in
quantity within 60 days may be advertised.

  101

  6. The words "Scientology", "Applied Philosophy", the name "L.
Ron Hubbard", either in the book title or ad text, must appear in
each ad as well as the name and address of the org selling the
book.

  7. HCO or some other unit of the org may not appear in the ad.
Only the main Org in the area in full-i.e. Hubbard Association of
Scientologists International or the Founding Church of Scientology,
etc-as the seller of the book.

  8. No invitation to visit the org or see a Scientologist may be
placed in any ad.

  9. The names of org personnel or Scientologists may not be
included in the text or address of any ad nor may any post title be
included; only organization names may be used.

  10. Every ad must carry, as part of its address to write to, a
designation showing what media prompted the order-i.e. Hubbard
Association of Scientologists International, Dept F (for Fate
Magazine) (c) address of org.

  11. The price of the book advertised must (a) be a round figure
easily mailed in cash in an envelope without money order; (b) post
free, and (c) charge free.

  12. Every order received must be filled.

  13. Income invoice lines must be closely guarded against cash
losses.

  14. Exact stock records of books must be kept.

  15. No book may be sold for less than it costs the org to buy it,
handle it and pay all postage on it, and no profit margin may be
less than 12 1/2% of this to guard against losses in book selling.

  16. The costing formula for pricing a book by the publishing
agency (not the seller) is as follows: Printing cost x 5 (c) 2 x
Surface post to furthest org. This is the standard publisher
costing formula and allows for discounts up to 50% for large
distributors, overhead and royalties. To sell for less than this is
to cause loss and prevent distribution. This also allows enough
money for the distributor and the publisher both to advertise. This
is a minimum price formula.

  17. Unauthorized books may not be advertised from org funds or
sold under the name of an org.

  18. Books may not be locally published without written
authorization and it is unlikely that this will be given unless
there is no way for the org to export funds for book purchase.

  19. All books must be carefully proofed, and where errors are
found after publication, errata slips must be enclosed in each
copy.

  20. Where books cannot be delivered within six months or at all,
any money received for them must be refunded in cash or by cheque.

  21. Where there is an unreasonable delay in filling orders on an
item, all persons who have ordered that item must be informed.

  22. All books mailed to book orderers must contain: (a) a
self-addressed postcard to the org, on the back of which the person
may indicate his desires for training, processing or further data
and to which is attached, by perforated card, a statement of the
org services, and (b) a book brochure.

  23. The names and addresses of all persons ordering books from
ads must be carefully kept and used in accordance with existing
policies and practices.

  24. Complaints concerning non-arrival of ordered books must be
handled promptly and any books lost in transit from an org to
customers must be promptly replaced.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:jw.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  102

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 MARCH 1965

  Issue II

  General

  Non-Remimeo

  Sthil Execs

  HAT MATERIAL

  DIVISION I (HCO)

  TECHNICAL AND POLICY DISTRIBUTION

  The HCO Secretary (WW, Continental or Area) passes on and makes
available for issue all

  1. Staff Releases.

  2. Releases to HGC.

  3. Releases to Academies.

  4. Franchise releases.

  5. Major magazine releases.

  6. Minor magazine releases.

  7. Org letters.

  8. Brochures.

  9. Ads.

  10. Instructors answers.

  11. Public lectures.

  Bulletins and policy letters and articles may be

  A. Culled from files.

  B. Obtained newly written from LRH.

  C. Copied from LRH tapes and rewritten.

  D. Summarized from A, B and C without injecting new materials,
policies or technology.

  All Bulletins, policy letters and articles from A, B, C and (c)
must bear the LRH byline.

  No other material is permitted on lines I to I I above than
straight Scientology. No interpretations are permitted.

  All materials released, used or sold must be straight Scientology
as given in the writings or lectures of LRH.

  Under the Copyright hat, all HCO Secretaries must make certain
that all materials published are property copyrighted in the name
of LRH. No org copyrights are permitted.

  Books may not be advertised for sale or the advertisement paid
for from the HCO Book fund except LRH books. To advertise and sell
any other book requires HCO Sec WW clearance in writing for that
one time.

  No technical articles or letters by another person than LRH are
permitted in Scientology publications. Only data written by others
on application, use or results of Scientology may appear and any
tech data if non-standard must be deleted from the article or
letter.

  Lectures by others on application, use and results only are
permitted in public lectures of any kind including Congresses.

  Use of Scientology technical or policy data in testimony is
forbidden. Only application and results may be testified to. Only
low level works may be read as part of any testimony and no
Scientology words may be used in such instances.

  All staff members looking for data to release, use or print must
look to their HCO Secretary. If the HCO Secretary is in doubt, he
or she should consult the next higher HCO Secretary.

  No effort should be made by HCO to censor opinion or comment on
policy or technology, the whole effort is to be directed to the
dissemination and use of correct Scientology technical and policy
materials only. As there exists a correct technology and policy
structure, alteration of it becomes a retarding factor in
organizational solidarity and expansion. The prime cause of
alter-is in tech and policy is ignorance of it or stupidity.

  103

  POLICIES GOVERNING RELEASE

  1. DISSEMINATE SCIENTOLOGY

  That is the governing policy of all the rest.

  2. DATA SHOULD BE CHANNELED TO THE RIGHT SOURCES.

  If promotion is to one-legged men, don't send them materials
about eyesight.

  The dissemination materials are designed for the more able
members of society who seek self-betterment. Don't channel them
toward psychiatric cases or strata they would not have an effect
upon.

  Example: A person in charge of an org or HGC is
psychoanalytically oriented and seeks only "patients" as preclears
and handles them as such. The org declines because this is a wrong
target since promotion was aimed at quite different people.

  Example: An office is successful handling workers and
longshoremen but new direction of that office seeks to pull in only
idle intellectuals who would never act in any case, and the office
declines. In either case, the source of success was not spotted and
when direction of reach altered everything declined. The old public
that was being reached was offended and the new public was useless.
The above two examples are actual.

  3. THE WORKABLE AND PROVEN MATERIALS OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
ONLY MAY BE RELEASED.

  This at once excludes all squirrel or off-line materials by
others, Experience has shown that no significant or lasting
developments have arisen off-line in 15 years following a whole
track of very murderous technology other than Dianetics and
Scientology.

  This truth emerged in the first 3 years after 1949. Every effort
was made to encourage other development. The LRH research hat was
put on LRH solidly by others.

  Every group and organization devoted to off-line materials that
came into being-ETherapy, Howes, others others others-all wound up
discredited and rejected by everyone even their early promoters and
adherents. Thus by the test of time and of continued use only, show
that if an org adventures on off-line materials it will decline
markedly or cease to exist. All groups that have departed or
"dreamed it up themselves" have perished. Even psychology,
psychoanalysis and psychiatry are dying, supported now mainly by
governments, detested by the public. So this is not propaganda,
this is a Survival fact; groups that use squirrel material fail.

  4. ALL EFFORTS TO DISCREDIT THE PERSONS OF ANY LEADING OR
REPUTABLE SCIENTOLOGISTS MUST BE SAFEGUARDED [AGAINST] IN ALL
RELEASES, ESPECIALLY LRH.

  This means more than it seems to say.

  The near-collapse of one org was traced back to a whispering
campaign by its principals against LRH and MSH. All of "the data"
was false. By newspaper standards it should have been listened to
avidly. Instead, the public deserted the org and it nearly
collapsed and the person who did it was eventually driven out of
Scientology by fellow Scientologists although no discipline was
ordered and the matter ignored.

  The public buys only "our brand" despite newspaper publicity,
government actions, whispering campaigns and rumour. This again is
from actual experience. Orgs that apologize for its tech or people
or LRH suffer a declining public.

  It is a pure survival fact that failure to protect the names and
repute of Scientology leading personalities and LRH collapses an
org. The only proof is that those orgs that haven't aren't here any
more and those orgs that strenuously have are thriving.

  Protecting names and repute may also sometimes involve selection
of correct materials. Example: Despite explicit orders to the
contrary, mainly Level V materials were released at the Australian
Enquiry. The org suffered heavily and not wholly from the
government. The foolishness of it came home to most well-trained
Scientologists.

  Sending Level VI works to Level 0 people is easy to see and
intercept. But an instructor teaching Level IV to Level II students
is not always found until somebody blows. This comes under
protecting names and repute as well as properly targeted tech
because the recipients can't understand it and so may think it's
silly.

              104

  Releasing unfavourable photographs, badly recorded tapes or films
all come under this policy.

  5. THE PUBLIC MUST BE PROTECTED AGAINST ABUSERS OF TECHNOLOGY OR
POLICY.

  Persons who try to use Scientology lines to get loans or funds
for fraudulent purposes must always be exposed by HCO Secretaries
by public postings when proven and Committees of Evidence when
doubt exists.

  A complaining pc does not come under this heading but more likely
under the policy of correct technology or who to accept for
processing, unless less auditing was given than paid for or no
auditing at all was given, at which time it comes under this
policy.

  Anyone using a Scientology mailing list for purposes other than
the greatest good for the greatest number of dynamics should be
heavily censured and brought to book.

  The Scientology public and any mailing lists are the exclusive
property of HCO. It does not matter how the mailing list was
gathered or if we. ever saw it before. If someone used Scientology
to collect names, that's a Scientology mailing list. It's ours and
comes under this policy.

  6. DELIVER SCIENTOLOGY WORKS, TRAINING, PROCESSING AND RESULTS.

  Although actual training and processing is under Division 11,
whether or not it was or will be delivered (past and future but not
current) is up to HCO.

  By making the right materials available for publishing and use in
training and processing, HCO expects them to be employed.

  If they are not employed, then the matter falls back on HCO to
act.

  The reason I had to continue research and writing myself as a
lonely action was because nobody else developed anything despite my
expectations and despite the money they spent. The reason I had to
enforce use was because other technology crept in and failed,
causing org emergencies. HCO then furthers my own hat, assumed for
research in July 1950, and for control of things, to be sure tech
wasn't altered or misapplied in 1952 and after. So long as those
two things: have been watched and kept in effect we have prospered.
Where they haven't been watched carefully and where no control
existed to get them in effect everything died as our history
clearly shows.

  Even when I strayed on research, we still did better than with
the strayings of others. The public knows rightly that I correct
any errors as soon as I discover them and that errors grew less as
research went on.

  Therefore HCO issues the best material it has for the right
targets and notes carefully any lack of results because of
misapplication and retains the authority and control necessary to
correct bad delivery under its Justice hat as well as its
certificate and awards hat.

  The formula is "Issue the correct data properly, correct use when
delivery is poor or non-existent."

  Early HCOs had some trouble in executing this policy because (a)
they were operating on a technology that was advancing and
therefore always changing. Now and then HCOs are held up by (b) my
not being able to write up and issue or issue the needed materials
because of comm line jams. The best solution for (a) is to issue
what has been working and the best solution for (b) is to excerpt
tapes or what you have and issue. However (a) has now vanished
because of completed technology and (b) is becoming no problem to
the degree I can get it written up and issued.

  7. INSTRUCTION AND ADMIN POLICY ARE ALMOST AS IMPORTANT AS TECH.

  Completely aside from developing Scientology tech itself it took
14 years to develop the technology of instruction (how to
communicate the data and make auditors). It took 15 years to fully
develop the technology of our administration.

  Admin publicly is looked down on, like 19th century psychology,
because it was not developed. Teaching and business admin alike
have been quite low paid or in disrepute in the civilization. They
were not Sciences. For instance business admin students in a
University are renowned for falsifying exams more than students of
other

  105

  subjects. That's because there was no subject there anyway.

  Why we had to know how to teach is self evident.

  In Scientology, to keep our orgs going and live through bad times
we have had to develop a whole new subject-Admin. We had to have
its laws, the economic factors that regulate business and all the
rest.

  We are pretty good. People with "formal training" in subjects
used in our orgs are seldom as good as Scientologists who just
studied with us as part of their job.

  The main thing to know, like in studying our tech, in our
teaching and admin there are two subjects there to be studied and
used. Our teaching is Scientology type teaching. Our admin is
Scientology admin. Both are regulated by Scientology policy. Orgs
prosper when they know and use them and fumble and get poor when
they don't.

  Holding teaching and admin policy and releases in is best handled
by insistence they exist and are ours and are not what the person
thinks they are-borrowings from the schools or business world. The
business world already borrows from us. The biggest management
association in the world since 1958 or so has been duplicating (as
well as it could) everything we do in business admin and planning.
Of course, having no HCO, they squirrel and it's hard to see how
they twist our stuff so far around. But it is our material. Even
their "Congresses" have the same number of days and lectures and
have programmes printed on our exact format.

  When we have our teaching materials (not just "study") all
written up you will see the universities use them. We already have
some universities trying.

  As we write our Admin up in books, business will use it all the
more. But the point is, we lead in this field, others follow. We
only develop and use Scientology Admin to help us as we go toward
freedom. But we still use it and only it. Because it's more modern
and it's what we need,

  The thing to guard against in releasing teaching and Admin policy
letters is the change factor. Teaching and Admin evolved with our
formative years. Thus patterns and policies, like our tech, grew
better. Growing better, some of it became obsolete.

  When re-releasing an old policy letter, always blue pencil out
everything gone old and contradicted by later policy letters. You
can still salvage a lot that still applies-a surprising amount. But
try to cut out the contradictions with our modern policy where they
exist. After all, we were children when we first tackled teaching
and Admin. As we grew, we became wiser. But even our Admin
childhood has wisdom in it and in some places even more fire and
interest.

  Don't release contradictory hats where you can help it. Modernize
them with a blue pencil whether you retype them or remimeo them or
not.

  That way none get a chance to invalidate a really great
achievement-teaching that works despite aberration and Admin that
works amongst Men.

  8. ISSUE TECH AND POLICY AS BROADLY AS POSSIBLE WITHIN ECONOMIC
LIMITS.

  It costs money to issue anything. The way to sustain issue is get
it paid for one way or another. Total subsidy of all tech and
policy issue can stop its being issued for it is no longer
economical to issue it.

  Thus to disseminate over any long period, the data must somehow
be paid for or dissemination ceases. Actually you can't give away
Scientology really. Money, credit or favours will flow back. But
often only after many years. And meanwhile people eat.

  Unless you pay attention to the economics of dissemination you
will cut the dissemination line even if only temporarily.

  If you have data, don't try to throw it all away by frantic
unpaid for dissemination. Use some of the data as a leader (to
announce with) and sell the rest of it.

  This applies to magazines, books, training and processing, all of
them.

  People don't respect data they read in magazines anyway. For some
reason they respect books. The public believes books and hoard them
and throw magazines away. Even paperbacks suffer. A book has to
have a hard cover to gain respect.

              Thus a magazine article on tech ideally should point
up a book to buy. Tons of

              106

  bulletins are less well received than one book.

  The point is, don't invest a lot of money on the quality and
thickness of magazines or other temporary media. Put the data
between hard covers and sell it as a book.

  Don't give a lot of free courses or free admittances to Academies
or courses or free intensives in HGCs and call it dissemination. It
isn't. Beyond a small amount it cuts your ability to disseminate.
The cost of the give-away does not come back in and you can't
finance more outflow because you gave it all away.

  This can even happen to an HCO in its publishing to the org,
mimeos and new books. It gives away all its materials to the org
and suddenly finds the org "can't pay for more mimeo paper" or a
new mimeo, machine. The way to handle is not to charge for
bulletins and policy letters directly but to insist the org profit
by the tech and admin by promoting harder for the org.

  My policy on this has always been to promote more business than
the org can handle and then let it solve the jams thus brought
about. Orgs I founded have never failed to handle such problems
providing one demanded they did. The only problem an org can't
handle is "no dough"; the only weak point of orgs, traditionally,
has been promotion. They are sometimes even afraid to promote for
fear they'll get too big (something wrong with the top exec's comm
lines is the usual cause). I have seen an old time psychiatrically
oriented (c) of P book pcs. 6 months in advance rather than hire
more than 6 auditors and a queasy (c) of T seek to shut everyone
out of an Academy "because they would not be socially acceptable".

  Such persons in the wrong positions will rail against
promotion-because it makes pcs and students crowd in too hard. So
you get plans "to train more only when we have instructors" or "few
pcs. until the next Academy class graduates so we have auditors".

  Instructors, auditors, that's Division 2's problem. HCO ignores
it.

  So, part of paying for dissemination and ads is promoting to
drive in more business than the org can handle and making it make
more money than it can waste. An org always manages to handle the
business and it always wastes lots of money.

  So in issuing materials, remember to promote them too. Then
there's always enough money flowing back to pay for more printing,
more bulletins and policy letters, more books and tapes.

  If you don't become strenuous on this point of policy you win
cease to disseminate. And I have always waived aside all objections
to honest, appealing, clear-cut, heavy promotion as treasonable
suggestions. Let somebody "doing the mag" complain about the "hard
sell" in it (insistence people buy) and I always find myself
somebody else and do the mag and go on promoting.

  Therefore people who (a) want us to give it all away and thus end
our ability to pay for more and who (b) shudder at the possible
inflow, I always carefully note down in my little black book for
transfer. And an HCO Sec anywhere would do wen to advise higher
authority in all cases where efforts to reduce our ability to pay
for our dissemination get in our way.

  Whereas this possibly may seem unreasonable, it works. And every
time I've not followed it ruthlessly, as a policy, we've come a
cropper.

  9. OFFER ANYTHING YOU OFFER AT A HIGH APPEAL LEVEL AT HIGH
VELOCITY AND HEAVY IMPACT.

  If you know it works and is the way, you will have no trouble
with this policy.

  If you don't, you will have trouble.

  The answer to this policy is to have a good subjective and
objective reality on Scientology. Then you couldn't keep yourself
from following it. L. RON HUBBARD LRH-.jw.cden Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 107 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS
OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL 1965 Gen Non Remimeo
PLANNING AND DESIGN

              BOOK PROMOTION DESIGN

  The following sequence of events are rough notes of the exact
design to be followed in book sales in the future:

  There are 7 types of Scn books:

  I (c) Public books matching lower levels for mass, popular and
book store sales.

  2. Technical books making auditors.

  3. Reading texts (PE) one reads to the public meeting; (not
extempore speaking).

  .4. Drill texts which give drills, (include those that a
Beginning Scientologist can do on PE). 5. Instructional books
making Instruction how to. 6. Organizational books making
organizational know how and hats. 7. Civilization type books on how
to organize and handle a civilization.

  1. Public Book has a card in it for Free Memb and Free Ext Cse.
Promises HBA, says HBA can be a field staff member and teach
Beginning Scn courses in his part time.

  2. Extension course are special training books by correspondence
(the old 50 course booklets!). Done quite easily but give good
basics.

  3. He gets his HBA and different texts he can read to the public
(type 3 and 4 books).

  4. He can select persons and aside from commissions also get
bonuses of intensives and courses for himself.

  5. Beginning Scn people are also made in Org pcs. by type 3 and 4
texts.

  6. They mainly buy auditing.

  7. One or two of each class buy a book, start for HBA. 8. This is
the tailor made inflow line for orgs.

  I can see a little fellow buy or receive a book, read how he can
get a certificate

  and then become in his part time a field staff member. How he can
teach some principles via type 3 books but mainly by reading texts
to them and sending them in to get audited or to get them to
co-audit on a simple comm course (old PE-HAS). The little fellow
will believe utterly the actual truth-we are out to change the
world and we need him personally on staff in the field. And he'll
work at it hard. And there goes the evolution. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L (c) Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 108 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1965 Gen Non Remimeo

              DISSEM ADS

              SOME ALLOWED

              ADS

              BOOK ADS Here is a book that does what you don't
expect a book to do. It tells you H 0 W. It tells you the basis of
things, and the most basic of things is life itself. This then is a
book about Life. THE PROBLEMS OF WORK By L. Ron Hubbard Just get
it, read it, try it, and you'll never be the same again. Send - to:
DO IT TODAY DIANETICS: The Evolution of a Science By L. Ron Hubbard
Your first book on the applied Philosophy which shows you the road
to a better fife with fewer problems. Just Get it, Read it, and Use
it. Price: Write today to: DIANETICS: The Original Thesis By L. Ron
Hubbard Dianetics is the only science of the mind built upon
axioms. Workability rather than idealism has been consulted. This
is the road to a better life with fewer problems. Just Get it, Read
it, and Try it, and you'll never be the same. Price: Write today
to: PE AD Two newspaper colums wide    SCIENTOLOGY Block Bold
The Science of Life CAN CHANGE Block Bold    YOUR WHOLE EXISTENCE
Attend a free two weeks course of 3 evenings a week Mon, Wed,
Thurs, 7 to 9.30. Commences Monday evening (date) BECOME A
BEGINNING All two lines    SCIENTOLOGIST AND LIVE Address

LRH:wmc.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard    L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 109 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH
RED ON WHITE HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 AUGUST AD 15 Remimeo Saint
Hill Executives Saint Hill Students

              ART

  For some fifteen years I have been studying, amongst other
branches of philosophy, the subject of ART.

  The reason for this is: Art is the least codified of human
endeavors and the most misunderstood. What is Art? is one of the
least answered of human questions.

  Art abounds with authorities. It was chosen because "that field
containing the most authorities contains the least codified
knowledge." The obvious invitation is to answer the question and
codify the subject. This has now been done.

  The subject was originally brought up in a conversation with
Donald H. Rogers at 42 Aberdeen Road, Elizabeth, New Jersey, in
1950.

  As this zone of human activity seemed to stand outside the field
of Dianetics and Scientology, I thereafter worked with it on a
casual basis.

  Having published 15,000,000 words between 1929 and 1941, 1 was
not unacquainted with the arts. Since 1950 1 have worked with other
arts than that of literature in order to make an advance on the
general subject of ART.

  I have made a breakthrough at last in this matter. And I find it
is applicable to what we are doing and therefore also has practical
value.

  To make it a matter of record rather than a filed sheaf of notes,
I am publishing these findings as an HCO B. I also feel they will
be of some assistance in forwarding Scientology.

  As in the case of all "pure research" (by which is meant study
without thought of possible application) there is a sudden pay-off
in these answers including the better dissemination of Scientology
and the rehabilitation of the artist.

  My incidental studies in the fields of photography and music
materially assisted these discoveries.

  Approaching the state of Clear has also assisted in comprehending
this rather vast subject of ART. It is adventurous to state one has
solved such a sweeping subject but here at least are the
fundamentals and basics.

  The following are rough notes but are in fact the basis of that
branch of activity we call ART.

              THE FUNDAMENTALS OF ART

              BASIC DEFINITION

              ART is a word which summarizes THE QUALITY OF
COMMUNICATION.

  It therefore follows the laws of communication.

  Too much originality throws the audience into unfamiliarity and
therefore disagreement, as communication contains duplication and
"originality" is the foe of duplication.

  TECHNIQUE should not rise above the level of workability for the
purpose of communication.

              PERFECTION cannot be attained at the expense of
communication.

              110

  Seeking perfection is a wrong target in art. One should primarily
seek communication with it and then perfect it as far as
reasonable. One attempts communication within the framework of
applicable skill. If perfection greater than that which can be
attained for communication is sought, one will not communicate.

  Example: A camera that shoots perfectly but is not mobile enough
to get pictures. One must settle for the highest level of technical
perfection obtainable below the ability to obtain the picture.

  The order of importance in art is:

  I (c) The resultant communication, 2. The technical rendition.

  2 is always subordinate to 1. 2 may be as high as possible but
never so high as to injure 1.

  The communication is the primary target. The technical quality of
it is the secondary consideration. A person pushes 2 as high as
possible within the reality of 1.

  A being can take a lot of trouble with 2 to achieve I but there
is a point where attempting 2 prevents 1.

  If the ardures of 2 prevent 1, then modify 2, don't modify 1,

  Perfection is defined as the quality obtainable which still
permits the delivery of the communication.

  Too much time on 2 of course prevents 1.

  It is usually necessary to lower a standard from absolute
perfection to achieve communication. The test of the artist is how
little it is lowered not how high it is pushed.

  A professional in the arts is one who obtains communication with
the art form at the minimum sacrifice of technical quality. There
is always some sacrifice of quality to communicate at all.

  The reduction of mass or time or impedimenta or facilities toward
the ability to render a result is the exact measurement of how much
technical perfection can be attempted. The rule is if one is being
too perfectionistic to actually achieve a communication, reduce the
mass, time impedimenta or facilities sufficiently low to accomplish
the communication but maintain the technique and perfection as high
as is reconcilable with the result to be achieved and within one's
power to act.

  No communication is no art. To not do the communication for lack
of technical perfection is the primary error. It is also an error
not to push up the technical aspects of the result as high as
possible.

  One measures the degree of perfection to be achieved by the
degree of communication that will be accomplished.

  This is seen even in a workman and tools. The workman who cannot
accomplish anything but must have tools is an artistic failure.

  "Art for art's sake" is a complete paradox as a remark. "Art for
the sake of communication" and "Attempted perfection without
communicating" are the plus and minus of it all.

  One can of course communicate to oneself, if one wishes to be
both cause and effect.

  One studies art only if one wishes to communicate and the search
for artistic perfection is the result of past failures to
communicate.

  Self improvement is based entirely on earlier lack of
communicating.

  Living itself can be an art.

  The search for freedom is either the retreat from past failures
to communicate or the effort to attain new communication. To that
degree then the search for freedom is a sick or well impulse.

  Searching for and discovering one's past failures to communicate
an art form or idea about it will therefore inevitably rehabilitate
the artist.

  However, due to the nature of the Reactive Mind, full
rehabilitation is achieved only through releasing and clearing.

  How much art is enough art? The amount necessary to produce an
approximation of the desired effect on its receiver or beholder,
within the reality of the possibility of doing so.

  A concept of the beholder and some understanding of his or her
acceptance level is necessary to the formulation of a successful
art form or presentation. This includes an approximation of what is
familiar to him and is associated with the desired effect.

  All Art depends for its success upon the former experience and
associations of the beholder. There is no pure general form since
it must assume a sweeping generality of former experiences in the
beholder.

  Artists all, to a greater or lesser degree, need comprehension of
the minds and viewpoints of others in order to have their work
accepted; since the acceptability of a communication depends upon
the mental composition of the receiver. Scientology then is a must
for any artist if he would succeed without heartbreak.

  In any art form or activity one must conceive of the beholder (if
only himself). To fail to do so is to invite disappointment and
eventual dissatisfaction with one's own creations.

  An artist who disagrees thoroughly with the "taste" of his
potential audience cannot of course communicate with that audience
easily. His disagreement is actually riot based on the audience but
on former inabilities to communicate with such audiences or
rejections by a vaguely similar audience.

  The lack of desire to communicate with an art form may stem from
an entirely different inability than the one supposed to exist.

  Professionals often get into such disputes on how to present the
art form that the entirety becomes a technology, not an art, and,
lacking progress and newness of acceptance, dies. This is probably
the genus of all decline or vanishment of art forms. The idea of
contemporary communication is lost. All old forms become beset by
technical musts and must nots and so cease to communicate. The art
is the form that communicates not the technology of how, the last
contributing to the ease of creating the effect and preservation of
the steps used in doing it. A form's reach, blunted, becomes
involved with the perfection alone, and ceases to be an art form in
its proper definition.

  A communication can be blunted by suppressing its art form:
Example, bad tape reproduction, scratched film, releasing bits not
authorized. This then is the primary suppression.

  On the other hand, failing continuously to permit a
non-destructive communication on the grounds of its lack of art is
also suppressive.

  Between these two extremes there is communication and the task is
to attain the highest art form possible that can be maintained in
the act of communicating. To do otherwise is inartistic and
objectionable.

  These, therefore, are the fundamentals of ART.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.cden Copyright

  Q

  1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  112

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JANUARY 1966

  (Reissued as HCO Pol Ltr of 8 August 1966)

  Limited

  Non-Remimeo

  SH (c) WW Only

  Comp Section

  Dept 21 WW

  COMPILATIONS SECTION, DEPARTMENT

  21,

  OFFICE OF LRH

  (A Conference held at Saint Hill by

  LRH on 19 January 1966)

  The original composition of the WW Division was the realization
that for lack of a central operating or governing body in operation
all of these various orgs were more or less adrift. They couldn't
in actual fact function without particularly good co-ordination
from a central org. So the WW Division was formed.

  Now it was first thought that your operating area was the Dissem
Advisory Section and then I suddenly woke up and realized that the
original purpose-why you were formed in the first place-had been
totally violated. You were formed in the first place with just
exactly this purpose and no other purpose: to help LRH get out the
magazine materials and the promotion materials that he gets out for
Scientology - that's the total purpose. Now when you were put over
into Dissem you were put back onto administration so if you were on
administration in Dissem. what good was that? But you left them and
in actual fact the HCO Exec Sec WW without somebody to tell Dissem
Division how to sell books, how to find a printer to print the
magazine (in which we are not interested), how to copy tapes, how
to write registration letters, how to get in their letter lines,
how to get up statistics. In other words, that Dissem Advisory
Section had absolutely nothing but what you're supposed to do. But
nothing. They can find somebody to do that. But as long as you
stayed over there I would be in the same situation that I was in.
I'm going to tell you the situation I've been in, and it's quite a
serious situation. I'm responsible for getting out a certain amount
of promotional materials. I'm responsible mostly for the design of
magazines and I definitely am responsible for writing a great deal
of material and getting it published. Right now I'm 30 days behind
in writing a new book. Now. why am I? Well, we look it over and we
find out that what I'm writing-at the present moment I'm writing a
great deal of administrative material-writing a lot of policies,
I'm handling an audit summary out here. I'm doing a lot of things
but I'm being pulled off lines because formerly I didn't have
enough help, myself. I had to wear this hat all by myself and it
got behind and I'm trying to catch up with it now and it's over
everybody's dead bodies. Now let me be very explicit.

  If I have to go on a via, on a promotional piece, or the art work
thereof then I immediately have no assistance on it. Do you see
why? Because I'm going through a terminal that is not concerned
with that except administratively. So it's really through an
administrative terminal. Well, the second it does that then you get
everything going on on a via and this work that is done in
Compilation and so forth is quite rapid and is quite spontaneous.
Anybody who is working in that section will go completely adrift
because his stuff is being turned down and I never see it, and he
doesn't know what he's working on and I never get a chance to talk
to him.. And he never gets a chance to talk to me. Now you're
deprived, if you're not working closely with me, deprived of my
intelligence service, oddly enough. Because promotion is matched
against intelligence and I'm on that intelligence line hot and
heavy and I know what they're howling and what they're screaming
and what they're cheering about and so forth before anybody else
finds it out. I even know what's going on in Tibet. I do conduct
quite an intelligence service. I'm the only one in Scientology who
does. Nobody helps

  113

  me with that hat, because what it requires is experienced
evaluation and you don't buy that.

  So I can tell you what we got ahead of and where and then I have
certain problems that have never completely been solved in
Dissemination. And one of those problems is style of the Art
presentation and I think I got it licked. So that we've got it
licked to this degree, that there is a beginning we can make and if
we make this beginning let's find out if that's OK. And then let's
steer it from there. Steer it by reaction. And then we'll gradually
be able to guide this thing in some place. Alright, so it takes in
actual fact a lot of teamwork to get out dissemination materials.
But nevertheless, it also takes concentration and a fixed idea of
what you are doing, instead of it's all up in the blue. And I'm of
the opinion that a fellow should do more or less what he finds it
rather easy to do and if it's a strain to do PE booklets or
something like that, don't go on doing PE booklets; squawk.

  Now this Unit is too few. It is too few by several. Now by that I
mean this. If this Unit isn't backed up clerically, it can't handle
the number of lines going through it. Now you've got certain lines
and there are 4 main lines. There's the AUDITOR, there's CERTAINTY,
there's the PABs, and the book flyers and brochure type of thing.
Now these are 4 main lines. They may break down to 5 lines. Now in
actual fact we probably need something like this. We probably need
some kind of a make-up schedule of when what is due and what we've
got to have and when we've got to have it and then we ought to just
beat the devil out of this. We should have a make-up schedule f or
the next year and do it in a month. That's gone, so we've got all
the CERTAINTIES for the next year, but we'll hold them back and we
won't ship them. And then at any moment that we get a shift on the
intelligence lines of some kind or another we can throw out one of
those and replace it or we can tear a column out of it and put in
the stuff that's really got to meet it. Now as soon as we can do
that why we're all set, because then we've got this work stacked
up, we know what's going to come out when, we know what these
issues are going to be, we can go about in an orderly fashion and
getting together the materials and just putting them together. Then
we will work out, in spite of the original trouble we had on it, we
will work out this blueprint system by which they set out their
shooting boards. That's got some technical bugs in it and we'll get
the technical bugs out of it and away we go. Now our goal is that
every month one of these organizations on the continental level
will mail a magazine which we have put together and which we're
sure of. I was appalled last year in doing a survey to find out
that none 'of their promotion was actually effective and it was no
wonder they had fallen on their faces. It was only CERTAINTY that
was being that and we were getting that out. We've got a certain
amount of work we've got to do and a certain amount of stuff we've
got to throw together before we can begin to throw a much wider
sphere of action. Let's take one thing at a time. Let's get these
magazines all straightened up so they're from here to Halifax.
Let's get a year's worth of magazines stacked up, Let's fix them up
so we can make shooting boards out of them. We won't make shooting
boards yet. Then we'll set it on an assembly line whereby we get
Department 2 I's copy facilities and so forth to finish the copies
and mail them off on schedule (and we're getting a schedule) when
they're supposed to do it. Then at any time we can interrupt that
schedule if we have to. And we can change something and let it go
out that way. If we can get these magazines out of the road for the
next year we can then begin to breathe. And it's not too hard to do
this. It requires one hell of a lot of articles from me, but
requires an awful lot of put-together, a lot of editing, and a lot
of original material. They've got to go into these things.

  We've already got the Motif for CERTAINTY for the next year. I'm
going to write a whole course for Scientologists and writing that
course I'm going to get in just little articles, the highly
generalized things that are intended for one and all and these are
brand new, fresh articles. At the end of the year we'll have a
little course and we'll put it in a book. It will make another
paper-back.

  Don't ever get the idea that you know what will be popular. Only
get the idea that you can make every effort to make a right guess
what would be popular and then be totally prepared to be knocked
over tincup. Because I didn't think "A NEW SLANT

              114

  ON LIFE" would sell 10 copies. All its articles have already
appeared in CERTAINTY magazine and ABILITY and it's been rehashed
since hell froze over. It's a complete rehash and yet it's selling
and selling and selling like mad. So alright. And after that we can
worry about our other perimeter.

  MOVIE DISSEMINATION

  Now if you've ever been around movies, it takes writing. You got
to write against script. You want to go nuts. Start shooting films
with no script. Complete, stark staring. You can actually expose
miles and miles and miles of film if you have no idea of what the
hell you're trying to shoot. And that's the surest way to make an
expensive movie. So we're going to make cheap movies and make every
piece of the film count and work them out at the other end and
it'll all be fine. But what's this got to do with you? Well, it's
got a lot to do with you because you're not going to sit on a
magazine line in there. Now I get a lot of sudden rush jobs of one
kind or another and they come in and they interrupt me so that
they're going to interrupt your work too. But they aren't of any
great importance and if we recognize what our main work is why we
would be alright.

  MAGAZINE MOTIFS

  Now if we can just sit down and get a year's worth of this stuff
out - I can get the articles out and we can cook up what this is
going to be and what that should be and we can look at some former
issues and so forth, we ought to make some assignments on the
thing. Like what promotional ideas should we have in the AUDITOR
now until the February issue of 1967 and what should we be hitting
on each one of these issues and we find our peaks follow the issue
of the AUDITOR. So it's utter folly not to get the thing out.

  What I want to have happen is get a list of Motifs and take it
after the next one that we've got already laid out and take a list
of AUDITORS from there on up to February, on a monthly basis. Now
I've got to roll up my sleeves and myself get out a project of
exactly what subjects I'm going to cover for the national
magazines. And that requires a series of little articles and so on,
but I can write up pretty well what those are, so I'll furnish that
list. The PABs dictate themselves because they consist of
Bulletins, but there haven't been many Bulletins issued lately so
we may go into PAB reselection. Well, there's no reason why we
can't get out PAB issues which will give us PAB booklets from past
PABs.

  The lists of the levels are all compiled, they don't even have to
be searched up and I just had them done because that's going to
form the basis of the main next text book I write. So why don't you
go ahead and get a list of those things and get your PABs stretched
out and what you're covering. It's alright with me if it takes 4 or
5 months to cover one of those levels, see, perfectly fine. And if
you do it right, why then we can eventually wind up by combining 5
PABs, using the same shooting plate and get a PAB booklet and that
gives us a 51- book or something to sell.

  Now we've got book flyers. And the book flyer is all very
interesting and probably we need quite a few of them. We've done
some. Now let's see what they do. Now let's see if they do produce
the sale of books. So we'll put that on an investigation basis for
which you want statistics. What book flyers do well. And let's
explore this book flyer business and let's examine Dissem files and
so forth to find literature on it of other people's book flyers
merchandising, and I think it had better be a merchandising project
primarily. And I think that's what's missing on the book flyer
business. So if you can get a merchandising programme, then we can
get the flyers into action.

  Now I don't know what work you've got in progress but let me give
you this as an order that I want put down in lines. DON'T YOU TAKE
AN ORDER FROM ANY OTHER EXECUTIVE IN THIS ORGANIZATION. Don't take
an order from anybody.

  115

  There are many reasons for this. There are people flying around
with lots of ideas and lots of demands and that sort of thing and
you're not the Compilations Unit for the organization. So this is
another project I want you to engage on. I want you to go through
what files you had of compilation and send back to each and any
person whoever issued it to you to be compiled, this, and say this
Unit is no longer compiling for the organization, please complete
it yourself, and submit to your issue authority. You understand
that everyone of those that comes to you is an order from some
other executive and that's what's got you jammed and bottled up. I
put my finger right on it. That's why you can't operate. Now this
is the business you're in.

  Now it so happens that there are literally infinite numbers of
technical tapes

  down here in the tape section and there are tremendous numbers of
transcriptions.

  And you ought to get a boy that sits there and puts them into
articles and what you're

  doing is accumulating a backlog for some never-never time that we
know nothing

  about, not yet; and you just get somebody going on digging
articles out of tapes. The

  guy has got to be able to type. He's got to be able to write. We
won't consider this hat

  filled at this time but we'll consider that that is a necessary
hat in his unit. We need

  that post. Edited Tape Transcripts are available-those that have
been corrected-and

  any corrected tape transcript is available but you don't have in
that the correction of

  tape transcripts. But now the correction of tape transcripts is
part of your section. And

  that would include, of course, transcribing tapes. But this is
not the other project I just

  gave you. This is making articles out of tapes.

  I

  So we won't try beyond that to put together much of an org board
because you should have a lino-type type typist. You've got an
Artist. You should have a linotype typist and a linotype typist is
best used by simply taking copy and giving it to them and telling
them what magazine it's going to be for and what point you want it
in. You ought to have a schedule. This goes in the AUDITOR so this
is going to appear 8 point in the AUDITOR and she copies it on a
column this wide, cuts it off at that long and corrects it and
hands it over. She shouldn't be paste-up. I'm a great believer in
the fact that if a man is going to be responsible for a magazine he
ought to paste it up. By the time you've said how you want it,
20/30 times and so forth, you could have done it 10 times. So what
you consider these things are is artistic units. Each one is an
artistic unit-a unit in itself.

  MAGAZINE POLICY

  If certain things have to appear in national magazines, you're
still guided by policies-what appears in CERTAINTY magazine? I
think there's six or eight kinds of ad or mentions of ad that occur
in it. Then there's certain policy that relates to it and so forth.
Accumulate a book of everything that has been written on each one
of the publications that you can dig up from any place and put it
in a folder and put it in a file. And then you better work the
Xerox machine to death after you compile all this-somebody wants a
hat because he's doing the magazine-well, you better turn around
and give it to somebody on the subject of the Xerox. Get 2 copies
so you give me a spare. And don't go keep handing out the
information. Collect this for the first time, the basic information
that went with each one of these magazines. For instance, there is
terrific information that has never been passed along with the
AUDITOR. Big bunches of it. Sometimes you find it merely
despatches. Now if you can get it organized along that line, your
clerical assistance, your typing and so forth I'm not much
concerned about-that's your baby. You haven't got much space to put
it and that's where you're bound down.

  So anyway, administratively, where purchase orders and that sort
of thing are concerned, Reg has the right to sign a purchase order
for your section because he's the coordinator of the Department.
Now he hasn't in actual fact any right to order this section to do
so and so, so and so and so and so, he's merely a co-ordinator. I
don't wish to derogate that in any shape or form - I'm not talking
about Reg, but the post of co-ordinator. And your primary purpose
is taking that load off of me so that we can get a line out.
Because I've got a jammed line and I'm telling you fellows if
somebody

  116

  doesn't give me a hand in unjamming this line it's going to stay
jammed for a long, long while. And every week that this line
remains jammed with writing, dissemination, propaganda line, every
week that it remains jammed probably costs Scientology a fortune.
There's no question of cost here. I figured out one time what my
overhead was to the Organizations or to myself in the field of
writing and this is only from the revenue received from the
material-the exact item that was written-this was some time ago-it
was 2 1/2%. It didn't matter what I bought, I could buy rare books
in Icelandic which were totally embossed with solid gold and it
would still only go to 2 1/2%. because the more source material I
got, the more assistance I got, why the more valuable the work was.
The harder I worked on it the more valuable the work was.

  Therefore, I don't want you to go spending money left, right and
centre on a bunch of things that don't go any place particular. Do
this on principle, but I'm also telling you that I wouldn't let
anybody put the brakes on you too hard on something that is
essential. If you need a bunch of Greek drawings of some kind or
another to carry out this motif and so forth and you don't go buy
them, why I'm going to be cross. We're not operating on a "Have
not" basis because we're not any longer operating with the org.

  When we get our work done it's got to be effective. We're not
interested in, how effective we wish it was, it's got to be, and
we've also got the whole programme here and it's at this point
where we kick off. We've got to set a style and develop a pattern
and coordinate all the various arts in Scientology. We got the
definition of art and I'm very sure that is the definition, so all
it is is a quality of communication.

  Now we've got a message. The message we've got's pretty easy. And
we've got to evolve some kind of a style to carry this message. See
what I'm talking about? And we want it so fixed that 20 years from
now why some artist does a painting and gets absolutely thrown
right out of the exhibit-they just throw him right out through the
door because it doesn't have any Scientology motivation in it.

  TRENDS

  This is a talk about trend. I'm telling you that you can take a
trend. You can push it forward. You can popularize something and
you can make it good but you very often are quite surprised as to
what will and the fellows who often know best about what will go,
OK things that lay fabulous eggs and you can always be wrong about
this, you understand. I was always fascinated to write a story that
was unpopular that I thought was marvellous and I'd write a story
which was just wildly popular - oh, it was bought all over the
place - I didn't think it was much good. It wasn't my judgment that
was wrong. I was sitting at the business end of it. I was sitting
at my end of it, and I had my views modified by my taste which
effort always educated and being a pro I was head and shoulders in
criteria above what people out in the street would think in the
same field. They were alright in their fields but this was my
field. I very often missed and overshot-wrote too well-did
something too well-did something far above acceptance level, except
I know what the acceptance level is and the only way you measure
the acceptance level is what they accepted and there's no other way
to measure the acceptance level. It's not whether it's nice, bad or
anything else. If you're going to communicate, you are going to
communicate, and you won't communicate with somebody unless he has
an acceptance level. But there are certain patterns to the mind
that we know and certain things we can establish, and it's these
things we've got to work out and if we merely agree that we should
work in this direction then we should arrive. We know we're trying
to work in some kind of direction. For instance, I had a little bit
of a breakthrough the other night when I was talking. Everybody
associates "philosophy with Greece and in the university all your
educated men were overwhelmed by Socrates and Plato et al; these
were names they were supposed to cross themselves four times before
they could get into the classroom. Well, good. Let's overwhelm them
with the same symbols only let's fix it up. Let's fix it up.

  117

  REPRINTED BOOKS, ETC

  Reprinted books definitely belong to Dissem Division, Saint Hill.
WW doesn't have any reprints. You can tell them so. You're getting
rid of hats. Maybe that's a piece of it. You better tell the new
Dissem Sec. Try not to bypass. Make an honest effort not to bypass.
You want freedom for emergencies or for somebody? But you tell them
that's theirs.

  Things that were originated properly on Sec Eds, just complete
them properly. Stuff that's coming up from all those quarters, you
get rid of it.

              REFERENCE MATERIAL

  You can go to Museums for anything else you want to. Lay off
Egyptian. Lay off Chaldean, Babylonian, Persian, Chinese, Japanese,
Buddhistic, because they don't all work. As far as I'm concerned
those fields are now trite. Trite in the extreme. That's my feeling
about them. Mind, the Rosicrucians, I think, are using Chaldean or
something-I've not exactly identified-it may be they haven't
either. We can do better than that.

  And Greek - I was just hitting a field in Greek and we might be
right or wrong, but I think this is a field where it is absolutely
boundless, the amount of material and every Art School starts in in
that direction and so forth. You don't lack the materials. I just
thought of the Discus thrower. Done with one of these dolls, that
an artist uses. Take a mannequin. Streamline him, put him into the
position of the Discus thrower. You can take the front of the
Parthenon, simplify the pillars-no end-and put in an entirely
modernistic freize. Made out of mannequins-anything, it doesn't
matter, but I suddenly saw that there's a bountiful field of
material.

  When you are doing something like this, you want to look for an
ocean of material. Well, what it evolves to is that with this
arrangement you are free to go up and do it. And as for materials
and equipment which we need to accomplish a result, just take it
from me with one issue of one magazine I paid for every camera that
had been bought before or has been bought since about ten times
over. Those cameras weren't even used on the project. I'm just
talking about the relative value of the material and the product.
You can only do that if your product remains good-your product is
not necessarily good-to hell with that word, but it means
effective, but we're not too much interested in that. That's of no
importance. It would be of great importance if we had 8 miles of
film without any picture, d'you see?

  You got a good start on writing style now. My writing style seems
to be very beautiful but what my writing style is can be
summarized: it is friendly and it makes nothing out of pomposity;
maybe it could be further described, but that's good enough at the
moment. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 118 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1966 Remimeo I

              DOCTOR TITLE ABOLISHED

  In protest against the abuses and murders carried out under the
title of "doctor" I abandon herewith all my rights and legitimate
use of this title as the name has been disgraced.

  I was a Ph.D., Sequoia's University and therefore a perfectly
valid doctor under the laws of the State of California.

  My beloved grandfather was a doctor and was known as such
throughout his life.

  Through the ages the term "doctor" has meant "a learned man" but
in modern times has been stained by its preemption by medical
doctors and psychiatrists and I do not care to be associated in any
way with faithless men or ignorant butchers or murderers.

  The title of "Mister", implying "Master" I also abandon.

  I wish to be known solely by my name "Ron" or Hubbard, an
honourable name in the fields of philosophy and exploration.

  Any and all D.Scns may apply for and receive a new certificate
and the title "Dean of Scientology".

  I wish to call to attention that any certificate ever issued by
me is valid first by my signature and second by the laws of the
country in which its corporation is founded.

  The originator of a subject traditionally has the right to
qualify persons in that subject and this is the chief source of any
title of learning.

  I could with ease defend any use of the term doctor in any nation
but the name has come into question by association.

  This is the second time I have requested not to be so named. The
first was in the late 50s in Washington DC. But people have
continued the practice against my wishes and I have not lately been
active in correcting them.

  No secretary, press spokesman or LRH Communicator may hereafter
refer to me as "Doctor" or sign my name as such.

  I have been a "captain" of sailing vessels, a "captain" of
corvettes, a "sergeant" of marines in my extreme youth, a
"commander" and many other captions. And as a Scientologist knows,
one has had other names.

  "L. Ron Hubbard" is a proud enough title. Or humble enough. I
wish it to so remain.

  The wide world calls me plain "Ron". That is more than good
enough for me, signifying as it does the friendship and confidence
of the many. They are my friends. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

              119

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Remimeo Saint Hill
Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Org Exec Sec WW HCO POLICY LETTER OF
3 APRIL 1966 ES Comm Tech WW ES Comm Qual WW Org Exec Sec Hat Tech
Sec Hat DIANETIC AUDITOR'S COURSE Qual Sec Hat Org Sec Hat The Org
Exec Sec WW has the Dir Reg Hat authority to arrange and order and
issue check sheets for Dianetic Auditing Training.

  For any arranging or establishment of a Dianetic Course as per
HCOB 3 April 1966 "Student Auditing Dianetic Auditing" the
following must be observed:

  I (c) The course must be not less than one month.

  2. It must not be extended endlessly for the student.

  3. It is not the same as grade courses in that it does not
contain grade material

  or even the gradation chart but contains Dianetic data.

  4. It must remain precisely within the limits set by HCOB 3 April
1966 so far

  as its auditing is concerned.

  5. It may not be sold as a course for less than $500 in the US or
E125 sterling in

  the UK or other continental areas.

  6. Scholarship up to 50% may be issued.

  7. Only cash may be accepted and no credit allowed.

  8. Healing laws must be given heed by not selling such auditing
or promising to

  heal by reason of Dianetic auditing.

  9. The course may be advertised as, paraphrase, the way up to a
capable human being is the realm of Dianetics-Scientology reaches
from a capable human being upward. Success in Scientology is
assured by a thorough grounding in Man's most advanced school of
psychology (or the mind)-Dianetics. Dianetics was the ultimate
development of the mind of human beings. Scientology is the road
from there to total Freedom. This is a study and practice course
which is a prelude to becoming a Scientology auditor and brings one
a complete understanding of the mind so that one is then prepared
to understand the spirit in Scientology, etc.

  10. Academies and especially Saint Hill may teach and practice
HCOB 3 April 1966 as part of Level 0 providing it is studied along
with the other materials and forms the practical of Level 0.

  At this writing there is no pattern of how to include this
material and one must be developed by experience. But it is pointed
out that Academies have never failed to do well so long as a
one-piece Dianetic type course was available.

  It could be that experience, cautiously won, will show that the
public will buy the Dianetic course in droves.

  It could be we should drop the Dianetic word from Dianetic
techniques as refined in HCOB 3 April 1966, as they are really
pretty awfully advanced from where we were in 1950 and call it the
Basic Auditor's Course or the Basic Academy of Scientology Course
and call the technique Basic Scientology. If so, texts will have to
be edited and Scientology substituted everywhere for Dianetics.

  These problems are left to the Org Exec Sec WW as they will
gradually evolve into a new success. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:lb-r.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

              120

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JULY 1966 Remimeo
Distribution Hats Sec Hats

              LEGAL ASPECTS OF SUCCESS MATERIAL

              PUBLICATIONS

  In order to be safe-guarded in the question of copyrights and
other legal aspects with regard to the publication of any success
material, all letters leaving the Department of Success which
contain a request for success stories, case gains, wins in life and
wins obtained by the application of Scientology data in life or
work, must be accompanied by a mimeographed or photolithoed form
with the following wording:

              TO THE DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS (Name of Org)

              Church of Scientology of California (Address of Org)

  I HEREBY GIVE MY PERMISSION TO PUBLISH MY LETTER OR FORM IN WHOLE
OR IN PART OR TO SUMMARIZE ITS CONTENTS IN ANY OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA. NAME  SIGNATURE ADDRESS
DATE

  Should success material derived from incoming letters be used,
where a permission to publish has not been obtained or it is no
longer feasible to obtain such, then it is forbidden to publish the
full name of the writer. Instead the initials of the name and the
place may be used.

  Under publication is meant: any written communication which
reaches the public in promotional material such as Book Flyers,
Brochures, Info Packs, Information Letters, Executive Letters, HCO
Policy Letters, articles appearing in the press, advertisements
appearing in the press and in any one of the Scientology magazines.
L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:lb-r.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 121

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 AUGUST 1966 Gen Non Remimeo
Applies to LRH Keeper of the Seals (c) Signatures WW ES Comm Dist
WW Org Exec Sets Dist Secs INFORMATION PACKETS

  There is a cardinal rule which has to do with any Distribution or
Dissemination mailing piece which is:- NEVER INFORM SOMEONE OF THE
ROAD TO FREEDOM WITHOUT ALSO INFORMING HIM OF HOW AND WHERE TO GET
IT. Therefore, it is essential that the following points be closely
adhered to when mocking up Info Packets:

  I (c) An Info Packet must sell and make people reach.

  2. An Info Packet should be pretty and eyecatching, so that when
it is received the person receiving it is so interested in it that
he will read the full contents of the packet.

  3. An Info Packet must be "punchy" in text and in its ads, i.e.,
it should really

  communicate to the person it is being sent to and be on his
reality level.

  4. An Info Packet must sell a book. This is important, as this is
how you get new names in your C/F. It is important that the book
that you choose to advertise will bit the reality level of the type
of people you are mailing to. For example, a good book to sell to a
mailing list of pro-nuclear disarmament supporters would be ALL
ABOUT RADIATION.

  5. An Info Packet is not just one pamphlet all by itself. It is a
packet containing several pieces. These could be a short punchy
article designed to increase the person's interest and cause him to
reach more, a book flyer, and a book order form. If it were a local
mailing, you could even enclose an invitation card for the PE. So,
therefore, you have an article which causes him to reach more, a
book flyer which tells him what he is to reach for, and a book
order form which shows him where and how to progress in
Scientology.

  6. Your format for your three Info Packets for mailing lists must
not be the same, as there is no sure fire way to appeal to all
persons of that mailing list, and whereas the first Info Packet may
not cause the person to reach further the second or third may cause
him to reach further.

  When Info Packets are sent to WW for approval they must be
accompanied by a despatch telling what type of mailing list they
are going to be sent to and each Info Packet must be clearly
labelled as to which mailing (1st, 2nd and 3rd) they are for. L.
RON HUBBARD

LRH:lb-r.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 122

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I NOVEMBER 1966 Gen
Non-Remimeo

              POSTAL ECONOMY

              (Cancels Urgent Directive ED 62 WW and 95 SH Postal
Reduction)

              ADDRESSOGRAPH

  There is to be not more than one plate per person in
Addressograph with the exception of selected lists as delineated by
policy. If a person's address is unknown, his plate should be
removed from active addressograph files until a correct address is
obtained, and his CF folder must be marked "Address Unknown".

  As CF is in another division than Addressograph, an alphabetical
card file of all the plates in Addressograph is to be made for
cross reference purposes in the Addressograph Section.

  Mailing pieces addressed to staff and students may not be put in
the mail, but must be put into the appropriate basket. (c)

              MAIL CLERKS

  There may be no jam on the mail line. When mail is so heavy in an
org that opening mail jams with getting mail out, the post must be
split and mail opening done by another person than the one doing
mail out. If getting bulk mail out jams these other two posts, then
a third person must be assigned to bulk mail clerk, even if
temporarily. All mail must move.

              POSTAGE

  Each week the Mail Out Clerk takes a prepared checksheet to the
various divisional secretaries for an estimate of their postage
needs for the following week. This, totalled, is submitted with a
requisition for a postage check calculated to last for a week. Any
money left in the machine is subtracted from the amount put on the
requisition. In the event the estimate is under and the franking
machine runs out before a new check arrives, an emergency check may
be requested, but if so, a Board of Investigation must be called to
look into the reason for the increased postage.

  WW or Continental Divisions or any org sending inter org mail may
not send Dev-T, return unnecessary items or despatches or reports
that will increase postage, and in general, should work toward
conserving postage whenever possible without impairing efficiency.

  Any division, in writing letters, is to use Airletters whenever
possible, for overseas mail. Typists are to be supplied with
adequate erasers and typing errors are to be erased and neatly
corrected, instead of airletters being scrapped because they
contain errors.

  Any inserts to go out with letters must be printed on economical
lightweight paper in order to keep the postage to a minimum.

  Clearing and OT Courses must use lightweight paper where it is
necessary to send materials, and Airletters whenever feasible.

  In Div 6, instead of using a legal form for obtaining Permission
to Print, a rubber stamp is to be obtained with the pertinent
wording for this, and it is to be stamped on an Airletter whenever
the form is needed to be sent overseas.

  All EDs, Policy Letters, Bulletins and other printed pieces to be
sent to orgs must go by Second Class Air Mail.

              BOARD OF INVESTIGATION

  A bi-annual Board of Investigation is to be called to investigate
waste in the org and to find ways and means of reducing expenses
and improving efficiency.

              PROMOTIONAL AND MAILING PIECES TO FINANCIAL PLANNING
MUST CONTAIN CSW

              CSW by definition means Completed Staff Work.
Completed Staff Work for

              123

  promotional and other mailing pieces would then include exact
cost in terms of paper,

  envelopes and postage and printing costs for the entire mailing
as well as any other

  costs that might be involve (c) d including stocks in hand if
necessary. Any promotional or

  other type of mailing piece from any division must contain full
CSW including the

  above costs, when put on line to Financial Planning.

  The Ideas and Compilations Section in Dept 21, in designing
mailing pieces and promotional material, including the magazines,
must include in their work designing for lightweight paper that is
not so expensive that it undoes any savings in postage, and they
must take into account as a part of their CSW, the cost of postage.
The loss of mass in the weight of the paper can be made up for in
the design. For instance, the Advance Reg Packets were nicely
designed, but much too heavy. If they had been designed for
lightweight paper, the artist may have conceived a totally
different designing in order to get across the same communication.
It is the artist's problem in considering his medium. But his
medium must be considered. And this medium must be lightweight and
inexpensive. The CSW submitted for each magazine to Financial
Planning must contain details on paper cost and postage cost of the
finished (proposed) mailing.

  (c) I Any division, in order to get the data for the CSW on
postage and other costs may obtain the information from the proper
posts whose business it is to know this needed data. Please note
that the above is seeking information and would not have to go
through a command line to obtain it. Compiled by a Board of
Investigation Signed: Ray Thacker Anton James

LRH:jp.rd  John Lawrence Copyright (c) N66  for by L. Ron Hubbard
L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS
OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER
OF 21 NOVEMBER 1966 Sthil only

              IDEAS AND COMPILATIONS BRANCH

              WW

              (Amends HCO Policy Letter of 8 August 1966

              "Compilations Section, Department 2 1,

              Office of LRH", and HCO Policy Letter of

              18 July 1966, "Office of LRH, LRH Personal

              Office Organization")

  The Ideas and Compilations Branch WW, Division 7, Dept 21 is
transferred to the Office of the HCO Exec Sec WW, Division 7, Dept
20 under the supervision and direct orders of the Divisional
Organiser Dissem WW. Any and all communications to Ideas and
Compilations Branch WW must go via Division Organiser Dissem for
approval before being passed on or returned.

  All final copy and proofs of magazines, books, etc are to be sent
to the Founder when possible for his approval to print. L. RON
HUBBARD Founder

LRH:jp.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L.- Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

              124

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 JANUARY 1968 (Reissued from
LRH SECED 56 INT June 14,1965) Remimeo BPI

              POLITICS, FREEDOM FROM

  L I hereby declare Scientology to be non-political and
non-ideological.

  2. Politics and ideology may be no part of any decision to train
or process individuals, and any such interrogation shall cease to
be a part of any application for training, processing or
membership.

  3. This does not change any policy relating to suppressive
persons. It does delete any words in any form which seek to bring
about a statement of political allegiance or antagonism.

  4. It must be kept in mind and brought forward emphatically that
Scientology does not work in the absence of official control and no
matter who sought to use its principles, has uniformly failed in
the hands of non-Scientologists and organizations not controlled by
the Central Organizations of Scientology or myself.

  5. The reason for this declaration is the consistent disaster
visited upon her "allies" by the United States government and the
efforts of that government since 1955, stepped up since 1963, to
seize Scientology in the United States rather than forbid or stop
it and the role played by the United States in inspiring the
Victorian State attacks in Australia. Scientology technology is no
longer offered to the United States government in any effort to
assist her in political ends. Our participation extends only to our
willingness to process U.S. officials as individuals unconnected
with their political aims, if as individuals they are not debarred
by other existing policies relating to treating the insane or our
Ethics system.

  6. All statements attacking any political entity or ideology are
hereby withdrawn and cancelled in any lectures or literature.

  7. Scientologists may be members of any political group on this
planet without restraint only so long as these individuals or that
group do not attempt to seize Scientology for their own warlike
ends and so make it unworkable or distasteful by invidious
connection.

  8. Scientology is for a free people and is itself on this date
declared free of any political connection or allegiance of any kind
whatever. L. RON HUBBARD Founder

LRH:jp.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
125

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MAY 1968

              Issue III Remimeo BPI TRANSLATIONS

  I have solved the principle of translation of books, which is as
follows.

  The Scientology words themselves are not translated. The
definition of the Scientology word is put in the foreign language
but the word itself, like engram, is not translated.

  In translating, the Scientology word is put in italics (the first
time it is used in the text) and the definition in the foreign
language follows it in parenthesis. A glossary of terms is then put
in the back of the book giving the Scientology words in
alphabetical order with their definitions, as already defined the
first time they appeared in the text.

  This means that these foreign languages will have a Scientologese
vocabulary of 400 or 500 words that have to be learned by students
studying the books and materials in the foreign languages. They
learn them as completely arbitrary symbols and therefore no
misunderstoods can occur (unless somebody misdefines them).

LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1968 Founder by L. Ron
Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

              [See also HCO P/L 22 September 1972, The Basic
Principles of Translating, in the 1972 Year Book.] HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 3 DECEMBER 1969 Exec Councils Issue 11 LRH Comm
Franchise Holders Gung-Ho Groups Dissem Secs ISSUE AUTHORITY FOR
TRANSLATIONS OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS

  No bulletin, tape or book may be published in any form in a
foreign language without obtaining Issue Authority.

  Issue Authority for such is held by LRH Comm, Pubs Org, to whom
all translations must be sent for approval before printing or
mimeoing.

  This also applies to quotations and excerpts from Dianetics and
Scientology materials which are made up into handouts and info
packs.

  Each and every application for Issue Authority for a translation
must be accompanied by an attestation by a Class VI, VII, or VIII
Auditor that the materials contain exact duplication of technology,
without addition or alter-is.

  No matter how expert the translator is who did the translation,
the attestation by a trained Scientology auditor must accompany it,
or it will not be granted Issue Authority.

  This policy is retroactive, and any bulletins, tapes or books
which have been translated but not granted Issue Authority must be
resubmitted for Issue Authority. When issued they must also be
copyrighted and bear the line "COPYRIGHT (c) by L. RON HUBBARD".
The purpose of this Policy Letter is to ensure that all foreign
language students of Dianetics and Scientology have the benefits of
standard tech. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:rs.rd Founder Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 126 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street,
London WA HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1958 Full Distribution

              MAGAZINE POLICY

  The public is easily confused and must be given stable data and
standard articles from tapes or texts they recognize. And always at
their level of training.

  Squirrel data starts trouble with the regular customers, gets
excitement only from the nuts and freaks. These write much, spend
nothing. Squirrel articles, by-lines, opinions reduce
dissemination.  I

  The public has proven they buy my material. I worked for 30 years
and 20 million published words in 100 publications to earn my right
to a by-line. We therefore do not use my by-line so somebody who
has not earned one can have a free ride. By-lines don't come that
easy. Tell them to go get one in the Sat Evening Post and then come
back and you will let them sign an article.

  My by-line on my articles only. Never my by-line in staff
writings. Say "Taken from the writings and lectures of LRH" no
other by-line ever.

  Mention my name once each issue. Give one good datum at least per
issue.

  In any news or tid-bits column, never mention a staff member.
Staffs lose more business being cute in their own papers about
their own adventures. The public yawns. Mention only prominent
field people and groups and nothing coy even then.

  Be dignified but enthusiastic. The public buys reassuring hope,
not skeptical guesses. Never be reservedly scientific or
doubtful-it is a pose and a corny one reserved for less successful
people.

  The public wants data old or new. There's tens of millions of
words of unpublished Dianetics and Scientology data they have never
seen even if you have. What is new to them is always old to you.

  Print a format that can be read. A bad one is an ARC break. Too
fancy a one disturbs the text.

  Always mention Books, memberships, processing, training, records,
special events, EMeters, insignia, badges and group services in
every issue.

  Run only little classified type ads for outside people-tiny,
short, interesting like the personals in the newspaper, never
bigger. Put these people in perspective to the Central Org. The
only big ads which can appear in the magazine are for the Central
Organization.

  The basic purpose of the magazine is to sell books on Dianetics
and Scientology. Base its policy on selling books. Mention, discuss
or write articles about services. But always sell books.

  Make every issue count. Write issues people in Promotion and
Registration can use as Minor Issues. Send out a leatherette
covered Major Issue with lots of data once a month. Send a Minor
Issue out every time you need a special booklet. Majors are more
timely, less general. Minors are general.

  Org Mags are for use not for hoarding. Fire Minors as far and as
many as you can. They need no covers. Only paper faces. Eight page
things. Use photo-litho. Never, never mimeograph more than 75
copies of anything. Put it in a magazine form. It's cheaper. Use
photo-litho. It's cheap. Make up on boards in the office. Always
have it actually printed outside, never in the Organization. We
don't manufacture well on stuff like magazines or EMeters.

  All magazines are my communication lines, never an
organization's. Organizations can't talk, the public doesn't
listen. If you want to know how it should sound and look, ask
yourself how I'd want it-you will have the answer that's being
bought throughout the world.

LRH:mp.cden  L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard
127 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 OCTOBER 1958

              (Reissued from Washington, D.C.-from HCO Pol Ltr

              24 Oct 1958 applying to "Certainty Magazine"

              originating from London) I to each staff member All
Ability hats field offices HCO London

              ABILITY MAGAZINE Ability magazine should be issued
semi-monthly. Issues shall be used broadly as mailing pieces and
are not to go just to the membership and be forgotten. The first
Ability of the month shall be an Ability Major issue, the second
issue of the month shall be an Ability Minor issue. Ability Major:
shall consist of informative technical material, advertisements and
programmes. Ability Minor: shall be dedicated only to programmes
such as Extension Course, such as training, such as processing
results. Ability Major is mainly of interest to the membership and
informed Scientologists. Ability Minor shall be of interest to the
broad public. L RON HUBBARD

LRH:rs.sg.rd Copyright (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard [Note: Duplicate
policy letters of same date were ALL RIGHTS RESERVED issued for
Certainty, Ability and Understanding. I 128

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15
JUNE 1959 Hat Write-up PAB LIAISON PURPOSE: To see that PAB
material is supplied London months in advance. DUTIES: To edit tape
material, transcribed by Tape Transcription, suitable for PABs.

  All PAB material should be taken from the LATEST and most current
tapes of LRH, or from handwritten PABs by LRH. All PABs are
technical data.

  Maintain good communication with PAB Liaison London, or any other
PAB Liaison post; London sends PAB copy to New Zealand and South
Africa, who print their own PABs. All PABs for the United States
are printed from London.

  If possible, as an accommodation to PAB Liaison London, send
London the original for printing use, and send 2 carbons, if
possible, for London to send on to New Zealand and South Africa;
otherwise London types their own copies (from the original which
you send) for the other PAB posts across the sea. Be sure one copy
gets filed in the PAB material file in HCO. Before sending PAB copy
to London, send to LRH for approval.

  PABs are orderly in advance. Never issue a "hot PAB" giving very
latest data, skipping over materials you have lined up for PABs,
unless directed to do by LRH; i.e., occasionally LRH will ask that
an HCO Bulletin be released as a PAB. The PABs go to all the
International Members in good standing. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.cden 129

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JULY 1959

              Issue III

              SCIENTOLOGY MAGAZINES Definition: Minor Issue:
Anybody can read and be happy he has done so. Definition: Major
Issue:  Scientologists can read and get busy about things. Priority
of Ads in a Scientology Magazine: Books Books Tapes Processing HAS
Co-Audit, PE Memberships Extension Course Academy L RON HUBBARD

LRH:gh.vmm.rd Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 OCTOBER 1959 CenOCon

              TWO FINE MAGAZINES The recent US Ability No. 105
which gave all the book lists and check sheets and the SA
Understanding Issue 13 which gives the data on courses are two well
thought out and excellently executed magazines. I thank all those
concerned with their creation. I advise all Central Organizations
to use them as models for two future issues. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:iet.cden Copyright (c) 19 5 9 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 130

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 OCTOBER 1959 CenOCon

              MAGAZINE ARRANGEMENTS

  Certainty Major is to be replaced by a PAB Magazine made up,
printed and mailed from HCO WW Monthly to Lifetime, Founding,
Participating (until date of expiration only) and International
Membership.

  Certainty Minor (Continental Magazine) is to be made up monthly
and sent to print by its editor. The Director of Promotion and
Registration decides how many copies the HASI concerned requires,
the Director of Materiel orders them direct from the printer and
the Addressograph Department mails them regularly each month.

LRH:js.rd Dinah Day Copyright (c) 1959 HCO Dissemination Secretary
WW by L. Ron Hubbard for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1959 CenO

              MAGAZINE MAILINGS

  CERTAINTY Major is to be replaced by a PAB Magazine made up,
printed and mailed from HCO WW to Lifetime, Founding, Participating
(until date of expiration only) and International members, to
arrive on the 5th of each month.

  All offices please ensure that the names and addresses of these
members are printed on gummed rolls of paper or duplistickers and
sent airmail to HCO WW to arrive no later than the following number
of weeks before the 5th of the month:

              New Zealand - 6 weeks Australia - 6 weeks S. Africa -
2 weeks U.S.A. - 2 weeks U.K. - I week.

  Any rolls arriving later than the date required will be dealt
with last, and will not be dealt with at all if not gummed. The
only exception to this is HASI London, who supply addressed
envelopes 9 1/2" x 6 1/2" (9" x 6" is too small).

  CERTAINTY Minor is to be made up monthly for U.K. only and sent
to print by its Editor. The Director of Promotion and Registration
decides how many copies the HASI concerned requires, the Director
of Materiel orders them direct from the printer and the
Addressograph Department mails them regularly to arrive on the 25th
of each month.

LRH:js.rd Dinah Day Copyright (c) 1959 HCO Leading Steno WW by L.
Ron Hubbard for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD 131 NOT HCO
POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH RED ON WHITE HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex CenO
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 MARCH 1960 Dissem Sec HCO Sec Assoc Sec Mag
Editor DISSEMINATING SCIENTOLOGY

  Disseminating Scientology means: Getting the materials of
Dianetics and Scientology disseminated widely and by efficient
presentation.

  How many students and preclears we have depends largely upon HOW
MANY BOOKS ARE SOLD, and after that, how efficiently and
effectively those students and preclears are handled by Scientology
personnel-i.e., the Registrars, Reception, Instructors, Staff
Auditors and any other Org personnel in contact with them.

  Most Central Orgs rely heavily upon their magazine to advertise
books. Some magazines push books ahead of all else-some only run
book lists, some book lists and occasional book ads. Some Central
Orgs have other dissemination lines also to push their book line.

  Regarding a Scientology Magazine, present policy is repeated
here:

  "The basic purpose of the magazine is to sell books on Dianetics
and Scientology. Base its policies on selling books. Mention,
discuss or write articles about Services. But always sell books.
(c) (c) All magazines are my (LRH) communication fines, never an
organisation's. Organisations can't talk, the public doesn't
listen. (c) (c) (c)

  Which is to say, "Always sell books"-this means more than just
listing them in a magazine. Just showing a book list doesn't always
sell a large number of books. When selling any MEST product, the
potential buyer has to be told WHY he should have this productWHAT
will it do for him-what is in the book-what it's about-why he
should read it-etc, etc. Just seeing a book title listed does not
always prompt a person to buy the book.

  Books on Dianetics and Scientology are for the most part the only
MEST items we sell; Scientology itself is an intangible thing-the
public can't "see" it, not "feel" it, it has no mass. So our books
are about the only thing we have that is MEST, something which they
can hold in their hands-read-touch-etc.

  Also, Books are our Number One entrance point to getting students
and pcs (apart from live communication, but at this time we have
more people to get books distributed than we have people to get
students and pcs. in by live communication).

  When letters are written to people who have CF folders, these
people have in most cases READ A BOOK.

              AN IMPORTANT POINT

  Since Scientology magazines are LRH's communication lines to the
public, and since the purpose of the magazine is to sell books, it
is just as important for HCOs (who publish Scientology magazines)
to see that Ron's books get advertised properly, every issue, as it
is for an HCO Communicator to see that LRH dispatches get routed
quickly and to the right terminals-as it is for an HCO Steno to
quickly type and issue Ron's Policy Letters and Bulletins. These
are his communication lines.

  An HCO Office is the office of LRH. Its purpose is to help him
wear his hats. HCO publishes the Scientology Magazine. HCO sees
that his dispatches and letters get quickly handled and routed-that
his bulletins and policy letters get issued fast and that his BOOKS
(his largest comm line) get delivered to the proper terminals, too.

  HCO Offices and Central Orgs, please note: It is just as
important therefore, to see that LRH's Books get disseminated fast
and widely as it is to see that his dispatches are delivered
immediately.

  People do read Ron's books, so let's get them disseminated as
wide as possible. Use Scientology Magazines-use well-prepared,
aesthetic, presentable flyers-brochures - announcements-mailing
lists-book stores-newspaper ads-local trade journalssalesman
magazines. Use all media available to you to get SCIENTOLOGY BOOKS
DISSEMINATED EVERYWHERE.

  Then we'll have healthier problems such as, "Where do we get 15
more instructors and 26 more HGC Auditors!"

LRH:js.rd Mildred Galusha Copyright (c) 1960 via Peter Hemery by L.
Ron Hubbard for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD 132

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JUNE 1960

              (Reissued from Sthil) All HCO Offices

              RUSH MAGAZINE NOTE

  Please publish as soon as possible HCO Bulletin of June 23, 1960,
The Special Zone Plan (which is being sent to you this week) in
Ability, Certainty, Communication, Understanding, Reality and
Affinity and make certain the issue arrives in the hands of all
Dianeticists and Scientologists new or old.

  This article contains the Special Zone Plan that may change the
whole future of dissemination.

  Do not publish the HCO Bulletin of June 10, 1960, "What We Expect
of a Scientologist", that says we are not practitioners, as HCO
Bulletin of June 23, 1960 is an improvement on it.

  Hold any issue you have planned and do instead HCO Bulletin June
23, 1960. This is urgent.

LRH:js.gh.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 AUGUST 1960

              Reissued from Sthil CenOCon

              MAGAZINE ADVERT. POLICY

  Field auditors and Orgs can no longer be advertised in Central
Org magazines for pay.

  Unless the HCO Sec and Org/Assn Sec are pleased with the centre
and auditor they cannot be run at all.

  Run classified adverts as you wish but only if you like the
people. Run adverts classified type for people you want to
compliment. Otherwise no, absolutely not. LRH-.js.gh.rd (c) (c) L.
RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

              133

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1961 Sthil

              PHOTOSTATS All use of the Polyprint Photostat machine
should be done by only one person. The machine should be kept
clean. The fluid must be emptied out after every use, into the
plastic bottles. Do not remove thin tubes from the plastic bottles.
It is air that causes colour of fluid to darken. if a fair copy is
not obtained, or if figures are dim, or finished photostat is pink,
it is operator error. Study the instruction book. If it's missing,
get a new one. Check all lamps when leaving room. Do not leave a
safelight on by error. They are hard to see in a lighted room.
Don't splash fluid on yourself, table or floor. It leaves very dark
stains. Do not waste paper. It is very costly. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:jl.rd Copyright (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard [Note; Excerpted
from HCO P/L 13 September 1961, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED General Office
Orders. A complete copy appears in the Executive Volume]

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 AUGUST 1964 General Remimeo
Magazine Editors Dissem Secs

              TECHNICAL INFO FOR CONTINENTAL MAGS Policy is now
that no technical may be written in Continental mags which is not
written by myself or directly transcribed from my tapes and shown
to me before printing. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:jw.cden.kd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

              134

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 APRIL 1965 Sthil only Dissem Div
Only DISSEM DIV ADDITIONAL MAG POLICY Keep out of releases local
names of Sthil and orgs. Use only for names of auditors and groups.
Give no, more publicity to Centres of Franchise Holders. Publicise
only auditors and pcs. who have been trained or processed. Show how
they are changing or how they are changing their environment and
applying Scientology, Increase statistics columns. Don't go high
school or chatty. Advertise Sthil and Academy Courses and HGCs.
Keep out of it long pieces I don't write. Concentrate on selling
one thing per issue. Don't shotgun. Each issue to have a motif.
Knock out the bargain basement aspect. With the motif offer
something that makes people want to reach for their local org. Push
also reaching for Saint Hill via the local org. Never offer
anything that makes anyone have to decide anything. Our public
won't decide and can't judge. Just TELL them to.

              Offer no tricky or complex prices. (c) Offer THE book
for their friends in half dozen lots. "This is the book for your
friends. Buy it in half dozen copy lots. Costs only  per book,
that's  for six. Buy it from your local org." Do all the deciding.
Concentrate attention in each issue on I thing. Use their names not
org names. Foster-if it isn't in the Auditor it didn't happen.
Knock out all but LRH by-lines on photos or articles, as the public
gets too dispersed. Editorial purpose is "To show the world
successful Scientology and Scientologists and make them want more
Scientology."

LRH:wmc.rd Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED 135 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor,
East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JULY 1965 Gen
Non-Remimeo

              CONTINENTAL MAGAZINES TO MODEL

              AFTER

              CERTAINTY

  In order to program and facilitate release of data, promotion and
dissemination and to ensure its correctness, all continental
magazines (Ability, Communication, Understanding, Reality,
Affinity) are to use Certainty as a model, using the releases,
articles, and similar ad copy that, is in Certainty in each
continental magazine.

  Certainty make-up is done right here under the supervision of the
Office of L. Ron Hubbard. It releases what is to be released
continentally (and when). With continental magazines modelling on
Certainty then, there will be a uniformity of data, promotion and
dissemination throughout the world.

  You may add local news or further promotion for local events,
such as Congresses, tape plays and special events.

  When you get a copy of Certainty in print, you may feel this is
already released data; but REMEMBER, it hasn't been printed on your
continent yet.

  A copy of Certainty will be airmailed to each HCO Dissemination
Sec as soon as it arrives from the printers. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.kd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
136

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF I SEPTEMBER 1965

              Issue 11 Gen Non-Remimeo

              PUBLICATIONS

              (Preserved policy from former Policy

              Letters which have been cancelled)

              The National Magazine

  International Members receive every other month a Major issue of
the National Magazine. Everyone in the address files receives the
Minor issue in the alternate months.

              The Auditor

  The Auditor goes to all Founding Members, International Members,
Lifetime Members and Professional Auditors, but the mailing of this
magazine is not to be promised and comprises no part of the pricing
programming, Saint Hill making no promise to continue to issue it
to any certain person or anyone.

              The Professional Auditor's Bulletin

  The Professional Auditor's Bulletin goes to all International
Members only either direct from Saint Hill or as an enclosure in a
Major national issue.

              Tape Plays

  Orgs can hold all the tape plays they want but only for a fee and
not in lieu of taking courses.

  Special courses are now forbidden as the materials are fitted to
their levels and the courses for each level should be routine.

              Tapes

  No tapes may be manufactured, copied or copied for resale by any
Central Organization or City Office. Only Saint Hill may copy
tapes. Evidence of any tapes being copied or copied for resale in a
Central Organization or City Office will suspend their tape
discount for one year.

              Congress Dates

  Congress dates should be set and advertised for a year in advance
and advertised heavily 3 months before they are held. L. RON
HUBBARD

LRH:ml.kd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
137

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1966 Remimeo Issue TV
Ideas and Comp Hat WW Dissem Sec Hat Dist Sec Hat ADVERTISEMENTS,
CONTINENTAL MAGAZINES AND AUDITOR

  All advertisements to appear in the Continental Magazines and the
Auditor must be drawn up, as they apply, by the Dissemination
Secretary and Distribution Secretaries for their respective
interests.

  This must be done each month and submitted to Ideas and
Compilations Branch of the Office of LRH.

  As the statistics of the Dissem Div and Dist Div depend largely
upon these ads, it should be the responsibility of these
Secretaries to furnish the ads.

  Ads must be in accordance with long standing policy of what must
appear each issue in magazines.

  It is noteworthy that bad ads or none at all in the Continental
Magazine or an absence of a magazine issued is inevitably
accompanied by gross income slumps in orgs. L. RON HUBBARD Founder

LRH:lb-r.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 138 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 DECEMBER 1966 Gen
Non-Remimeo

              DISSEM DIVS

              IMPORTANT

              MAGAZINES

              PERMITTED

              ALL ORGS

              Each and every org, but not Franchise Centres, may
issue a magazine.

  Worldwide is to furnish two sets of copy monthly for such
magazines. One set for the Continental Magazine, one set for a
smaller Area Magazine.

  Organisations are not bound to use only the WW issue material and
may issue magazines without waiting for it.

  However, any Scientology magazine is bound by magazine policy.
Irresponsible texts or ads can cause a withdrawal of permission to
issue a magazine.

              MAILING LIST

  A Continental Magazine must go to every person in Central Files
unless a person is on non-comm by reason of Ethics Orders or is
dead filed.

  An Area Magazine should go to every person in the Central Files
of an Area org, unless restrained by an Ethics Order on that person
cutting comm, regardless of the duplication of the Continental
Org's mailings.

              DEFINITION OF CF

  A Central Files folder must exist for every person who has ever
BOUGHT anything from an org.

  This means none can be excluded or edited out as old unless
mailings are returned for lack of address and there is no new
address.

  Address lists must approximate CF for the magazine mailing.

  If an org had a 6400 CF list and if it has been "edited" to
"current" it must restore the original list.

  Address may have non-purchaser lists of free courses, etc., but
this is not a CF name.

  A magazine may be mailed to non-purchaser names but only for a
limited time.

  Change of address and "moved and no forwarding address" must be
kept up to date in the Address files.

  Address must have some plate system of addressing even if only
silk screen and this must be kept up to date. Further, Address must
be able to point to one set of plates and be able to say, "That's
the complete CF list."

              LOST LISTS

  In DC the old Dianetic mailing list fell from 40,000 to 13,000 by
failing to send something to it bi-annually as the U.S. post office
only keeps a forwarding address six months.

              139

  So lists can be "lost" by not using them.

              SOLVENCY

  The insolvency of orgs in years past was often traced to failures
to use their whole CF for mailings of mags and failures to issue
mags on time.

  Several orgs have had their financial troubles solved by issuing
magazines quickly.

  Magazines are a vital factor in solvency.

  Thus Area as well as Continental Orgs should issue magazines.
Overlapping coverage does not matter.

  Omission of proper ads or saying one letter of complaint was "the
public" as a reason to omit or soften ads has affected solvency in
the past.

              DIFFERENT TEXTS

  Continental and Area Magazines should not use the same article
and ad texts.

              ISSUE AUTHORITY

  No permission is required from WW now to issue a magazine or ad
text.

  But all magazines issued must be mailed to the Dissem Div
Organiser WW which address should be put in the CF address plate
list.

  Copies should also be sent by fast mail to the Office of LRH WW
so quality may be watched.

              COPYRIGHT

  The material of any magazine must be copyrighted by the
Continental Exec Div in the name of LRH and all such copyrights
obtained should be sent to WW Legal.

              WARNING

  Magazines carrying articles by other persons than LRH on
technical matters have proven unacceptable to the public and such
articles by policy are limited to commentaries on success or social
activities or experiences.

              ADS

  Advertisements for money, field auditors and bizarre social
activities have had unhappy results.

  Every magazine must carry an ad for every service rendered. L.
RON HUBBARD Founder

LRH:jp.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
140 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 APRIL 1969 Remimeo Hat Dept 19

              ROUTINE CONGRESS PROMOTION

  Routine Congress promotion to go out in your Org's monthly
Magazine is as follows:

  I (c) Congress dates for one year in advance in every issue.

  2. Date (and if known, location) of next Congress headlined.

  3. The issue two months preceding a Congress has a minimum two
page spread or insert showing pictures and giving enthusiastic
comments from the Congress just past and advertising the next one.

  4. The issue one month before a Congress has an insert giving
full details of the Congress plus an Advance Registration form.

  S. If Congresses are more than three months apart, the Magazine
issues carry progressively larger more informative notices of
coming Congress.

  6. All Congress ads heavily stress SOURCE: "L. Ron Hubbard's
(Name) Congress." "Hear Ron's tapes on  At this Congress Ron will
tell you  etc.

  7. All Congress promotional material is to incorporate a Congress
theme symbol.

  8. In addition to routine Magazine advertising there is a
separate Congress mailing with an advance registration form mailed
to arrive at least two weeks before the Congress.

  9. The week prior to the Congress a team should make phone calls
reminding people of the event.

  10. After a Congress all those who attended and contributed to
the success of the event are acknowledged by letter and the next
Congress put there for them. Tom Morgan Public Exec Sec WW Allan
Ferguson Qual Sec WW Bruce Glushakow HCO Area Sec WW Ad Council WW
Rodger Wright LRH Comm WW Jane Kember The Guardian for L. RON
HUBBARD

LRH:ei.rd Founder Copyright 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 141 NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH BLUE ON
WHITE

              EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM L. RON HUBBARD LRH ED 59 INT
14 DECEMBER 1969

              MAGAZINES To the pcs.

  I have a report here that at least one Continental Org only mails
its magazine to its local state and has never heard of Major-Minor
issues.

  I must assume then that Magazine policy has fallen out.

  I KNOW NO SURER WAY FOR AN ORG TO COLLAPSE THAN TO CURTAIL ITS
MAGAZINE ISSUE.

  London once, out, of "economy" years ago cut its Certainty
magazine to 700 from 4,500 copies on the premise it had only 700
"hot files". London went $22,000 in the red promptly and at once.

  There is a long, consistent history of counter-intention on
magazine distribution policy.

  Let us once and for all get the keynotes of this policy straight:
1. EVERY ORG PUTS OUT A MAGAZINE.

  ,This means bigger orgs such as Continental put out one to the
overall area. It is usually printed at Continental level. Little
orgs at least get out a mimeo and call it a magazine. It goes to
their area of influence.

  Saint Hills are covered by "The Auditor" which goes out best from
one central point.

  2. MAGAZINES GO OUT MAJOR ISSUE TO MEMBERS EVERY TWO MONTHS,

  MINOR ISSUE TO THE WHOLE CF LIST ON THE IN BETWEEN MONTHS.

  This means a magazine every month. Major and Minor alternate, one
month a major, next month a minor.

  A major is fatter.

  In DC every quarter and certainly every 6 months what's left of
the old Dianetic address plates get a minor to keep them alive.
Post Offices only keep change of address 6 months in the US so the
list tends to vanish if not used. When it was neglected it fell
from 40,000 to 13,000!

  Jbg periodically ignores its full address list and wonders why it
has trouble with stats.

  The truth is plain from years of experience: Where orgs don't
send out magazines they go broke. When they cut their lists they
get poor. When they don't use Major-Minor alternate months they
lose a lot of their list. 3. MAGS CARRY SIX KINDS OF ADS EVERY
ISSUE.

  Training, Processing, Memberships, Books, Meters, Tapes. 4. SAY
IT IN THE MAGAZINE.

  Special events, tape plays, Congresses, Group Processing,
Coaudits, special courses, special offers, special editions are
announced in the magazine.

  The magazine is for USE. Before it is finalized in make up, every
divisional head must be sure it is saying what he is trying to
sell.

  A lot of such offers and messages tend to go out in a flurry of
special leaflets, special mailings, etc. While these can be done, a
lot of them could be said better and with less sweat in the
magazine.

  The magazine is the talking piece of the org. Without it the org
is dumb.

              142

  5. THE MAGAZINE CARRIES THE ORG ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER. The
addresses of other orgs are included the higher the level of
magazine.

  6. THE MAGAZINE IS NOT USED TO ADVERTISE UNOFFICIAL ORGS OR

  AUDITORS OR GROUPS.

  You don't spend your good money to advertise at high cost others
who don't. bring you direct income. 7. MAGAZINES MUST NOT CARRY
SQUIRREL TECH.

  Standard Tech is your message.

  The Tech Sec must okay all tech references in a mag. 8. ENTHETA
OR FLAPS ARE NEVER ADVERTISED ON ORG LINES.

  High ARC is the keynote of org lines.

  A publication like Freedom is a defense action and is for public
consumption. It is not distributed to org mailing lists. 9. A
MAGAZINE IS AN INTERNAL "HOUSE ORGAN".

  If you will note that, major or minor, an org magazine only goes
to names in CF you will see that it is destined for people who have
already bought something.

  It is the Dissem Secs' method of contacting Scientologists. It is
not a public comm line. However as some of the people in CF are not
Scientologists even though they bought a book or short course, some
caution must be shown in making statements in the magazine.

  The confusion between Dissem and Dist divisions exists only
because staff sometimes looks on a magazine or the CF as a public
function whereas it is internal, enclosing the existing field of
people who are already in Dianetics and Scientology as shown by
members, CF, letter reg actions.

  CF, its address list are more or less owned by org terrain.

  The Public divisions on the other hand confront the broad public,
the unowned terrain. 10. THE HCO ES AND DISSEM SEC COMPILE THE
MAGAZINE.

  The Dir Pubs is the make up area but sometimes it is not named
which leaves it where the responsibility lies. 11. THE HCO ES AND
THE HCO AREA SEC MAIL THE MAGAZINE.

  Actually the Dir Comm does the mailing in a large org but
sometimes HCO is a thin area. The responsibility for mailing is as
above. It is common for an "All Hands Evolution" including even
student volunteers to get the mag mailed. 12. IF PUBS ORG DOES NOT
SEND "SHOOTING BOARDS" THE ORG MAKES

  UP ITS OWN MAG.

  Pubs Org used to send shooting boards at least to Continental
orgs. Smaller orgs may not get any.

  The failure to receive shooting boards does not relieve an org
from sending out a magazine.

  13. THE MAGAZINE IS THERE TO HELP DISSEM DIV 2. IT IS NOT THERE
TO

  HELP THE pcs. OR DISTRIBUTION.

  If you think of the magazine as a mailing piece that helps the
Letter Reg you will have it pretty close.

  This tells you at once that the mag is no real help to the pcs.
as it doesn't go to anyone he should be in contact with. He can of
course use extra copies of an issue to help his work and should.

  The magazine sells the books of the Dissem Div BUT it is there
only to sell more books, meters, tapes to people who have bought
books already. So it is no front line for book sales even though it
should and must sell more books via its ads to people

              143

  who have already bought books. It doesn't sell books to raw
public since it doesn't go to raw public.

  NEW LOOK

  I hope this gives you a new look at magazines.

  It helps sell only those people already sold. It can't be counted
on in any way to find new people. But it is vital to get those
already on the lines to avail themselves of org services.

  The larger income of the org comes from selling major services to
those already sold smaller services. You never sell an HAS or PE
course in a magazine. You sell a 25 hour intensive or an Academy
Course. Only then does an org get larger sums of money. It can't
live on HAS Courses!

  The magazine is under the HCO ES because it is "conquered
territory".

  The magazine is always working on already existing customers so
it has to sell things THEY will buy, not things the raw public
would buy. Thus an org has income.

  The pcs. gets new people to buy things and so gets them into the
Central File& This way CF expands. But the pcs. never counts on the
magazine to do anything for him. He must use other channels.

  This may be a New Look to some.

  In summation, if you don't get the mag out as above you never
really sell the major services of an org which brings in its major
income.

  And in making up a magazine's ads you offer services people in
your CF will buy.

  You have to do a fast CF survey of what they have bought, what
percent have had it, what percent will buy it before you know what
to stress.

  You have by the survey then what to write an article about and
feature an ad about in your magazine.

  If 90% of your CF has had Triple Grades Scientology up to IV you
would go broke offering it as a special service featured in your
mag. But if only 10% have had it, on a fast look at CF, you sure
better feature it and publish success stories on it. To that
degree, if you really do look at what's popular and what you can
sell, a locally made up mag. is superior. If you have the boards
from Pubs you can overpaste the ad or article you want to change
and use the rest.

  The Maxim is any mag is better than no mag. A cleverly done mag
planned against service can boost you into affluence fast.

  I hope this helps.

  Love,

  Ron

  C~  I

  [seal]

  8, FEB 18,

  1964

  4

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

LRH:rs.rd

  144

  NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH GREEN ON SALMON

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  DISSEMINATION DIVISION ADVICE

  LETTER

  OF I APRIL 1970

  Dissem Secs for Hat

  Dir Promo for Hat

  MAGAZINE LAYOUT AND PASTEUP

  Having a good quality, professional looking magazine layout and
format is a vital promotional action for any org. Care should be
taken to see that magazine layout is done well, and that the org
magazine is a credit to the org and Scientology.

  If the org printing equipment does not produce a clearly
readable, professional magazine, have it done by a professional
printer. You always lose money with poor presentation so why try to
save money that way.

  The layout artist needs to know how the magazine is to be
printed-he needs to know what the printer will need from him.
Different printing methods require different kinds of artwork:

  (a) With some reproduction equipment, light must pass through the
artwork for the negative to be made. This means there can be no
pasting or painting over, nothing which will obstruct the passage
of light through the artwork. This is best done on thin paper or
plastic sheets, and checked on a light table for clarity. (This
applies to anything to be made into "shooting boards" on the
photostat machine and sent to orgs from WW.)

  (b) With most professional reproduction equipment, light is
reflected off the surface of the artwork to make the negative. Here
pasting and painting over is permitted. The only requirement is
that it looks correct to the eye.

  (c) Printers may have other requirements (size, margins, etc) so
it is best to comm with the printer before layout is done to
minimize Dev-T (to yourself and the printer). Find out what he
needs.

  TYPED COPY

  All copy to be pasted down on the magazine artwork must be of
good quality. Use a new ribbon (special carbon ribbon preferably)
in an electric typewriter. Copy should be dark and easily readable.

  MATERIALS

  The layout artist should have a large table or drawing board and
plenty of light. He should have a T-square to line up copy and see
that it is straight. He will need paper or plastic sheets to lay
out on, rubber cement, pens, pencils, ink, brushes, a small cutting
knife, scissors.

  For large headings and titles, you can use adhesive lettering.
These letters are printed on plastic sheets and can be transferred
to the artwork by rubbing the sheet with a ball point pen or
Stylus. These come in a variety of type styles and sizes.

  MAGAZINE PASTEUP

  When the layout artist gets the magazine, he should get a
complete dummy (rough mockup), all the typed copy, and any
photographs included. The dummy is made after all the material for
the mag is compiled, by the mag editor. It shows exactly how the
finished mag will look-where the copy goes, how wide the copy is,
where the photographs or artwork go, where headings are to be put
and how large they are to be. This dummy goes to the typist, who
can then look at the dummy and see how wide the copy is to be, and
the space allotted for it.

  The artist then does all the headings and artwork required, and
pastes these up on the page with the copy and photographs. He uses
the T-square to line up all the copy and see that it is straight on
the page. Any marks made on the artwork (guidelines, etc) that are
not to be printed should be done in blue pencil as this will not
photograph. Some printers prefer that photographs (half-tones) not
be attached to the artwork

  145

  (line) as negatives for these are made separately. If this is the
case, merely indicate where they are to go on the artwork.

  Rubber cement is the best adhesive to use for this type of work
as it is very permanent and very clean. Just apply the rubber
cement to both surfaces, allow to dry slightly, and press together.
Excess cement can be removed, when dry, by rubbing with your finger
or with a ball of hardened rubber cement.

  When the artwork is finished, proofread, and any corrections
stripped in, it should be sprayed with some kind of fixative to
protect it, and covered to keep dust off.

  DESIGN

  Experience in commercial art and design is a great help in
magazine layout and design, but this is not essential. The main
criterion is, does it communicate? Is it eye-catching, pleasant to
look at, and clearly readable? ART is a word which summarizes THE
QUALITY OF COMMUNICATION. It therefore follows the laws of
communication. [HCOB 30 Aug '65 Art.) Print a format that can be
read. A bad one is an ARC break. Too fancy a one disburbs the text.
[HCO P/L 24 Nov '58 Magazine policy - I

  A good presentation is not necessarily an expensive one. It means
having the intention there to communicate and taking care that
every detail, every letter and line, is right, and assists in
getting the message across with the proper impact. Take the care
necessary to do a good job.

  POLICY CONCERNING MAG LAYOUT

  HCO P/L 8 Oct 1968 Artistic Presentation

  23 Dec 1958 Quality of Presentation

  8 Aug 1966 Compilations Section, Dept 2 1, Office of LRH

  24 Nov 1958  Magazine Policy

  28 July 1965 Handling of Photographs HCO B 30 Aug 1965 ART

  Jeff Hawkins Dir Production Activities Pubs Org for Exec Council
Pubs Org for Exec Council WW

  DEFINITIONS:

  LAYOUT: To plan in detail, arrange, or place all the parts of any
material to be reproduced. Also means the finished plan,
arrangement or placement of these.

  PASTEUP: Means to actually paste or stick the different parts of
the artwork down in finished form.

  HALF-TONE: Means having shades of grey as in a photograph.
Photographs are printed by photographing them through a screen and
reducing them to a pattern of dots.

  LINE: In reproduction, any part of the artwork that has no shades
of grey-just black and white.

Copyright (c) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  146

  NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

  CORRECT COLOUR FLASH

  GREEN ON SALMON

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  Dissem Sec SH Hat

  DISSEM ADVICE LETTER OF I APRIL 1970

  Dir Prom SH Hat

  Issue Authority SH Hat

  Issue Authority WW Hat

  PAB MAGAZINES

  1. PABs (Professional Auditor's Bulletin) cover the library
record of levels, (HCO Bulletin of 30th November 1965 LIBRARY
RECORD OF LEVELS). The bulletins are published consecutively, by
date, and per level. Any new bulletins which may come out for a
certain level, are published when the PAB reaches that date.

  Example: PAB 243 publishing bulletins on Level I consecutively
would not publish a new 1969 bulletin issued for that level. The
new bulletin would be issued when the PAB reached the year 1969,
along with other new bulletins regardless of the level it is for.

  2. PABs also contain: (a) Book Ad

  (b) E-Meter Ad

  (c) Membership Ad

  (d) Power Processing Ad

  (e) Special Briefing Course Ad

  (f) Tape Ad (lectures of LRH)

  (g) Order Forms able to be torn out.

  As well as: Cover consisting of good training photo from edge to
edge with the PAB symbol on it in the upper right band comer, the
PAB blurb telling which level the particular PAB is covering and
which issue the PAB is, of that level, under this description of
the cover photo. A Glossary of Terms, List of org addresses and the
masthead an the back.

  3. The PAB magazine is very standard. The only variety there is,
is different books being promoted in each issue, different tapes,
bulletins of course as they are published consecutively. All the
rest is standard. The masthead stays exactly the same, except where
there may be a change by the Guardian's Office in the text of the
masthead which is done only on their authority. The org addresses
only change when an org moves its quarters. The number of the issue
changes with each issue, consecutively, the PAB blurb stays the
same except where it says "This is - Issue of PAB covering the
Level (c) series of (c) (c) (c) The number of the issue and the
number of the level.

  4. FORMAT: Always standard. Format always stays the same. Just as
the AUDITOR has a standard format from month to month, minor to
minor-major to major, the PAB has a standard format.

  PLACEMENT OF CONTENTS OF THE PAB as format: Cover: Training photo
which bleeds off edges, PAB symbol top right hand corner.

  Inside Front Cover: Book Ad, PAB blurb, short description of
cover photo. (Also the Public Notice for the UK edition of the
PAB.)

  Page I through to 6: HCO Bulletins consecutively per level.

  Page 7 through to 10: E-Meter Ad, Membership Ad, Power Processing
Ad, SHSBC Ad, Tape Ad, tear out order forms,

  Page I I through to 16: Continuation of HCO Bulletins.

  Inside Back Cover: GLOSSARY.

  Back Cover: Half page for org addresses (Churches of Scientology)
other half page for the masthead. These are vertical, the masthead
on the inside edge, the addresses on the outside edge. Refer to
PABs 243 and 244 for standard format.

  5. TEXT: The Ads are written per standard original mag policy by
LRH, using the seven points of an ad and hard sell. The E-Meter ad
must have the E-Meter note in it. The Glossary defines any
abbreviations contained in the bulletins and other technical terms,
needing defining, if not done so already in the bulletins.

  6. The PAB Magazine must be done within one Central Office as it
is an

  147

  international issue and has standard format. The Saint Hill
Services (Power Processing and SHSBC) are promoted in it. This is a
Saint Hill Magazine. And now that there are three Saint Hills, all
three addresses are to be promoted throughout the mag.

  7. POLICIES CONCERNING THE PAB:

  HCO P/L 20 Oct 1964  Stickers for PABs Wanted

  I Sept 1965 Publications

  18 Apr 1965 All Scientology - Prices lowered Because New

  Organization Streamline (section on PAB)

  20 Sept 1960 PAB Magazine Supplies

  15 June 1959  Hat Write-up PAB Liaison

  8. POLICIES CONCERNING MAGS IN GENERAL APPLICABLE TO THE PAB:

  HCO P/L 8 May 1959 Policy on Signatures in Publications 10 Feb
1965 Text of Ads 17 Mar 1968 Important - Boom Formula 16 Apr 1965
Handling the Public Individual 23 Dec 1958 Quality of Presentation
8 Oct 1964 Artistic Presentation 22 Apr 1965 Booklets, Handouts,
Mailing Pieces 31 Dec 1964 Use of Dianetics, Scientology, Applied
Philosophy 7 Apr 1965 Book Income 12 Feb 1969 Religion 29 Oct 1962
Religion 14 Feb 1966 Doctor Title Abolished 28 July 1965 Handling
of Photographs 16 Dec 1965 Copyright USA 15 Nov 1958 Outstanding
Copyrights and Marks 22 Mar 1965 Current Promotion and Org
Programme Summary - Membership Rundown International Annual
Membership 27 Apr 1965 Planning and Design - Book Promotion Design

  9. PHOTOS: As per the Boom Formula policy, book ads always
contain the cover as the cut, that is, a photo of the book with its
cover is shown in the ad along with the text.

  Photos can be used with the training and processing ads as well.
A good action photo of training along with the SHSBC ad, or a good
photo of an auditing session (mock-up) along with the Power
Processing ad.

  The cover photo should be a good action photo highlighting
training, could be someone operating the E-Meter, two people doing
TRs (any of them), listening to tapes, doing practical on a course,
doing theory on a course, it could be of a whole class or of just a
few, or one or two people. But it should highlight training, and be
a good action shot. The photo on the cover tells a lot to the
person about to open the mag up.

  10. The ads make the person GET trained or processed, get him to
buy the book, and get him to renew his expired membership. Every
membership ad which goes to persons already having a membership
should promote to him or her to get their membership RENEWED, as
well as listing the benefits of the International Membership.

  Keeping the PAB STANDARD and following the above policy will make
a good PAB magazine which will bring in income to the Saint Hills.

  Proposed by Tina Hawkins

  Production Secretary Pubs Org for Exec Council Pubs Org

  for Exec Council WW

Copyright (c) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  148

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MARCH 1966

  Sthil (c)

  WW only

  All Executives

  PROMOTION OF SAINT HILL

  AUDITOR ISSUE FREQUENCY

  The way I got Saint Hill off the launching pad in '64 when its
statistic ended its down cycle and started up was:

  ISSUING SPECIAL ISSUES OF THE AUDITOR HEAVILY IN EARLY SPRING AND
FALL.

  This must not be overlooked as it was the turning point.

  Also the early format and idea of the Auditor as outlined in
despatches of early '64 must not be overlooked. It was a magazine
that carried lots of photos, stressed field auditors, vital
statistics and was full of non-org names-names-names.

  When in December of '63 1 "crystal balled" a '64 slump, I
designed "The Auditor". It did not get mailed until April. This was
a trifle late in mailing but caught the summer and gave us real
volume.

  In the early autumn I got out more Auditors.

  In 1965 we more or less followed the same plan and "A Student
Comes to Saint Hill" shot the statistics high.

  In '66 we got out a magazine issue, 90,000 at the end of Feb,
another at the end of March. And will get out a real heavy issue to
total list at end of August or early Sept to get our winter
business.

  So this is the key to the basic promotion of Saint Hill.

  Those Auditors must be excellent in early Spring and early autumn
and must go out to the whole list. They are essentially special
issues. (Sec "A Student Comes to Saint Hill" and "The East
Grinstead Story" and Auditor 14.) They have a brilliant promotion
idea in them.

  Auditors of a lighter weight and more varied vein can be issued
through the rest of the year but the important ones are early
spring and early autumn.

  Then one must back it up with excellent top drawer service
delivery. The formation and spectacular early results (Power
Processing) of the Saint Hill HGC played a heavy part in our
beginning boom in '65.

  And finally, remember that the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course
is the main dish at Saint Hill. It was the founding of this course
in May 1961 which was the first increased statistic of Saint Hill.
Also, when we ceased to stress this course in 1965 we had a prompt
slump for a short while.

  So Saint Hill's prosperity depends on the Saint Hill Special
Briefing Course and issuing Auditors of great interest and vitality
in early spring and early autumn to the whole list and giving
wonderful service consisting of spectacular technical results in
training and processing.

  The Field Staff Member programme, and many other promotions and
technical actions have their place and are very important but the
above are the cornerstones of prosperity at Saint Hill.

  Only one other point - I find year after year that one has to
plan and (c) assemble a big important Auditor at least 4 months in
advance of its issue date. So the spring ones have to be started in
December and the material has to be all there in December. And the
autumn issue material has to be assembled in May for any deadline
to be met. This promotion could fail if not begun in time.

LRH:ml.cden L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c) 1966

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  149

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 OCTOBER 1967

Remimeo

  AUDITOR MAGAZINE SUCCESS

  The way the editor of the Auditor, in a period of high stats, ran
her office and staff

  "Mat Sec WW Ed of the And.

  Dear David,

  Report on Success of The Auditor

  1. All staff know their duties and wear their hats properly.

  2. Work-line material goes directly to person handling it, who
knows what to do with it.

  3. Deadlines are known so material and work gets completed on
time.

  4. 1 leave my staff alone to get on with their work.

  S. Formulas are applied on a weekly basis.

  6. There is a spirit of team work generated.

  7. 1 keep my staff informed on what is happening.

  8. There is a free flow of ARC.

  9. Policy is very important and referred to when we get a
problem.

  My staff don't Dev-T me.

  11. All of us are prepared to do anything to get the job done
which is our only interest.

  Love,

  Judy"

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

LRH:jp.rd Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  150

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1968

Remimeo

  Promotion Hats

  Auditor Correspondent

  Hat

  Dissem Sec Hat

  HCO Exec Sec Hat

  Auditor journal Hats

  AUDITOR CORRESPONDENTS

  (STANDARD AUDITOR JOURNAL POLICY)

  The hat of the Auditor Correspondent is definite and precise. It
is covered in policy, specifically, by HCO Policy Letter of 7 July,
1965 (revised 9 July, 1967) "Photos, News and Statistics For Mags
and Auditor" and HCO Policy Letter of 28 July, "Handling of
Photographs"; and, generally, by standard Scientology promotion
policy. It is amplified herein.

  The purpose of the Auditor Correspondent is "TO HELP RON PROMOTE
SCIENTOLOGY BY PROVIDING AMPLE MATERIALS FOR USE IN THE AUDITOR SO
THAT THE AUDITOR CAN SHOW THE WORLD SUCCESSFUL SCIENTOLOGY AND
SCIENTOLOGISTS AND MAKE THEM WANT MORE SCIENTOLOGY."

  The principal, vital type of materials required are as follows:
feature news stories, feature news shots (photos), vital statistics
and lists of names.

  FEATURE NEWS STORY

  The definition given in the Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary
for "feature" is a distinctive article, story or special department
in a newspaper or magazine; something offered to the public or
advertised as particularly attractive; a prominent part or
characteristic". News means "a report of recent events". Story
means "an account of incidents or events; a news article".

  A feature news story shows how a Scientologist is changing his
environment and applying Scientology-it shows success with
Scientology. Ideally, it is accompanied by a photograph

  showing

  the fellow

  doing

  it.

  A feature news article is not generalized comments about someone
or a biography; neither is it identical to a success letter. A
feature news story is written for the readers of The Auditor,
containing time, place, form and event which may also have
biographical details to increase reality.

  Here is an example of an Auditor news story.

  "SCIENTOLOGIST WINS GOLF CHAMPIONSHIP

  "Joe Goodfellow, the young South African professional and recent
Grade IV Release won the South African Open Golf Championship, on I
November, 1968 at Cape Town after a sudden death playoff with Peter
Wind. This was Joe's first ever pro tournament victory.

  "Both players finished with 72 hole totals of 282. In the
exciting playoff Joe sank a tremendous 40 ft putt on the first
green to take the first prize of f 2000.

  "Joe's win occurred only a week after he was audited to Grade IV
Release in the Johannesburg Hubbard Guidance Centre. His auditor
was Beatrice Sea.

  "Joe Goodfellow says, 'My score has improved by 5 strokes since I
first began studying Scientology only two months ago and in that
time I have won over L5000 in prize money.'

  "Joe is entered in the important U.S. Masters tournament next
month and he has already interested the famous American golfer,
Arnold Palmtree, in the application of Scientology to golfing."

  (A feature news photo, recreating Joe, winning the sudden death
playoff could accompany this article.)

  Auditor 9 on page 6 has an excellent example of a feature news
story, describing a traffic accident assist in the middle of a
London street. Auditors 24 and 26 are models for such material.
Study them.

  A news item could also be brief. For example: "SECOND HIT RECORD"
"Singer

  Jose Blanco, Scientology Clear (no  (c) makes another hit record
and has won his

  second golden Disc Award of 1968 for his song 'My Loving
Understanding'. His first

  Golden Disc (received for a record selling more than a million
copies) was won for his

  hit song 'Freedom Is Here To Stay'."

  The Auditor mainly deals in individuals and mainly publicizes
auditors and preclears who have been trained or processed. Show how
they are changing or how they are changing their environment and
applying Scientology. (You may send in "org news" for the "org news
column". This should also be kept interesting to the public. But
don't specialize in local org names or org news.)

  NAMES, NAMES, NAMES

  The Auditor requires names, names, names; names of persons
trained, names of persons processed, lists of persons coming to
Saint Hill, lists of persons completing services with the services
named; but particularly lists of graduates are required. The
Auditor specializes in vital statistics, in names and faces of
people, graduates from Academies, etc.; long lists, lots of lists
of names, even in tiny type, as provided by correspondents in orgs.

  VITAL STATISTICS

  More names. Births, marriages, engagements, christenings, and
occasionally deaths (but not divorces), come under this heading.
Make it known in your area that if it isn't reported in The Auditor
it didn't happen. Make that known.

  FEATURE NEWS SHOTS (PHOTOS)

  Feature News shots are covered in detail by HCO Policy Letter of
21 November, 1968 "Photo Policy For Magazines".

  Study photopolicy as one of the specialities of The Auditor is
"faces" and you are required to provide usable photos per
photopolicy for The Auditor. You can get someone to take them for
you if you can't.

  Good quality prints (copies of photos) that communicate are
what's wanted. Make sure the photo communicates but if the quality
is too poor for good communication to occur in its reproduction in
The Auditor it can't be used. Clear, sharp prints that really
communicate are more likely to reproduce well and be effective than
underexposed (too dark) or overexposed (too light, giving a
washed-out effect) or out-of-focus photos which don't communicate
anything but the back of someone's head.

  A good photograph can sometimes be more real to the public than a
100 words. Photography is an important tool of dissemination.
Therefore, excellent feature shots are very much part of the
Standard Auditor format.

  SUCCESS LETTERS

  Signed success stories have their own place and use in The
Auditor. Auditor

  152

  Correspondents weekly collect the best success letters from their
local Success Officers and send them to the Auditor Office.

  ADDITIONAL TYPES OF MATERIALS

  Any material which reinforces the basic purpose of the Auditor
Correspondent is valid. Secondary materials could include poems
(very welcome), cartoons, crossword puzzles, etc. But The Auditor
runs on the primary types of materials described above.

  ADMINISTRATION

  The production (quantity of useful materials received by the
Office of The Auditor) of each Auditor Correspondent must be
graphed weekly at the Office of The Auditor and in the local org.
Any correspondent who isn't active is quickly handled with standard
Ethics on lines or removed and replaced with someone effective.

  It is the responsibility of the HCO Exec Sec of each org to see
that the Auditor Correspondent action is in for that org.

  SAINT HILL AUDITOR CORRESPONDENT

  By actual experience, the Auditor Correspondent post has been
very difficult to keep manned at Saint Hill, having been entirely
handled by the WW Auditor Office before it moved to Edinburgh.

  Accordingly, the following is NECESSARY AS POLICY: The Auditor
Correspondent post must be a full time post (may hold no other
hats) at Saint Hill and its occupant must be checked out on the
specific policies that pertain to the hat (as all Auditor
Correspondents should be). Neglect of this policy may result in a
Comm Ev on the HCO Exec Sec SH on the charge of the crime of
allowing SH's prime promotion line to be unmocked.

  SUMMARY

  Newspapers of the wog press almost exclusively deal in entheta as
their "news" specializes in sexual degradation, disasters,
violence, crime, failure, etc. Scientology news stories are theta
news. Only groups with very low awareness levels put out "bad" news
continually. A high tone group or civilization is interested in
"good news" and puts out good news.

  The Auditor is the report line of the most important news in this
universe: the news Scientology is winning, the daily truth of Man's
progress through Scientology to magnitudes greater than stars.

  Don't cut this line by failing to send in usable lists, feature
news stories, feature news shots, vital stats and other useful
materials. I'm sure you won't.

  Compiled by CS6 Staff

LRH:ei.rd Approved by

Copyright (c) 1968 L. RON HUBBARD

by L. Ron Hubbard Founder

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  153

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 NOVEMBER 1968

  Gen. Non-Remimeo

  SH

  WW

  Auditor Journal Hats

  SAINT HILL INCOME PEAKS

  REINFORCEMENT OF AUDITOR

  PROMOTION

  (Reissue of LRH ED 249 SH, of 28 December, 1966)

  As income peaks. follow an issue of an Auditor by about one
month, the Auditor must therefore be mailed monthly as follows:

  A) An Auditor Minor is to be sent out to the entire list we have
every two months and so timed that it is mailed on Jan 1, Mar 1,
May 1, July 1, Sept 1, Nov 1. This is a thinner, more elementary,
Auditor.

  Twice each year the Minor Issue must contain a magazine
supplement of from 16 to 24 pages of photos illustrating some phase
of Saint Hill or Scientology actions, properly scripted and
photographed. This is to go on Sept I and Mar 1.

  B) An Auditor Major Issue is to be issued on Feb 1, April 1, June
1, Aug 1, Oct 1, Dec 1. It is the vital statistics motif of the
original Auditor, containing proper ads and specializing in the
names and faces of people, graduates from SH and Academies, etc.;
long lists, lots of lists of names, even in tiny type, as provided
by correspondents in orgs and by SH. This issue is a fat Auditor
and goes to the SH list only which also receives the Minor Issue.

  Special editorial staff and provisions must exist for this
magazine, not a mish-mash with other publication matters.

  Failure to make these deadlines and follow policy of issue shall
be considered an Ethics matter.

  Bonuses exist for The Auditor staff for every issue mailed
exactly on or within a Week before the deadline for it.

  The HCO Exec Sec WW is to see that this staff exists and that it
has correspondents in all orgs to send in names and pictures.

  L. RON HUBBARD Founder

LRH:rw.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  154

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 NOVEMBER 1968 Gen.
Non-Remimeo SH WW Auditor Journal Hats THE ORIGINAL AUDITOR JOURNAL
POLICY

  A correspondent for The Auditor must be appointed in each Central
Organization. This correspondent should keep the Editor of The
Auditor informed of all Academy enrollees and graduates and data
concerning them, local news, reports on Congresses and various
meetings and plans. Photos when available should be forwarded.

  Wherever possible a correspondent should send not only a person's
name but also his or her address.

  The heart of a good story of The Auditor is lots of names and
what they are doing.

              DUMMIES

  Dummies are never the size of the finished product. A dummy is
merely a lay-out with the required page foldings so copy can be
planned. If you omit this stage, you can't plan an issue. It is
sometimes very small. One often makes dummies out of stationery
paper.

              POLICY ON NAMES

  You can vary your type size in The Auditor. Lots of rosters such
as "Academy Students Washington" should be in very small type with
endless numbers of names. Policy is, if you get yourself a list of
names, print every name, small type, on and on.

              VITAL STATISTICS

  I want The Auditor to do vital statistics on this motto "If it
isn't reported in The Auditor it didn't happen." Births, marriages,
etc. So make a section for Vital Statistics. The response will be
good if it's known you want it so.

  Vital Statistics or The Auditor Announces or some such heading
should be followed by a lot of announcements, marriages, births,
all in small type, then at the bottom in big script "If it isn't
announced in The Auditor it didn't happen." Then smaller type,
"Send it in and make it a fact."

              TECHNICAL ARTICLES

  Go wary on technical articles by people. These absolutely sank
Elizabeth and Wichita. The publications there got to be squirrel
heaven. Stress articles and letters about doingness. "Went to
Sydney and gave a PE." Scrub-"the way to give a PE is." Aside from
technical inaccuracy, these ideas from auditors about how to audit
will only bring grief. Just blue pencil the technical "tips" out of
your letters and print the rest. It's part of controlling the line.
Really, Wichita shattered only on this one point: printing the
obsessive create of the squirrels which destroyed the idea there
was a right way to do it. We can't afford to or we wreck our
discipline and thence our results. And there goes Scientology.

  So it's everybody's name, activities and pictures and only my
technical articles. Make it a rigid rule.

              155

  CLASSIFIED ADS

  Then also sell classified ads but no professional cards or centre
ads. Example of ok classified, "House for rent for some
Scientologist on our farm." Examples of not ok to publish
classified: "Pdnuk Scientology Centre, 1312 9th Street" or
"Benjamin J. Spooner will audit you to glory 810 10th Street,
Spodane." Student notice boards are our idea of classified. The
telephone directory is not. Charge so much per three lines, for
example $1.50 or 10/-. Head your classified "Personal Notices." Put
"Professional and Centre ads not printed. Only personal
arrangements, requirements and advices, items for sale or rent,
etc. are accepted."

              BY-LINES

  Articles by me have by-lines under the title and at the end of
the article, usually my written signature.

  The public buys my articles.

              SALESMANSHIP

  The salesmanship of The Auditor, by policy, is not to sell the
materials to auditors solely as the only interested ones. Speak to
them as though they have others to speak to, always.

              SUMMARY

  A planned, repeated format such as things given above will
standardize and popularize the magazine.

  Hat checking on agreed upon policy and administration grooves in
needed material so we don't get bumpy admin and new bits all the
time. It's all set up for maximum simplicity, minimal variation. L.
RON HUBBARD Founder

LRH:rw.rd Copyright (c) 1068 'by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
156

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 NOVEMBER 1968 Gen.
Non-Remimeo SH WW Auditor journal Hats THE STANDARD AUDITOR JOURNAL

  Definition of the Auditor: The Journal of Scientology. Journal
means: "a daily newspaper; a periodical dealing esp. with matters
of current interest". (Webster's Seventh New Collegiate Dictionary)

  The following becomes Auditor Journal policy: Any issue of the
Auditor publicly commended by the Founder is an example of standard
Auditor promotion and must be studied by subsequent Editors and
referred to as a model.

  Auditors No. 22, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 34 and 41, are such
Auditors. Auditors 22, 24, 26 and 28 are models for major issues
and Auditor 25, 27 (including the supplement "A Student Goes
Through Saint Hill"), 34 (including the supplement "The Saint Hill
Story"), and Auditor 41 are models for minor issues. The earlier
two supplements, Auditor Supplement No. 1, "A Student Comes To
Saint Hill" and Supplement No. 2, "The East Grinstead Story" are
also models of standard supplements.

  These Auditors give the standardized repeating Auditor format.
Each resulted in upsurged statistics for Scientology. Standard
promotion invariably works.

  There is nothing in Auditor policy that forbids issuing the
Auditor more frequently or expanding its number of pages. But any
increased frequency of issue or expanded number of pages, may not
result in a break with the standard format. It's standard right
down to paper quality and width of the margins.

  Just as there is Standard Tech there is a standard Auditor, part
of the subject known as Standard Promotion, a branch of Standard
Admin.

              SAMPLE AUDITOR, MAJOR

  The following is an example of a standard Auditor, major issue.

  Page 1: LRH article, major news item such as International
amnesty or SH Field Staff Member Awards. Photo of LRH.

  Page 2: Continuation of articles from page one. General news or
information release of interest or article on service. Large Power
Processing ad, book ad.

  Page 3: Next most important page after page 1. Not used to
continue columns from pages I or 2. Can have LRH article or major
feature(s) of great general interest reinforcing theme of issue.
Large, SHSBC ad.

  Page 4 and 5: Banner head across both pages: NEWS FROM AROUND THE
WORLD, containing lists of names of releases and graduates
(particularly Academy grads) and feature news stories showing
successes with Scientology by individual application with feature
news photographs.

  Page 6: Contains Org news column, Franchise news column, SH news
column, more lists of names, list of Congress dates, large book ad,
membership ad.

  Page 7.- Vital Statistics column, Classified ads, Success Letters
(Focus on Success), Letters to the Editor, Saint Hill Release
Tally, Poet's Corner, LRH Standing Orders (Communications to Ron),
E-Meter ad, ad for records. Page 8: Clear list in upper left hand
corner (Now There Are  Clears), lists of SH releases, SHSBC
graduates, persons coming to the SHSBC, tape ad, Clearing Course
ad, list of orgs (bottom quarter of page) and Auditor masthead in
right hand bottom corner.

  Photos are used throughout as appropriate.

  Once a year the routing sheet which appeared on the back of
Auditor 10, "What To Do In Scientology", devised by Mary Sue
Hubbard, and updated and reissued on the back page of Auditor 22,
is reissued on the top half of the back page.

              EXAMPLE OF A CLASSIC MINOR

  Page 1: Headline article by LRH, appropriate large striking
photo.

  Page 2: Article pushing training route through Academies. List of
all SHSBC grads. Membership ad. Book ad.

  Page 3: Brilliant feature on SHSBC grads, illustrated with
photos. SHSBC ad.

  Page 4: Clear fist, Clearing Course ad, SH Release Tally, vital
stats, E-Meter ad, tape ad, Power Processing ad. List of orgs and
masthead.

  Once a year there is a Christmas issue.

              POLICY ON ADS IN THE AUDITOR

  The following ads are the minimal types of ads that can appear
each issue in the Auditor: SHSBC, Power, books, books, books,
Clearing Course, E-Meter, membership, tapes. From time to time a
Solo Course ad should appear, also ad for records. Ads for staff
are not part of the standard Auditor format.

  Ads must be hardsell per policy.

              MORE THAN ONE SAINT HILL

  Except for special issues such as Auditor 41, don't issue the
exact same Auditor for SH (UK) and ASHO putting both their
addresses in the same ads and attempt to strike a happy medium
between the image of the two. In trying to serve two "masters" at
once you will get a dulled promotion.

  The more standard action is to do, instead, one basic issue, same
number, same theme, same layout and LRH articles, etc. but have a
separate SH (UK) and ASHO edition in that each would have ads with
their own addresses and show its own image in any promotional
photographs of the premises. You do the same Auditor but edit it
for another SH and then send shooting boards of ASHO's edition to
the US for printing.

  Thus the magazine which traditionally was the showpiece of Saint
Hill, remains loyal to the original org and doesn't lose its image,
yet the magazine expands by editions to serve other orgs of similar
rank.

  Only those items that make the Auditor identify SH as its origin
org would be edited where necessary: image items such as front page
photo of the org (put in front page photo of ASHO), release tally,
prices and addresses of ads, service articles, and local news
column. It's the same issue, same suit of clothes, only tailored to
different orgs.

  Where an Auditor has been successful it has avoided complexities
and additives and stuck to the basic simplicities of policy. An
Auditor is basically simple to handle. Where an Auditor has failed
in other hands it has failed on the following points:

  I (c) No theme or issue not organized with theme.

  2. Dummy of issue too complicated and cluttered, causing
distraction of attention and dispersal.

  3. No main LRH article.

  4. Contains tech articles by others.

  5. No ads or lack of one or more required ads or ads not in
proper form per HCO Policy Letter of 10 Feb, 1965, Ad and Book
Policies.

  6. Not emphasizing SHSBC and Power ads.

  7. Insufficient book advertisement.

  8. Advertising speed of training not thoroughness of training.

  9. Getting in a rut on ad copy. For example, using "Get such and
such now" on three different ad heads on the same page.

  10. Giving all services equal importance in ads, filling an
entire page with ads (9 in all) of uniform size and headlines with
no photographs or other copy on the page!

  11. Not stressing the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course.

  12. Losing sight of LRH as source.

  13. Out-tech and out admin in issue, or editorial opinion, or
blatant untruths. 14. Issue out of PT-not pushing the right
promotion at the right time. 15. Not emphasizing training. 16.
Using poor quality or off-image photos of LRH. 17. Soft sell, vague
headlines or headlines too small which underplay the promotion. 18.
Printing on such lousy paper that important photographs don't
reproduce well or are spoiled. 19. Placing front page photos of LRH
or MSH so that crease of the fold falls across the face (Points 16.
and 17. ruined Auditor issue 20). 20. Photos too small or lousy
quality. 21. Not enough copy leaving huge blanks or requiring every
line become headline size to fill up the space. 22. Violation of
byline policy. 23. Not issuing an Auditor at all or allowing it to
get months behind schedule (catastrophic to SH income). 24.
Forgetting about supplements or not following standard supplement
format. 25. Dispensing with standard format items or alterising
them. 26. Going modern and softsell, not following Auditor policy.
27. Not following direct LRH instructions on an issue. 28. Not
doing it as Ron would do it.

              CHECKSHEET

  A checksheet consisting of theory and practical sections
including clay table demos and all relevant promotion policy
letters must exist. Editors and Asst. Editors must complete the
checksheet and pass exam in Qual to be considered qualified for
post but may hold posts as temporary for one month in which period
the checksheet must have been completed and exam passed with, at
least, an 85% mark. The following policy letters must be starrated
on the checksheet and their application to doing the Auditor 100%
understood. BASIC AUDITOR POLICY LETTERS I (c) 7 July, 1965,
Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor (Revised 9 July,
1967) 2. 17 April, 1965, Additional Mag Policy 3. 17 March, 1966,
Promotion of Saint Hill/Auditor Issue Frequency 4. 25 Nov, 1968,
Saint Hill Income Peaks/Reinforcement of Auditor Promotion 5. 26
Nov, 1968, The Original Auditor Journal Policy 6. 27 Nov, 1968, The
Standard Auditor Journal 7. 29 Nov, 1968, Standard Actions, Office
of the Auditor Journal 8. 15 Oct, 1967, Auditor Magazine Success 9.
21 Nov, 1968, Photopolicy For Magazines 10. 24 Nov, 1968, Auditor
Correspondents PHOTOGRAPHIC POLICY LETTERS I (c) 28 July, 1965,
Handling of Photographs 2. 31 October, 1968, Photographers, of
Interest to OTHER ESSENTIAL KNOW-HOW POLICY LETTERS I (c) 10 Feb,
1965, Ad and Book Policies 2. 23 Sept, 1964, Policies:
Dissemination and Programmes (Section entitled Magazines, Page 2
and 3) 159 OTHER BASIC THEORY POLICY LETTERS I (c) 17 Nov, 1965,
The Basic Principles of Promotion 2. 16 April, AD 15, Handling the
Public Individual 3. 21 Jan, 1965, Revised 5 April 1965, Vital Data
on Promotion 4. 16 Sept, Issue If, 1965, Foundation 5. 8 Oct, 1964,
Artistic Presentation HCO BULLETINS 1. 30 Aug, AD IS, Art 2. 19
Aug, 1967, The Supreme Test

  In addition to the above, the checksheet must contain the
following other

  requirements.

  1. Study all Auditors from number I to present time, particularly
those listed as commended by the Founder. 2. Do dummies for majors
22, 24, 26 and minors 25, 27, 34 and 41. Then go to file and
compare your dummies to original dummies.

  3. Do dummies for the sample Auditors given in this policy
letter.

  4. Mock up other on-policy dummies.

  5. Demonstrate in clay the editorial purpose of the Auditor.

  6. Write feature news stories and draw feature news shots for
them.

  7. Write up on-policy ads for each required ad, at least 3 of
each.

  8. Define the following words: printing, leading, type, type
style, times roman, gils sans, head, masthead, sub-head, point,
letterpress, photolitho, blocks, plates, communication promotion,
engraving, offset litho, set to fill, linotypist, engraver, proof,
page, sheet, proofreader, galley proof, page proof, layout, dummy,
shooting board, repropull, byline, margin, theme, supplement,
photo-montage, minor, major.

  9. Show relationship of width of column, size of type and amount
of leading to readability.

  10. Mock up a cluttered, shotgun dummy (for a minor).

  11. Do flow lines of Auditor office in clay.

  12. Demonstrate in clay how comm formula applies to the Auditor;
also demonstrate in clay how the ARC Triangle applies to promotion.

  13. Demonstrate in clay relationship of L. Ron Hubbard to the
Auditor.

  14. Demonstrate in clay who the Auditor goes to, major and minor
issue. 15. What type styles and sizes are used in Auditors 26 and
34?

  Do a complete written analysis listing every type style and type
size used in each issue (26 and 34).

  16. Do a dummy run of handling an Auditor in its entirety from
setting its theme to completion.

  17. Study of other relevant policy letters. (List on checksheet.)

  18. Any other needful items, either theory or practical.

              CHECKLIST

  A checklist which is checked off action by action as an issue is
done arid which is

  filed when completed, with the dummy, original material and a
copy of the printed issue, must exist.

LRH:ei.rd Compiled by CS6 Staff Copyright (c) 1968 Approved by by
L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder 160

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 NOVEMBER 1968 Gen.
Non-Remimeo Issue 11 SH WW Auditor journal Hats STANDARD ACTIONS,
OFFICE OF THE AUDITOR JOURNAL

              THE OFFICE OF THE AUDITOR

  The Office of the Auditor has a minimum of 4 to 5 staff.

  Editor: Runs the office. Directs the Auditor in all its aspects,
plans issues, and is responsible for producing on-policy Auditors
on time.

  Asst. Editor: Assists the Editor, acts for the Editor in latter's
absence. Next most senior person in the office after the Editor.

  Auditor News Officer: The executive who handles and supervises
all correspondents for the Editor, responsible to see that the
Editors are supplied with more than enough onpolicy materials for
issues.

  Auditor Typist: Types all copy neatly and double spaced for the
printer, does filing and general clerk work.

              TARGET BOARD

  There is a large target board in the office subdivided into the
following vertical columns THEME/DUMMY/COPY/GALLEY PROOFS/PAGE
PROOFS/PRINTED/MAILED. There are at least 6 horizontal columns. A
card with the number of issue of the Auditor, its deadline (date
it's due to be mailed out) and the theme of the issue on it is
posted under the theme column. Auditors are planned at least 6
issues in advance, so one would have several cards in the theme
column representing future Auditors.

  Then when the dummy is done the card is moved into the "dummy"
column to show that the dummy stage is completed and so on until
the card sits in the "mailed" column indicating the issue has been
mailed out from Saint Hill. The date the card arrives in the
"mailed" column should fall on or within 7 days of the date
deadline on the card.

  The above target board also gives us the cycle of action of the
Auditor when it is typeset and printed letter press at the
printers.

  By the target board are placed any commendations the current
Editor has received and any particular items of interest. Photos of
the Founder as have appeared in the Auditor are displayed in the
office near the target board.

  The Auditor office must have a separate space of its own which it
keeps in good order. As it promotes and deals in good news the
Auditor staff maintain excellent personal images and the Editor
sets an aura of high tone efficiency.

  STANDARD OPERATING ACTIONS

              THE THEME

  1. One plans an Auditor months in advance. Themes for Auditors
should be planned at least 6 issues in advance. That way one is at
cause over the tide of events but can stay alert and change a theme
to suit new circumstances as required. (By theme is meant a
recurring pattern, the unifying factor of the issue, the basic
push, "sell", goal or communications of the issue.)

  2. Put the theme on a card with issue number and deadline and
place under THEME on the target board. Get a folder made for the
issue and let it collect material.

              DUMMIES

  3. Within ample time, get all the material collected for the
issue and do a dummy. On the dummy you mark down what goes
where-it's the "blueprint" or diagram of the issue. Dummy also
shows approximate size of headlines. This is where you plan the
issue.

              161

  4. Training route is always stressed hardest of all. Thoroughness
of training is a keynote of promotion. One promotes the orgs as
duplicating standard technology exactly. The SHSBC is the prime
Saint Hill service.

  5. L. Ron Hubbard is very much part of the Auditor format as the
source of Scientology, a very standard action in Scientology
promotion. Articles by the Founder are either sent directly by him
for an issue or are newly edited into written English from his tape
transcriptions. Articles by the Founder are a standard part of the
Auditor format.

  6. When doing the dummy pay attention to where the folds of the
Auditor will fall so as to avoid allowing a crease to fall across
the face of a photo of an important personage on the front page or
of LRH or MSH anywhere in the issue. Just use good judgement on
this matter.

  7. Once the theme of an issue has been established don't lose it
in your layout or headlines. Loss can result in soft sell. Soft
sell can occur if one is not quite sure what one is doing or is
dispersed in any way, which results in weak material which is soft
sell.

  8. Intelligent planning and correct evaluation of importances are
mainstays of an effective editor.

  9. Keep a dummy simple and don't be afraid to try lots of
different ways of doing it in order to get it right. The fastest
way isn't necessarily the right way. The dummy is planned per the
theme and available or potentially available material.

  10. In planning a dummy (involving the sequence of significances
and utilization of the spaces of the pages) one has to grasp the
fundamental that an Auditor is an exercise in the control of a
reader's interest and attention toward achieving the editorial
purpose of the Auditor ("To show the world successful Scientology
and Scientologists and make them want more Scientology"). The
reader's attention is controlled through the interplay of
significances (importances) on the physical layout of the dummy
plus size of the headlines. (Note page one begins a cycle of
action, pages 2-7 continue it, and the bottom of page 8 ends it.
There are other cycles of actions within pages I to 8; and of
course there is the larger cycle of action involving the purpose of
the Auditor.) Study previous Auditors closely, particularly
theories commended by the Founder, and notice how the layout and
sizes of the headlines direct the reader's attention. A trained
Auditor understands what control of attention is about. An artist
understands it as the "attraction" of attention. These principles
of layout are relevant to any promotion. The physical layout and
type size assist the communications of importances so that while a
pleasing balance is achieved the view is directed to importances in
the order you wish it. Mock up some large sign and you'll get the
idea. The positive direction of attention has a lot to do with
hardsell. It's smooth. It's very simple.

  11. A Major issue shows the image of Scientology (it's 100%
successful, puts standard Scientology technology there, shows where
Scientology is going, what Scientology is doing, what
Scientologists are doing, how Scientology and Scientologists are
expanding. (See definition of "Major" in HCO Pol Letter of
September 23, 1964, "POLICIES: DISSEMINATION AND PROGRAMMES" and
HCO Pol of 25 November, 1968, "SAINT HILL INCOME PEAKS".)

  12. A Minor issue reaches the broad Scientology population of the
world, as compared to a Major which addresses the trained Auditors
and more advanced Scientologists of the world. A Minor more than a
Major tends to have more emphasis on lower levels, on pushing a
person through their local org to Saint Hill. It is very much more
simple in construction and approach. It also, like a Major, holds
high the banner of standard tech wherever it goes. All supremely
important news is put in a Minor or a special Minor issue is sent
out. (See definition of "Minor" in HCO Pol Letter of September 23,
1964, "POLICIES: DISSEMINATION AND PROGRAMMES" and HCO Pol of 25
November, 1968, "SAINT HILL INCOME PEAKS/Reinforcement of Auditor
Promotion".)

  13. ANY PHOTOGRAPHS USED OF L. RON HUBBARD MUST BE CORRECT IMAGE.
NO PHOTOS OF L. RON HUBBARD MAY BE PUBLISHED OF HIM WHICH HAVE NOT
BEEN APPROVED BY L. RON HUBBARD OR AN AUTHORIZED AIDE.

  COPY

  14. Copy means the significances of the issue, what's in words.

  162

  15. Once the dummy is completed the material is now prepared in
its final version per the dummy. Any editing of success letters,
writing up of feature news stories, captions for photos, editing of
tape transcription, etc., are now done.

  16. When writing copy, always address one person because only
individuals read the Auditor. Never refer to the org as "we".
Resist attempts by staff to promote themselves. Apply HCO Policy
Letter of 17 April, 1965, "ADDITIONAL MAG POLICY".

  17. Articles on organization services can appear in an issue of
the Auditor. These

  are clearly and interestingly written and show the role that
service plays on the Bridge.

  (These are not tech articles, but actually a genre of
advertisement. See examples of

  such in commended issues.)

  18. Auditors are described by the Founder as "serene" and
"dignified" and also hard sell. Communication is very direct and no
tricks of any kind are made. Do not accept any comments from any
sources to change to a more "modern" layout or format-this only
results in soft sell and disaster.

  19. When writing data, watch for specifics. A story can appear
dull if all the interesting specifics are not included. This also
applies to ads-specifics on the steps of writing an ad can really
add life into the ad. One has to have a great reality on who or
what one is writing about. Do a CSW whenever required. Confront
your material.

  20. Always read and reread copy several times before sending to
the printer. One must have a critical viewpoint when doing this and
is purely looking for anything off policy or nonstandard,
conflicting, incomplete or incorrect. The right things will remain
because they are right and you have looked. Get your own Div 5
function in on your own work.

  21. Out tech can occur not only in material submitted but in
photos, so a tech or qual hat must always be worn when compiling an
issue. Examples of out tech photos-clay table demos with no labels,
auditor using hair spray cans in a session, complete with a plastic
lid, poor TR's, etc.

  22. Use of headlines and size of type face used can make or break
a page layout. Use of the same size and same type face can be
monotonous. Differentiation of type faces and size (size being more
important than style) with good judgement can really highlight
important sections and create the desired effect.

  23. The headline of an article should vividly reflect the article
itself and is very important. A poor headline can result in
dispersal of the reader's attention.

  24. When an article is reasonably long, it is sometimes a good
idea to break it up with sub-headings which describe each section
in turn. The fundamental here is again the smooth control of the
reader's attention.

  25. Ron is source. Stress Ron as source always. No one else is
source. As per policy, no tech is written by anyone else. Only
services, applications, use or results may be compiled or written.
Success letters and materials sent in must be carefully edited.

  26. Make sure the Auditor communicates well, that any Scientology
words that need to be defined in Minors or even Majors are defined.
Just follow the policy of 23 September 1964 on Dissemination and
Programmes, pages 2 and 3. PRINTED MATERIALS MUST BE
COMPREHENSIBLE.

  27. Quality of photos. A print usually has to look really good
and clear to reproduce well. The attitude is always communication
first, technique second. You aren't running photo contests. But if
the technique is too poor for good communication to occur and when
it's reproduced, it can't be used. Insist mainly on feature photos
which show action with reality.

  28. Always write a photo caption with the photo in front of you.
Look at the photo. What is it? And you have your answer-that's your
caption.

  29. The way that one approaches the Auditor is that it's Ron's
comm line and not an org's. Ron's comm line always. As one perfects
an issue, one is putting the right particles on Ron's comm line.

  30. After the copy has been written, it is typed up very neatly
and double spaced for the printer-make it pro looking. Then start
in from page I and do the typography for the issue by marking the
type styles and sizes on the typed copy, including headlines, that
is going to the printer.

  163

  30. (a) Doing typography consists of selecting type sizes and
styles for headlines and text. The type size of the text depends
upon the dummy and text; you have so much space to fill with so
much text. If you aren't sure what type size the text should be to
fill the space for it you can write on the copy "set to fill",
which means the linotypist will select the correct typesize and
amount of leading to evenly fill the space. (Given "so much copy"
two factors determine how many words will fit a given space: type
size and leading [the amount of space between lines of type].)

  The photos, the typed copy and the dummy all go in a folder
marked "Auditor no. such and such" with your address. The dummy
goes in front, then the copy, then the photographs are properly
packaged.

  GALLEY PROOFS

  31. Galley proofs are the next step.

  31. (a) Always insist on galley proofs and page proofs of an
issue. A galley proof is the material for an issue which has been
typeset but not yet placed into pages-it comes in long strips.
First rule up the page size of the issue on large pieces of white
board (card or paperboard) each page correctly numbered. One
normally has two pages on one piece of board corresponding to a
single sheet of the dummy. Then take your dummy and cut up the
galleys into their correct order per the dummy and place the
material (galleys) in their correct position on the paperboard
pages. But don't paste anything down until you have correctly
placed all the copy in the issue. Don't be afraid to change the
placement of photos or articles at this stage. Move the copy around
until you find the right placement on the pages. When every page
looks right, then do the paste down. NOTE: IF YOU HAVE ALREADY DONE
A PROPER DUMMY AND ACCURATELY ESTIMATED YOUR MATERIAL YOUR FINAL
PAGE LAYOUT WILL EXACTLY CORRESPOND TO YOUR DUMMY LAYOUT. That's
good planning. But the rule is: don't paste it down until you have
seen all is well.

  32. While the galleys are being put into pages, the other copies
of the galleys are proofed and any misduplications by the printers
are indicated on the proofreader's copies.

  33. The Auditor, now in the form of pages, the exact size of the
issue, along with the proofed galleys, are returned to the printer.

  PAGE PROOFS

  34. The next step is to receive page proofs back from the
printers. Page proofs are the printed impressions of the pages as
they will appear in the printed copies. This is your final check to
see that the printer has duplicated the material, photographs and
layout exactly and incorporated the corrections you sent him on the
galley proofs. In actual practice, one can keep sending back "page
proofs" to the printer to be corrected until he duplicates the
issue as supplied. When satisfied that the printer has duplicated
the issue it's okay for him to actually print it.

  SUPPLEMENTS

  35. Planning a supplement. This should be started immediately
after the last one was completed. It takes considerable planning

and preparation before anything is even vaguely commenced on it.
Decide on what the supplement is going to be about and then go
about collecting all and any data on the subject and much much more
than you will ever use. Then set about and write a photoscript. A
photoscript is a print by print description of the sequence of
actions of the issue, the story line which is to be photographed.
The photos are the story. (See the LRH photoscript done for "A
Student Goes Through Saint Hill".) When the photoscript is right,
then plan the dummy and continue the issue from there.

  36. A Supplement usually contains one or more photo montages, but
this is not mandatory. A photo montage is a compilation of several
photos which have been cut out and pasted down onto a sheet. A
photo montage is placed where one wants to represent
photographically a lot of ideas and actions. The placing of the
photos in relation to each other must be done with proper
consideration. If you find you are missing a certain piece, almost
like a puzzle, order the exact photo from the photographer.

  37. The spaces planned for photos are numbered on the dummy in
consecutive order from page 1. The backs of the photographic mounts
are then numbered identically in pencil so the printer can match up
which photos go where. (If the photos aren't mounted put each one
in an envelope and number each envelope accordingly.

  164

  Make sure you follow HCO Policy Letter of 28 July, 1965 "Handling
of Photographs".) This procedure is followed with Auditors or
supplements. You don't paste the photos in on the dummy.

  LIAISON WITH SAINT HILL

  38. The Editor should use the SH Correspondent to liaise with the
Dir Comm SH re the ordering of envelopes and stuffing of each issue
(the Editor just makes sure it's done). The Dir Comm SH should
advise the Auditor Correspondent SH once a month of the total SH
mailing list so that the correct number of Auditors is printed.

  IMPORTANCE OF THE AUDITOR

  39. The importance of the Auditor derives from the following:

  (a) It is the international journal of Scientology.

  (b) It's SH's biggest promotion line.

  (c) SH's public image depends upon it.

  (d) On-policy issues have been found to be a main factor in SH
affluences.

  THE EDITOR

  40. The Editor of the Auditor must perceive what is happening in
the expansion of Scientology and must be able to reinforce that
expansion fast. The Auditor pushes expansion. The Editor must have
his thumb on the pulse beat of Scientology. When L. Ron Hubbard
wants to reach broadly on comm lines, he often uses the Auditor. It
is the international journal of Scientology and could be described
as the intercontinental promotional missile. It must be straight
and true and communicate with great reality and directness. Its
lines are, after all, Ron's comm lines and this should never be
forgotten.

  41. The Editor must keep his intelligence and prediction factor
high. He must therefore insist on getting copies for his office of
HCOB's, HCO Policy Letters, International Ethics Orders, WW Eds and
International EDs as they are issued from WW. Proper promotion
requires good information lines. The Editor mustn't be isolated on
the periphery or get out of touch.

  42. One has to keep really up on current Scientology events and
changes and be on the ball on this. Sometimes a change may affect
an issue. It's better to have an issue a few days late, if
necessary, and right than early and wrong. So don't be afraid to
hold up a printing or change an issue or part thereof, if it's
command intention. Just do what Ron would do. In fact, whenever in
doubt over some point in the Auditor, always ask yourself "What
would Ron do?" and then find the policy the answer is on. It's
always there.

  43. The Editor of the Auditor is a live being who can confront
the 3rd, 4th dynamics and make things go right, plus a total
certainty on the soaring workability of standard promotion and all
the technical services of Scientology, and their results.

  Good luck.

  Compiled by

  CS6 Staff

  for

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

LRH:rw.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  165

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 AUGUST 1970

Remimeo

  Auditor journal

  Hats

  HCO Hats

  Promotion Hats

  LRH Comm Hat

  THE AUDITOR

  Org Magazines and Comm Lines

  In HCO Policy Letter of November 24, 1958 "Magazine Policy" it is
stated that: "All magazines are my communication lines, never an
organization's. Organizations don't talk, the public doesn't
listen. If you want to know how it should sound and look ask
yourself how I'd want it-you will have the answer that's being
bought throughout the world."

  This basic statement was re-interpreted in HCO Policy Letter of
29 November, 1968 Issue 11 "Standard Actions, Office of the Auditor
Journal" page 4, paragraph 29, as follows:

  "The way that one approaches the Auditor is that it's Ron's comm
line and not an org's. Ron's comm line always. As one perfects an
issue, one is putting the right particles on Ron's comm line."

  As the latter statement is liable to misinterpretation to the
effect that a magazine has little or nothing to do with an org's
comm lines, or that Ron's comm lines must be segregated from org
comm lines, the following statement is made to clarify the matter.
It replaces para 29 of HCO P/L 29 November, 1968 Issue 11.

  Magazines, LRH and Org Comm Lines Clarification:

  In that an organization has as one of its major purposes to
deliver Ron's technology to individuals in its community in
accordance with his intention to clear the planet and with other
intentions expressed by him, any theta communication line used by
the org to forward the major purpose of clearing the planet is a
communication line of Ron's either directly or by extension.

  A magazine which forwards Ron's purposes and policies, whether
the magazine is originated wholly and solely, partly, or not at
all, by Ron himself is a comm line of his, provided in the last two
cases, his name and image are prominent in text photos and ads.

  An org producing such a magazine has the comm line of the
magazine as its comm line, maintained and run for Ron, from the org
to its publics as a relay point in one of Ron's communication
lines-which is via orgs in general to the publics of the planet.

  There is no restriction or limit imposed arbitrarily by policy on
the degree to which an org may successfully strengthen or forward
Ron's comm lines, as the successful way to do so is to do what he
says.

  The degree of exactness with which Ron's communications are
duplicated and forwarded by relay points and receipt points
determines the success and power of those relay and receipt points.

  HCO Policy Letter of November 24, 1958 "Magazine Policy" stands.

  If you ask yourself how would Ron want it, how does he say he
wants it, and do that in Auditor, Continental and Area magazines,
you will be on and forwarding Ron's comm lines, as you should be.

LRH:KU:rr.aap LRH Pers Comm

Copyright (c) 1970 for

by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

  166

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF

  7

  JULY

  1965

  (Reissued on

  9

  July

  1967)

Remimeo

  Dissem Secs

  Franchise

  Auditor

  PHOTOS, NEWS AND STATISTICS

  Correspondents

  FSMs

  FOR MAGS AND AUDITOR

  We need lots of Feature News Shots for our Magazines and for The
Auditor, and also Feature News stories.

  A feature news photograph is by definition a posed manipulated
picture that tells a story. It is not just a record of an event. It
may be, but it is also a made event.

  Example: Student A reading with delight a letter, which the
caption states, tells her she has

  29

  preclears lined up when she gets back from Saint Hill. That is a
Feature News Shot. One had to get the idea, go find a student who
had some preclears waiting, get hold of the photographer and get
the shot properly done.

  The absolute minimum of group shots, where the group each faces
the camera like a high school graduating class, should be used.
When you shoot a group, show it in ACTION, doing something.

  Directed, planned or redone news is more interesting for our
purpose, than groups facing the camera in "Napoleons". So we mainly
do Feature.

  We want pictures of Releases after they are made. We want before
and after pictures of spectacular results. We want Joe Smuts,
Standard Oil Executive, shown hard at work on his HQS course, or
using Scientology in his job. We want photos of successful
Scientologists and people using Scientology, done in the Feature
News Photo Style. We need these for many Scientology Publications
and for future planning.

  Also send in stories and news items of successful Scientologists
or stories and news items of successes with Scientology. Be on the
look out for such, and send them in. Try to get a Feature News Shot
hi-lighting the story, if you can.

  Also send in statistics (vital statistics or personal success
statistics-not org staff statistics). Lots and lots of statistics.
Indoctrinate your local members to send you their statistics as
they arise, and then route them on to Editor of The Auditor at
Saint Hill.

  Plan and get feature news shots, news items and statistics. Route
or send them to:

  Editor of The Auditor WW,

  Saint Hill Manor,

  East Grinstead,

  Sussex, England.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

LRH:ml.jp.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1965, 1967

by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  167

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 1965

Remimeo

  All Dissem Hats

  All Dist Hats

  All Communications Hats

  HANDLING OF PHOTOGRAPHS

  Photographs when sent through the communication line either by
mail or through the Comm Centre must always be routed either in
boxes for such or between two sturdy pieces of cardboard which will
not bend.

  NEVER put a paper clip on any photograph, either to keep several
together or to attach dispatches to. JUST NEVER PUT A PAPER CLIP ON
ANY PHOTOGRAPH FOR WHATEVER REASON!

  The reason for such protection of photographs is simple. If any
photograph has the least bend or break in it, it cannot be used for
photolithograph reproduction in magazines or printed matter as the
bend or break causes a white streak to appear in the reproduction
which cannot be corrected or used.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  168

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1968

  (Reissued from Flag Order 1534, same date)

Remimeo

  PHOTOGRAPHERS, OF INTEREST TO

  There are only 2 points which make a photographer a professional.
Hardly any "Pro" knows this.

  1. TO BE 100% FAMILIAR WITH YOUR CAMERAS, ATTACHMENTS AND
ACCESSORIES AND NOT BE INTROVERTED INTO THE OPERATION OF THEM.

  By 100% means you could locate any switch, attachment, change
films, operate and attach accessories in total blackness. This
degree of familiarity needs to be worked on.. You need to practise,
practise, practise with a camera using date expired film, all the
actions concerning loading, unloading and shooting film in any
circumstance. You cannot hope to take a good picture if you are
worried about which clicker to click. This cuts your reach. You
must be able to look, see there is a picture to be taken, and take
it-SNAP! If it takes you as little time as 2 minutes to set up your
camera, then you've had it, your picture will be lost.

  You must be familiar with your equipment to take a photo NOW. The
way to get this familiar is to DRILL DRILL DRILL until you totally
extrovert from the camera. Then you can see pictures to take.

  2. A PICTURE MUST COMMUNICATE.

  Forget the idea that a picture is a record-it's not-it's a
communication.

  You don't stand in one spot and take photo after photo-you get
yourself in various positions and take shots; eventually you'll
find the position/angle which communicates best and that will be
your best picture.

  A photographer looks for something to shoot-something that says
something and then shoots it in such a way (the best way) as to
portray that the scene does say something.

  You don't just take nebulous pictures of Sea, Sky, People, etc.
Make your pictures talk.

  These 2 points go hand in hand-you could happen upon a perfect
scene, get yourself in the right position to shoot it and then
forget which button to press. By the time you work it out you've
lost *your picture.

  Similarly, you can shoot a perfect scene, perfect range, colour,
depth, etc., but it doesn't say anything-it's dead. A picture must
say something without captions of any kind. It must communicate.

  You want to become a professional photographer? - These are the
only rules you need to know.

  Good luck.

  Irene Dunleavy

LRH:ei.rd CS 7

Copyright (c) 1968 for

by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

  169

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1968 Issue 11 Remimeo

  PHOTO-POLICY FOR MAGAZINES

  (Of great interest to any photographer. Note: the term "Auditor"
in the text refers to "The Auditor", the International Journal of
Scientology.)

  A great deal of interest is shown in our Auditor photos.
Therefore, the interest must not be permitted to go stale.

  How to go stale on photos: Use RECORD shots only. Record shots
are head-on dull group pictures, or single faces with no spark.
Using standard events over and over, always shot from the same
angle, always similarly lighted. The absolute minimum of group
shots should be used where the group each faces the camera like a
high school graduating class.

  Using the same dramatic personnae continually is poor.

  What we want is Feature News shots By definition, a feature news
shot means a posed, manipulated picture that tells a story. This is
also called a "genre" in the old pictorial school. It is not just a
record of an event. It may be but it is also a made event.

  These, then, are two different types of pictures-the Record shot
and the Feature News Shot. We have to do some of the former, as
it's all we'll get. We must then make up for it by mainly deriving
the latter.

  A Feature News Shot requires imagination and direction.

  Example: Student A reading with delight a letter which the
caption states tells her she has 29 preclears lined up when she
gets back from Saint Hill. That is a Feature News Shot. One had to
get the idea, go find a student who had some preclears waiting, get
hold of the photographer and get the shot properly done.

  Example of a record shot: no imagination; somebody with a camera
shoots George Brown being handed his classification.

  Record shots are really harder to do as one has to be on the
ground at the time of event. This is all right for fires and train
wrecks but we don't have them often.

  To get a volume of pictures requires a lot of dream up, based, it
is true, on what really is going on, but planned and reformed to
make better presentation.

  If you will notice in a local weekly newspaper, the staff
photographers fill up a lot of pages with group shots and record
shots. Cast of "Ophelia" on stage at High School, showing a lot of
lined up people facing the camera or a basketball team all lined up
facing the camera, etc. Then one of these photographers does two
little girls threading a needle painfully at a sewing class and
lands front page.

  You can turn a record shot into a news feature shot by having the
basketball team actually simulate playing or the cast do the scene.
Or have the team "get word Malborn challenges them to play", or
have a cast member who twisted her ankle yesterday twist her ankle
again for you in front of the cast in a "scene at rehearsal".

  Directed, planned or redone news is more interesting for our
purposes than groups facing the camera in "Napoleons". So we mainly
do Feature.

  Strikingly lighted portraits and feature and landscapes should be
what we do in The Auditor.

  Posed groups doing "Napoleons" are all but taboo, and only used
because we can't get anything else from Auckland. But even then, I
would be more likely to do a photomontage of them or with cut-out
faces scattered through an article on Auckland. A photomontage
would be the Auckland new quarters with faces pasted around it in
some rhythmic pattern in the modern mode.

  Don't put pictures on things with paper clips. The picture
ripples and won't copy or photo-litho.

  Polaroids can't be blown down with the print as they're only

  31/2"

  x 4%" in the first place. And ranking them in neat blocks of
pictures went out in 19 10.

  While it's less work to do it this way, magazine appearance
depends upon industrious formulation of artistic patterns.
Following the easiest way doesn't produce a good magazine.

  And that's photo-policy for magazines.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

LRH:ei.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  171

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER ADS

  Issue III

  OUTSTANDING COPYRIGHTS AND MARKS

  No book issued on Dianetics and Scientology by any other author
than myself has received my permission to copyright in any name but
L. Ron Hubbard. If any book or pamphlet has been so copyrighted or
any design trademarked it is illegal- The holder must be persuaded
to assign or made to assign or sued until assignment is made. We
never close such a case and never falter in expending money to
accomplish this.

  A simple request is ordinarily enough.

  To leave one copyright outstanding anywhere is unthinkable.

  All copyrights are made to L. Ron Hubbard, then after "my demise"
it says in the franchise, to L. Ron Hubbard, Founder. But all
copyrights, marks and rights, by blanket assignment are the
property of and will remain the property of HCO Ltd. the main
office. Although the copyright is to L. Ron Hubbard it becomes by
that the property of HCO with no further administrative action by
reason of existing contracts and franchises.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:rd Copyright (c) 19 5 8 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JANUARY 1959

  Issued at Washington

  (This is to correct and replace HCO Policy Letter

  of January 15, 1959)

  All HCO Secretaries

  All HCO Personnel

  When in doubt about copyrighting it, copyright it. Copyright and
Trademark anything and everything.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.aap.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  172

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1965

  Gen Non

Remimeo

  Applies SH (c) FCDC

  Dis Div Hats

  Dissem Div Hats

  Dept Insp (c) Repts Hats

  Dept Comm Hats

  No

  other Orgs

  COPYRIGHT: U.S.A.

  In order to protect our copyright property in books, periodicals
and printed matter that are sold or distributed generally, interim
copyrights should be obtained by the continental organization
(FCDC) within six months of the date of United Kingdom publication.

  As this interim copyright lasts for only five years, a completely
American edition must be done of those published works for which it
is intended to secure a 28 year-term. To comply with the present
law all materials used, even the very stencil must be done in
America and manufactured in America and the American org address
used.

  Before applying for renewal of copyright, The Copyright Officer,
D.C. should obtain and send a list of interim copyright due to
expire in the next six months to Copyright Officer, WW who would
ascertain from LRH Issue Authority, WW those for which a 28 year
term renewal application should be made.

  As under the present law, only a maximum number of 1500 copies of
works published abroad and given a 5-year interim copyright can be
legally imported into the USA during those 5 years, The
Dissemination Secretary should be alerted to this provision of the
American law and ensure that an American edition of good sellers is
ready to hand before the Customs prohibit further importation.

  Addresso WW should have a plate made and addressed as follows:

  "Copyright Officer, For Registration of U.S. copyright, Founding
Church of Scientology, 1812, 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.
United States," so that he receives an extra copy of all general
mailing, mailings to members, and of books as they are published.

  As the registration of copyright is expensive (6 dollars per
item), only books, periodical publications and such policy letters
and bulletins that are widely disseminated and of intrinsic value,
i.e. those not already covered by previous policy letters or
bulletins, should be registered.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:emp.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  173

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 OCTOBER 1969

  Issue 11

Remimeo

  GO Pacific

  Station

  SO Div II's

  Supercargos

  SO Div VI's

  Orgs for Info

  REGISTRATION OF SO INSIGNIA

  The star and leaves insignia of the SO has been registered in the
U.S. Patent OfficeRegistration No. 877,948, on Sept 30, 1969.

  Our patent attorney in Washington, DC has stated:

  "As you know, now that this trademark has been registered in the
U.S. Patent Office you are legally entitled to and should use an
expression such as (R) in conjunction with this trademark wherever
the same is used."

  The Registration Certificate bears the following notice:

  "This Registration will be cancelled by the Commissioner of
Patents at the end of six years following the date of registration,
unless within one year next preceding the expiration of such

  six

  years, the registrant file in the Patent Office an affidavit
showing the said mark is still in use or showing that its nonuse is
due to special circumstances which excuse such nonuse and is not
due to any intention to abandon the mark. A fee of $10.00 for each
class must accompany the affidavit."

  Supercargo of the senior SO unit in the U.S. is charged with the
duty of ensuring compliance with both the above statements.

  L. RON HUBBARD Founder

LRH:rs.ldm.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  174

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street,
London W. I HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1958 (Issued at
Washington) (Replaces HCO Policy Letter of I June 1957) 1 each
staff member WHO CAN ORDER PRINTING field offices The following
persons can originate copy for printing:

              Association Secretary or Organization Secretary
Treasurer Registrar Central Files In Charge Director of Training
Director of Processing Director of Administration All material to
be printed and its price must be okayed by the Director of
Administration before order is placed. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:gn.rs.cden Copyright (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

              HASI POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1958 1 ea staff
member field offices for info Washington USE OF MIMEO RESTRICTED
Only 75 copies of any given item may be run off on mimeo machines.
Any item to be run further than this number must be well done on
Photo-litho or photo offset. All general releases of data go out in
Certainty and in no other printed way. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:rs.cden  Executive Director Copyright (c) 1958  HASI by L. Ron
Hubbard 175 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 FEBRUARY 1959

              BOOK ADMINISTRATOR

              (previous printing hat) DEPARTMENT HEAD: HCO
CONTINENTAL SECRETARY Purpose: To handle the printing of
promotional and disseminating materials for the Organization. To
secure good prices and fast service on printed matters. Duties: To
be a terminal for finished copy that is ready to go to the
printers. To check finished copy for approvals and make sure a
proper amount is being ordered. To get copy to printers, either by
calling them for pick up or taking it to them or mailing it to
them. To get an estimated date of completion, and to notify the
originating department when it can be expected back. To get proofs
if required. To follow the directions of handling material on
arrival from printers. I (c) Initial delivery slip when received
satisfactorily and attach to approval and send to Disbursements. 2.
Send 2 copies of material to Legal (for copyrights). 3. Send I copy
to Public Relations. 4. Send I copy to Assoc Sec. 5. Send 10 copies
to HCO. 6. If book for bookstores send copy to Reviews list. 7. If
new books, or one that has been out of print for some time,
advertise in Ability/Certainty. To keep a record of what is at
printers at all times. To make certain that all material is
copyrighted. To keep printing plates in good order. To handle
re-printing along the same routine as for printing new materials,
supplying printer with plates where necessary. To check book
advertisements in Ability/Certainty magazine. To follow up on all
books and printed matters. L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.gh.rd Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 176 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MAY 1964 HCO Cont Dirs HCO
Secs Org Secs

              RIGHTS TO PRINT OR RE-PRINT

              SCIENTOLOGY BOOKS AND MATERIALS As from this date,
all established works on Scientology and Dianetics will only be
printed and supplied by Book Dept, of Scientology Library and
Research Ltd., at Saint Hill, and no permission will be given to
any Scientology Organization to print such works locally. Further,
no new works on Scientology or Dianetics may be printed and
published except by Scientology Publications Ltd., at Saint Hill.
Issued by: HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW for L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:dr.rd Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
177 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 DECEMBER 1969 Issue 11 Remimeo HCO
Exec Sec Dissem Sec Dir Pubs Printer Liaison

              GUIDE TO THE FUNCTION OF PRINTER LIAISON (Sources:
Basic LRH Policy, MSH directives on printer liaison admin and
procedure, MSH verbal info given to me, my experience in four
countries of the world and data from Leon Steinberg and Herbie
Parkhouse.)

  The function of the Printer Liaison found in Dissem Div, Dept 5,
on the modern org board needs some explanation. When an org uses an
outside printing firm to print a magazine, flyer, etc, the
following data concerning the function of printer liaison should be
known and used.

  Excellent printer liaisoning as contrasted to poor printer
liaisoning, can save an org a lot of money and, at the same time,
enhance org PRO by ensuring an adequate printing quality is
achieved within funds allocated.

  In one area printing bills were cut by half with improvement of
quality through the introduction of standard printer liaison
procedures. Given the same budget a good PL can get better quality
and increased quantity through cheaper prices per particle than a
careless PL.

  All of the above can contribute to an org's solvency and future
prosperity.

  NOTE: This data is applicable mainly where an org does not have
its own printing facilities for a given job and uses a commercial
printing firm.

              THE BASIC SYSTEM

  Standard Scientology P Liaison procedure is based upon the 3
quotes (or more) system.

  A quote is singly a price estimate only but, considered more
broadly, it is a complete estimate (CSW) by a printer on the
service he can render. It includes: I (c) An exact total cost
(including any tax) 2. How long it will take to begin and complete
delivery 3. Examples of printer's previous work (this gives
estimate of quality).

  One gets a quote as above from at least 3 printers and compares
them within one's predicted budget, production deadline and quality
expectation. The perfect quote will be a printer who combines the
lowest price with professional, clean quality with a satisfactory
speed of particle flow.

  Certain printers, because of the types of machines and labour
available (mechanical and experiential specialization) may be found
to do some types of jobs faster and more cheaply than others.
Anyone holding the printer liaison hat (or function from above)
should become familiar with the basic printing tech so as to
recognize and isolate which printers are most suited or technically
specialized for various types of work required. One can learn by
asking the printers to explain and

              178

  being interested in what each can do and why.

  A good P Liaison by comparing prices and being inquisitive, can
actually reduce printing prices through increasing demand for his
work and introducing competitiveness (without 3rd partying) amongst
printers.

  It has worked to say, for example, "Printer X can do the job for
V 00. You can do it for V 10. How come you are higher? Can you
reduce your price? I'm sure we will be having a lot more work
coming up, We expect to expand, you know, at an even more rapid
rate."

  The keynote of P Liaison's activities in handling printers or
their representatives is ARC, professional attitude and
positiveness. A good P Liaison, as he is handling the public can be
an effective PRO point for his org.

  The P Liaison uses the following senior stable datum: "A
Scientologist who fails to use Scientology technology and its
administrative and Ethics procedures on the world around him will
continue to be too enturbulated to do his job."  I

  An excellent P Liaison once handled a suppressive manager of a
company who was cheating the org with sabotaged service and false
promises by writing his boss with the full facts. The boss
immediately realized the manager had been doing the entire company
in with false reports and bad service, saw he was a psychotic and
instantly fired him.

  A successful Ethics action for poor service has been to drop the
firm for a while indicating with good ARC why he is being dropped
and who goofed. Given another chance at a later date, a printer has
made amends with exceptionally low bids.

              THE CYCLE

  I (c) It's quite essential the P Liaison gives the printing firm
exact specifications for the job so you and he know exactly what he
is quoting on. Make sure there is an understanding on the type and
weight of paper to be quoted on. The P Liaison should also
understand how the printer would do the job-by what printing
methods and on what machines. Always break the job down into
parts-does the printer intend to farm any part of the work out
because he isn't equipped to do it all himself? Recognize that
folding usually comes after printing and is not usually an integral
part of the printing procedure. An org can, therefore, save money
by hand-folding in an all-hands folding and mailing party or borrow
a folding machine or whatever. The point is each step of the job
should be known or cleared with the printer during the quote stage
so there aren't unknowns about it and points where unnecessary
expenditure can be curtailed aren't overlooked.

  2. The P Liaison doesn't actually place the order. He gets the
quotes. A PO for the job is then presented on standard FP lines
with all relevant CSW.

  3. When the exact PO is approved by FP the official order for the
job with an order number is then placed by Disbursement in writing
with the printer.

  4. A quote from the printer via the printer's rep to the P
Liaison should be officially in writing. "If it's not written it's
not true" is our policy.

  5. After the above is done the P Liaison now ensures rapid
compliance is achieved to his org's order. Presumably an agreed
upon estimate of completion was given with the quote. A printer has
usually a lot of other orders. He doesn't have a time machine or
policy on priority of orders. A P Liaison keeps an active account
of his org's order. He keeps checking on the progress of the job.
The maxim is he bugs the printer to get his job done more than
anyone is bugging the printer for their job so the printer does it
just to get you off his back. That works-and it's done with ARC and

              179

  good PRO. You become a real stable terminal to him in his
confusion of which job to do next and when.

  6. The cycle continues when the job is checked on delivery for
accuracy, correct quantity and quality. The org gets, at least,
what it's paying for per the approved written quote. If a job isn't
acceptable (not what the org agreed to pay for, for example, it's
below a professional printing standard), it is not accepted but
redone by the printer as required. Why it's unacceptable is
indicated with reality. An honest printer will concur and redo it
or make amends.

  7. Finally, the job is used by the org and its users and the
printing bill is paid.

  When a printer does a good job, thank him. When he does something
special, commend him.

  Honest, hard working printers can stay up all night for you and
be an asset to an expanding org which uses them.

  QUALITY

  Quality does not necessarily mean "expensive" by a long shot. The
basis of all pro quality printing is the production of accurate,
clean and properly inked work.

  When your Promo Dept does the original art work, quality begins
with whether the material is attractively designed, well written,
typed neatly and laid out straight.

  Therefore, a basic quality image is achieved through promo's
competence and standard layout and a printer's standard work. NONE
OF THESE COST MORE.

  ADMIN

  A P Liaison logs each job and devises an accurate record to tally
the following data for reference: job, number of copies, firm,
price, delivery record, quality, any comments. This gives a P
Liaison a guide to who's who amongst printers and provides a
history for comparing new and old quotes.

  The P Liaison also keeps an address book with the names of firms,
their addresses, telephone numbers and the name of each firm's
representative.

  The above data can also be used by anyone doing manufacturing
liaison.

  Written by David Ziff Flag Org for L. RON HUBBARD Founder

LRH:DZ:rs.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  180

  NOT HCO POLICY LETTER

  CORRECT COLOUR FLASH

  BLUE ON WHITE

  EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH ED 98 INT  19 April 1970 To: HCO ES From: Ron Subject: MIMEO

  As you will hear, you are about to get all local promotion make
up in your org. Pubs will cease to do it.

  This brings up MIMEO and/or PHOTOLITHO machines.

  About 15 years ago I examined this subject and found that no org
could prosper or even function without a MIMEO machine. This could
be interpreted as one of these small photolitho machines or as a
mimeograph.

  We have never had any trouble running mimeo sections. When WW
started mailing out already cut stencils for HCOBs and PLs it was
just being accommodating.

  It did however tend to reduce the local mimeo sections.

  Over several years the final result has been scarcity of
materials. This makes an outness in courses, in staff know how and
has obviously cut deeply into income.

  Now that orgs will be doing their own local promotion a MAKE UP
SECTION in Div 2 will take on new importance.

  If you have a mimeo or photolitho you can promote quickly. You
can reach people like FSMs easily. You can issue mimeo orders for
students and staff. And most importantly you can make up HCO B and
HCO PL deficiencies.

  This doesn't mean you never get anything (like a mag or prom
piece) printed. It does mean you can fill in the dead spots
promotionally with mimeo.

  If Address is plated and in some kind of shape you can do a lot
with specialized promotion like to all past students or all past
pcs, etc. You can offer them special things.

  Personally I don't think I could run an org without a mimeo or
photolitho machine. Routing forms, bits and pieces of admin, if
lacking can tie the place in knots.

  HCO, if it has a mimeo and an address file can always set wheels
in motion when stats go down.

  I have been having a spot of trouble the last half year trying to
reach to some org staffs because the mimeo-bulletin-Ed-PL lines
were stumbling across all absence of a make-up, mimeo section in
several orgs.

  This points out a larger outness. If you don't have make-up mimeo
under your direct control and in an org you tend to lose out in a
number of ways.

  A Roneo Stencil Cutter and a Roneo mimeograph machine and file
cabinets and mimeo typewriters are not all that expensive. Other
brands and types are quite good. There are also photolitho systems,
the only drawback is that they require more skill, are more
expensive and work turned out on them, when used for general
magazines is not all that good.

  Looking back over the years, I can't see how an org could run
without a make-up, mimeo section. Thought I'd just pass it on to
you as a tip. [seal]  Love, Ron L. RON HUBBARD Founder

LRH:dz.rd 181

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MARCH 1971 Remimeo HCO Hats

              MIME0 SECTION

              The Mimeo Section has been transferred to HCO Dept 2,
Comm Department.

              The Mimeo Section is composed of two Units-MIMEO and
MIMEO FILES.

              It will be found that HCO cannot hat and pack unless
it has a Mimeo Section.

  The MIMEOGRAPH OFFICER is in charge of all Mimeo activities.
Under him and answerable to him is MIMEO FILES IN CHARGE, which
must be a separate manned unit.

  Full Policy, HCO B and ED files should exist in Mimeo Files.
Other mimeo issue types are also filed in Mimeo.

  Routing Forms and other forms are run off in Mimeo itself. Spare
or replacement issues are also run off by the Mimeo Unit. At one
time this was a Mimeo Files action but was found to impede filing.

  Where a Continental Liaison Office has two or more orgs in the
same city it may at local option take over all Mimeo activities and
files of that City. Otherwise orgs are responsible for their own
Mimeo Section.

  The Org Board of an org when Mimeo Files is delegated to a CLO,
is marked "Mimeo Section, Liaison to CLO". In this case also the
CLO charges the org for issues and packs, providing only that it
does furnish them and that "FP" and other actions do not forbid an
org hats and materials. HOWEVER THIS IS ARRANGED IT DOES NOT
RELIEVE THE ORG OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR HAVING COURSE MATERIALS AND
HATS TO ISSUE.

  Tape ordering to make up Course Materials goes to Dept 16. But if
Publications does not get in tapes to be used on Courses, it is
Mimeo Files that is ultimately Responsible as these are also a
COMMUNICATION.

              Promotion

  Mimeo does NOT belong in Promotion as it gets USED for Promotion
which is NOT a correct use of Mimeo. Only Emergency meetings or
offers when no time exists are ever put on Mimeo as it is
unsightly.

  A print type typewriter such as an IBM Executive (not their
typesetting unit) and an office type photo offset machine
(definitely different than Mimeo) is the traditional magazine and
promotion set up, shoddy mimeoed magazines are forbidden, both
because of awful appearance and excessive cost. Large magazine
issues can sometimes be typeset and printed BUT THIS IS ONLY DONE
WHEN LESS COSTLY THAN ORG COPY PHOTOLITHOED. A Magazine may be sent
out to be photo-lithoed. It may NEVER be mimeographed.

              Mimeo Files

  .The extent of stencils and cabinets needful for a complete Mimeo
Files Unit if too much for a small org may be done by Liaison to a
Continental Liaison Office.

              182

  An org of any size, however, will find that it cannot operate
without access to Mimeo Files.

  Mimeo Use

  The orders of an org are a usual use of a Mimeo activity.

  The duplication of EDs, new P/Ls and HCO Bs is another vital use.

  Two Choices

  An org must have (a) a Mimeo Section of its own or (b) a positive
rapid liaison with an efficient and complete Mimeo Section in a
larger org or a CLO.

  There is no third choice.

  The entire form of the org, the work calibre of the staff member,
the readiness of full course materials depend utterly on a Mimeo
Section, Many orgs, deprived of use of files, have almost vanished.

  Even an HCO cannot form unless it has the policies relative to
its duties and functions.

  Mimeo and Mimeo Files are important.

LRH:sb.mes.rd L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c) 1971 Founder

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  19 12 19th street N.W., Washington, D.C.

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 DECEMBER 1958

  (to all HCO staff only) HCO London for dist. to sterling HCOs

  QUALITY OF PRESENTATION

  HCO is hereby given the authority and responsibility to ensure
high quality presentation of all tapes, books, mailings, film
showings, tape shows, Congresses, etc.

  This is the right to demand high quality, not to do it all. HCO
must pass on all such showings or printings as to equipment and
styling. You always lose money with poor presentation so why try to
save money that way.

  Motto for all presentations: Get the best. Have it professionally
done in accordance with stiff specifications.

  Let's put quality in Scientology presentation!

LRH:mg.aap.cden  L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright

  (c)

  1958

by L. Ron Hubbard

  183

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 APRIL 1965

Remimeo

  Sthil

  All Orgs URGENT

  All Scn

  Staffs

  Dissem Hats

  HCO Hats

  Office of LRH

  Design (c) Planning

  All Promotion Functions in an Org

  All Mailing Activities in an Org

  BOOKLETS, HANDOUTS,

  MAILING PIECES

  (Effective at once Saint Hill

  Effective June 1, 1965, other Orgs)

  No mailing may be made without a complete sample of the entire
mailing being okayed by myself at Saint Hill.

  No booklet or brochure may be given or handed out without being
okayed for

  that

  specific purpose by myself.

  No Letter Registrar may mail bits or pieces in letters without
their being specifically okayed for that purpose by myself,

  No insert may be placed in Certificate mailings such as a
pamphlet or brochure without my specific okay for

  that

  purpose.

  Previously Letter Registrars and Dir Prom Reg have chosen out
bits and pamphlets to mail people at their own discretion. This is
cancelled. Any such presentation must first be okayed for

  that

  purpose.

  That a booklet exists or has been printed is

  not

  an okay for its general use.

  Any printed booklet or book must be okayed before being used for
a specific purpose.

  This means that booklets and handouts may not be indiscriminately
released. One may not place them in with certificates or mailings
unless they are okayed to be used for that purpose.

  Booklets, etc may not be handed around at Congresses or in pcs.
unless they have been okayed.

  SUBMISSION FOR OKAY

  The entire packet that is to be mailed or handed out or put in
with a certificate must be packaged up the way it will be assembled
and passed to me via the Office of LRH Saint Hill.

  Mark it-Office of LRH Saint Hill-Issue Authority Section.

  Do not send a pamphlet and ask if it is okay to release it. State
what it is to be released with or how it is to be released.

  All permissions granted are for

  a

  specific use of the material. That an item has

  184

  been given a specific permission for a specified use does not
grant permission to use it as anything else. If it is to be used
for anything else, a new permission must be asked.

  All permissions granted will be issued as SECEDs and expire, like
all SECEDs, in one year.

  MAGAZINES

  Every issue of a magazine must be passed upon in Dummy Form. Two
dummies must be submitted. One is kept, the other returned.

  A copy of the finished magazine must be sent to the Office of
LRH, Issue Authority Section.

  BOOKS

  Books which may be advertised and sold must first be passed upon
by the Issue Authority Section.

  This includes all books, those by myself and others.

  REPRINTING BOOKS

  Any book to be reprinted must have an authority from the Issue
Authority Section.

  On requesting a reprint authority, sales data on the book during
the past year must be included,

  Several new books are to be issued and they may replace some old
ones.

  Some old books are to be rewritten.

  "Unauthorized issue" means that the material does not have an
authority for that purpose and is a misdemeanour.

  Co-ordination of issue makes it possible to assess values of
various materials and bring greater effectiveness of presentation.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:wmc.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  185

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 JULY 1965

  Issue 11

  Gen Non

Remimeo

  HCO Dissem Sec

  DISSEMINATION MATERIALS TO SAINT HILL

  As per the Policy Letter of 22 April 1964, before its printing or
copy, any publication, mailing piece or hand-out of any Central
Org, City Office or Franchise Centre, has to be passed by the
Office of LRH, Saint Hill-Issue Authority.

  A copy of each actual material then printed or otherwise
reproduced is then sent to the HCO Dissemination Secretary WW Saint
Hill. It is accompanied with a despatch stating what it is being
used for and a record or copy of the LRH authorization for that
use.

  The only Org that publishes books is Saint Hill. Only Saint Hill
cares for the reprinting of books or the printing of new books.

  At times in the past, other Scientology orgs have printed books.
If your org has ever printed a book on Dianetics or Scientology,
whether in English or another language, please send 8 copies (or
fewer, if 8 copies aren't available) of that book(s) to the
Archives Officer WW, HCO Dissemination Division, Saint Hill.

  If you know of any books or materials of Dianetics or Scientology
which have been translated into any other language, please secure,
similarly, copies of these and send them to the Archives Officer
WW, Saint Hill.

  If you know of or come across any unpublished translations, have
a copy or the manuscript sent to the Director of Compilations WW,
Saint Hill. Only Saint Hill will publish translations of
Scientology books or materials.

  Important: Each individual package or article sent to Archives WW
must have a slip with it (inserted) stating what it is, how many,
and who is sending it. This is written in usual despatch form. This
is in addition, of course, to the mailing address.

  An unpublished translation sent to the Director of Compilations
should have the address of the translator included.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.kd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  186

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  (Issued at Washington, DC)

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 AUGUST 1958

  1 each staff member

  Field Offices

  The Washington DC central organization fills book and tape cash
orders for dollar areas only. HASI London fills sterling area
orders.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:rs.rd

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 MARCH 1959

  BOOK POLICY

  All areas including New Zealand, South Africa, Melbourne, Los
Angeles, Washington and London should send as soon as possible a
list of all books, Pabs and Tapes in stock to HCO WW.

  From this Master Inventory we can begin to allocate books and
reprint those we are lacking.

  L RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.gh.cden Copyright

  (c)

  1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  187

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 APRIL 1959

  DEFACING BOOKS AND PROPER ADDRESSES ON

  THEM

  Books shall not be defaced by ugly rubber stamps.

  Price alterations in books and modernized Central Organizations'
addresses should be changed by overpasting old data or address with
a neat printed sticker.

  No book should be released with an improper address or price in
it or lacking a Central Organization address.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.eden Copyright (c) 195 9 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JUNE 1959 CenO

  UK only

  SALE AND HANDOUT OF CERTAINTY MINORS

  I (c) People coming in to Reception may take Certainty minors as
free handouts.

  2. People ordering copies by post in addition to the copy they
receive because they are on our mailing list, and people making

  quantity

  orders (e.g. Field Auditors ordering 50 or 100 for their own use)
must pay 1/6d a copy, less any discount they may have as a member.

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:gh.cden Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  188

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 NOVEMBER 1959

  CenOCon

  RE-ORGANIZATION OF BOOK SUPPLIES

  The purpose of this new scheme is to simplify the present
situation regarding supply of books to HCO Book Departments from
HCO WW and DCI, to relieve other offices apart from these two of
the burden of having to carry stocks of great diversity, and to
make it financially possible for other offices to re-print or
obtain the following 7 items by centralizing "odd" titles.

  All book sales offices should have or obtain the following as
their only stock (any titles not listed and still in stock should
be sold in the usual way, but will not be re-supplied, either by
HOD WW or DCI, to your office).

  I. Problems of Work

  2. Fundamentals of Thought

  3. Summary of Scientology

  4. Evolution of a Science

  5. Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health

  6. Science of Survival.

  (HCO WW being notified of any re-printing plans and 6 copies
forwarded to them.)

  7. Any new book which appears. (These will be produced either by
HCO WW or DCI, quantities allocated and shipped to each office, and
when this initial supply is exhausted the book will only be
available from either of these 2 offices in the manner outlined
later in this Policy Letter.)

  If any of these titles have to be obtained from either HCO WW or
DCI (applies mainly to the expensive titles) by any other office
they should be ordered direct in fairly large quantities (to keep
shipping costs low) and not through another office. There is little
profit to be made in one office buying from HCO WW or DCI at 50%
and supplying another office at the same discount. However, it is
advised that the main HCO office on each continent prints all of
the above 6 and distributes them amongst the smaller offices for
which it is responsible.

  All other titles not listed above will be obtainable only from
HCO WW (for Sterling Areas) or DCI (Dollar Areas).

  They will be obtainable by General Public, Booksellers, etc., in
either of the two following ways:

  I (c) By writing direct to HCO WW or DCI enclosing price of
item/s plus postage.

  2. By paying the local HCO Office the price of the item/s plus
postage.

  In either case the item/s will be shipped direct to the person
requiring.

  Procedure for ordering will be as follows:

  I (a) Person writes direct to either office and includes the

  local currency equivalent

  of the Sterling and Dollar prices and postage rates listed below.

  2(a) Person requiring item/s through any other office pays that
office the local equivalent of the prices listed below plus
postage. Any discounts must be calculated at this time,

  not

  later. The person taking the order then advises HCO WW (in
Sterling Areas) or DCI (in Dollar Areas). The information that
should be sent to these two offices is:

  189

  1. Name of person ordering. 2. Address of person ordering. 3.
Name/s and quantity of item/s required.

  Upon receipt of this, HCO WW or DCI then debits your office with
the cost of the item/s less 50% plus postage (in Sterling or
Dollars). (Note for HCO WW and DCI: The invoice doing this should
be headed with the name and address of the office who sent the
order, and the name and address of the person requiring put below
the actual calculations on the invoice. The copy which remains in
the Book Section for records should be filed under the name of the
office but in alphabetical order). After invoicing, the material is
sent direct to the person requiring and not to the office which
ordered them. It is up to the office taking the order to ensure
that it takes the correct money as HCO WW or DCI will debit them
for the amount required less 50% plus postage.

  Orders from all Sterling Area offices can only be sent to HCO WW
and in Dollar Areas to DCI. In the event of the book being out of
stock at one of these two offices, the office unable to supply will
debit the office ordering (as above) and advise the other central
office of the order. This central office will then send the item/s
and debit the office who passed the order. e.g. Melbourne forwards
an order to HCO WW for a book. HCO WW has no stock, but DCI has.
HCO WW debits Melbourne with cost, less 50%, plus postage, in
Sterling and passes the details to DCI. DCI sends the book to the
person and debits HCO WW with cost, less 50%, plus postage, in
Dollars.

  If the order is being passed in this way, the invoice should be
marked "Order passed to (c) (c) (c) (c) (HCO WW or DCI, whichever
the case may be), by the office which passes it over.

  The customer only receives one white copy of the invoice and that
is the one he receives when he actually pays for the item/s at his
local office.

  At the end of every week, each office (apart from HCO WW and DCI
who have a separate arrangement) will forward a cheque paying for
the items ordered, to the office the item/s were ordered from,
unless other arrangements are in force. The onus is on each office
to see that this cheque is forwarded and any office that is late or
neglects these payments will have their orders dealt with after all
others.

  Right now each office should list all their back orders of items
listed below and forward these to either HCO WW or DCI (whichever
area they are in) except "Have You Lived Before?" which is
considered a "new" book (see No. 7 at beginning of Policy Letter).

  Any back orders for books which are now not obtainable, i.e.
"Creative Education", "Sex in the Basic Personality", etc., should
not be forwarded. Any payments to you for these should be credited
to the account of the orderer and that person notified.

  Initially there may be delays on certain items until both DCI and
HCO WW have comparable stocks, but once this balance is achieved
things will go smoothly.

  By the way, air mail rates for books are being worked out and
will be announced at a later date. Advanced Procedure and Axioms
12/6  $2.50 Dianetics 1955 10/-  83.00 Scientology 8-80 5/-  $1.25
Scientology 8-8008 12/6  $3.50 History of Man 15/-  $3.00 Creation
of Human Ability 17/6  $5.00 PAB Books, 1, 2, 3, 4 (c) 5 6/-  $1.25
ACC Manual 5/-  $1.25 190 Child Dianetics 12/6 $2.75 Creative
Learning 10/- $3.00 Self Analysis (US edition available only in
America)  $2.50 Self Analysis 12/6 $3.00 Fortress in the Sky 51- $
.50 All about Radiation 7/6 $3.25 Key to Tomorrow (Scientology:
Its. contribution to Knowledge) 15/- $2.50 Clear Procedure-Issue 1
10/- $2.00 Control (c) Mechanics of SCS 5/- $1.25 HAS Training
Manual 51- $1.25 ACC Clear Procedure 9/- $1.25 How to Live Though
an Executive (Communications Manual) 12/6 $2.00 Handbook for
Preclears 15/- $2.50 Intentions (Poems by Julian Cooper) 6/- $2.00
Tone Scale (Black and White) 7/- $1.00 Tone Scale (Coloured) 10/6
$1.00 Chart of Attitudes 5/6        $ .50 Chart of Human Evaluation
5/6 $1.00 Rights of a Field Auditor 5/6 $1.00 Church Greed 9/-
$I.25 Photo of L. Ron Hubbard (bust) 2/6 $1.50 The Great Religions
3/6 $ .35 This is Scientology (Science of Certainty) 5/- $1.25
Dianetics: The Original Thesis 12/6 $2.50 London Clearing Congress
Records 8 gns. $24.00 (Each office should keep a sample of the
above for display and promotion.) Postage rates as follows: Items
up to and including 6/- (1.25) - 6d or 10c. Items from 6/- up to
and including 17/6 (3.50) - 9d or 15c. Items above 17/6 - I/- or
20c. Postage prices for other items (the one above refers mainly to
books) are being calculated and will be issued at a later date. And
please note the following discounts etc., London Clearing Congress
Album-Life Members only 4 gns. $12.00 no other discounts.
International Members - 10% (see Policy Letter October 26, 1959)

              - only on books, etc. over 5/- or $1.25 Life members
or Shareholders-20% on all items. (Records see above). Peter
Stumbke Book Administrator HCO WW for L. RON HUBBARD LRH.js.cden
Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 191

              HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 MARCH 1960 CenOCon

              "HAVE YOU LIVED...." SALES Sales of "Have You Lived
Before This Life?" of the first edition are limited to members of
the Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International. An
expurgated edition at a lower price will be made available to the
public if it is ever placed on public sale. It is called to HASI
attention that this is a HASI book. L. RON HUBBARD President HASI

LRH:js.mm.cden Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 192 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 1960 HCO Sec Info
Assoc Secs Info HCO Communicators BOOK ADMINISTRATION

  Due to the importance of the role of books in dissemination, the
following policies are laid down: 1. The Book Administrator shall
be an executive of HCO and HCO Ltd.

  (a) He or she may not be newly appointed or transferred or
dismissed without approval from HCO WW. If appointed the
appointment shall be provisional until confirmed.

  (b) Minimum staff requirement graph and IQ are prerequisite after
Jan 1st 1961.

  (c) Graph and IQ shall be forwarded with request for
confirmation.

  (d) Dismissal may occur only after a confirmation is received
from HCO WW.

  2. The Book Administrator shall follow the administration
procedures to be laid down and agreed upon in a future policy level
to sharply standardise administration.

  3. The Book Administrator may hire his/her own clerk and dismiss
his/her clerk with consultation with the HCO Secretary in immediate
supervision of the Book Administration.

  4. All stocks and quarters relating to books are the full
responsibility of the Book Administrator.

  5. All book supplies are the responsibility of the Book
Administrator.

  6. All income report sheets are to be done by or for the Book
Administrator, and submitted by each following Monday directly to
the highest officer of a Central Organisation via the HCO
Secretary.

  7. All Advisory Committee reports on books shall be made out and
submitted by the Book Administrator and every such report shall
show: (a) The five current best sellers. (b) The number of back
orders extant.

  8. E-Meters, their supply, financing and sale, shall be the whole
responsibility of the Book Administrator.

  9. All insignia, badges and such materials shall be the
responsibility of the Book Administrator.

  10. All tapes shall be the responsibility of the Book
Administrator.

  11. That books are or are not being sold in an area, are or are
not being advertised, are or are not being sold to book stores,
shall be the full responsibility of the Book Administrator.

  12. In addition to his pay, the Book Administrator shall receive
2% weekly of the cash mail order sales and sales to book stores,
and in particular all books sold in PE or to PE Courses. This shall
include badges, insignia, meters and tapes.

  13. The Book Administrator may communicate directly with the Book
Administrator at HCO WW, or with any other Book Administrator,
without vias or forwardings, and may use telex and cable when
vitally necessary.

  (a) It is preferred that all communications about books and
stocks, prices and sales are made to HCO WW directly by the Book
Administrator.

              193

  (b) The Book Administrator should furnish information copies of
despatches to the HCO Secretary and Association Secretary if
required.

  The purposes of this policy letter and these policies are to
increase book dissemination, increase stocks, and to handle books
and book matters without disturbing or overcrowding the lines of
the Association Secretaries and the HCO Secretaries.

  The action being taken herein is first to establish firm
terminals in all organisations for book matters, and then to
provide easy direct communication lines to HCO WW. The existence of
terminals and lines for matters relating to books and related
materials should increase dissemination markedly.

  Where the book stocks and sales of an organisation are too small
to warrant any book personnel, this hat shall be worn by the HCO
Secretary. But where book traffic warrants a single person, that
person shall be appointed Book Administrator, even though he is
also shipping clerk.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Executive Director

LRH:rf.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1961

  HCO Secs

  Info Assoc Sea

  Info HCO Communicators

  BOOK ADMINISTRATION

  (Cancels HCO Policy Letter of July 28, 1960)

  HCO Policy Letter of July 28, 1960, "Book Administration", is
cancelled.

  The Book Administrator in a Central Org or HCO Office is an HCO
personnel, and comes under the supervision of the local HCO
Secretary or HCO Executive Secretary.

  No percentage of sales of books or other supplies will be paid to
the Book Administrator.

  Issued by: Peter Hemery

  HCO Secretary WW

  for

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rd Copyright (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  194

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JULY 1960

  CenOCon

  Re-issued from Sthil

  LT MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES

  Some confusion may exist with regard to the privileges entailed
in a Lifetime Membership. The purpose of this Policy Letter is to
clarify the situation after review of this problem in various
areas.

  It is possible that the details as indicated here will not
coincide with the actual position in your area, or it may conflict
with existing privileges which have actually been granted hitherto
to the Life Members. However, since the advantages and privileges
must be the same in any area of the world it will be necessary for
all Scientology Orgs, in all areas to conform eventually to the
rundown as shown here. Life Members in your area should be informed
of any changes which may affect them as soon as possible.

  A Lifetime Member gets 20% discount on Processing, Training and
Books. He does not get a discount on tapes or E-Meters or any other
materials which may be supplied by a Book Department, but on books
only. He does not get a discount on ACC fees, as the ACC is a
specialized HCO activity. The discount on Training is given on any
training taken in an Academy, including the Extension Course.

  If a LT Member is also an International Member, he receives a 30%
discount on books instead of 20% (so long as he retains both
memberships). The 30% discount applies only to books, not
Processing or Training.

  If an International Member becomes a LT Member, he receives a
refund of the unused portion of his International Membership
(unless he wishes to retain the Int Membership).

  Neither an International Member nor a LT Member receives any
discount on Congress entrance fees.

  A LT Member gets the HPA/HCA portion of the Extension Course
free, but pays the normal fee for the B.Scn/HCS portion of the
Extension Course (less discount).

  The LT Membership does keep a Certificate in force. A
professional Scientologist who is a LT Member does riot need to
take out an International Membership in order to keep his
certificate valid.

  The LT Member receives the area magazine (Certainty, Ability,
etc) as he is on the mailing list (not because he is a LT Member).
He does not receive the PAB magazine. The PAB magazine is sent only
to the International Members. Addresso Departments should therefore
not include the LT Members in the addressed envelopes or stickers
which they send to HCO WW for the PAB mailings.

  All

  discounts are for cash purchases only. This Policy Letter does
not countermand the usual rule that book discounts are not allowed
on books costing 5/- or less.

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 1960

  CenOCon

  Re-issued from Sthil

  INTERNATIONAL MEMBERSHIP

  PRIVILEGES

  The privileges and discounts entailed in an International
Membership at present are as follows:

  International Members receive the PAB Magazine monthly, and also
the Continental Magazine (Certainty, Ability, etc) monthly.

  International Members receive a discount of 20% on all books,
charts and scales except those priced at 5/- ($1.25) or less. There
is no discount on testing materials.

  International Members receive a 20% discount on tapes, and also
20% discount on EMeters supplied by HCO WW.

  If an International Member also holds a Lifetime Membership, he
receives a 30% discount on books, charts and scales instead of 20%.
The 30% discount applies only to books, charts and scales, not to
tapes and E-Meters.

  International Members do not receive any discount on Congresses.

  All discounts are given on cash purchases only.

  This Policy is not intended to affect the discounts already in
force for Lifetime Members and Franchise Holders, which remain
unchanged.

  Peter Hemery

LRH:rf.gh.rd  HCO Secretary WW

Copyright (c) 1960

  195

  for

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD

  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 AUGUST 1960

  CenOCon

  BOOK SUPPLIES

  (Cancels previous directives)

  In order to facilitate the supply of books, and to ensure that
people all over the world can easily obtain them, it is now policy
that every Scientology Org should carry stocks of all Scientology
books. It should be our aim to ensure that a person can go into any
reception office, pay his cash, and walk out with the book of his
choice.

  At the same time, it is considered advisable that the Orgs should
principally display, advertise and push the sales of only the six
leading titles, and also any newly published books. Small stocks of
other titles may be carried, so that they may be supplied to people
who enquire for them. But it is still envisaged that the main sales
of books from the Central Orgs should consist of the six leading
titles, which are at present:

  1. Problems of Work

  2. Fundamentals of Thought

  3. Summary of Scientology

  4. Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science

  5. Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health

  6. Science of Survival

  plus at present, the newly published "Have You Lived Before This
Life" (sold only to members, including Associate Members).

  The other titles may now be supplied to the Central Orgs by HCO
WW Book Dept (Sterling Area) and D.C. L in Washington (Dollar
Area).

  If a book is asked for which is out of stock at the Central Org,
it is correct to accept the person's money and send the order, with
remittance, to HCO WW or D.C. I., as at present; or tell the person
to send his order and remittance direct to HCO WW or D.C.I.

  Issued by: Peter Hemery

  HCO Secretary WW

  for

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rd Copyright

  0

  1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  196

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  Sthil

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 OCTOBER 1960

  Central Orgs

  HCOs

  BOOK DEPARTMENT

  PROCEDURE

  The purpose of this Policy Letter is to clarify exact procedure
to be followed by Book Department of HCO WW at Saint Hill in its
dealings with the Book Department of HCO London, and with the other
HCOs and Central Orgs.

  The Book Department of HCO WW is regarded simply as a book
department-its sole purpose being to supply books and other
materials to individuals, bookstores and the HCOs throughout the
world. It is not directly concerned with the dissemination of
Scientology, and it does not deal with any correspondence
whatsoever apart from that entailed in the supply of books, etc. It
does not answer any queries on Scientology itself or the contents
of books.

  In order to implement this policy and at the same time to ensure
that such queries from interested persons do get answered, the
following procedure will be carried out.

  I (c) All orders for books which the HCO office in London cannot
fill must be invoiced to HCO London and the money banked in the HCO
Acct. Thus, HCO London sends down to HCO WW the orders, and also
sends the money for them to HCO WW. This applies equally to books
sold for HCO London by the HASI receptionist. In this way, HASI is
left out of the book line entirely. The Book Department of HCO WW
routinely fills the order, sends the book or books, and debits the
amount to HCO London, every time that a yellow copy of an invoice
for books is received from HCO London. Since HCO London (and the
other HCOs) are now allowed by policy to carry stocks of all books,
the necessity for this should arise less often now.

  2. All book correspondence received by Book Department of HCO WW
is kept and filed at HCO WW. No correspondence of any kind is sent
to the Org in London or elsewhere, as it has been in the past.

  3. All requests for credit on books, etc, ordered from HCO WW, on
account of having credit with any other HCO or HASI, are refused by

  HCO WW. In

  such cases the person must first get the credit back from the Org
or HCO concerned, or pay HCO WW the correct amount and obtain the
credit later from the Org or HCO concerned. The same would apply to
people who ask for a credit from any other HCO or Org, on account
of having a credit with HCO WW. This will then do away with any
need for complicated queries from HCO WW as to the state of a
person's credit at London or some other Org or HCO, and vice versa.

  4. If letters received by the Book Department of HCO WW do
contain queries on Scientology or the content of books, the Book
Administrator at HCO WW will send to the Department of Promotion
and Registration of the Central Org concerned, a slip, stating that
the person had queries on Scientology, and that it is up to the PrR
Dept to write to the person and find out what the queries were and
follow it up. It is the responsibility of the Book Administrator WW
to see that such a slip is sent every time that such a query is
found in a letter, and to make sure that the person's name and
address are legibly written on the slip. He takes no other action
in the matter, except to include a similar slip with the book order
and receipt, telling the person that his queries can be answered by
the appropriate Central Org, and that he will hear from them in due
course.

  5. It should be explained to people in all Magazines (Certainty,
Ability, etc, and PAB) that all queries on Scientology should be
addressed to the Dept of Promotion and Registration of the Central
Org in their area, and that enquiries about the supply of books and
other materials, but not their contents, may be addressed to the
Book Department of HCO WW.

  NOTE TO HASI LONDON: Although correspondence will be kept and
filed at HCO WW, Book Administrator WW will continue to send copies
of all book invoices to HASI London for their information and use
in dissemination, as before.

  MSH:js.rd Issued by: Peter Hemery

Copyright (c) 1960  HCO Secretary WW

by L. Ron Hubbard  for

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  MARY SUE HUBBARD

  197

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 OCTOBER 1960

  HCOs

  Central Orgs

  PAB MAGAZINE SUPPLIES

  The PAB Magazine is sent monthly to the International Membership
list, and is part of the service to which the International Members
are entitled.

  Single copies of the PAB magazine are available from the Book
Department of HCO WW at Saint Hill. The price is 8s. 6d. ($1.25)
per copy plus postage. No arrangements will be made for an annual
subscription to the PAB magazine, and the other HCOs and Central
Orgs will not normally carry stocks of the PAB magazine in their
book depts.

  Please disseminate this information to enquirers in your area.

  MSH:js.rd Issued by: Peter Hemery

Copyright

  Q

  1960  HCO Secretary WW

by L. Ron Hubbard  for

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  MARY SUE HUBBARD

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 AUGUST 1961

  CenOCon

  BOOK SALES

  All book sales of whatever nature are handled by HCO and none are
handled by any Central Organization.

  This Policy Letter, therefore, strictly prohibits the sale of
books in Reception by any Central Organization. All Reception book
sales shall be done by HCO and HCO only.

  This changes the Proportionate Income Breakdown Work Sheet to the
degree that all books sold in Reception are now added in with the
HCO Area 5%.

  if this policy is not in effect in your area, please put it into
effect immediately. No Central Organization is exempt from this
ruling.

LRH:jl.cden L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c) 1961

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  198

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 APRIL

  1962

  HCO Secs

  Org Secs

  SUPPLIES OF BOOKS FROM HCO WW

  As from now, all bulk deliveries of books and materiel to Central
Organizations will be despatched in larger-sized consignments,
i.e., cartons of 50 or more books, instead of small parcels of half
a dozen or so.

  HCO WW has been laboriously making up small parcels of books in
order to save on shipping and Customs dues: as Central Orgs receive
a 50% discount on Books, etc, it should be possible for them to
make a profit even if costs are somewhat higher by the new method.

  These larger-sized consignments will be sent by surface-freight,
and all handling, Insurance and freight charges will be collected
from the consignee by the shippers.

  Customs declarations will show just what is being paid for the
materiel, and it is

  hoped that Customs lues will not exceed

  2 1/5%.

  Issued by: HCO Technical Materiel

LRH:jw.rd  Secretary WW

Copyright

  (c)

  1962

  for

by L. Ron Hubbard  L. RON HUBBARD

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  14UBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF

  22

  JUNE

  1962 CenOCon

  AUTOGRAPHED FREE BOOKS

  The system whereby a person could present Z50 worth of white
invoice/receipts and obtain a free book autographed by L. Ron
Hubbard, is discontinued herewith.

  The notice announcing this service may be omitted from future
printings of invoices.

  Requests for books should still be honoured, so long as the
invoices presented bear the printed notice.

LRH:dr.cden L. RON HUBBARD

Copyright (c)

  1962

by L. Ron Hubbard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                              199

               HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO POLICY LETTER OF

  13

  MAY

  1963

  HCO Secs Book Administrators

  SUPPLIES OF BOOKS TO

  SCIENTOLOGY

  ORGANIZATIONS

  As from this date, the following policies will apply concerning
the supply of books and other dissemination materials to
Scientology Organizations of all types.

  Any order sent to Book Dept, HCO WW, must be accompanied by cash
in payment for the materials ordered, at Org discounts. In the
event that cash does not accompany the order, a Pro-Forma Invoice
will be sent to the Org concerned, and the order will only be
filled when the cash demanded upon that Pro-Forma Invoice has been
received at HCO WW.

  Each Central Org should carry a stock of at least 50 (preferably
about 200) of each title published by HCO WW, and City Offices
should carry at least 20 (preferably 100) of each title.

  Immediate efforts are to be made to build up book-stocks to these
figures.

  Each Org should maintain a cash reserve with which to buy books
etc, from HCO WW, particularly so as to be able to immediately
stock up with forthcoming new works.

  A weekly report is to be made by Book Admin at

  EVERY

  Scientology Org addressed to HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW,
showing the numbers of each item sold in the previous seven days
ending at 2.00 p.m. on Thursdays; this report must also show the
total quantity of each work left in stock; in other words, this
report will constitute an itemized running record of your total
stocks. The weekly report top copy is to be posted to HCO WW on the
Friday of each week, i.e. one day only later than the week to which
it relates. This weekly book report is to be made by the Book
Administrator of EVERY Scientology Org, and the Form of report must
be mimeoed exactly as on the attached specimen, the Org's location
to appear at the head of the Form.

  Upon receipt of these weekly book reports, the Book Dept at HCO
WW will send out a Pro-Forma Invoice to each Org, offering
replacements of the materials sold according to the previous week's
report: upon receipt of the cash requested, the materials will be
despatched. Postages (or freight charges) and packing materials
will be charged.

  Books are a very important dissemination medium, therefore it is
imperative that every effort be made to sell them and to maintain
stocks at every Org in sufficient quantities to meet any demand.
Your co-operation is invited in order to operate this system which
can so easily and continuously replenish your book-stocks.

  A quarterly stock-taking report-from an actual count-must still
be furnished to HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW, the next such
report being due on 1st June,

  1963,

  to be posted to HCO WW not later than 4th June,

  1963.

  Attached is the specimen copy of the weekly book report, which
must be mimeoed and provided for Book Administrators' use. N.B.:
HEAD THE FORM WITH YOUR ORG'S LOCATION. THIS REPORT MUST BE MIMEOED
BLUE ON GOLD, AND SENT SEPARATELY FROM ALL OTHER REPORTS TO HCO WW.
THE LOCAL PRICE OF EACH ITEM IS TO BE MIMEOED INTO THE FORM'S PRICE
COLUMN.

  Issued by HCO Technical Materiel Sec WW

  for

  L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:gl.cden Authorized by L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1963
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  [Note: An updated version of the Weekly Book Report Form
appears on page 209.]
                              200


                 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1964

General Non-Remimeo
Books Sthil
Books DC
                           DISCOUNTS
                          CENTRAL ORGS

  BOOKS

  Effective on Receipt

  In addition to recent policy letters on pricing and discounts,
the following policies are in effect on Central Orgs:

  To obtain a 50% discount on anything the purchase must consist of
an order of quantity.

  50% is a Distributors' Discount. By definition, a distributor in
the book business is one who provides books to retail sales
outlets. While there is nothing wrong with a distributor selling a
single book to a customer, the bulk of the books is sold to retail
outlets, again in quantity.

  There the quantity of books purchasable at a 50% discount must
not be less than

  100 of the same item.

  If 25 are ordered of one item, a Central Org may have only a
Franchise Discount-City Office discount of 33 1/3%.

  If less than 25 are ordered of any one Item, no discount is
given.

  SPECIAL HANDLING

  Any time a Central Organization order requires special handling
from Saint Hill or Washington, D.C. full postage and handling
charges are made. Example: An org wants 2 books of a 100 book
shipment to be sent airmail. The cost of the books is covered by
the payment for 100 copies. However, the extra airmail post and the
handling of the two copies is at extra cost, regardless of how the
full order is to be handled.

  BOOK STORES

  Discounts by a distributor such as a Central Org are arranged
differently than other discounts. These are done by the custom of
local book stores in the area.

  The regular business discounts ordinarily given by a book store
are granted. These are never more than 40% and then only on huge
quantities. They are more likely to be a standard 33 1/3% or even
as little as 25%.

  Policy is to use their standard scale of discounts. To do
anything else makes the org seem strange to them and they don't
buy.

  BIG BOOK DISTRIBUTORS

  If a Central Org should receive a request from a big book
distributor (by which is meant a wholesale bookseller to the trade)
the Org should not attempt to handle it themselves but pass it on
quickly to Saint Hill or Washington. Such a firm will expect about
49% on lots of 2,000 copies.

  The Central Org should handle the big distributor expertly and
swiftly in the interests of dissemination in its area. But the
order should be referred fast to Saint Hill or Washington as only
there would such quantities be available and it would cost the org
money to try to fill the actual order.

  Policy is, seek such orders, get them filled by Saint Hill or
Washington as a direct transaction.

  Big book distributors place books in dozens, even hundreds of
different retail book stores so it is to your advantage to
cultivate this market.

  In "selling the trade" (retail book stores) it is far more
effective to do it through wholesale people who supply them anyway.
To place books one by one in local book stores is not apt to be
successful. Landing the interest and order of a big book wholesaler
would be very successful and would place your books in stores. They
have the organization and representatives to do so.

L RON HUBBARD

LRH:jw.cden
Copyright (c) 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                              201

                 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 JULY 1965

                 Correction of HCO Policy Letter
                      of 21 November 1964
Gen Non Remimeo
Books Sthil
Books DC

                           DISCOUNTS
                          CENTRAL ORGS

  BOOKS

  Effective on Receipt

  In addition to recent policy letters on pricing and discounts,
the following policies are in effect on Central Orgs:

  To obtain a 50% discount on anything the purchase must consist of
an order of quantity.

  50% is a Distributors Discount. By definition, a distributor in
the book business is one who provides books to retail sales
outlets. While there is nothing wrong with a distributor selling a
single book to a customer, the bulk of the books is sold to retail
outlets, again in quantity.

  There, the quantity of books purchasable at a 50% discount must
not be less than 100 of the same item at any one time. To get a 50%
discount on E-Meters, a central org would have to order a minimum
of 10 at any one time.

  If less than 100 are ordered of one item, a Central Org may have
only a Franchise Discount-City Office discount of 40%. If less than
10 Meters are ordered, a Central Org may have only a 40% discount.

  SPECIAL HANDLING

  Any time a Central Organization order requires special handling
from Saint Hill or Washington, DC, full postage and handling
charges are made. Example: An org wants 2 books of a 100 book
shipment to be sent airmail. The cost of the books is covered by
the payment for 100 copies. However, the extra airmail post and the
handling of the two copies is at extra cost, regardless of how the
full order is to be handled.

  BOOK STORES

  Discounts by a distributor such as a Central Org are arranged
differently than other discounts. These are done by the custom of
local book stores in the area.

  The regular business discounts ordinarily given by a book store
are granted. These are never more than 40%, and then only on huge
quantities. They are more likely to be a standard 33 1/3% or even
as little as 25%.

  Policy is to use their standard scale of discounts. To do
anything else makes the org seem strange to them, and they don't
buy.

  BIG BOOK DISTRIBUTORS

  If a Central Org should receive a request from a big book
distributor (by which is meant a wholesale bookseller to the
trade), the Org should not attempt to handle it themselves, but
pass it on quickly to Saint Hill or Washington, Such a firm will
expect about 49% on lots of 2,000 copies.

  The Central Org should handle the big distributor expertly and
swiftly in the interests of dissemination in its area. But the
order should be referred fast to Saint Hill

                              202

or Washington, as only there would such quantities be available,
and it would cost the org money to try to fill the actual order.

  Policy is, seek such orders, get them filled by Saint Hill or
Washington as a direct transaction.

  Big book distributors place books in dozens, even hundreds of
different retail book stores so it is to your advantage to
cultivate this market.

  In "selling the trade" (retail book stores), it is far more
effective to do it through wholesale people who supply them anyway.
To place books one by one in local book stores is not apt to be
successful. Landing the interest and order of a big book wholesaler
would be very successful and would place your books in stores. They
have the organization and representatives to do so.

  Central orgs may only give 20% discounts to International Members
and Life Members, 30% discounts to both International and Life
Members, 40% discount to Franchise Holders, and 25% to 33 1/3%
discount to Bookstores. Saint Hill or Washington DC will handle BIG
book distributors. Central Orgs may not give special discounts or
use their 50% discount to obtain cheaper E-Meters and books for
"special" people or friends.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

            HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1965

                 (Reissued on 14 September 1967)

Gen Non-Remimeo
HCO Dissem Sec
All personnel in
Dept of Pbls

                       KEEPING STOCKS UP

  The Dissem Sec receives the weekly No. lb report from the
Publications Stock Officer. Based on the rate of sale and the
amount remaining in stock he orders more books from Saint Hill.
This order must be large enough to keep his stocks constantly up.
Also, he must order well enough in advance so that book stocks are
adequate until the newly ordered books arrive. Saint Hill ships out
books within 24 hours, therefore the only comm lag the Dissem Sec
needs to estimate is the "en route" lag.

  The I b report is then sent to the HCO Liaison Officer WW for the
Continental area concerned accompanied by a report to show what
books have been ordered.

  The HCO Liaison Officer WW for the Continental area has the
prerogative to order books at the org's expense if any org has been
negligent enough to not have 10 or more selling books constantly in
stock and has reported no steps to replenish such stock.

  The Material Secretary WW must order printing of books to meet
the world wide demand and keep the stocks up to date. He receives a
weekly Publications Stocks Report from the Stock Officer at Saint
Hill of all books and stocks and the number sold for that week.
Then he estimates selling rate and judges accordingly when and how
many to order for reprinting or new printings if the publication is
to be revised in any way.

LRH:ml.jp.rd
Copyright (c) 1965, 1967 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                              203

                 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 OCTOBER 1965

                (Additions to HCO Policy Letter
                        of 19 July 1965)

Gen Non-Remimeo
Books Sthil
Books DC
                            DISCOUNTS

  1. THERE IS NO CREDIT EXTENDED TO ORGS FOR BOOKS, E-METERS OR ANY
OTHER SAINT HILL BOOK STORE ITEMS, INCLUDING TAPES.

  Only by special authorization originated by Saint Hill is credit
on book store items ever extended to Orgs (this is very rare). Orgs
may not order on credit, ask for, or expect credit from the Saint
Hill Book Store.

  2. 50% discount on books costing 6/- or $1.25 or less only
applies to orders of 200 or more at any one time. This is true for
any item 6/- or S 1.25 or less.

  Otherwise the distributor's discount is retained as given.

  3. The 40% discount to Orgs or Franchise does not apply on items
6/- or S 1.25 or under. Order lots of 200 or more for the 50%
discount.

  (The above policies are not new but are reaffirmed by this policy
letter.)

LRH:ml.kd
L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 NOVEMBER 196S

                               Issue II

Sthil only

                  AUTOGRAPHED COPIES OF BOOKS BY LRH

  Traditionally I have autographed copies of any new book I have
written. These were then made available for sale. This now is made
part of policy as follows:

  A limited number of copies of any new book by me will be
autographed by me as the author. These are sold in the Saint Hill
Book Store either by mail or hand-no credit of course. As there are
only a limited number of autographed copies available they are sold
entirely on a first order or first come first served basis.

  The price of each autographed copy is three times (triple) the
ordinary list price of the book.

  Please note that as this policy was omitted with the Book of Case
Remedies, orders or cash will now be accepted at the Saint Hill
Book Store for both The Book of Case Remedies and Scientology / A
New Slant on Life.

LRH:ml.kd
L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                              204


                  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                 HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY 1966

Gen Non Remimeo
Franchise
Exec Secs' Hats
Dissem Sec Hat
Dist Sec Hat
Dir of Publ Hat
Dir of Clearing Hat

                     PUBLICATION COPIES TO WW

  Any Central Org, City Office or Franchise Centre on any
publication, mailing piece or hand-out printed or mimeoed by them
must airmail a copy to The Executive Director WW, airmail a copy to
The Guardian WW, airmail 2 copies to The HCO Exec Sec WW, one copy
to Issue Authority WW, and send 6 copies surface to the Librarian,
Office of the Guardian WW, at the same time that the mailing is
done.

  The only publishing offices for Scientology books are Saint Hill
(chiefly) and Washington, D.C. (occasionally). However, at times in
the past other offices have printed books. If your office has ever
printed a book on Dianetics or Scientology, whether in English or
another language, please send 8 copies of that book(s) to the
LIBRARIAN, Office of The Guardian WW, SAINT HILL.

  If you know of any books of Dianetics and Scientology in another
language than English, or translated into another language than
English, we would greatly appreciate your securing copies of these
and sending them to the LIBRARIAN, Office of The Guardian, SAINT
HILL.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.cden
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  [See also HCO P/L 2 September 1971, Issue III, PK Archives
(Office of the Guardian) WW, in the 1971 Year Book.]

                              205

                 HUBBARD-COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1968

Remimeo
Div 2s
Div 6s
                IMPORTANT BOOK PURCHASE FROM WW

  Hereafter, ALL ORGS may purchase books on credit from WW
as well as for cash. All previous discount systems are
cancelled. No order may be for less than 25 of any one book or
item. Cash purchases with cash received at WW obtain a 50%
discount. Credit purchases obtain only a 25% discount. Any order
for less than 25 of one item is for cash with a 10% membership
discount. This arrangement also applies to FRANCHISE HOLDERS. If
any credit book bill rises to above L 1000 without reduction, the
Org Exec Sec of the Org is removed. If book supplies in an org drop
below good dissem requirements the HCO ES will be removed. HCO
special book accounts and money handling are cancelled. Books,
meters and insignia come under the same system as training and
processing. All special arrangements, Policy Letters, orders, Eds,
arbitraries or rumours or despatches on the subject of books and
meter orders and payments are cancelled. All E-Meters and all
insignia come under this same policy.

LRH:js.rd
L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1968
Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1968

Gen Non-Remimeo

All Scientology
Orgs can buy books and other items from Publications WW on credit
with a 25% discount or for cash with a 50% discount. LRH-js.rd L.
RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1968 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 206                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                 HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1968

Remimeo

(Revised 10 September 1968) Div 2s Div 6s IMPORTANT

  PURCHASING FROM PUBS ORG WW Hereafter, ALL ORGS may purchase
books and standard stock items on credit from POWW as well as for
cash. All previous discount systems are cancelled. No order may be
for less than 25 of any one book or item except tapes, E-Meters and
films. Cash purchases with cash received at POWW obtain a 50%
Discount. Credit purchases obtain only a 25% discount. Any order
for less than 25 of one item except tapes, E-Meters and films is
for cash with a 10% membership discount. This arrangement also
applies to FRANCHISE HOLDERS. Credit for standard stock items is
only extended up to f 1000. If book supplies in an org drop below
good Dissem requirements the HCO ES will be removed. HCO Book
Account Pol Ltr restored. No book, meter, etc monies subject to
allocation of percentile and must be kept separate as is foremost
dissem line. Books must be subsidized by adding reserve monies to
HCO book from time to time. All special arrangements, Policy
Letters, orders, Eds, arbitraries or rumours or despatches on the
subject of books and meter orders and payments are cancelled. All
E-Meters and all insignia come under this same policy. 50% disc on
E-Meters may be obtained for a bulk order of 10 E-Meters pre-paid.
Film and tape prices remain as established by POWW. L. RON HUBBARD
Founder LRH:js.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL

RIGHTS RESERVED 207                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor,
East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1968 Remimeo HCO
Exec Secs Dissem Secs

  WEEKLY BOOK STOCK REPORT

  REQUIRED

   The current I b Weekly Book Stocks (c) Sales Report or any
updated version must be sent in weekly to WW. The routing is to the
Success In Charge of the Pubs Org WW, via the CLO and the
International Promotion Officer. This report goes directly to WW. A
second copy is sent on channels to the Continental HCO Exec Sec.

   Add "Ordered from" between Date Ordered and Comments.

   Failure to send in this report weekly to WW will go to the
International Ethics Officer as a No Report and be followed by any
Ethics action necessary to obtain the report weekly. L. RON HUBBARD
Founder LRH:js.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 208 WEEKLY BOOK STOCKS AND SALES REPORT HCO (location of
org) TO:

  DISSEM SEC (OR, FOR US ORGS) AOSH DK PUBLICATIONS DEPARTMENT ASHO
PUBLICATIONS DEPARTMENT SPO A/S 2723 West Temple Street Toldbodgade
33 Los Angeles 1253 Copenhagen (c) Denmark California 90026 Report
Form No. I B for W/E-- at 2.00 pm Reported by

  Date LIST

   NO. SOLD NO. IN NO, ON DATE ORDERED TITLE

  PRICE

  IN WEEK STOCK ORDER ORDERED FROM COMMENTS (Full list of all
Dianetics and - EXAMPLE OF LAYOUT (USING - Scientology

  BOTH SIDES OF SHEET) FOR A bookstore - CURRENT REPORT FORM I B -
items, including EMeters, Insignia, etc)

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 OCTOBER 1969 CenOCon

  PU13LICATIONS DEPTS AND ORGS

  HOW TO STRAIGHTEN OUT

   AS BOOKS ARE THE FIRST LINE OF PROMOTION IT IS VITAL TO HAVE
PUBS DEPTS or ORGS SOLVENT AND RUNNING.

   The formula for straightening out and making solvent any
Publications Department or Org follows.

   1. Make sure HCO Book Account Monies are used only to buy books
and that all books and publications receipts go only into them and
nowhere else in all orgs over the world. In the Pubs Org or Dept or
section in an org that sells or handles books:

   2. Collect all invoices of books or publications shipped out or
put on consignment or mailed out or ordered. Neatly file all such
papers by alphabetical names with invoice copies of money already
received from them.

   3. Compile statements of monies due and address the envelopes
and send the statements out. These must be accurate. What the
statement amount was and when sent should be marked in the file.
MAIL THEM so you will have some money coming in.

   4. Collect all business papers ordering or buying books from
printers or distributors into a BUSINESS FILE FIRMS, put in neat
file folders with receipts of monies paid out. Add up what is owed.
5. Verify with these creditors if this is the correct amount owed.

   YOU HAVE NOW TAKEN CARE OF THE TWO MOST VITAL STEPS. THOSE
STATEMENTS TO DEBTORS WHO OWE YOU MONEY MUST GO OUT MONTHLY.

   6. Collect together all orders for books and publications
ordered by individuals and firms or orgs, put them in chronological
date and start shipping promptly.

   7. Any book or publication you can't supply

   (a) Inform the orderer you are out of it but are getting in a
supply and will ship soonest.

   (b) Arrange to get a supply.

   (c) Backlog the unfilled order in a neat file where it is
visible and available.

   (d) Ship it when you get it.

   8. Work out how you are going to procure and supply E-Meters and
get it in action.

  210

  9. Work out an order form listing all your books, publications,
insignia, meters so printed that a buyer can write "send me" with
just an X on it and add up and enclose the amount in a return
envelope on which he pays postage-by air if to a distant place.

  10. Get out your statements or a magazine to your entire list and
in addition to Org news and offerings stress book ads in it.

  11. Get your shipping up in speed to 24 hours shipped after order
received.

  12. Do an inventory book of all books, publications, insignia and
meters so you have a total correct stock book. Ship thereafter from
this stock book.

  13. Make the main org pay for the magazine as a means of
advertising training and processing.

  14. Every month on schedule get out a magazine, alternating Major
to Members with Minor to whole list. This means a fat major one
month and a minor the next.

  15. Verify that Address has all CF names in it. Get it made so if
not.

  16. Verify that CF has all persons filed in it that ever bought
from the org. Get it made so if not,

  17. Other methods of distribution should be looked in to or also
used BUT NONE OF THEM KNOCK OUT THE ABOVE STEPS. These have worked
for years.

  18. Give discounts that are real. You must not give discounts
greater than those which leave you a good profit on turnover.

  19. Keep up your business file, statement file and inventory
book.

  20. Be businesslike about publications.

  21. Arrange sensible and routine procurement of books,
Publications, E-Meters and insignia well in advance of need and in
real quantities and work out how to pay for them.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:Idm.rs.ei.rd Copyright

  Q

  1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  211

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 DECEMBER 1969

Remimeo

  Issue 11

  Div 2s

  (Cancels HCO P/L 23 May 1968

  Div 6s

  Revised 10 September 1968, Same Title)

  IMPORTANT

  PURCHASING FROM PUBS

  ORG

  Hereafter, ALL ORGS must purchase books and standard stock items
from Pubs Org for cash. No credit will be extended.

  All previous discount systems are cancelled.

  Any order for more than 25 of any one book or item except tapes,
E-Meters and films, receives a 50% discount, plus postage or
freight costs.

  Any order for less than 25 of one item except tapes, E-Meters and
films receives a 10% membership discount.

  This arrangement also applies to FRANCHISE HOLDERS.

  If book supplies in an org drop below good dissem requirements
the HCO ES will be removed, if new stocks are not in transit.

  HCO Book Account Pol Ltr restored; pcs. Account Pol Ltr remains
in force.

  No book, meter, etc monies are subject to allocation of
percentile and must be kept separate as is foremost dissem line.
Books must be subsidized by adding reserve monies to HCO book from
time to time.

  All special arrangements, Policy Letters, orders, EDs,
arbitraries or rurnours or despatches on the subject of books and
meter orders and payments are cancelled.

  All E-Meters and all insignia come under this same policy.

  50% disc on E-Meters may be obtained for a bulk order of 10
E-Meters pre-paid. Film and tape prices remain as established by
Pubs Org.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:js.ei.idm.cden Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED

  [See also HCO P/Ls 20 March 1971,

  Book Discounts and Merchandising Policy, and 5

  April 1971, Issue II, of same title, in the 1971 Year Book.)

  212

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MARCH 1959

  TAPES AND RECORDS Tapes and records filing, preparation, ordering
and editing shall be under Gladys Wichelow. Tapes and records will
be sold, stored and inventoried by the book section when they are
for sale as items only. The Tape and Record Library is not the Tape
and Record Sales Dept. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mp.rd Copyright (c) 1959
by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 MARCH 1959 To all HCO Area Secs Assoc
Secs 2 copies to all Central Orgs wash Los Angeles Auckland Melb
Jobg BSCN/HCS COURSE TAPES The tapes for BScn and HCS courses are
now as follows: 5th London ACC Tapes -

  20 hrs. 21st US Supplementary Tapes - 8-1/2hrs. 1-1 hr. These are
the best quality and are the total data given in these, units. They
are being released only to Central Organizations as follows: 1.
London 2. Washington 3. Melbourne 4.

  Johannesburg 5. Auckland. They must not be copied or loaned or
played by others than Instructors. They are valuable. Further some
of the data would hurt field cases if generally released.
Therefore, on the understanding that this data will be safeguarded
they are being forwarded by air as soon as costs received. They are
one for one speed copies, therefore, copy masters. They were
professionally recorded. Only five sets are being made. Therefore
the cost even if it includes air freight, is high. It is f 200
($562) for a whole set everything included. This is L6.16.0
(818.45) per lecture. To teach a BScn/HCS course these are
necessary. We can crack all cases now. Let's not lose the data. On
receipt of the copy masters, you are requested to make one copy
yourself for actual use in your class and place the copy masters in
a vault for further reference. Your set is being made for shipment
now. Please send your cheque to HCO London. L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp.rd 213                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street,
London W. I               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 APRIL 1959 Make info available
all activities

  NEW HPA/HCA TAPES

   I am making a new up to date HPA/HCA tape series while teaching
the current HPA/BScn Course in London, very ably assisted by Dick
and Jan Halpern.

   This course is being done with an eye to maximum stability and
continued validity.

   It covers all the TRs from 0 to 9, all valid HPA/HCA processes
and teaches as well how to obtain releases and theta clears by
modern processing. Sixteen basic processes are covered fully. The
E-Meter is covered fully and used on this course.

   New student texts will match this course.

   The main lecture series consists of 25 hrs by covering the
elements of Scientology, axioms, scales, TRs (15 mins for each TR
from 0 to 9) all recorded by a professional company at 7 1/2
in/sec.

   40 tapes 1/2 hour each are also being made by Dick and Jan
Halpern in the actual class work.

   All these tapes together are class A, for use in Central
Organizations only, not to be loaned, copied or sold. The cost is
not yet established. The lectures will all be on 33/4 inch per
second tape copied one for one speed.

   It is advised that you advertise this 2 month course at once
with the above data. This is the first HPA/HCA course I have
personally compiled in 5 years and contains all the important
intervening data and very fast clearing.

   The tapes will be shipped to you by air freight as soon as they
are completed and copied, but not later than May 30. L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp.rd 214                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street,
London W. I               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 MAY 1959 Distrib. "Central" HCO
Offices only

  HOW TO ESTABLISH PRICE OF BOOKS AND

  TAPES

  BOOKS Establish fully the printing cost. Multiply by five. This
is cost of the book to usual buyers. However, a book price can be
further increased so that when one gets a 20% reduction he pays a
whole figure. Example: Printing cost X (c) 20 shillings. This is
minimum safe retail price. This can be fixed further so members buy
it for 20 shillings after their 20% discount, i.e. 24s X 20% (c)
20s.

  TAPE PRICING Add: I (c) Cost of tape original 2. Cost of recorder
and equipment depreciation (2 yrs per recorder); includes cost of
recorders in copying. 3. Cost of time of engineer (gross weekly) 4.
Cost of tape for copy master. 5. Cost of tapes for copies. 6.
Rental cost of recording room or rooms. 7. Performer cost. (Min. f
15.0.0/week) 8. Shipping cost of whole package by air (c)
insurance. Add 100% of above. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mp.pm.cden
Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 215
                  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 OCTOBER 1959 CenOCon

  TAPE AND RECORD PRODUCTION HAT

   Purpose: To insure excellent quality reproduction of voice in
tape and record production. To make sure that all materials
released via tape and record follow organization policy. No. I
Receives master quality tape copy or B master from Tape Master
library tape to go into production (whether as tape or record). No.
2 Listens to quality of tape. No. 3 Edits out all snaps, pops,
coughs of audience (where possible) and LRH coughs (where
possible). Cuts out any phrases which might in some way down grade
Scientology, Scientologists, or Central Organizations. No. 4 Edits
lectures to 24'30" for records. (So that overprint does not show
up.) No. 5 Make production master if for tape distribution, and
send edited copy master to master tape file for filing. No. 6
Receives orders from DCI shipping for tapes and sends out
production master for copying or does it on org equipment-whichever
is being done at the time. Makes labels for tapes when finished and
sends to shipping to ship. No. 7 For records-sends the edited
lecture to (organization outside handling same). Receives back an
acetate test pressing. If not OK correct what is wrong either in
master tape or if the outside Org is goofing tell them what to
correct. When you receive an acetate test pressing which is OK send
back for test pressing of actual record. If OK with LRH then send
in order for record and quantity. Also send in mockup of label to
go on record. No. 8 When final test pressing OK'd send to printing
name of lecture, copyright date, lecturer, event, to have labels
for record jackets made. Make sure there are enough record jackets
in stock to cover quantity. If not then order from printing (using
usual P.O. routing). No. 9 When final records are received they are
to be packaged by Book Admin and shipped by shipping. Delivery
receipt and P.O. sent to accounting. Master tape copy sent back to
master tape library for future use. No. 10 When finished making
copies of tapes send production master back to master tape library
for filing and future use. No. I I When a tape and/or record is
released make sure that the text is copyrighted with the exact
wording as on tape or record. Not necessary to send a copy of the
tape or record to copyright office, only one original typed copy.
L. RON HUBBARD

   LRH:iet.rd Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 216

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1959 CenOCon

  RECORDING OF TAPED LECTURES AT I ST

  MELBOURNE

  ACC AND PRE-ACC CONGRESS

   This policy applies to any area in which Ron personally conducts
an ACC and/or Congress and delivers lectures for tape recording.

   The tapes must be of professional quality and not home recorded.

   Please refer also to Tape and Record Production Hat, HCO Policy
Letter of 5th October, 1959.

   1. Make 2 masters and I copy of all taped lectures for both ACC
and Congress.

   2. HCO Melbourne may keep I master and I copy only for each
taped lecture for both ACC and Congress.

   3 One master tape for every lecture recorded on the 1st
Melbourne ACC and Pre-ACC Congress must be airmailed to HCO WW,
East Grinstead, Sussex, immediately after production is completed.

   4. HCO Melbourne may not release copies of ACC tapes to HASI,
Melbourne, or anyone else, until OK'd for release by L. Ron
Hubbard.

   5. No master tape may be used by any personnel or department at
any time. Always use copies.

   6. HCO Melbourne, will be charged by HCO WW for the cost of
masters and copies of tapes kept by HCO, Melbourne.

   7. HCO Melbourne, may sell copies only of Congress lecture tapes
to HASI, Melbourne, and the Australian field only.

   8. 10% of income from all tape sales is, as always, forwarded to
HCO WW.

   9. HCO WW will pay the entire production costs of recording the
1st Melbourne ACC and Pre-ACC Congress tape lectures. Forward these
accounts to HCO WW, East Grinstead, Sussex. The prices of these
tapes will be advised as soon as calculated. HCO Research Project
Supervisor WW for L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright (c) 1959 by
L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 217                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS
OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 APRIL
1960 Reissued from Sthil CenOCon

  TAPES OF WASHINGTON CONGRESS Franchised Auditors may now buy the
tapes of the "State of Man" Congress held in Washington DC in
January 1960. The tapes are available direct from HCO WW. Detail
and prices as under: 3-2,400 ft. long play tapes with six hours of
lectures from "The State of Man" Congress of 1960: Price f 30. 0.
0d ($84.00) per set. Only complete sets are sold. The titles of the
lectures are: I (c) Create and Confront 2. Responsibility 3. Overts
and Witholds 4. Why people don't like you 5. Marriage 6. Your case.
LRH:PH,js.gh.rd Peter Hemery Copyright (c) 1960 HCO Secretary WW by
L. Ron Hubbard for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  L. RON HUBBARD

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 JULY 1960 CenOCon

  CONGRESS TAPES The general policy on releasing Congress tapes is
as follows: Congress tapes are available exclusively to Central
Orgs for 6 weeks from the date of the Congress. At the end of this
period, Congress tapes will then be available for sale to Franchise
Holders on a world wide basis. LRH:js.cden Issued by: Peter Hemery
Copyright (c) 1960

  HCO Secretary WW by L. Ron Hubbard

  for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  L. RON HUBBARD 218

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JANUARY 1961 Central Orgs Tape Departments

  TAPE LEADER COLOUR CODES In order to standardize the usage of
tapes all over the world, the following colour code for leader
tapes is recommended. The code is based on information received as
to what colours of leader tape are available in various areas. For
Masters or Production Masters: On "A" side of tape - White or Gold
On "B" side of tape - Red For Copies: On "A" side of tape - Green
or Blue On "B" side of tape - Red. Please put into effect as soon
as possible. If there is any difficulty in putting it into effect,
inform HCO Secretary WW at Saint Hill. Peter Hemery LRH:jms.rd HCO
Secretary WW Copyright (c) 1961 for by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON
HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint
Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JANUARY
1961 HCOS Central Orgs

  TAPE COPYING CHANGED The world centre for tape copying is changed
herewith to Washington D.C., in the charge of the HCO Dissemination
Secretary U.S. Reason: The electronics equipment in the U.S. is
superior and the main library for tapes is in D.C. U.K. copies have
been too poor and tape is too costly. Order all tapes from the U.S.
Address all comm about tapes to HCO Dissemination Secretary U.S.
Note: You are about to get all Congresses copies I for I on Hi Fi
for public tape plays in Central Orgs as part of PE activity.
LRH:js.cden

  L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard 219 ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor,
East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1962 Central
Orgs Franchise Field BPI CLASS 11 TRAINING ONLY BY ACADEMIES AND
SAINT HILL

   Because of the upgrading of Class II Training and skills, and
the length of time and staff needed to teach such a course, all
rights to teach Class 11 Courses are hereby rescinded except for
Academies and the Saint Hill Briefing Course.

   No Saint Hill Briefing Course tape lectures are available
outside Central Orgs, and Saint Hill.

   Saint Hill graduates may, however, listen to these tapes at a
Central Org, for their own information, by arrangement with the HCO
of their area. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dr.rd Copyright (c) 1962 by L.
Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 AUGUST 1962 CenOCon

  HCO ELECTRONIC CONSULTANT HAT

  This hat write-up is in use in DC, and can be used as a model hat
by other Orgs.

  HCO ELECTRONIC CONSULTANT HAT Dept Head: HCO Continental Sec

   Purpose: To advise and render actual electronic engineering
services to HCO and the Executive Director in matters pertaining
to: Electrical and Electronic Communications; Tape Recording and
Record Production; Electrical and Electronic Special Devices
related to Technical Activities; E-Meters;

   And any other similar services requested by the Executive
Director.

   This is not a full time post. It is presently filled in DC on a
part-time basis.

   Each HCO Continental Office should fill this post-requirements:
Technical Training as Auditor at least HCA level-Electronic
Engineering background-Sec Check-person must also be approved by
the Executive Director.

   The HCO Electronic Consultant shall also arrange for the
recording facilities when the Executive Director is lecturing in
the area, with approval of HCO Continental Sec.

   It is the further responsibility of this hat, pertaining to
E-Meters, to receive, read and pass on to HCO Cont reports from
area HCOs (such as HCO NY and HCO LA) concerning E-Meter
servicing-making recommendations to HCO WW therefrom. L. RON
HUBBARD LRH:dr.rd Copyright (c) 1962 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  220

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF I NOVEMBER AD 12 Sthil D.C.I. Washington
D.C.

  TAPES, STUDENT PURCHASE OF It has always been possible on special
arrangement for students to buy tapes of lectures which have been
part of their course or Congress Attendees to buy copies of
Congress Lecture Tapes (providing they do not hold a Congress with
them until well after the Org near them has had its Congress). At
Student request, the tape of November 1, AD 12, Lectures I (c) 2,
as they may serve a special purpose, are designated as BPI. Lecture
One: The Missed Missed Withold Lecture Two: The Road to Truth They
can be ordered through HCO WW or HCO DC at regular tape prices less
any valid membership discount. They must be ordered together as the
cost would be the same for one lecture. LRH:dr.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1962 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1963 CenOCon

  TAPE RELEASE In view of its great value to all, the Tape of the
lecture of May 16, 1963, entitled "The Time Track", is hereby
released for general use and sale. LRH:dr.cden

  L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1963 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED [Note: These tapes are available from Publications
Department, Advanced Organization Saint Hill Denmark, Jernbanegade
6, 1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark.]

  221

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 FEBRUARY 1964 Sthil S.L.R. LTD

  TAPE COPYING

   In copying tapes, use the following procedure:

   I - Master. Use only for making copy master and transcriptionist
tapes.

   2. Copy Master. Use only it for copying.

   3. Transcription Master. For use of typists doing transcription
and when transcribed may be re-used. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dr.cden
Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF I I JUNE 1964 CenOCon

  CENTRAL ORGANIZATION (c) CITY

  OFFICE

  TAPE SERVICE

   Those organizations which have complied with HCO Pol Ltr of
April 21, 1964, which required 5% of the Disbursement fund applied
to old tape bills, and are paying cash for current tapes, will
continue to receive their tape lectures.

   Those organizations and offices which have not complied may not
receive further tapes until satisfactory arrangements have been
made with Saint Hill's Scientology Library and Research.

   Only those lectures which apply directly to general auditing and
can be used by an organization will be sent as at this time Level
VI materials are of no direct use to an organization. This reduces
the cost of tapes by reducing the number sent.

   No Central Organization or Continental Headquarters may now
recopy tapes and send them to smaller offices. All offices must
procure their tapes directly from Saint Hill. The reason for this
is tape quality. Only Saint Hill uses one for one speed Ampex
professional copying.

   Current basic tapes are of great interest to HGCs and Academies,
particularly since up to Grade III Saint Hill materials are now
being written up in fun with bulletins and check sheets for Grades
1, 11 and III for Central organization use. Current basic tapes of
the type that is being shipped are part of this programme.
LRH:jw.cden

  L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard 222, ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 DECEMBER 1964

General Non-Remimeo
Sthil
Dept Heads (c) Execs The Auditor

  TAPE PRICES

  (Effective on Feb 1, 1965 and until Jan I (c) 1966)

   All tapes from Saint Hill will be charged at the rate of 4 1/2
guineas per lecture and 9 guineas per reel of two lectures. This is
f 4.14.6. sterling, per lecture, L9. 9. 0 sterling, per reel. Or S
14.17 U.S. per lecture and $28.33 U.S. per reel.

   The price is for all lectures.

   Two lectures, as named on both sides, must be bought at one
time. Any substitute for the second lecture has a surcharge of 5
guineas.

  POSTAGE

   This includes Airmail Post Free.

  DISCOUNTS

   Discounts are Central Organizations and City Offices 40%,
Franchise Holders 30%, International Life Members 20%,
International Members 10%, Life Members with membership dated
before Nov 15, 1964 20%, Life Members only after Nov 15, 1964 10%.

  QUALITY

   These tapes are copied on Ampex professional recorders on Ampex
mylar recording tape, 7 inch reels, individually boxed. Lectures
since 1962 are from Ampex masters recorded with a Neuman (valve)
Microphone. Speed is 3 3/4 inches per second.

  SPEED OF DELIVERY

   Orders are for the most part filled the Same day as received.

  REQUIREMENTS

   Certain tapes are required to teach courses, without which no
certificate may be given.

  POLICIES

   All earlier tape policies released, except as modified as above,
are in full force. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jw.cden Copyright (c) 1964 by
L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 223

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 DECEMBER 1964

General Non-Remimeo
Sthil

Dept Heads and Execs The Auditor TAPE AVAILABILITY All tape
recordings are ordered direct from HCO WW where tape production is
located. Any tape lecture made prior to January 1, 1964, with very
few exceptions, may be purchased by Franchise and Field Auditors.
(The exceptions will be tapes being currently used in an
organization for training.) Organizations can purchase tapes for
their own use made and released since January 1, 1964. Some of
these tapes are also released for general sale and will be
advertised from time to time. HCO Admin Ltr of April 23, 1964, is
cancelled. If, however, any Org is already operating such a
library, let us know and we will try to overcome any difficulties.
All tapes must be paid for in advance. No copies may be made of
tapes except at Saint Hill. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jw.rd Copyright (c)
1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MAY 1965 Gen Non-Remimeo HCO Dissem
Sec Dist Sec Mimeo Registrars Tech Pets SALE OF BULLETINS (c) TAPES
Qual Pets FORBIDDEN The sale of HCOBs and HCO Pol Ltrs and Tapes is
FORBIDDEN to all orgs. No org may sell any Field Auditor or
Franchise Auditor or the public any Bulletin or Policy Ltr or tape.
No org may lend or permit to be copied any HCOB, Pol Ltr or tape.
No org may permit notes of tapes to be mimeographed, published or
sold. The only materials which may be released or sold are those
authorised by the Office of LRH at Saint Hill through the HCO
Dissemination Secretary Saint Hill and only by specific written
orders from the Office of LRH Saint Hill. All materials issued are
for use only by orgs in the conduct of their business and basic
activities of training and processing. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:wmc.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard [See also HCO P/L 10 February
1971, Issue 11, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Sale of Org Materials, in the
1971 Year Book. 224                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor,
East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 DECEMBER 1965 Gen
Non-Remimeo Action St Hill only. Hats All Execs Office 21 Exec
Division Dept 21 All Execs Div 7 HCO Dissent Div LRH Personal Sec
LRH Photo All Execs Dissem Div All Tape Personnel TAPE COLOUR FLASH
CODE Reels are marked, as well as boxes.

   UNMARKED REELS: New Reels or spools, unused should be checked
and Colour flashed if found to be recorded on, check with LRH
personally before erasure of any unmarked tape found anywhere.

   YELLOW TABBED LABEL or yellow-HCO Dissem Master. These are never
erased, may not be played or loaned or used. They are for Archives
only. "Production" is written on the yellow tab label of a
production master.

   GREEN TABBED LABEL or green tape-Commercial copy, for sale to
orgs or field or student use in Tech and Qual Divisions.

   RED TABBED LABEL or Red marked-LRH master for music, cine,
original tapes of books and tapes LRH wants kept. These belong in
the Office of LRH. They are never erased. The designating word
"Cine" or "Book" etc is added to the label with other descriptive
matter, LRH uses also some coloured reels. A Coloured reel (plastic
is coloured) is always property of LRH.

   BLUE TABBED LABEL or Blue marked-Dictative tapes, may be erased
when transcribed and checked against copy.

   Usually letters, orders or notes. THIS IS USED THROUGHOUT THE
ORG.

   Never mark a reel or box blue unless the tape has been checked
by playing it to see what it really is. Don't ever erase unless you
are sure it has been transcribed. Stenos, always add a note on the
box as to the date of transcribing.

   Don't let tapes float about without boxes. Any tape so adrift
should be checked, marked and boxed and left in a box.

   Forward all dictative tapes in the right box and in a box.

   Be careful in using tape to restore to the tight reel. You can
wind one through to an unmarked or wrongly marked reel.

   Never use a marked reel for the take up reel. If your empty is
marked, find the original and restore it. Blank (empty) spools are
always unmarked.

   Tape labels can have a Div and Dept or Section number or name on
them. This is done using the colour code above.

   Coloured plastic reels may not be used by anyone but LRH. All
others use clear plastic.

   Labels for reels are easy to get. Use them. LRH:ep.rd

  L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard 225 ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 OCTOBER 1966 HCO Dissem Sec Dir of Pubs
Tape Section Hats Publs Stock Hats Dir Disb Purchasing Officer
Supply Officer

  BLANK TAPE REELS

   Reels of blank tape newly purchased when received by the
organization and checked as to the correctness of the order are all
to be routed directly to the Publications Stock Officer in the
Department of Publications for entry into Stock records.

   The Tape Section requiring blank reels of tape for making
Masters, Production Masters, and copies for use on Courses or for
public sale must obtain blank reels upon the presentation to the
Publications Stock Officer of the invoices ordering such or the No
Charge Purchase Orders okaying such.

   Reels of tape required for recording live lectures by L. Ron
Hubbard are to be made immediately available when such lectures are
given. The Guardian WW Mary Sue Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:MSH.jp.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 226                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 APRIL 1970 Remimeo Issue
III HCO ES Org ES Public ES Pubs Org (Cancels HCO P/L 31 Dec 1964
Franchise "Tape Availability". FSMs Amends HCO P/L 13 May 1965
"Sale of Bulletins and Tapes Forbidden".) TAPES

   LRH tapes are a highly valuable dissemination medium. Franchise
Centers, Groups, FSMs and individuals should be strongly encouraged
to buy and play tapes regularly. Many groups have been started on
the basis of a weekly tape play, and members of such groups have
gone on to have training and processing.

  ORGS TO SELL TAPES

   ANY OFFICIAL SCIENTOLOGY ORGANIZATION MAY NOW SELL TAPES. Stich
tapes must be obtained by the org from the Scientology Publications
Organization.

  TAPE COPYING

   Policy regarding the copying of tapes remains.

   NO ORG, FRANCHISE, GROUP OR INDIVIDUAL EXCEPT THE SCIENTOLOGY
PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION MAY COPY ANY DIANETICS OR SCIENTOLOGY
TAPE.

   This is because inferior quality tape reproductions are
extremely detrimental to dissemination and to Scientology.

  ORG TAPE PLAYS

   All orgs are to themselves conduct a weekly tape play, for which
a small fee is charged, using good quality high fidelity equipment,
and ensuring by effective promotion that it is well attended.

   USE TAPES. SELL TAPES. CS-2 for LRH:NFS:kjm.bp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1970 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
227                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JANUARY 1961 Dir Mat of All Cen Orgs
HCO Secs Fowler (c) Allen

  BRITISH E-METER BREAKAGE

   It has been found by our electronics repair man in Johannesburg
that the transistors in the British Model E-Meter are cracking or
disconnecting on some cases during shipment after being checked out
okay at St Hill,

   If British Meters fail in your area on arrival this should be
looked into at once.

   Please report to me the costs you have laid out in repairing
transistors on these meters. LRH:js.lh.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1961 CenOCon

  E-METERS TO BE APPROVED

   HCO Policy Letter of October 9, 196 1, Academy Training, states
that students in the Academy should only be allowed to use E-Meters
which have been approved by HCO.

   This policy should be extended to include also E-Meters which
are used in the Organization throughout, including the HGC. In
order to safeguard the interests of Scientology, it is essential
that this policy should be strictly enforced by the HCO.

   No E-Meter should be approved by the HCO unless it is known to
be a type which has been designed and manufactured by L. Ron
Hubbard, or by individuals or groups who have been directly and
specifically authorized by L. Ron Hubbard to manufacture E-Meters
of approved design under licence.

   (c) All formerly made E-Meters which have not been approved by
L. Ron Hubbard are automatically disallowed by this Policy Letter.
No Central Organization should manufacture E-Meters locally unless
by direct arrangement with L. Ron Hubbard personally, who will
first require to examine an actual prototype of the proposed meter
to ensure good quality and excellent performance.

   No authority to manufacture E-Meters or approval of meters may
be issued by any office except HCO WW. LRH:iet.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 228
                  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 DECEMBER 1961 CenOCon

  E-METER SUPPLIES

   Effective immediately, the following policies apply to the
supply and sale of the British Mark IV E-Meter.

   Central Orgs may order supplies of the Mark IV from the Book
Department of HCO WW. The price to Central Orgs is L24.0.0 per
meter. THE FULL AMOUNT MUST BE SENT IN ADVANCE. METERS CANNOT BE
SUPPLIED TO THE ORGS ON CREDIT. This is understandable in view of
the large amounts involved.

   Effective at once, the retail price of the Mark IV meter is S
125, or f 44. 10.0. International Members receive 20% discount on
cash purchases. The cash price to International Members is,
therefore, S 100, or f 35.12.0.

   HCO WW sells E-Meters for cash only. The Central Orgs may sell
meters for cash, or at their discretion may arrange H.P. sales to
buyers who are resident in their areas. The suggested retail price
for H.P. sales is S 145, or f 52 approximately. LRH:imj.cden L. RON
HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 FEBRUARY 1962 CenOCon

  SUPPLY AND SERVICING OF THE MARK IV E

  METER

   We will not permit any E-Meter to be built except the Mark IV
and that in England only.

   Each Central Organisation may make use of a sound local
electronics-man to repair and service meters. Any such local
repair-man can be supplied with the necessary repairparts upon his
application to the Technical Materiel Secretary at HCO WW.

   No Circuits for the Mark IV are available: they are usually not
needed in repair work. If, however, any repair becomes necessary
for which the Circuit seems to be required, the meter must be sent
to HCO WW.

   Meters may, of course, be returned to HCO WW for repair at any
time, as they are far too important in their action to be
carelessly repaired, OR manufactured. LRH:jw.rd Issued by: HCO
Technical Materiel Copyright (c) 1962

  Secretary WW by L. Ron Hubbard

  for ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  L. RON HUBBARD 229                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill
Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO. POLICY LETTER OF 10 APRIL 1962
HCO Secs Org Secs E-METERS

  As from this date, the following policies apply to the
distribution of E-Meters.

  PRICES AND POST AND PACKING CHARGES TO INDIVIDUALS

  (TO BE WIDELY ADVERTISED)

   The price of a British Mark IV E-Meter to an individual is
L44.10.0 STERLING (125 Dollars), less 20% if the purchaser is a
Franchise holder or an International member of HASI; such discount

reduces the price to. L35.12.0 STERLING (100 Dollars). Postage and
Packing will be Payable at these rates, when posted from Saint Hill
to addresses in the following areas: In Great Britain L 1. 0. 0 In
U.S.A. 5 Dollars surface, 15 Dollars Airmail In Australia and N.
Zealand L 2. 0. 0 surface, L 9. 0. 0 Airmail (Sterling) In South
Africa L1.10. 0 surface, L5. 0. 0 Airmail (Sterling)

  PRICES TO CENTRAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CITY OFFICES

   The price of the Mark IV E-Meter to the Central Organizations or
City Offices will be L 28.10.0 Sterling (80 Dollars), subject to
the following conditions: that a Central Org orders 10 E-Meters or
more at one time; that a City Office orders 4 or more E-Meters at
one time; that cash is received with the order; that E-Meters
ordered by the Orgs or City Offices AT ORG PRICE will be shipped to
the Organization or City Office concerned AND NOT TO INDIVIDUALS;
such orders will ordinarily be shipped by Airfreight-"Carriage
forward on buyer"-at the lowest rates obtainable. (Such Airfreight
charges will probably amount to about one third of the Post and
Packing charges quoted for individual orders above.)

   Central Organizations and City Offices may order E-Meters for
individuals, to be shipped to the individual at his or her address,
but no Org discount will then apply, and the order must be
accompanied by the FULL purchase price, plus Postage and Packing,
less the individual's discount where appropriate. HCO Technical
Materiel Secretary WW LRH:EW:jw.rd for Copyright (c) 1962 L. RON
HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I APRIL 1962 HCO Secs Org Secs SUPPLY
OF E-METERS TO CENTRAL ORGS (To clarify HCO Policy Letter of 10
April 1962 on E-Meters)

   Please note that, in order to qualify for Org discount, Central
Organizations must order a minimum of 10 E-Meters, and City Offices
must order at least 4 E-Meters at one time; i.e., orders for
smaller numbers than those specified will be charged at full rates,
less individual discounts, where claimed. Issued by: HCO Technical
Materiel Secretary WW LRH:EW:jw.rd for Copyright (c) 1962 L. RON
HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 230 HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 12 JULY 1962 HCO Secs Org Sets Training & Tech
Depts MA: to be printed in all Scn Magazines

  THE BRITISH MARK IV E-METER

   As per earlier directives, it is mandatory that all
Professional-course Students of Scientology must own a British Mark
IV E-Meter.

   Production of the British Mark IV E-Meter has now largely caught
up with demand, and individual orders for these E-Meters received
by HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW, at             Saint Hill Manor, East
Grinstead, Sussex, England, will henceforth be despatched
immediately upon receipt of cash with order.

   The price of the British Mark IV E-Meter is L 44. 1 0s.0d.
Sterling (125 dollars), less 20% if the purchaser is a Franchise
holder or an International member of HASI; such discount reduces
the price to L 35.12s.0d. Sterling (100 dollars). Postage and
Packing will be payable at these rates when despatched to addresses
in the following areas: In Great Britain

  L1.0s.0d. In USA

  5 dollars Surface, 15 dollars Airmail. In Australia & NZ

  L 2.0s.0d. Surface, L 9.0s.0d. Airmail (Sterling) In South Africa
L 1. 1 0s.0d. Surface, L5.0s.0d. Airmail (Sterling)

   N.B. The British Mark IV E-Meter is the ONLY E-Meter which may
be used in HGCs or in Academies of Scientology, and its use is
imperative by any Auditor who wishes to audit really effectively.

   Issued by: HCO Technical Materiel Sec WW

   for L. RON HUBBARD LRH:EW:dr.rd Copyright

  (c) 1962 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 231 HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1962 HCO Secs ORG Secs ORG SHIPPING Depts

  SUPPLIES OF E-METERS VIA AND FOR CENTRAL ORGS

   It is intended, as soon as possible after this date, to
establish a 'Stock-pool' of E-Meters at each Continental HCO, and
such other HCOs as may be necessary. HCO London will be an
exception to this.

   The E-Meters for the Stock-pool will be sealed individually
inside their cartons with steel bands, will be clearly marked
"PROPERTY OF HCO WW, TO BE HELD PENDING INSTRUCTIONS", and must
remain unopened until orders for disposal are received from HCO
Technical Materiel Secretary WW. The E-Meter's Number will also be
marked on the carton.

   The purpose of this policy is to ensure that an abundant supply
of E-Meters will be available both to individual buyers and to the
Central Organisations on any continent.

   In the case of individual buyers, the procedure will be: As soon
as cash is received at HCO WW from an individual in payment for an
E-Meter, that person will receive, by return Post (Airmail) a
Receipt for his or her money plus a yellow copy of an HCO WW
Shipping Invoice bearing the Number of a particular E-Meter;
simultaneously, an order, signed by HCO Technical Materiel
Secretary WW, will go to the appropriate Central Org's Shipping
Dept, via the local HCO Sec, to send an E-Meter- designated by
Number-to the person concerned; the form of carriage (Surface or
Airmail) will also be specified. (The pink copy of the HCO WW
Shipping Invoice will be sent to the local HCO Sec for each E-Meter
at the time of any bulk shipment of E-Meters from HCO WW; the white
copy of the HCO WW Shipping Invoice pertaining to any E-Meter will
be enclosed within the packing-box of that EMeter.) It will be the
responsibility of the local HCO Secretary to ensure that no
Stock-pool E-Meter is used, sold, despatched, or even unpacked
except upon express instructions from HCO Technical Materiel
Secretary WW. Upon receipt of such instructions, the Shipping Dept
concerned will ship the designated E-Meter to the buyer after
inserting a white Shipping Invoice into the carton WITHOUT TAKING
OFF THE METAL BANDS; the pink copy of the same Shipping Invoice
must then be sent to HCO WW, first noting ON THAT COPY (NOT THE
WHITE ONE), THE AMOUNT OF THE POSTAGE.

   As each shipment of E-Meters is received from HCO WW, the
Central Org will pay any Customs Dues, Wharfage Charges, etc, and
will then Bill HCO WW for reimbursement of such sums; also, when an
E-Meter has been re-shipped out from a Central Org, the Central Org
will then Bill HCO WW for reimbursement of Postage plus a Handling
Charge amounting to 25% of Surface Mail charge; NB, this handling
charge is to be calculated on the Surface Mail charge even if the
package has been sent by Airmail on instructions from HCO Technical
Materiel Secretary WW.

   In the case of Central Orgs' own supplies of E-Meters, the
procedure will be:- Cash for a minimum of 10 E-Meters must be sent
to HCO WW whereupon an authorisation will be sent by HCO Tech Mat
Sec WW stating exactly which E-Meters-by Numbers-may be taken from
the Stock-pool. The conditions of sale of E-Meters at Org Prices,
i.e., for City Offices as well as Central Orgs will continue as per
HCO Policy Letter of April 10, 1962; HCO Washington DC will hold
the Stock-pool of E-Meters for USA; HCO Melbourne will hold the
Stock-pool of E-Meters for Australia, and HCO Johannesburg will
hold the Stock-pool for Africa.

   Where E-Meters are sold to Central Orgs or City Offices at the
Special Org Price, the charges for Customs and Airfreight will be
borne by the Central Org or City Office concerned, and will be
separately Invoiced by HCO WW.

   IF ONE OF THESE HCO WW HOLD METERS IS USED BY THE ORG HOLDING
IT, HCO WW WILL BILL THE ORG FOR THE FULL RETAIL SALES PRICE OF THE
METER. LRH:EW:dr.rd Issued by:

  HCO Technical Materiel Sec WW Copyright

  (c) 1962

   for by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

   L. RON HUBBARD 232                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill
Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 NOVEMBER 1962
HCO Secs Org Secs

  PRICES OF THE BRITISH MARK V E

  METER

   As from this date, the following policies apply to the
distribution of the British Mark V E-Meter.

  PRICES AND POST AND PACKING CHARGES TO INDIVIDUALS

  (TO BE WIDELY ADVERTISED)

   The price of the British Mark V E-Meter to an individual buyer
is L 50. 0. 0 STERLING (140 DOLLARS), less 20% if the purchaser is
an International member of HASI, or a Franchise holder; such
discount reduces the price to L 40. 0. 0 STERLING (112 DOLLARS).
Postage and Packing will be payable at these rates, when posted
from Saint Hill to addresses in the following areas: IN GREAT
BRITAIN

  L 1. 0. 0 IN U.S.A. 5 DOLLARS surface, 15 DOLLARS Airmail IN
AUSTRALIA & N. ZEALAND L 2. 0. 0 surface, L9. 0. 0 Airmail
(STERLING) IN SOUTH AFRICA

  L 1. 10. 0 surface, L5. 0. 0 Airmail (STERLING)

  PRICES TO CENTRAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CITY OFFICES

   The price of the Mark V E-Meter to the Central Organizations or
City Offices will be L 32. 0. 0 STERLING (90 DOLLARS), subject to
the following conditions: that a Central Org orders 10 E-Meters or
more at one time; that a City Office orders 4 or more EMeters at
one time; that cash is received with the order; that E-Meters
ordered by the Orgs or City Offices AT ORG PRICE will be shipped to
the Organization or City Office concerned AND NOT TO INDIVIDUALS;
such orders will ordinarily be shipped by Airfreight- "Carriage
forward on buyer"-at the lowest rates obtainable. (Such Airfreight
charges will probably amount to about one third of the Post &
Packing charges quoted above for individual orders.)

   Central Organizations and City Offices may order Mark V E-Meters
for individuals to be shipped to the individual at his or her
address, but no Org discount will then apply, and the order must be
accompanied by the FULL purchase price, plus Postage and Packing,
less the individual's discount where appropriate. HCO Technical
Materiel Secretary WW for L. RON HUBBARD LRH:gl.rd Copyright

  (c) 1962 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 233

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 NOVEMBER 1965 Remimeo

  MARK V AND LISTING E-METERS The current Meters that are to be
used by Professional Auditors and Trainees are the Mark V and
Listing E-Meter, which has the same circuit and make up. These
Meters can be ordered from St Hill in bulk at a 50% discount by
organizations. LRH:ep.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1965 by L.
Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JULY 1969 General Non-Remimeo CONFESSIONAL
AIDS Confessional aids (E-Meters) are sold only to Ministers or to
those who are pursuing studies leading to ordination as Ministers
in the Church of Scientology. The Confessional Aid assists the
Minister in locating and relieving the spiritual travail of
individual parishioners in the Scientology Confessional. The
Confessional Aid does not diagnose or treat human ailments of body
or mind, nor does it affect the structure or any function of the
body; its use is directed as an article of faith of the Church of
Scientology, and was never intended for use outside of the
Scientology ministry. C.B.B. Parselle Legal Chief WW LRH:CP:ei.rd
for Jane Kember Copyright (c) 1969

  The Guardian WW by L. Ron Hubbard for L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  Founder

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MARCH 1970 Gen Remimeo BPI IMPORTANT ORGs
E-METER DISCOUNT POLICY Franchises PURCHASING E-METERS FROM PUBS
ORG All previous discount systems are cancelled on E-Meter purchase
from Pubs Org. E-Meters are charged for as follows: I . On
individual purchases without any membership, full price, no
discount. 2. International Membership holders - 20% discount.
3.Bulk sales (10-49 meters) - 35% discount. 4. Bulk sales (50 or
more meters) - 40% discount. S. All contracted staff - 40%
discount. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:nt.aap.rd Founder Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 234

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 OCTOBER 1959 Ltd.

  BLAZER BADGES

   Effective immediately, HASI and HCO Blazer Badges are obtainable
by other offices only from HCO WW. No other office may have these
items produced locally or obtained from anywhere other than HCO WW.
Orders with any private manufacturers should, if at all possible
without loss of money, be cancelled at once. If unable to cancel,
sell the badges in the usual way and re-order from HCO WW.

  DISCOUNTS

   Exceptions to the ruling regarding discounts not allowed on
credit purchases are as follows:

   1. Any HCO or Central Org Office which will continue to receive
any discount allowed on order placed whether this is accompanied
with payment or not.

   2. Any official bookseller, library or organization, where
"credit with discount" transactions, without payment at time of
ordering, are a recognised procedure. Peter Stumbke LRH:js.rd HCO
Book Administrator WW Copyright

  (c) 1959 for by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 NOVEMBER 1959 Ltd.

  HCO AND HASI BLAZER BADGES

   HCO and HASI Blazer Badges, which are both obtainable from HCO
WW, are priced as follows: HCO Badges - 54/- each. HASI Badges -
58/- each.

   Other Offices are allowed 20% discount on both these items.

   Please note that only HASI Badge is for sale to members of the
public, etc. The HCO Badge is for sale only to members of HCO.

   At this time, no discounts, other than the one mentioned above,
are given to anyone. Peter Stumbke MSH:js.bp.rd Book Administrator,
HCO WW Copyright (c) 1959 for by L. Ron Hubbard MARY SUE HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Deputy Executive Director 235

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 NOVEMBER 1965 Remimeo Exec Sec Qual
Personnel Certs and Awards Dissem Dept Pubs

  RELEASE PINS

   Grade 0 to Grade IV Release awards (in addition to the Grade
Certificate) consist of one pin to each pc for all these lower
grades. One does not give a separate pin for each grade.

   The Release is given his Release Pin as an award for Grade 0. He
is issued no further Release pins as he attains Grades 1, 11, 111
and IV.

   If he has lost his Release Pin and so states, he may sign a
Certificate of loss in Certs and Awards and may purchase a new
Release Pin for the grade to which he is entitled for 5 shillings
sterling or $0.75. The Certificate of Loss is then sent to Ethics
for their files so that this pc can't keep "losing Release Pins".
The Certificate of Loss simply states "I have lost my Release Pin
and attest that I have not given it to another person". And is
signed legibly so that the name can be read. It is of course
grounds for false attestation if the matter ever comes up.

   Grades V, Va, and VI have a larger pin given when the pc attains
the higher grades.

   This pin similarly is issued for Grade V, Power Release only.
Subsequent Releases (Va and VI) do not obtain another pin.

   In case of loss the procedure is the same as for the lower grade
pin but the charge may be higher. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  236

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1968 Remimeo HOUSE FLAGS The old
Sea Org Flag: pale blue field with gold Insignia, is hereby changed
as the Advanced Base Org Flag. The new Sea Org Flag to be made up
has a white field and gold Insignia (like the officer's work cap
badges): L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jp.rd Copyright

  (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 237 HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 HCO POLICY
LETTER OF 29 JULY 1959 Issued in Saint Hill CenOCon

  SENDING CERTIFICATES BY MAIL

   When sending certificates by mail, always roll them up very
carefully and place inside a rigid tube. The tube should always be
longer than the roll of certificates. Make sure that the
certificates are secure in the tube by passing a string through
lengthwise and/or sealing the ends of the tube with wadding and
gumstrip paper.

   It has been found that this method is the most successful so
long as the tube is really rigid and of sufficient diameter so that
the certificates do not have to be too tightly rolled.

   Send them by first class surface mail, not usually by airmail.
Peter Hemery PH:brb.mc.rd HCO Communicator WW Copyright

  (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 23 JANUARY 1961 Book Depts

  SHIPPING OF BOOKS

   Supplies of books must not be shipped by air or air freight from
one Org to another, or from DCI and HCO WW Book Dept to the Orgs.
Shipping by air adds enormously to the cost.

   Those in charge of Book Depts should be careful to review their
stocks and order new supplies in good time to avoid emergencies.
Books should always be sent by surface mail or ship. Issued by:
Peter Hemery MSH:js.rd

   HCO Secretary WW` Copyright

  (c) 1961

  for MARY SUE HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED BOOK
ORDERS

   The following LRH order is taken from a despatch, date approx
1960:

   IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT ALL BOOK ORDERS BE INVOICED RAPIDLY AND
THAT THE APPROPRIATE COLORED INVOICE SLIP BE PASSED AT ONCE BY HAND
TO THE BOOK SHIPPING SECTION. ORDERS ARE FILLED THE SAME DAY THEY
ARE RECEIVED FIVE DAYS PER WEEK. THEREFORE THERE MUST BE RAPIDITY
IN INVOICING AND GETTING THE SLIPS TO BOOK ADMIN FOR SHIPPING VERY
EARLY IN THE DAY. LRH 238

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 AUGUST 1962 Central Orgs Shipping Depts

  SHIPPING RUNDOWN

   The following general rundown on Storing and Shipping books was
written by Anton James, Book Admin in Washington, D.C. It may be
used as a guide in other Orgs.

   1. When books arrive from the printers, they should be packaged
in bundles of 10, IS, or 20 at the most. In case of very thin books
such as E-Meter Essentials, they may be bundled in packages of 30.
(This will assure that these books don't get sent out 'loose'.
Boxed in bundles, even if the box breaks down, the books won't get
damaged. Also, this keeps the box from getting torn up as the books
don't 'shift' in the package.) Also books stay clean.

   2. When books have dark covers on one side, light on the other,
they must be separated from one another with tissue, or packed so
that only the light side is against the light side. When bundled in
packages of 10, 20 or so, the bundle must be tight and taped up.

   3. For stock, in storing books, they first should be bundled and
then stored FLAT. They must be, in each bundle, with half the
bindings on one side, half on the other. This will make a FLAT
bundle, and square up nicely, so they will stack well. The title,
abbreviated, with the number of copies noted on the ENDS of the
package. Example: Problems of Work, 10 copies would be-POW 10 C.

   4. In the stock room all books of one title should be stored
together. All stored flat in one section, by title. A narrow space
should separate each section. Shelves 18" or so apart are about
right. No books should be stacked on end, as this breaks the
bindings. For example: 600 copies of Problems of Work would take up
one section, one bundle on top of the other arranged with 20 copies
in a bundle, one bundle on top of another three deep and four high
in about 31/2 rows. A narrow space separates this bunch from the
next section.

   S. Storage room should be kept dry as moisture yellows the
paper. No books should be stacked on the floor at any time. The
bottom shelf should be at least 3" off the floor.

   6. In the case of large volumes such as Science of Survival
these should be wrapped at the printers, 10 copies to a bundle and
the bundles should be re-inforced with tape before shipping. If
light weight wrapping paper has been used in bundling these, they
should be rewrapped and taped up tight, each bundle, before
shipping, if shipped in tens.

   NOTE: A LOOSE BUNDLE IS A WASTE OF TIME. WHEN WRAPPING UP BOOKS,
DRAW THE PAPER TIGHT, AND TAPE IT SUFFICIENTLY SO IT WILL HOLD. IF
LOOSE, TIGHTEN THE BUNDLE WITH TAPE.

   7. For shipping books, the bundles are first wrapped together in
paper, if by parcel post, in packages weighing no more than I I
pounds. The package containing say, three bundles of 10 each
Problems of Work or other title, is then padded with newspaper or
single thickness cardboard or other padding-which is taped up
tight. The package then must be wrapped in paper, at least 4 layers
if the paper is at all light. The paper must be pulled tight, just
short of tearing, then taped lengthwise on the bundle. The padding
should extend at least two inches over the end of the books. The
outside paper should extend at least 8" over the ends of the books
so that when folded for tying, it will act as padding itself, and
protect the ends of the parcels.

  The string used for tying should go around the bundle, across the
width of the

  239

  books, and be pulled tight so that it cuts into the padding just
short of cutting into the books themselves.

  One wrapping of string across the center of the books, going
around the package three times and pulled very tight, alone will
hold better than one thickness going across the package in 5 or 6
directions, if loose.

  After the string is put on the package so that it will definitely
be tight, across the width of the bundles, in the package, a single
strand of string going across the ends of the package, both ways to
keep the ends closed, completes the package.

  NOTE: Customs investigates by opening the ends of the package. If
the string across the ends is only one thickness, and the ends are
relatively open and free of padding, customs people don't damage
the books by prying. They simply rip the end of the package open,
then after seeing the ends of the books, they stuff the paper back
in the opening and tape it up. When there is a lot of paper left
extending over the ends of the package when putting it together, it
acts as padding when it is tied down, is easy to loosen and put
back together.

  8. Odds and ends, and discarded boxes should not be used to wrap
up books, as an expedient. Books should be wrapped up in tried and
proven ways so that they are sure to arrive in good order.

  9. When a good sound carton or box is used to package books, the
bundles of books should be put in the carton or box intact. Books
are not to be used as padding for other books. If something is
needed for wedging in the bundles, newspaper wadded up, or
cardboard wedges should be made.

  10. Use only padding which will retain its elasticity or which
will not break down. Wadded newspaper will retain its elasticity as
will single thickness cardboard or other waste paper. Corrugated
cardboard packing material breaks down badly in transit.

  NOTE: Tapes shipped wrapped in corrugated cardboard padding and a
layer of wrapping paper arrive after transit across the Atlantic,
in worse shape than when they are sent with no padding at all. The
corrugated cardboard referred to here is that unstressed type used
for padding. The corrugated cardboard that is stressed, as
sandwiched between two layers of paper, does hold up nicely, and is
excellent for padding.

  11. When shipping books ship freight, use wooden boxes, or heavy
cartons. Use steel strapping, pack the box TIGHT. ANY SHIFTING WILL
WRECK A CARTON. Mark plainly, "use no hooks".

  12. In Shipping, use re-inforced tape for cartons going by ship.
Re-inforce the carton with it.

  13. In Shipping books, use string to tie things tight! Use tape
to keep flaps down, and reinforce bundles and packages.

  14. Never completely seal up overseas shipping. Leave one end
that can be completely opened. Tie it up, but don't seal completely
with plastic or anything else, overseas shipping. If the books
inside are bundled properly, there is no need for seating against
moisture. When sealed packages arrive, they are torn open to be
inspected, and generally at the wrong end.

  15. Use plenty of tape and string and paper. It is cheap and if
it saves one book from damage, it pays for itself 5 times, even
when you use a lot of it.

  16. A general shipping note is: when books are shipped in small
quantities regularly, no shortage develops, shipping can handle the
flow, the packages don't hang up in customs. Where possible, this
should be done. A large amount of anything tends to hang up in
customs.

  Issued by Peter Hemery

  HCO Secretary WW

  LRH:dr.cden

  for

  Copyright

  (c) 1962

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  L. RON HUBBARD

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Authorized by MARY SUE HUBBARD

  240

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1961

  Sthil

  [Excerpt]

  BOXES AND CARDBOARD

  Do not throw away boxes and cardboard or brown paper.

  Turn it all over to Shipping.

  Shipping is to use as much used paper and cardboard as possible
to reduce paper bills.

  L. RON HUBBARD LRH -jl.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  (Excerpted from HCO P/L 13 September 1961, General Office Orders)

  NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

  GREEN ON GOLD

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO ADMINISTRATIVE LETTER OF 15 JANUARY 1965

  Saint Hill

  only

  NO CHARGE INVOICES

  No Invoices for goods marked No Charge (N/C) may be issued
without a duly signed Purchase Order (P.O.).

  No Goods may leave Shipping Dept prior to receipt of Invoice
(white) from Invoicing Dept (Front Office) or prior to entry into
shipping records.

  Issued by: Marilynn Routsong

  Deputy Executive Director

  MR:jw.rd Copyright

  (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  241

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  Gen Non-Remimeo

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 DECEMBER 1965

  HOD Area Sec

  HCO Dissem Sec

  Dir of Comm

  Dir of Publs

  Shipping Officer

  Customs Clearance

  Clerk

  SHIPPING MATERIAL TO SOUTH AFRICA

  SH, Jbg, CT, Db

  & PE

  At the moment our Orgs in South Africa are permitted to import
only R1600 yearly each. That is approximately L 800 or $2250.
Parcels are, therefore, not released from S. African Customs
without a certificate indicating the value of the contents.

  LABELLING PARCELS

  All invoices, documents, and parcels containing books should be
labelled

  EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

  Affix to all parcels a gummed Customs Declaration Form PP69B
(Rev'd 70260/58).

  Parcels shipped as a group should be labelled I of 3, 2 of 3,
etc. Invoices covering the shipment are placed in the No. I parcel
and the word INVOICE printed near the number.

  INVOICING

  All shipments to S. Africa MUST be accompanied by a "Standardised
Invoice for the Export of Goods to the Republic of South Africa"
(CE/DA.S.3.01). These can be obtained from The Solicitors' Law
Stationery Ltd, OYES House, Breams Building, Fetter Lane, London
E.C.4.

  With each shipment (not each parcel) enclose one of a triplicate
set of this invoice in parcel No. I and mail the other to the org
receiving the shipment. It is the responsibility of the Customs
Clearance Clerk to see that the invoices are filled out properly
and that we have an adequate supply of them.

  INSULATED ENVELOPES

  Insulated envelopes known as "jiffy bags", containing printed
material, can go through Customs without special invoices only if
PRINTED MATTER is stamped on the envelope. This, in fact, applies
to all easily openable envelopes. However, if PRINTED MATTER is not
stamped on the envelope, it will be classified as a parcel,
requiring invoices.

  DISCOUNTS

  All possible discounted costs should be indicated on the special
invoice, in order to keep the Orgs' accumulated import expenses as
low as possible.

  For the duration of the limited import expenditures, South
African Orgs may have a 50,76 discount on meters ordered in any
quantity.

  AIR MAIL

  The receipts of Air Mail posting must be immediately sent to the
purchaser (obviously by Air Mail also).

  INSURANCE

  Meters destined for South Africa will not be insured by the Post
Office. Therefore, they will have to be insured privately.

  DURBAN

  All parcels containing meters and tapes MUST be marked as
follows: NOT DUTIABLE. ISSUE SER. NO. 2297.

  LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright

  (c) 1965

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  242

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I FEBRUARY 1966

  Gen Non

Remimeo

  Org Secs

  Dissem Secs

  Dir Pubs

  Dir of Income

  Shipping Officer

  Income Invoicing

  Officer

  SHIPPING CHARGES

  For any books or supplies sold at a 50% discount, the receiver
must pay for any postage or shipping charges.

  The receiver is to pay for any special shipping costs, such as
air mail, at any discount.

  Taped lectures are shipped airmail at no extra charge as per HCO
Policy Letter 17 Dec 1964 "Tape Prices".

  To ensure this, the following procedure must be adhered to:

  I . Invoice and order is routed to Shipping Dept.

  2. If 50% discount or special shipping is indicated on the
invoice, the Shipping Officer fills out a P.O. indicating total
postage costs, service performed, Invoice No.

  3. This is routed to the Org Division on normal P.O. lines.

  4. The Income Invoicing Officer fills out a "Debit Invoice" for
the receiver, indicating total postage, service performed, and
Invoice No. of the material ordered.

  Receipt of postage payment as noted in step (3) is not a
requirement for shipping material. Orders are filled and shipped
swiftly.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:ml.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  243

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 FEBRUARY 1966 Applies to SH&DC only

  BULK MAIL

  PACKAGES TO WASHINGTON

  DC

  1. Parcels of I I pounds or less can be sent and delivered direct
without going through Customs.

  2. Parcels of more than 11 pounds do go through Customs and need
(a) Entry Papers of some variety; (b) An Invoice; (c) If declared
value is over $250, then "formal" entry papers are required which
means that a Bonded Importing Agent has to be employed in the U.S.
in order to get them out of Customs.

  3. Normal comm lag on delivery of Bulk Mailings to the U.S. is
between one and three weeks.

  4. If a bulk mailing is sent to the U.S. for re-posting, as in
the case of the AUDITOR at Special times as directed, then the
following points should be allowed for:

  (a) No U.K. postal notice should be on the envelope used as the
U.S. postal requirements are that only U.S. marks can appear.

  (b) The return address must be that of the U.S. org doing the
re-mailing. However, the envelope should be marked in such a way
that the U.S. Org can identify Saint Hill as the source of the
material so returned by the post office, if any, and the returned
mail can thus be routed back to Addresso Saint Hill.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:ml.rd Copyright

  (c)

  1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  244

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1965

Gen Non Remimeo

  Issue VI

  Dissem Div Sec

  All Registrars

  CF

  PURPOSES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION

  The Department of Registration is in the Dissemination Division
and is Department 6 of the organization.

  This department is headed by the Director of Registration. It
consists of 2 sections-the Central Files Section and the
Registration Section. The Registration Section has in it the Letter
Registrar, the Advance Scheduling Registrar and the Body Registrar.

  It is also expected that there will be typists and clerks to
serve the above sections.

  THE DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION

  The prime purpose of the Department of Registration is:

  "TO HELP RON HANDLE INDIVIDUALS WHO HAVE BEEN CONTACTED SO THAT
THEY CAN BE FULLY SALVAGED BY ORG SERVICES AND INCREASE THE SIZE OF
THE ORGANIZATION."

  The orders, rules, regulations, policies and routes relating to
this department were intended to assist it and expedite the
carrying out of its purpose. Therefore no order, rule, regulation,
policy or route may be interpreted to swerve the Department of
Registration from its prime purpose, which is paramount in all its
activities. Its policies and routes exist to carry out its prime
purpose and for no other reason.

  THE LETTER REGISTRAR

  The prime purpose of the Letter Registrar is:

  "TO HELP LRH GUIDE INDIVIDUALS BY LETTER INTO CORRECT CHANNELS TO
OBTAIN SCIENTOLOGY AND TO INCREASE THE SIZE OF ORGANIZATIONS."

  The activity of the Letter Registrar is well covered by policy.

  Also, when the Ltr Reg receives a form or letter in which the
person says yes to training or processing (i.e. definite intention)
the letter is routed promptly with the folder to the Advance
Scheduling Registrar for handling. All such hot prospects are so
sent. A hot prospect is anyone who has recently expressed a wish to
be processed or trained.

  The orders, rules, regulations, policies and routes relating to
this department were intended to assist it and expedite the
carrying out of its purpose. Therefore no order, rule, regulation,
policy or route may be interpreted to swerve the Letter Registrar
from its prime purpose, which is paramount in all its activites.
Its policies and routes exist to carry out its prime purpose and
for no other reason.

  THE ADVANCE SCHEDULING REGISTRAR

  The prime purpose of the Advance Scheduling Registrar is:

  245

  "TO HELP LRH SCHEDULE AND SECURE INDIVIDUALS BY MAIL IN ADVANCE
FOR TECHNICAL SERVICES AND ENSURE THE FUTURE PROSPERITY OF THE
ORGANIZATION."

  The Advance Scheduling Registrar keeps 2 large heavy books. One
is for students; one for preclears, It is laid out one page per
week 2 years in advance. He receives letters from the Letter
Registrar that are hot prospects and schedules the person promptly
and informs him asking for any correction of date.

  As individuals are scheduled their names and addresses are
entered in the book for the week they are arriving. This registrar
uses also prepared registration packets which even include sign up
forms and give the opportunity to pay for the service in advance,
or at least, make a reservation payment in advance.

  The orders, rules, regulations, policies and routes relating to
this department were intended to assist it and expedite the
carrying out of its purpose. Therefore no order, rule, regulation,
policy or route may be interpreted to swerve the Advance Scheduling
Registrar from its prime purpose, which is paramount in all its
activities. Its policies and routes exist to carry out its prime
purpose and for no other reason.

  BODY REGISTRAR (SIGN UP REGISTRAR)

  The prime purpose of the Body Reg (Body Sign-up Reg) is:

  "TO HELP RON SIGN UP INDIVIDUALS FOR TECHNICAL SERVICES WHO COME
INTO THE ORGANIZATION AND SIGN UP INDIVIDUALS AGAIN FOR FURTHER
TECHNICAL SERVICES AND INCREASE THE ACTIVITY AND PRODUCTION OF THE
ORG."

  The Body Registrar is then a Sign-up Registrar of individuals who
come with their bodies into the org and then signs them up again
for further services when they have completed the services they
signed up for. This Registrar signs up individuals for Technical
Services and her concern is to move pcs and students farther down
the road to CLEAR by signing them up for technical services and
then repeatedly signing them up for each next step.

  The Sign-up Body Registrar has the right forms and contracts at
hand to sign up with, routes anyone with financial queries to
nearby Income Department, signing up the person before or after.

  The orders, rules, regulations, policies and routes relating to
this department were intended to assist it and expedite the
carrying out of its purpose. Therefore no order, rule, regulation,
policy or route may be used to swerve the Body Registrar from its
prime purpose of signing up students and pcs.

  CENTRAL FILES SECTION

  The prime purpose of the Central Files Section is:

  "TO HELP RON COLLECT AND HOLD ALL NAMES, ADDRESSES, PERTINENT
DATA ABOUT AND CORRESPONDENCE TO ANYONE FROM ANYONE WHO HAS EVER
BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM THE ORGANIZATION."

  The orders, rules, regulations, policies and routes were intended
to assist it and expedite the carrying out of its purpose.
Therefore no order, rule, regulation, policy or route may deny the
personnel of the Section the right to carry out its prime purpose
as

  above.

  LRH:ml.rd

  Copyright

  (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  246

  FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY

  1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JANUARY 1957

  REFERRALS TO FIELD

  No corporation or staff of the HASI, HDRF, Founding Church of
Scientology, should now refer any person, for whatever reason, to
any field auditor anywhere.

  The reason for this is that it is reported the field auditors are
losing us business in that people who contact them go out of
communication with us completely.

  It is an unsuccessful practice in all cases to refer preclears,
since we do not ourselves get off the responsibility for them, and
yet they may be messed up one way or the other by field auditors.

  This policy does not express any lack of confidence in field
auditors, it is just that long experience tells us it is the wrong
thing to do in almost all cases.

  Anybody inquiring for an auditor locally should be told to come
to the Hubbard Guidance Center.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:df.rd

  NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

  NOT GREEN ON WHITE

  HCO BULLETIN OF 22 FEBRUARY 1957

  POLICY OF MAIL HANDLING FOR PROSPECTIVE PRECLEARS &

  STUDENTS

  Definition: A Prospective Preclear or Student is one who
indicates in a letter or by other means that he intends to have
processing or training with or without mention of time.

  Such letters or communications should be made note of by any
receiving agency such as HGC or Academy and answered by them but at
once the original is sent to CF Procurement even before action is
taken by HGC, Academy.

  The responsibility for handling such a letter lies with the
receiving person, independent of any action by CF Procurement, BUT
CF Procurement is the final responsibility for action in all cases.

  A carbon copy of any letter to a prospective preclear or student
should be quickly forwarded to CF.

  Therefore, all anyone has to know about prospective preclear and
student letters or communications (wires, phone call, verbal) is as
follows:

  I Those are the only vital communications on our lines.

  2. They handle them to the prospect themselves and at once
forward, with high priority, to CF Procurement.

  3. That CF Procurement has the situation's final
responsibility-but that this does not relieve anyone of theirs.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  247

  NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1

  HCO BULLETIN OF 6 APRIL 1957

  CENTRAL FILES AND PROCUREMENT

  The Central Files and Procurement system was developed by Mary
Sue Hubbard who is the most successful person in Scientology at
getting people to come in and take training and processing. She
knows what she's doing and her adhesion to files and her
difficulties about files, and what one had to do with files, and
what one had to do to get procurement letters written, caused me
finally to sit down and figure out files carefully; and I found
they belonged to nobody but the Registrar-and that the Registrar
had to have a department called Central Files and Procurement.

  Although this is under Administration and the Registrar is under
Administration, and is a department called Department of
Registration, nevertheless the Technical Director is directly
responsible for the number of students and preclears and
memberships that are taken in the organization. She is held
responsible for this but over in her department, so is the
Registrar. We have a dual responsibility here.

  Whereas the Registrar is head of her department that department
nevertheless is under a liaison type supervision from the Technical
Division and is also under the supervision of the Administrator who
is only really interested in its neatness of files and the fact
that there's somebody to file and the fact that the equipment is
placed, and so forth. He's responsible for the personnel.

  Now this makes at first glance a rather complicated communication
line system. Here you are with your own department, Registrar, and
here we have a person in charge of Central Files and I think that
is Mrs Marks. And here we have the Administrator. The
Administrative Division had Mr Northwood being responsible for the
personnel and space, neatness of the files and so forth, and yet we
have a person in charge, which is a sub-department all by itself
called Central Files and procurement. The person in charge of
Central Files is entitled to a Central Files and Procurement Clerk
and this clerk position is actually as important as any of the
other positions because this is the person that puts things into
the files. The person in charge is supposed to do that and write
letters and also some other things; but mainly to lay out the files
and select the files for handing around to the staff auditors who
will write the letters.

  Now let's just go down these responsibilities. We have first the
Registrar. She is directly responsible for handling three types of
mail.

  Type 1: Applicant-that is the most important mail. The applicant
letter is an exceedingly precise thing. It says "I am coming in".
It broadly divides into "I am coming in on a certain date" and "I
am coming in".

  Type 2: Prospect-this is "I am coming in sometime, maybe" "I wish
I could", or "I am answering your mail". We have found over a
period of years that anybody who corresponds with the organization
sooner or later comes in for training or processing. So this
prospect letter is awfully broad isn't it?

  Type 3: Procurement letter-this is one of the most abused and
misused terms in this whole letter. A procurement is an originated
letter by the organization-and that's all it is. It isn't an
answer. An answer to it would be "not interested at all"-which is a
prospect letter; "I am coming in", "I'd sure like to have some
training if I could ever afford it, but you know how things are".
These are applicant and prospect letters and they are not
procurement letters. A Procurement Letter is a letter originated by
the organization in order to interest somebody in training,
processing or even memberships. But specifically training and
processing.

  (You must know these three types of letters thoroughly).

  Now the number of procurement letters which must be written
directly relate to the number of students and preclears who are
enrolled. If you write no procurement letters you will get
practically no students and preclears. If you write a few, you'll
get a few students and preclears. If you write a great many and go
about it accurately,

  248

  intelligently and industriously you get floods of preclears and
students. And so this is a terribly important action.

  Now how are these letters written? In the past the organization
has burdened this person or that person with the sole
responsibility of emanating, emanating letters and this has not
worked. With Central Files nebulously under anybody and everybody
they were not in shape. So what do we do?

  The Staff Auditors audit five hours a day. They have an auditor's
conference and they can certainly for an hour and a half to three
hours, which would be an impossible length of time, but less than
an hour and a half somebody ought to be getting worried about where
the staff auditors are and what they're doing-they certainly must
put in an hour and a half per day in Central Files and Procurement
Division. And the files of prospects, people who have been in
correspondence with the organizations, are furnished to them; book
orderers and others (which we'll go into in a moment), these files
are furnished to these auditors and they merely write a friendly
letter personally to the person in their own little hand. And
therefore Central Files proceeds to furnish them with paper and pen
and envelopes and they address them and they write them-and they
have to be taught how to write a letter.

  Now there is anything from six in slack times, or maybe four in
slack times up maybe fifteen, eighteen auditors-and if they write
for an hour and a half (you want to watch the auditor who only
writes one letter, say "What's the matter boy, can't you
communicate?") and they write then rather a large number of letters
during the week. Now people in the field reply to them because they
are individuals and they actually get quite interested in this
game. They are trying to get people in for training and processing.
This is given to them-they must understand this-and the exact way
those letters are written must be made very clear to them. Actually
what you do is take more or less the tone level and interest level
of the person whose mail you find in the file folder. The auditor
has that file folder complete and everything the person has said
and done and so forth is there, and he must look that over and he
must match that tone very nicely, inject a little bit more ARC into
it than was there and simply write them a letter. They have to be
instructed how to do this, to tell them that they'd like to see
them come in for some training, or that he probably could get some
auditing-something of this character.

  Those letters are gathered up, (they should be enveloped and the
envelopes addressed by the auditors who do it) by the person in
charge. Before the auditors come down those folders are all laid
down on a table and the materials are all provided and everything
neatly arranged so that all the auditor has to do is to sit down
and pick up the first folder and go right on with his job.

  Now as they begin to write you will discover that some of the
prospects are hot and some of them are cool. Whenever you find a
folder which is a "hot" prospect folder you put it in a special
file all by itself which has nothing to do with Central Files, so
that there are no other files in there but "hot prospects". Now
these are the ones that the Registrar ordinarily keeps or are over
in the Director of Training's office and they mustn't be either
place. They must be right there in that room and they must be in a
special file cabinet. So you have Central Files and a special file
called "hot prospects"-or something less colloquial perhaps.

  Now the Central Files are divided up as follows:

  Five classes of tabulation, colour marked (colour flash tabbed).
They have little plastic tabs that go on top of them and a colour
is assigned to each class. That makes them easier than any file
system you ever saw. If you have any other system in progress at
the moment you can slowly convert over to the colour flash system.

  No. I of these classes is: (You would suppose it was
enquiry-somebody writing in just nebulously, or a name you received
from an auditor or something-but it is not.) This class is Book
Orders. Enquiry is not-we just file enquiries in packets and say
"Well that's interesting" and somebody sends in a large list of
people and we send that over to the shipping department and
instruct them to send all those people information booklet No. . .
.-that's all we do about those, we're not interested in them. We
could wear ourselves out because you find out that the people that
are sent in to us by auditors are, by experience, very poor lists.
They're just somebody they met on the street or something. So we're
interested when that person was willing to advance 5/- or L I or so
for a book-so our first category is Book Orders and that is
established by just

  249

  this one fact: an invoice saying he bought something. We don't
care what it was, Associate Membership, a book, anything. He bought
something-so your interest is, on that category, did this person
buy something? That makes him a Book Orderer. All right book
orderers don't require any different handling than the rest of
them, but you do sell him something. You sell him processing. You
sell a book orderer processing, you don't sell him training; and
you find you normally win. Of course these categories could all
tangle up-a book orderer could certainly get training without any
processing, but the normal proceeding is to get some processing and
then get some training. Usually these people have been getting
their processing out in the field before they come in for training,
but there isn't any reason why we should fatten the field auditor,
let him scratch for himself-that's what he's out there for, to
scratch up a practice of his own. Usually they just lean on ours.
That's not a snide statement, I love them dearly-that's why I
discipline them.

  Category 2: is people who have had processing and by that we mean
only this: processing from the Central Organization. We don't care
if they've had processing any place else. They're a book orderer.
Somebody's preclear is just a book orderer as far as we're
concerned. So he'll buy more processing from us if he's had
processing outside somewhere because quite usually he didn't quite
get what he wanted or he thinks he now needs some more. So Category
2 is simply: preclears who have been audited in the organization.

  Category 3: is Student; and that is somebody who has been trained
by the organization. Again we don't care if he was trained in PE
Courses outside, and you'll have PE Course lists come in to you
from auditors and that sort of thing-treat them as enquiries-they
are just enquiries-they're not anything else. So we have this third
category which is the category of Student and that means people we
have trained. We don't care when, where, or anything else. You'll
find that you're moving up now with former organization preclears
and former organization students; you're moving up into an enormous
number of repeats. Tremendous numbers of people come back for more
training, more processing and so on, which is a good omen by the
way-we must be doing something right, even though they sometimes
say we're doing it all wrong. If they knew how to do everything all
right they wouldn't be interested in us. Always remember that. Now
we get up into Category 4.

  .Category 4: is in essence Field Auditor. Now what do we mean by
Field Auditor? That means "a man who is running PE Courses and who
is actively active in the field". It doesn't mean "just any
auditor". "Just any auditor" falls into Category 3. Somebody we
have trained. But somebody we know is busy, somebody who is doing
things. We give him the label of "field auditor" and that means
he's running a little office of his own; therefore we would handle
him quite differently than we would handle somebody who just got
trained and who went out and is flopping, you see. So we'd
specially designate this. This man is sending us in PE lists and
he's doing all sorts of things and it shows up in their folders by
the way that they're active, so we give them this special
designation. You can offer those people new books and the auditors
should always be selling books and memberships and so forth, they
sell everything; but these fellows get offered special book deals,
bargains: Why don't you get the books out into the drug stores, why
don't you scatter "Scientology: Fundamentals of Thought" around and
"Problems of Work" and get some people in to YOU. Of course we know
very well they'll go into him, but they'll come in to us too. So we
pack him up to this degree and we make it very easy for him to
procure books. We even consign books to him. Even though we don't
pull the percentage down to nothing, we'll consign books to him.
That is a careful designation now. Is this man worthy of the
designation "field auditor".

  Well those are your categories. The only difference between this
and the U.S. category is that they were starting in the U.S. with
category "enquiry"-but that just jams your files-and you don't want
anything to do with it, it's just a silly category so I have left
it out.

  All right, you've got these categories now. It is the duty of the
person in charge to keep those files right up to date and supervise
them so that these categories are clear and are changed when they
do change and so on. And that all starts happening with your
organizational inflow of mail.

  Our next point of interest is: File Clerk and Membership. The
person who is actually the CF File Clerk is really not just a File
Clerk. This person is doing an

  250

  intelligent job of selection all the way. It is this person's
responsibility to see that the batches of mail which come into the
organization, which have been answered, are filed properly; and it
is very far from a "just file it under G" job. You just have to.
know what you're doing. You have to know those categories, you have
to know what's up and so on. That person is looking at the files
even more than the person in charge and if that person does not and
will not spot, you see, a "hot prospect" "What is this file doing
in there" she says as she picks it up: "Look at this. Here's a
person who wrote in 1953 and said he'd like some auditing and I
find no other letter". You see it is a selective job and she will
at once turn such a file over to the person in charge of Central
Files. In other words she should use this not just as "stuff the
paper in" but actually has to do an intelligent job and then it
works like a charm. She will also have the responsibility of
keeping the files straight. In other words we get out a number of
folders and we put them down in front of the auditors and what
happens to them from there on? Auditors are going to shuffle them.
So she actually should nag them a little about "Put it back
together again". "Set it aside". "Put your carbon copy on top".
There's a special way to handle them and she's actually the cop!
The police officer with regard to reassembly of the files. You'll
find out that auditors are very amenable to control.

  Now this person has to pull these together and reassemble the
files, but while doing that discovers a great deal of data and
information which must be turned over to the person in charge at
once. You'll discover that if this is done well the files will stay
straight and usable and if it's not done well they become unusable
at a rate of speed you never dreamed of. So that is a very
important post.

  The Registrar handles essentially-now let's go back over this
again and look at these communication lines directly. What does the
Registrar handle then? The Registrar isn't emanating, emanating,
emanating. She handles the Applicant letters, which are general or
otherwise and they come to her straight from invoicing. Many other
prospect letters however may come to her and these she acknowledges
where she deems it expedient or necessary to do so.

  Now the Registrar when she answers an applicant letter or answers
a prospect letter, if she acknowledges one (she doesn't HAVE TO you
see) makes two carbon copies of her answer. Now you've got to have
very fast stenographic reaction on this. There are not many of
these letters but they have to be done swiftly, it can't be put on
a tape anywhere. That will have to be done by the Registrar's own
department. It is up to her. That letter now which is answered, has
two carbon copies. One of these copies is parked by the Registrar
in one of these ABC file folders, a carbon of her letter-not the
letter that came in-and the letter that came in will quite
routinely be addressed to one of the staff auditors now. She clips
her carbon to it and puts it in her OUT communication basket and
the person in charge of CF (in charge CF is what we call it) takes
these letters and puts them in the places where the auditors are
going to be for the answers of the auditors. Those letters must be
answered right away. Now the person said in the application letter
"I am going to come in and I would like to come in sometime in
July" and the Registrar said "Very well. We have an open date on
the 16th July" and she books that and it is the Registrar's job to
keep two books. One of these is for processing and one is for
training. And each one of these books is divided into two
categories, that is General (means: "I want some training" and "I'd
like to come in in the next few months" and "I am coming in in
July"). So she books that person and writes a formal letter and
says she has. Now it's up to the auditor to write another kind of
letter. He says "I'm glad you're coming in. I have turned your
application over to the Registrar, I want to thank you for it,
everything's going along here fine, the weather's horrible in
London, etc. etc." Now he must answer that letter because it hasn't
been answered in a friendly fashion at all, it has been answered
formally by a person he's not familiar with, so the auditor must
back it up. It isn't that the Registiar answers unfriendly letters,
but this person's been in correspondence with one of the staff
auditors and you'll find that they had better stay in
correspondence with the people they're in correspondence with and
that is a point the File Clerk is very concerned with-that the last
letter on the top of the file was to Jones and that that file then
belongs to Jones. Another letter has occurred in that file so you
drag the file out and hand it to Jones with his pile and he writes.

  The reason for this is to give the person writing the letter the
satisfaction of having done something and without that satisfaction
they don't continue work with any enthusiasm at all. Every time
they get somebody in the Director of Training or the Director of
Processing or the Registrar grabs the letter and writes back and
says "Aye,

  251

  yes, or no" and all of a sudden the auditor's walking down the
hall one day and he sees Jones or Doakes. He got that preclear in
and the Director of Processing says "Oh no, I got him in". You'd be
surprised the fights that occur over this, so we're always careful
to re-route a person's communications back to him again, but after
they've been processed we open all communications which come to
anybody in this organization which is an invasion of privacy the
like of which I've never heard of, but we have to do it because the
public writes to me and should write to book orders, writes Jack
and should have written memberships; so we just open them all up
and if it's a personal letter we say "Sorry" because they all look
like personal letters. We used to try to be polite and we would
hand around all these personal letters to everyone, the only
trouble was however that we had just handed out all the
organizational mail, which may or may not be answered by people who
may not have the facilities to answer them and also it is not their
department. The public is always playing a game of "Be
enturbulated". They say "You don't have an organization, there
isn't anybody to write to in the organization except Ron or Jack"
or Bill who they write in the training department and say "Dear
Bill, I'd sure like to have some processing". They meet the
receptionist and they say "Can I have an appointment with Mr
Hubbard"-so just to get over this sort of thing we open them all
and channel them all and this is important because you will see
letters in people's files that are to members of the organization
and you don't take them out you just put them there. They belong
right in the file, no matter who the letter's to it belongs in the
file.

  Now we assemble this communication line so that the Registrar
then does answer the applications and the Registrar at any time is
capable of inspecting the work done because the auditors make
carbon copies of their letters and those are filed back in the
folder. The Registrar actually has to promote, look over, get
ideas, square things around and keep the line running, interview
the people, make the appointments and all that sort of thing. She
shouldn't consider that her emanation is all being done for her.
She must keep constantly on the back of and constantly supervise
and look over the shoulders of, the staff auditors, because they'll
write some of the wildest things you ever saw. No lack of trust-but
they sit down there (they've just had a bad session with a
preclear) and they say "Dear Bill, Hello" signed Jones. Honestly
I've seen some wild letters, it's pretty hard to mock them up, but
they get the idea and they finally get a friendly letter out.

  I

  Auditors are inclined to write about right where they are. That
doesn't create any space. For instance the fellow says "I had a pc
today and I had an awful tough time with him and so forth". Now a
person out in the field doesn't consider that a communication
because he needs processing because he's right where HE is, so you
have him talk about him and then you make space.

  The Registrar has a great many duties and they're all very
intricate, but the highest of these duties is the co-ordination of
the CF Procurement setup. The person in charge is actually
responsible for placing the bodies of the auditors, for getting the
files out and all that sort of thing; but the Registrar is quite
interested in the context of those letters and making sure that if
she has something special to offer that the auditors are all
informed and (this is very important) ensure that the proper
enclosure pieces are made ready so that when the auditor sends his
letter he can put an enclosure of the right sort in it. Those are:
old "Certainties", info things, mimeograph stuffers, book lists,
and you always try to send something in the letter. Now what they
send is up to the Registrar and that has to be watched too because
there is sometimes something sent out which is totally
inappropriate. Washington in sending out some information booklets
which they should have been shot for.

  These piles of literature around, this is the File Clerk's job
and it is apportionate, has to be stacked.

  Now if you can see this as a whole and if you can see it
functioning as its own communication lines and if those lines stay
grooved and every point of the system is understood, the
organization is suddenly relieved of the burden of a great deal of
confusion. You don't have every stenographer in the place just
doggedly typing the same type of letters. You don't have the
turbulence of files being forwarded to the Director of Training,
files being forwarded to the Director of Processing and then you
never get them back. You don't have the Registrar keeping an
independent file system. In other words you don't have dispersal.

  This is a very compact system, extremely compact, and it really
is good. Its promotion is as good as the Registrar makes it, its
effectiveness is as high as the Registrar makes it because that has
to do with text and it is as efficient and effective as

  252

  the person in charge makes it because if the person in charge
can't handle the auditors and can't get them to get their noses to
the grindstone and so forth, they'll sit there and drink tea and
smoke cigarettes-this should be discouraged you know, They're in
there for a special purpose. This proportionate pay plan proposal
by the way makes them anxious and eager to do this job.

  That is the extent of the Central Files Procurement system which
department, under the Registrar, gives us a very definite strike on
it.

  Now the reports that are made by the Registrar are as follows:

  Students, preclears, expected and booked for next week and in the
future. Students for next week. Students for the future. Preclears
for next week. Preclears for the future. And those are reported to,
respectively, the Director of Training and the Director of
Processing, and the copy of the report is sent to the Advisory
Committee. As the Registrar is a memeber of the Advisory Committee
however that is reported straight at the Committee.

  The Technical Director of course is the channel to the Director
of Training and the Director of Processing and that is the comm
terminal that the Registrar moves her information toward. She is
reporting to the Technical Director.

  The reports made by the person in charge of files, CF, consist of
Number of letters emanated by the auditors. And that's a very easy
thing to count because you actually count the letters not the
carbons or the folders and you count them as they go out to the
mail. In other words the person in charge (it is only safe to have
the person in charge take those to the mail when they're finished),
is to record and report on the number of letters that go out.

  Additional report from CF in charge is: State of files, and
Material needs. And those reports should be made quite regularly,
weekly, to the Advisory Council and if the Registrar is anxious
about it and so forth they can be made daily to the Registrar; but
they must be forwarded through to the Advisory Council and that is
not the responsibility of the Registrar but the responsibility of
CF.

  Now we get on to Reports required from the File Clerk. She takes
an individual count of the number of letters written by each
individual auditor. She has a roster of auditors. 1) She checks
them off for CF (she has a number of auditors who should be there).
As she picks up the files she counts the number of letters. She is
collecting the letters you see. Now she can have the auditors
simply leave those letters alongside of his work, not
collected-don't let them throw them over carelessly into a basket
if you want to make your work easier-and then you simply count them
and check them off against their names and so you get an individual
count. That then is reported to your immediate superior, CF.

  That is really the extent of the entirety of the procurement
system now being used in the United States and was formerly in
fragments used in England and we have always used this system but
we have never realized before that all we want the organization to
do is to emanate those letters.

  There's one more thing, which is just this. There are many
letters come to this organization. Some of them are business
letters, bills, and so forth. There are many technical letters that
come in. There are letters requesting things and buying things and
so on. None of those letters even begin to approximate to the
organization an importance compared to an applicant letter. And an
applicant letter is established entirely by the volume of prospect
letters. But this organization lives and breathes for its finance,
its further research by these letters. You should understand this
organization is not something that's just trying to make money,
it's not. It's got a job to do and it must survive to do that job,
and its survival is measured by applicant letters. They are pure
gold and if this is not impressed upon the auditors who are
handling them (this is an applicant letter, it's not a prospect
letter any more, it's an applicant letter) you'll find there are
only a few of these. There may be only twenty five in a good week.
Now that's not very many letters and those are the only important
letters in the entire flood coming in, and what monitors their
existence-is the prospect letter. So we can consider those as
classed together and any other material, typing, letters, incursion
into the department, or anything else which interrupts the flow of
prospect letter and the resultant applicant letter is to be
immediately suppressed, thrown aside, disregarded and thrown away,
completely refused by Central Files and procurement.

  253

  Now there is one other little point and that is "how do you
handle a letter of complaint?" That is always handled by the
Registrar and if the Registrar needs marines, by the Technical -
Director. Every time you straighten out an area of complaint you
make friends, so a complaint letter is not something that you just
say "Oh well, somebody's finding fault with us again". We
immediately get on to this and we straighten it out because we can
always straighten them out today. It's easy to straighten them out.
Somebody's been processed by some auditor in Northampshire and this
auditor has done him and stolen his wife or he's done something
like that-well that's the Technical Director's division and the
Technical Division had better get on this and better write the
preclear and get lots of correspondence going back and forth and we
finally found out that the fellow threatened to shoot the auditor
and it was entirely different but nevertheless we've finally
straightened it out when we get through. We generally have them
both in, give them a few hours of processing, send them away happy
and square it around. That's our normal procedure with such things.
We don't regard them lightly.

  Another is a technical letter which you know about and which we
learned the

  hard way. We used to maintain a whole department which did
nothing but answer

  technical letters. We found out that they only came from a few
people and those

  people were woefully deficient in training so we wiped out the
Technical Letter

  Department and nobody in the organization is permitted to answer
a technical letter.

  They just must not answer them. They mustn't go on and on and on
and on. And the

  Auditors have to be informed of this and the Registrar must know
this. All you do

  when a person comes in and asks for technical information is one
thing, and that is,

  you send him to come in for training.

  A technical letter is always answered by a letter which says
"come in for training". You never disregard them you get them in
for training and that is what is done with them uniformly.

  Memberships are handled by and are the exclusive property of, the
File Clerk. The File Clerk also handles memberships. It will be
found that memberships in active times, if the files are up to date
and the stencils are well handled, will occupy from a third to a
half of the File Clerk's time and that is a very routine procedure
and people make so much work out of memberships and all you do is,
you take in the membership and you fill out the card and you have a
little letter or note of some sort and send it to the person. The
reason memberships is hard to do is because everybody runs into
memberships everything else. All Membership consists of is telling
people to renew, and renewing, and making out cards and so forth
and that's all it consists of. If there's anything else comes up on
the line it is somewhere else.

  Now part of memberships is "change of address" and when your
change of addresses come in you may have to out some new
addressograph stencils, something of that order. Now the handling
of the stencil machine which puts the envelopes to mail things, or
stamps "Certainties" or does something of this character, is not
the business of the membership clerk but belongs to Shipping. There
is no machine on that.

  The person in charge of Shipping can come in and wind off a tape,
or run a series of envelopes if you locate the machine and the
stencil together, but when you ask the person who is handling files
to also handle something as mechanical as a machine with its
attendant ink and so forth, you muddy up your files and mess them
up generally.

  Membership consists of two channels. It has two incoming baskets.
One basket is memberships (which is just renewal or a new
membership) and the other basket is change of address, and all
changes of address and all memberships go to CF, and they have two
baskets that sit side by side marked IN and two baskets that sit
side by side marked OUT, and you park those things (there's a
special arrangement of a table you can make with memberships which
is very good). We worked this out and it did prove to be good. We
take two baskets on the left of the table and then two baskets at
the extreme right of the table and the one which is to the edge of
the table is the membership basket and the one which is at the back
of the table is the change of address basket and we have them "in"
and "out" and then we put on that table and never disturb, all of
the materials necessary to do a membership or a change of address
and we just lay those materials out on the table. Stacks of paper
and the membership cards and everything we have to make out and do
and it's all on the table in plain sight in the order that they're
used. Thereby we can take change of address and go straight through
them and take change of memberships and get them through quickly so
it doesn't take much time. Otherwise a membership clerk is always
going "Oh, what do 1

  254

  do now?" What they will send you in the guise of memberships is
fabulous. Somebody wants a book list, what is my discount, and all
that sort of thing; they have nothing to do with memberships but
come under business administration. If you can tell people brutally
that they are off-line when they try to disturb the membership
chain you'll find memberships don't occupy very much time. But if
everything comes in on the line that appertains to members,
including the policy that the Association Secretary should make,
which they try to throw away, why then you have a mess.

  The reason why memberships belong to CF is because change of
address otherwise splits and you have two departments of change of
address, so you just change all addresses. Now when you get a
change of address you change it in the file. You always put the
latest address on top. By the way, the way a file is kept may be
important. You file with the earliest date at the bottom,
progressing towards the latest date at the top and when the file is
dragged out, held in the left hand and opened you will find your
left thumb on the last communication, therefore they are filed
with, as you face the file in the drawer, with the top of the
letter on the right and the bottom of the letter on your left. Now
make sure you've got that.

  The redistribution of files, by the way, is simply done straight
into the drawer you see; but "hot prospects" that look warm will
very often have to be indicated by the auditors themselves so they
have to be in front of us; and they are put in the "hot prospect"
file and not back in the drawers. If you have an ABCD set of
stationery boxes and park them on top of the files stuff coming in
to be filed, first filed into these ABCD categories and then
re-filed into the drawers which are now open will save you a lot of
clutter and running back and forth. In other words these ABCD boxes
are a "pre-file".

  I think that is a very thorough run-down now on CF and
Procurement. It's really CF Procurement and Memberships and when
you tack Memberships onto that you have everything.

  The question of "how do we identify a member in the file system"
is served by checking the membership stencils and lists against
Central Files and entering them into the files. This could be as an
innovation additionally flash marked on the file, so that could
have another colour which doesn't really give us another category
by the way, it's a flash mark. You'd better put a flash mark on all
those that are members. You'll have to dig them out of the
membership file.

  An additional point-"hot" files should additionally be identified
very easily or they would be put back in Central Files. This is a
duty of the File Clerk.

  Files are not to be handed out to members of the organization of
whatever level, but such people as wish information from files, may
come down and inspect the files in CF but may not remove them from
the vicinity.

  The way an applicant letter is developed: First an enquiry or a
book order arrives. The book order goes into CF and is answered
right away and a nice letter is written to him asking how he's
getting along and if there's anything that he would like to know
further about it. The enquirer is sent an information package by
Shipping and you develop then into the succeeding categories. If
Shipping falls down and doesn't have the facility to, or isn't able
to send out these enquiry packets, straight away as soon as such a
letter shows up ("I'm interested in the subject"-doesn't say
whether he's read anything) you don't get very far. That info
packet by the way must stress only ONE THING, and that is "buy
these books"-that's all you tell him to do, buy a book.

  The next point on this is that you try to sell each category the
next category and that is how that is developed.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  This material was taken from a meticulous discussion with the
London Staff. HCO.

  LRH:rs.cden Copyright

  (c) 1957 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  255

  NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  1812 19th Street N.W,, Washington, D.C.

  HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1957

  PEOPLE'S QUESTIONS

  A Congress MUST-an Organization MUST ANSWER people's questions.

  This is the primary public complaint-that Scientologists in the
organization or out won't answer directly questions asked about
this or that.

  Understand it, answer it, make friends.

  LRH:rd L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright (c) 1957

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HASI POLICY LETTER OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1957

  All Hats

  Washington

  & London

  QUOTING PRICES

  It has come to my attention that we have several times dismayed
people on training or processing on their first contact with
Scientology by quoting them high prices for training and
processing.

  Anyone doing this mistakes our basic mission, which is not the
charging of high prices, but the dissemination of Scientology to
the end goal of bringing a newer and better culture to Earth.

  Indeed we dismay even a financial goal by quoting high prices at
once to newcomers.

  A better and more workable procedure is to follow the elementary
lines with new people-have them read a book. Have them come in to a
PE Course. Have them attend a Group Intensive. Get them on an HAS
Course. The thing to do is to get them to do something about us or
with us. The rest will follow.

  Our goals in the long run or even a financial goal are best
answered by the principle of gradient scales and by the stable
datum of "bodies in the shop". Bring them in easy. Get lots of
bodies in the shop. The rest follows.

  This does not, of course, apply to selling people courses and
three-week intensives for high prices when they're sure of what
they're buying. If they're sure they'll buy.

  Best,

  LRH:md.rs.rd

  Copyright

  (c)

  1957 L. RON HUBBARD

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  256

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  (Issued at Washington D.C.)

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 195 8

  Worldwide Distribution and Application

  SALE AND CONDUCT OF ACADEMY

  COURSES

  (Refer to HCO Policy Letter of I October 1958)

  As of October 15, 1958, effective date, the circumstances and
enrollment procedures of courses are changed worldwide.

  While the administration must yet be set up the fact and
advertisements exist as of October 15, 1958. Even if it isn't done
don't put anybody on wait while we scramble. Sign them up and
somehow deliver.

  Basically: A student may enroll for a course as before but he
must understand it will require a year from enrollment date to get
his certificate because of Extension Work. We then have two phases
of training: Extension Work done at home, and Class work done at
the Academy. His course in the Academy is still 8 weeks for
HCA/HPA, London, 5 weeks for HCS/BScn, London, 6 weeks for
HGS/DScn, London. He may do these weeks at once but he has other
work to do as well. He is enrolled for a one-year course in each
certificate status. He should not be discouraged by confronting him
with this. It does not matter when he takes his time in the Academy
so long as he does it. There are written work, exercises and
reports on cases to be done before his final exam. It has always
taken a year, you can say, to get any actual certificate. We are
just now making a reality of it. He can audit people or do anything
else he wants, but the time is one year from enrollment to
certificate in any grade. He could take all Academy work for all
three grades in 5 months all jammed up but he'll still have to
complete his first year to get his first certificate. This is no
gyp school. It takes three years to get the top rating and more
time is spent on the mind and thetan in those three years than in
15 years of psychology or psychiatry. We're taking over the fields
of the mind and spirit on Earth. Our people have to be good. Any
applicant will agree to that.

  EXTENSION COURSES

  Anyone may enroll in an Academy course to HCA/HPA for L2.0.0 or
$5.00. He has to buy his texts (we give away no more texts after
October 15, 1958 and allow only membership discount if he is a
member). The enrollment is for one year. Any answer to his
enrollment is to send him C.O.D. (permission to do so must be on
the blank he sends in-blank to be in Certainty) a "Dianetics:
Modern Science of Mental Health", hard cover. (Blank must also be
able to say he already has it if he does.) He is sent directly by
first-class mail his first lessons. Even if he has been in Academy
he does these. They are printed lessons he has to fill out. He
furnishes the envelopes and stamps. The lessons are uniformly
simple. One is due back each week. The page is perforated at the
bottom so a lower strip may be torn off by the Extension Course
Director, written on and returned by first-class mail in an
envelope. The student gets a nudging card if he fails to send in a
lesson. These lessons are a chapter by chapter coverage of
Dianetics: Modem Science of Mental Health only. They require mainly
agreement. The student can go no further than Dianetics: Modern
Science of Mental Health data (no practice) when we find it
necessary to bring him in for his 8 weeks (preferable) or at least
a Comm Course. Given his Comm Course, his next lessons still apply
to Dianetics: Modern Science of Mental Health but now they are
auditing practice lessons. We make him find locks, secondaries,
engrams in several people. Then we bring him back for more training
or (if he took his 8 weeks) we have him audit things out of
people-locks, engrams, secondaries. We have additional lessons
covering the remaining texts. The Addressograph Section takes these
students' names and addresses and keeps the list up to date. Sets
of envelopes, cards for file for lessons (that can be used as
postal cards but are not stamped) for each week are run off and
refiled as lessons appear from student (leaving the delinquents to
be reminded by simply mailing the card).

  The whole of this or any extension course is crisp comm line and
accurate

  257

  administration. It is simple if it is prompt and neat. The whole
project can be nicely ruined by poor administration on this. The
quality of lessons should be good but are secondary to good
thorough administration. People would always rather get a new
theory or a dizzy plan rather than face these vital pieces of Mest
and a systematic handling of them. Cards and file drawers- are
obviously vicious.

  A plan of the course and how to do it is sent with the enrollment
reply, plus an enrollment card he can show his friends to explain
why he wants to practice on them.

  Similar texts and enrollment measures are taken for the HCS/BScn
course, and the HGS/DScn.

  The texts for each of these courses are listed in HCO Policy
Letter of October 1, 1958. No other textual or factual material is
to be used and

  no

  further course booklets or pamphlets are necessary.

  What is necessary:

  Lesson tablets, in glued-together sheets like a writing tablet,
25 lessons to a tablet, each sheet being its own lesson. The sheet
is perforated across the last 5th of the page. The student's name,
current address, course, and answers, are all written by the
student. The Extension Course Director writes any comment or grade
on the bottom slip, tears it off and sends it back to the student.
If no lesson came, a card goes to student reminding him. When it
comes time for the student to come in for his course he comes in,
pays for the week or weeks he takes, goes home, gets more work to
do, is finally examined (either at home or at Academy [two
different exams)) and when he passes he promptly gets his
certificate. This is true for all three courses.

  Certainty must at once carry ads and continue to carry ads for
"Academy Enrollmentone year, do work at Academy and at home-Enroll
now, L2.0.0, receive your first lessons." An enrollment blank, that
with L 2.0.0 enrolls him must always be part of the ad.

  The idea of field training plus Academy training for a
certificate and the fact of 3 years of training to the top will
appeal.

  Academy courses must be carefully geared to HCO Policy Letter of
October 1, 1958. This scramble to "get the newest learned first" is
giving us training disasters. Of course, the student would prefer
facing a thought or theory or a quick think process to facing real
live engrams, secondaries, and banks. So we don't train them well.
They're not like 1950 Dianetic auditors-they're flinching these
days.

  And who said you couldn't clear people by running engrams? You
couldn't if you had no TRs and therefore ragged auditing and ARC
breaks.

  Any time you write or say Dianetics today, define it-"Dianeties,
that part of Scientology which stresses mental anatomy." That
swings people into Scientology before they think about it. They are
not then surprised to hear from the Academy of Scientology about
Dianetics.

  "A minister has to know mental anatomy before he can know the
spirit," "The brain forms no part of the study of Dianetics," are
two more lines that must be gotten about even if only as bottom
lines on a Certainty or Ability page.

  This programme of 3 years training by 1 year stages is now begun.
We'll just have to commit ourselves to it and cope with it and have
it wheeling before the paper-back Dianetics: Modern Science of
Mental Health gets in the drugstores next spring. So here we go.

  Who activates all this? Why, you do, of course.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:md.rs.rd

  258

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  .            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 AUGUST AD9

  CenOCon

  PROMOTIONAL FUNCTIONS OF DEPT OF PrR

  To reach individual aspirants for training and processing by
various communication means such as letters, phone, telegram and in
particular, personal contact. Public lecturing and the visiting of
groups by PrR persons or an Association Secretary are included in
the promotional functions of PrR. Broad contact by means of
advertisement is also a PrR function. PrR promotion is however
mainly an individual matter. Amongst the promotional functions is
the arranging of the lives of aspirants so that training and
processing can be attained by them.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:brb.rd

  Copyright

  (c) 1959

  [Note:

  Excerpted from

  HCO P/L 26

  August AD9,

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  Promotional Functions of Various Depts.

  A complete

  copy

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  is in

  the Executive Volume]

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1959

  Convert

  Sec ED

  ATTENTION REGISTRARS AND BOOK ADMINISTRATORS

  Discounts by reason of memberships, status as pro auditors or any
other reason do not apply to credit purchases.

  Discounts may be given on cash sales only and sales or service
paid in full. No businesses anywhere give discounts on credit
purchases.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:js.cden Copyright

  (c) I 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  259

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 OCTOBER 1959

  CenOCon

  PROCESSING OF CHILDREN ON THE

  HGC

  Children are to be charged full rates on the HGC. They are pretty
difficult to audit so should be charged as much as grown-ups,
unless there has been confirmation on this from LRH to do
otherwise.

  The only exception to full rates would be auditors, their
husbands/wives and children.

  LRH:js.rd Norma Webb

  Copyright (c) 1959 HCO Secretary WW

  by L. Ron Hubbard for

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 MARCH 1960

  Reissued in Sthil

  CenOCon

  HGC AND ACADEMY PRICES FOR

  MINORS

  (Cancels and replaces HCO Policy Letter of 27 October 1959)

  The following two categories of minors are instituted for
Academies:

  I . A minor below the age of eleven (11) is not eligible for
training at the Academy except by special permission of LRH.

  2. A minor, to qualify for training at the Academy, must have
reached his/her eleventh (11th) birthday and not have reached
his/her eighteenth (I8th) birthday.

  The minor's training fee for the HPA and B.Scn. (HCA and ECS)
courses shall be two thirds of the adult fee, whatever fee is in
force.

  The reason for disallowing minors below the age of I I to attend
the Academy is that such beings are, usually, still in need of
special attention that would normally tend to create a situation of
specialized care that would consume too much of the instructor's
time.

  HGC PRICES FOR MINORS

  HGCs may accept a child of any age for processing (except psychos
as per present policy).

  Below the age of 14 years, a child will be charged full price at
HGCs. They are pretty difficult to audit, so should be charged as
much as grown-ups, unless there has been confirmation on this from
the Executive Director to do otherwise.

  SPECIAL CATEGORY

  Between the ages of 14 and 18, minors will be charged two thirds
of the HGC processing prices. (After the age of 14 children are
easier to handle, and this price reduction is an encouragement to
teen-agers to get processing.)

  In the case of minors directly related to Certificated Auditors
(their immediate family), the current discounts apply as before.

  LRH:js.gh.rd Peter Hemery

  Copyright

  (c)

  1960 HCO Secretary WW

  by L. Ron Hubbard for

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD

  260

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  Assn Secs

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 NOVEMBER 1960

  HCO Secs

  Dir PrR

  URGENT PR R

  The following corrections of PrR have been made in Johannesburg
and all Central Orgs are requested urgently to make certain that
these corrections are in force in their PrRs.

  No pc or student may be sent to D of P or D of T without having
been signed up fully by PrR. D of P and D of T are not selling
personnel.

  D of P may increase required hours before technical acceptance of
pc. In which case pc is returned to PrR for re-signing.

  D of T may reject a student for health or security reasons, at
which time PrR must resign for adequate processing. People with a
Communist or subversive record or who are studying Scientology for
use in other healing fields-psychology, medicine, psychiatry,
psychoanalysis, Christian Science, may not be accepted for
training.

  The D of T always does a security check particularly of above
points before accepting a student.

  LETTER REG-BODY REG

  In Orgs where there are two registrars or more, there must be a
Body Registrar and a Letter Registrar.

  The Body Registrar does not write letters, answer letters or
engage in letter procurement except in times of slack when Body
Registrar writes letters on an outflow basis only-never answers
replies. This ceases the moment there are bodies coming in.

  Body Reg logs all sign-ups, and handles paper work and finance
regarding sign-ups, and keeps the records, but this again may not
stop the body line.

  With the Body Reg interviews of people, in person or by phone,
come first, records second.

  With the Letter Reg answers come first, followed by originated
letters and info packets. Letter Reg keeps Body Reg informed of who
is expected in and sees that Body Reg has the file.

  Body Reg has reception and control of reception.

  TYPISTS

  Letter Reg lines have been blocked by lack of typists. Inadequate
typist facilities are very poor economy.

  Typists type Answer tapes or records before origin tapes or
records.

  OUTFLOW

  If outflow or origin is down because Answer volume is up, hire an
assistant Letter Reg.

  DIR PR R

  Where Dir PrR is also Letter Reg or Body Reg, he or she may not
cross up the posts in violation of the above. If this combo is
necessary it is better for the Assn Sec to be Dir PrR.

  Dir PrR is sometimes ineffective on pure promotion. This stems
from Dir PrR combining with Letter Reg or Body Reg. If there is a
Dir PrR, he or she should be free to keep the lines flowing and to
do broad promotion. If the Dir PrR is too tied down by Body Reg or
Letter Reg type duties, it is better to change the title to Body
Reg or Letter Reg and let the Assn Sec do Dir PrR assisted by HCO.

  An overworked (on Bodies and Letters) Dir of PrR creates a
camouflaged hole. It's better to keep in view that supervision of
PrR and general promotion do not become neglected. By leaving the
post open Assn Sec and HCO Sec can do supervision and general
promotion.

  GENERAL

  PrR colliding as it does with the public, easily goes askew.

  Watch it weekly.

  LRH:js.rd

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright

  (c)

  1960

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  261

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF

  12

  JANUARY

  1962

  Central Orgs

  COMMENTS ON LETTER REG DEPARTMENT

  This Policy Letter consists of data forwarded to Washington DC on
the Letter Registrar Department. It is of interest to all other
Orgs.

  LETTER REGISTRAR DEPT

  The system is very concise. Central Files contains folders of
persons who have bought something. Not idle lists.

  CF folders contain names of persons active in the. last three
years, who wrote to us or bought something.

  Addressograph is the card file system of CF, and Addresso plates
are tabbed and reflect CF exactly without further card files.
Addresso gives Letter Reg card files from the Addresso plates.

  Old Dianeticist list and correspondence are valuable and remain
intact. This list should receive one mailing per year.

  Ltr Reg and typists have their own office. CF and Addresso have
their own office. These should be adjacent. Your test office on the
first floor of

  1812

  can be given to Accounts. Ltr Reg and typists can be put in old
Accts office. Excess plate cabinets go in waste space in the
basement of

  18 10.

  You must have:

  I . Letter Registrar.

  2.

  Typist or typists.

  3. CF Promotion Liaison.

  4. CF-in-Charge.

  5.

  Address Clerk.

  You need a crash programme done by other than these to sort out
CF folders and activate them, make Address exactly tally with CF
folders active, so Addresso becomes CF index. Get a CF that goes
back to mid-year

  1959.

  Keep inactive files handy so person's file can be activated if he
writes in.

  Restore the system of routing invoices to Address and CF,
checking for plate and making one if not there.

  The routine precision clerical actions are all shown to be
missing here. And this is why there is low income, in addition to
poor technology in the past.

  The situation looks pretty grim unless the whole of the Letter
Reg's department is brought into full order and action. It is badly
understaffed. This is an unwise way to save units.

  Please get it going.

  LRH:sf.rd L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright

  (c) 1962

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  [Note.- The version sent to DC Org is HCO PL 16 April 1962,

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  on page 268 of Volume

  1.1

  262

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  (Reissued from Washington D.C.)

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 AUGUST, AD

  12

  CenOCon

  GENERAL FORM OF RELEASE CONTRACT

  The following form is applicable for the preparation of all
release contracts and should be put into effect as soon as
feasible. All old release contract forms should not be used.

  The general tenor of the contract states that the Central
Organization takes full responsibility for clearing the individual
to the state of "first goal clear" by reason of his enrolment in
the HGC.

  The person enrolling undertakes on his behalf to pay for
processing delivered as per usual arrangements up to such time as
he has attained the validated state of "first goal clear" as
verified by HCO.

  The contract makes no allowance for time spent in the HGC, gives
no commitments or guarantee of actually attaining the state of
clear, and does not in any way offer any inducement to the
individual by way of special handling or treatment, but only states
as above that the central organization takes full responsibility
for processing a person up to the state of "first goal clear."

  The individual on his behalf undertakes to continue forward to.
this state at such times and periods as is possible for him to make
himself available for processing, and at his cost and expense.

  The contract particularly stipulates that the individual must
co-operate in this activity to the best of his ability and must not
place obstacles in the way of attaining this desirable end, and
will not obtain processing from other quarters unless by special
permission by the Director of Processing of the HGC, the
Association Secretary of the organization, the HCO Area Secretary,
and the Continental Executive Secretary.

  The Central Organization on its behalf will undertake to make the
processing as feasible, as rapid as is compatible with the case
level of the individual, and will give what advices and assistances
as are necessary to make the activity as free from difficulty as is
also compatible with this undertaking, but that in the case of any
dispute as to this matter, the directions of the Director of
Processing shall be complied with.

  The above is the general form of the contract and legal
phraseology and other materials should be as far as possible
omitted from this particular document, which I am sure will be
found adequately binding.

  This form is to be accompanied by a contract which states that
during the coming year the organization, in return for receiving
the signed release form, undertakes to furnish processing to the
individual at current and existing rates, and no increase, but that
the offer is valid only from the

  date of the offering letter.

  The undertaking of this contract and signature on the waiver is
understood to cancel all earlier contractual hours of processing,
but not to cancel any existing debts.

  Unless returned within thirty days of receipt, the waiver has no
value.

  The contract also states that any person so signing will not have
any rates raised on him by reason of the probable increase in cost
of auditing in view of clearing success, and extended training
requirements of auditors.

  The above waiver and contract should be mailed at once to all
those persons who were written to and told the Central Organization
had them on their clearing list approximately two years ago, or in
those areas where no such letter was sent. This document should be
forwarded to all those people on the mailing list at once.

  This in effect is a significant portion of the clearing programme
of Central Organizations for Continental Areas.

  LRH:gl.cden

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright (c) 1962

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  263

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1964

  Central Orgs

  BPI

  Publish in PAB and

  All Continental

  Magazines

  FOUNDING SCIENTOLOGIST CERTIFICATE

  You have been with me, most of you, for many years. I appreciate
that fact. I have been glad of your company and indeed could not
have progressed without your support.

  Now that research is complete a brand new dissemination programme
is going on. There will be lots and lots of new faces. They will be
welcome.

  However, I want to be able to specially signify that you were in
there with me in the beginning years prior to 1964.

  Further, I want you to have the right to use all processes up to
Class IV if you were trained before 1964 and want you to have the
right to be audited on everything up to and including Class IV if
you were not. This is the Old Timers Clause of HCO Policy Letter of
November 26, 1963, at work.

  If you were with Scientology before 1964 you were an old timer, a
Founding Scientologist. If you are to have the right to be
processed on everything up to and including Class IV you will make
out the enclosed application and send it to me at Saint Hill.
Trained or not, if you were with me before 1964 you can apply.

  If you know any other old timers, Dianeticists et al, tell them
just to copy the application and send it in. They can't be audited
above their class without this certificate without chancing an
investigation.

  You were here in the. beginning years. You helped. This is my way
of thanking you.

  L. RON HUBBARD LRH:gl.rd Copyright

  (D

  1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  Note: Please fill out the enclosed application and send it to:

  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDING SCIENTOLOGIST AWARD, HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE, SAINT HILL MANOR, EAST GRINSTEAD, SUSSEX,
ENGLAND.

  A Founding Scientologist Certificate will be sent to you by
return mail. There is no charge or fee for this certificate.

  Dead line: Applications received after January 1, 1965, will not
be honoured.

  264

  .CORRECT COLOUR FLASH BLUE ON WHITE

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  FOUNDING SCIENTOLOGIST APPLICATION

  (Please complete in BLOCK CAPITALS and send directly

  to L. Ron Hubbard at Saint Hill) If more space is needed for your
answers or other information, please attach extra sheets. Mr. Dr.
NAME: Mrs. Miss (Block (Circle one) Last First Middle Caps) MAILING
ADDRESS: (Block Caps)

  TELEPHONE - TELEX PERSONAL Age Sex _ Occupation HISTORY: Formal
Schooling: Work experience and other skills: Business and Social
Organizations and positions: MEMBERSHIP: The first year I contacted
Scientology or Dianetics was Types of Membership held: Dates held:
POSITIONS: Posts held in Orgs & the Field: Dates held: TRAINING
Courses completed:

  Given by: Dates completed: HISTORY: Certificates received:

  Where awarded: Dates awarded: Highest CLASS awarded: Where
awarded: Date awarded: Give your own estimate of the value of your
past training: Give your future training plans and Classification
goals: Do you plan to attend the Saint Hill Special Briefing
Course? If yes, when? If no, please give your reasons. 265 HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY AD14 Remimeo (Reissued on 23 June
1967) Tech Sec's Hat Qual Sec's Hat D of T Hat D of P Hat Registrar
Hat Franchise Field BPI ENROLMENT ON SELF DETERMINISM

   No applicant will be accepted at Saint Hill, or should be
accepted by any Organization for training or processing, who is not
there on his or her own self determinism, but who has been ordered
to training or processing by an Organization, or who has been
compelled to undergo training or processing by a manager, judge,
relative or anyone other than the applicant. L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:gl.jp.rd Founder Copyright

  (c) 1964, 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 MARCH 1965 Gen Non Remimeo Issue I Extra
Copies for CF, Address and Typists Post Staff Board URGENT

  REGISTRARS, CF AND ADDRESS

   All registration, body registrars and letter registrars and all
their functions and actions effective when posted on the Org Board
now come under Division 1, HCO, as the Dept of Promreg, under the
HCO Area Secretary. It is no longer under the Org/Assn Sec who will
specialize in delivery.

   Promreg Department includes the HCO Communicator, who now
becomes the Communications Officer. The Dept includes reception,
all means of communication, the Comm Centre, Org Board, CF and
Address, mail and mailing and any other purely PROMOTIONAL-
COMMUNICATION Function.

   The Dept is under the Director of Promreg, just below HCO Area
Secretary.

   A full design of the Department will be forwarded.

   Meanwhile DON'T DROP ANY EXISTING LINES OR TERMINALS THAT WORK.

   DON'T AT ONCE MOVE ANY DESKS, FILES OR EQUIPMENT.

  266

  Work, out and shift invoice over to Accounts as soon as possible.
We don't have any accounting in Division 1.

  Just let the matter be posted on the Org Board with the other
changes of the board and let things gradually sort out. Then after
a while you may wish to change some locations, etc, when you see
how it all works.

  However, as of NOW all the above functions are HCO Division Dept
Promreg.

  With this shift Registrars become Promotional Personnel with full
concentration on getting in individuals for training and processing
at a regular frequency and removing barriers to their coming in and
distractions.

  Registrars now or later may

  not

  discuss finance as they are no longer allied to that Department.
Their whole task is to fill the place up with bodies

  fast

  and often and repeatedly who want training and processing and to
make them want it.

  Division 2 (Training and Processing) may not caution or influence
Promreg regarding volume.

  Registrars get bodies into the place and promote Scientology.
They must

  not

  involve themselves as they have in letters or interviews with
money or even bring the subject up. That is an Accounts function.

  It is up to Accounts in Division 3 to get things paid for. It is
up to Division 2 to accept bodies and train and process them.
Registration is now Division 1.

  The Registrar can't promise that Division 3 will waive payment or
Division 2 will accept. All a Registrar is permitted to do is flood
the place with bodies, get people scheduled for their training and
processing at least a year in advance and fatten up that schedule
also even when it looks full.

  PROMOTION consists of getting names and addresses and contacting
them and offering service to get them in. The more names, the more
contacts, the more people. That's the whole story.

  Knock off filling the place up with psychos attracted by our
"mental curing". Two hours spent interviewing some pet psycho could
dig up a hundred new names. Look for new people and ease off the
old moth-eaten hangers on. Don't eat up old lists only. The old
clientele will still come in. You get new names! And persuade them
to get trained and processed! Get some Scientologists in the place.
Get the people in that our promotion is aimed for. The able. Never
talk rates. Just talk Scientology. That's what we promote. We don't
promote money troubles.

  Sell Grades in intensives. "Buy enough to attain Grade 0." Buy
"Grade 11". You know. Look over pc grades. They really work in
promotion.

  Dept Promreg is in a continuous Crash Programme of mailings,
letters out, getting new lists and names, around and around.

  Welcome aboard to HCO, Registrars, CF and Address and typists.
You're in HCO now and we FLY!

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:jw.rd Copyright

  (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  267

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY 1965

  Registrar HAT TECHNICAL & QUALIFICATIONS

  Tech Sec HAT DIVISIONS

  Qual Sec HAT

  Org Sec HAT DIVISION 4 - 5

  Dir Accts HAT URGENT

  Cashier's HAT

  AUDITING FEES

  PREFERENTIAL TREATMENT OF PRECLEARS

  SCALE OF PREFERENCE

  There is a definite and positive Scale of Preference for
accepting and scheduling preclears (including students sent to
Review) for auditing in the HGC and in the Case Cracking Section of
the Department of Review.

  Last on the list is any person who seeks auditing as a favour "to
demonstrate to others what it can do" or "because of importance as
a person". The auditing of someone just because the result would
"prove" something or other or because the person has money or power
and might donate, by firm policy since 1950, has been

  relegated to the "circular file" (the waste basket). Giving
auditing away to such persons or their friends or children or
psychotic brother in the asylum is in fact forbidden' Giving
preference in scheduling to such persons is governed, when for pay,
entirely by the Scale of Preference. Such bids are a snare and a
delusion; it sounds good; it doesn't work out. Mr. Big takes his
place in line with Mr. Little, and the Scale of Preference alone
applies.

  The person who has to be audited AT ONCE for desperate reasons is
also governed only by the Scale of Preference.

  The person who will only be audited by a certain or special
auditor is also governed entirely by the Scale of Preference (See
A).

  SCALE OF PREFERENCE

  Assignment of Auditor and Preferential Scheduling is governed as
follows:

  A. Best Available Auditors, earliest possible commencement"

  PCs Paying full rate Cash in Advance with the longest consecutive
auditing period purchased. Where two pcs have to be chosen between
for the best auditor, the one who has purchased the most auditing
in consecutive periods is given the best auditor at the earliest
moment. (It is obvious that to get a special auditor one should pay
full public rate in cash even when entitled to Professional Rate.
Otherwise there may be no pc requested auditor assignments. Buying
additional auditing or offering a specified donation in addition to
the full rate as per A can also influence the assignment of a
requested auditor. The auditor does not have to accept.)

  B. Skilled auditor (but not specially requested auditor), early
commencement;

  Full rate pcs whose credit has proven excellent and prompt by
past experience.

  C. Good auditor, early commencement;

  Pcs

  paying cash in advance professional rate.

  D. Auditor staff available scheduling;

  Full public rate pcs with 50% deposit and unknown or not
established credit.

  E. Interne Auditor and any scheduling convenient to org;

  Full public rate pcs requiring up to 75% credit, credit unknown.

  F. Any Interne Auditor, and any scheduling convenient to org;

  Professional rate requiring credit,

  G. Any student, any scheduling convenient to org;

  Total credit at any rate, credit unknown.

  H. Students who need practice, cases not supervised except for
student check sheet in Examinations, scheduled randomly or by
waiting list, charity or lies on full credit of a pcs unknown
nature.

  268

  In scheduling there is also the problem of matching Interne
Auditors in pairs so they can crack their own cases.

  This is normally done by Case Parity. Cases more or less the same
in state of case should be matched up.

  Auditors who goof seriously in handling specially assigned
processes in HGCs or Case Cracking Sections and are removed from
active auditing because of it as dangerous, are normally paired
with the last one who goofed and they are assigned as a co-audit
team and they are permitted to slug it out, getting a better
reality on goofs and their cases in shape as well. This is not
disciplinary assignment. It is prevention of case damage to others,
both by giving them a reality and by advancing their cases. Their
folders are carefully watched by auditing supervisors for false
entries on auditing reports.

  -------------

  The whole theory of the above is not Cash. It will be found that
those who will pay were the most able to begin with and have the
greatest value to others. Their worth as persons is greater. Thus
good, swift auditing brings up even this value.

  I have never thanked myself for giving any concessions on fees or
scheduling not based on the above. I can say with complete case
histories that giving free service to those who demanded it or
sought it has never resulted in any useful gain for Scientology. On
the contrary some of our biggest headaches administrationally come
from those who continually sought free courses and free auditing.

  In the case of award auditing or training it is a different
matter. Here it was worked for and deserved before the fact. The
Registrar is never faced with such persons as awards are given
staff and staff has staff staff auditors.

  The "the world owes me a living" preclear (or student) is a
candidate for the Better Dead Club. There were two branches of this
Club, by the way-Better Dead for their own sakes and Better Dead
for the sake of others. Demands by individuals for free service on
any pretext should be given a light, airy laugh. It doesn't do
anybody any good, often not even the person who received it.

  Real charity cases who never pay are actually hard to find. In
Charity Auditing one must always give them a chance to pay.

  A Registrar's matter of fact attitude about paying for auditing
or training is a valuable asset. Giving the person a problem about
how and what they'll pay is poor Registraring. Don't make them
choose about paying in full or not paying in full. Just tell them
"Go to the Accounts Cashier". An evil laugh when they advance the
idea of some tiny down payment on auditing and a remark, "Well,
that would put you on the waiting list and give you a new student,"
might be very effective.

  Printing up the above preference scale for presentation to
falterers on payment might be effective,

  Accounts must always give Scheduling Personnel a copy of the
invoice.

  Accounts must mark the Invoice clearly as per the above
preference scale.

  Scheduling may only be done by scheduling personnel and must be
done in accordance with the above Scale of Preference, and the
prospective preclear already in the office (not on promotion lines)
should be informed that the above scale exists.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:mh.rd Copyright

  (D

  1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  269

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 MAY 1965

Remimeo

  MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT

  To be signed by all preclears audited on

  Power Processes and filed in Certs and

  Awards Files

  ---------------------------------------------------

  HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTOLOGISTS, INTERNATIONAL, INC.

  of Arizona

  HCO Division, Saint Hill

  MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT

  concerning the attainment of a State of Release

  MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT between (full name and permanent address)

  (hereinafter called "preclear") of the one part and

  Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International, Inc. of
Arizona, (hereinafter called "the organization") of the other part:

  WHEREAS certain auditing is being undertaken on processes called
the POWER PROCESSES, and whereas these processes requiring great
skill to run correctly are restricted in use to a Class VII
Auditor:

  NOW IN CONSIDERATION of the organization releasing the preclear
with Power Processes, the preclear undertakes (1) not to use these
processes on other persons until properly trained to Class VII or
to publish these processes, or give them verbally or in writing to
others to run on people, (2) if any use or publication of the Power
Processes is undertaken by the preclear, he or she is to forego any
further training or processing to Clear.

  Dated

  (Signature)

  SIGNED by the said in the presence of:

  Signature

  Address

  Occupation

  -------------------------------------------------

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:ml.rd Copyright

  (D

  1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  ("The Memorandum of Agreement signed by all preclears undergoing
Power Processing is to be filed in the preclear's auditing folder."
L. RON HUBBARD, HCO Policy Letter of 5 July 1965.]

  270

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex Gen Non Remimeo Qual Div HATS               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY
1965 Tech Div HATS Issue 11 Registrar HATS ACCTS HATS REBATES

   No rebate may be given any preclear for any reason on his or her
processing.

   Some cases are more difficult than others and give auditors more
trouble.

   A case can be sufficiently enturbulative that an auditor can be
diverted from his task and commit minor errors resulting in an
apparent loss of time.

   The more resistive case also causes a D of P to fumble on
occasion.

   The auditors and case supervisors try their best and do the best
possible under the circumstances.

   To claim a pc "lost time" in auditing because of an error in
choosing processes or having to reflatten one, is highly
fallacious.

   The usual pc does not lose such time under the same auditors and
D of Ps.

   We do our job as best we possibly can and when we know more we
do more.

   We are already the only agency anywhere that can increase IQ and
resolve human problems.

   We handle a living thing-life.

   We do our best.

   Sometimes a pc throws us a curve with a rough case, bad between
session behaviour, roughing up auditors and D of Ps. It is natural
that goofs occur on such cases.

   We retrain auditors who are routinely erring and we do all we
can to ensure good case gains. We don't permit squirreling. Our
Ethics are stronger than any other organization's.

   Pcs who claim "lost time" or ask for rebates of part of their
auditing time for any reason except no auditing whatever (meaning
no session of any kind, no auditor or pc in the room) should be
turned over to Ethics. They are rough cases and tend to be
suppressive.

   We are selling hours of auditing and what that is is for us to
judge.

   Further, no auditor may rebate any part of a pc's fee personally
or be made to rebate it, as to do so is to shatter any possibility
of delivering auditing at all.

   Auditing is already the cheapest form of treatment there is. It
is cheaper without any argument in favour of time taken to get a
result-that is bonus. Medicos, surgeons, psychiatrists,
psycho-analysts charge the Moon for nothing or even for damage. We
are not in their line of business. But fees can be compared. It is
nothing for a psycho-analyst to charge L9,000 for a course of
treatment! A US surgeon thinks nothing of a $5,000 bill. The Mayo
Clinic doesn't think twice to send a bill for $35,000 or more to
the widow of their patient.

   The government pays in some countries. And that too is high.

   By rights our minimum fee for a 25 Hour Intensive should be L
250 or in the US $820. If we only processed, we would have to
charge that. It takes several people to deliver real auditing to a
preclear. The field auditor usually goes broke even on high fees.
He just doesn't pay out the salary needed to give the pc proper
service.

   How much is a man's life worth to him? How much is it worth not
to die at all? I'm afraid it has no price tag.

   We are selling actual salvage from Death itself.

   Rebate. How silly. The person was lucky we were around at all
and took an interest. We don't have to do anything for anybody.
Remember that. We can lose interest in certain people, too, you
know.

   No org has to accept anyone it doesn't want to for training or
processing.

   No Auditor has to accept a pc he doesn't honestly want to help.

   No Supervisor has to train any student he doesn't want to train.
We sell pearls for pennies already. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mh.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 271 HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 23 JULY 1965 Gen Non-Remimeo Dissem Sec Registrar

  PRIORITY OF POWER PROCESSING Due to the growing waiting list of
pcs at Saint Hill for Power Processing to Second Stage Release, we
are now limiting it to Org Staff members and Founding
Scientologists. Preference by rate paid for it still applies, but
no one will hereafter be accepted for Power Processing at Saint
Hill who is not a Founding Scientologist or on the staff of an
official org. Those who helped deserve first the benefits of these
new breakthroughs. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.kd Copyright

  (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30
NOVEMBER 1965 (Replaces HCO Policy Letter of 20 September 1965
which had incorrect routing) Applies to St Hill only St Hill Staff
Orgs for Info only Post Org Staff Board

  POWER PROCESSING

  FOR THE PUBLIC Due to training sufficient numbers of auditors up
to Class VII, all restrictions oil Power Processing members of the
public are removed. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ep.rd Copyright

  (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 272 HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 1 SEPTEMBER 1965 Issue IV Gen Non Remimeo
[Excerpt]

  LEGAL ASPECTS OF SIGN UPS

   No persons may be admitted to an Academy or HGC who have not
signed waivers (release forms) of the old type.

   All such waivers must include a statement that the person is
there on his or her own determinism and that the person has no
record of being committed in an institution or has a criminal
record for felony.

   Persons with such commitments or records should be referred to a
field auditor near their home and refused training or processing at
the organization.

   Persons suspected of purely medical illness should be referred
to a doctor for competent treatment if such a doctor or treatment
exists.

   Minors must have their parents or guardians sign the waiver and
any note for time payments.

   Known trouble sources as per recent HCO Policy Letter, all of
which remains in force, should be required to straighten up their
lives before enrolling or signing up for processing or should be
forthrightly refused.

   Anyone objecting to an E-Meter check should be refused entrance.

   Thus by keeping the legal aspects straight you will be able to
help the many and not be messed up by a few. For a very few such
people (21 to be exact) were the sole sources of grief in the 1950
boom.

   To have a boom, you have to keep your nose clean legally or you
can be stopped by the enturbulence generated, both in the org and
the public. Such enturbulence is all that shortens your lines or
overworks staff. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.rd Copyright

  (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

   [Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter I September 1965, Issue IV,
Some Tech Div Policies. A complete copy is in Volume 4.1

  273

  HUB13ARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 SEPTEMBER

  1965

  Issue IV

  (Amends HCO Policy Letter of 21 May 1965) Remimeo

  MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT

  To be signed by all preclears audited on

  Power Processes and filed in the preclear's

  auditing folder

  -------------------------------------------------- HUBBARD
ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTOLOGISTS, INTERNATIONAL, INC. of Arizona HCO
Division, Saint Hill MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT concerning the
attainment of a State of Release MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT between
(full name and permanent address) (hereinafter called "preclear")
of the one part and

   Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International, Inc. of
Arizona, (hereinafter called "the organization") of the other part:

   WHEREAS certain auditing is being undertaken on processes called
the POWER PROCESSES, and whereas these processes requiring great
skill to run correctly are restricted in use to a Class VII
Auditor:

   NOW IN CONSIDERATION of the organization releasing the preclear
with Power Processes, the preclear undertakes (1) not to use these
processes on other persons until properly trained to Class VII or
to publish these processes, or give them verbally or in writing to
others to run on people; (2) if any use or publication of the Power
Processes is undertaken by the preclear, he or she is to forego any
further training or processing to Clear; (3) to pay for any Review
ordered by the D of P, before, during or after his or her being
audited on Power Processes (on the understanding that this Review
will only be done in order to put the preclear's case into
condition to benefit from the Power Processes); (4) to abide by any
and all rulings specifically made by the Ethics Section concerning
the preclear, if any are necessary, as it is understood that only
actions necessary to put his or her case into condition to benefit
from the Power Processes will be made. Dated (Signature) SIGNED by
the said in the presence of: Signature Address Occupation

   -------------------------------------------------- LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 274

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24
SEPTEMBER 1965 Remimeo Tech Div Qual Div Dissem Div FREE RELEASE
CHECK When a person comes in for a Free Release Check only, the
invoice is to be clearly marked FREE RELEASE CHECK, NO CHARGE. When
a person comes in for a Free Release Check and Rehabilitation, the
invoice is to be clearly marked FREE RELEASE CHECK AND
REHABILITATION with the proper price for such invoiced. This is
necessary so that no-one can be declared RELEASE unless signed up
for Rehabilitation. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.kd Copyright

  (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 275

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 OCTOBER 19.65 Remimeo

  Tech Div

  Qual Dip

  Dissem Div

  SAINT HILL SOLO AUDIT COURSE

  (Effective I November 1965)

  OF PARTICULAR INTEREST TO POWER PROCESSING

  PRECLEARS

   Solo Audit Course is inaugurated at Saint Hill for those
non-professional preclears who, obtaining Grade V Release, wish to
go on to Grade VI and Grade VII.

   It is to be fully understood that this course applies only to
solo audit and gives no auditor certificate but only a grade of
Release certificate when complete. A person taking this course is
not to audit others above any auditor class the student actually
holds.

   It is further to be fully understood that any trouble the solo
auditor gets into must be resolved by a proper Class VI auditor in
an organization and that such assistance is at the student's own
expense and is not part of the offered courses. Such help is called
A SOLO AUDITOR ASSIST and is charged at existing auditor rates by
the whole hour for all hours and any part of an hour. Such SOLO
AUDITOR ASSISTS are normally given by the QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION.
They consist of by-passed charge assessments using standard lists,
track analysis to find where the solo auditor has gotten to and
case analysis to discover what is wrong. They also include
rehabilitation of a release state overrun. They do not consist of
auditing the materials for the grade.

  SOLO AUDIT COURSE

  GRADE VI

  Prerequisite: Grade V Release. Full and unqualified Ethics
Clearance.

   This course consists of the following:

   The parts of life-thetan, body, mind, physical universe,
engrams.

   Vocabulary for parts of the E-Meter.

   Elementary E-Metering.

   Elementary Solo Auditing on PTPs, etc.

   Keeping an Auditor's Report.

   The history of Dianetics and Scientology.

   Vocabulary for the bank as used in the film The Pattern of the
Bank.

   The film The Pattern of the Bank and any other pertinent film
with full checkouts on its data (not just viewed).

   Whole track data.

   R6 EW technology.

   Solo Auditing to Grade VI Release.

   Release Certification when attained.

  276

  When this course is completed, the Grade VI Release is eligible
to enroll on the Saint Hill Clearing Course on a solo audit basis
for Grade VII Clear. No other certificate will be given than a
grade certificate. And the person is given no right to audit
others. But the person may attain Clear by this route.

  (Note: This is the non-professional route specified in the
earlier Gradation programmes.)

  ARRANGEMENTS

  The Solo Audit Course Grade VI will be taught in the Technical
Division Department of Training Saint Hill. It will be called Unit
E-One and will be handled by the E-Unit Course Supervisor who, in
case of numbers, may have an E-One Supervisor under him to handle
this course.

  This course absorbs the R6 EW Short Course taught to org
executives who were not properly classed for the Saint Hill Course.
All students of the R6 EW Short Course are transferred to the Solo
Audit Course, the materials being similar.

  The course has already been piloted and was found to be
successful.

  This course in no way supplants the Saint Hill Special Briefing
Course or Academy Courses 0-IV and the student is warned that the
course is designed to make him or her only a solo auditor and in no
way prepares one to audit others or handle others with Scientology
and that if any certification or Classification or full
understanding of technology is required the student of the Solo
Audit Course will have to begin with lower classification training.
It is however admitted that a Grade VI Release would have little
trouble with the lower levels of training and that a Clear would
have no trouble at all.

  SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS

  Where a person has gone Grade VI Release by reason of earlier
auditing on goals as happened occasionally prior to 1965 (they had
gone up through all grades unknowingly and these were rehabilitated
after the fact) the student yet must successfully complete the Solo
Audit Course in order to qualify for the Clearing Course and in no
case will anyone be enrolled on the Clearing Course unless the Solo
Audit Course has been passed.

  Persons enrolled on the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course take a
longer professional version of the Solo Audit Course as part of
their training and as covered by their enrollment fee at this time.

  The price of the Solo Audit Course is L 275.

  An additional fee of L275 is required for the Clearing Course.

  An HCA certificate from an Academy is required to enroll on the
Saint Hill Special Briefing Course.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:ml.rd Copyright

  (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JANUARY 1966

  Gen Non-Remimeo Applies to SH only Registrars Cashier Invoicing
and Qual Div info other orgs

  CREDIT AND DISCOUNTS

  DISCOUNTS

  Relatives of staff and students are not entitled to discounts.

  Discounts are not additive on courses and processing. A person
does not get a 50% discount as a student and then 50% of that as a
staff member. Only one discount counts at a time. Also one cannot
have a 50% discount as a student or staff member and then 20% more
as a Life Member.

  The person receives only one discount on courses and processing.
It may however be the largest single discount to which he is
entitled.

  At Saint Hill Membership discounts count only on sales items such
as books, insignia, meters. But if a student discount also exists
it is not added to. The largest single discount only is given.

  DEBIT INVOICES

  Student 'and pcs may not be extended into unpaid courses or hours
of processing by debit invoice. When a person's paid processing is
consumed, and he requires more lie or she pays for it before being
given more.

  ORG CREDIT

  Only credit for the Interneship was given to some orgs.

  No other courses or intensives are given for credit to org staff
from other orgs.

  The Org Executive Course is awarded occasionally by SEC ED.
Otherwise it is paid for.

  When an org has been given special credit for a certain Saint
Hill service it is in writing and specifically arranged by the
Executive Director beforehand. Unless this evidence is presented no
org gets any credit.

  CREDIT PROCESSING

  No further credit pcs, in whole or in part, will be accepted at
Saint Hill, excepting only those specifically promised credit in
writing or booked as credit pcs prior to this date.

  As with courses, processing is paid in full in advance.

  Further processing must also be paid in full in advance.

  278

  QUAL CREDIT

   Qualifications (Review) actions may be signed up for credit but
only to the sum of L10.

   No certificates or awards are issued until a person has an
Accounts Clearance marked paid in full at Saint Hill.

  COURSE CREDIT

   Credit for courses has never been permitted at Saint Hill.

   No Saint Hill course may be had on any credit, part or full.
This applies to the SHSBC, the Solo Audit Course and the Clearing
Course.

  REASON

   No organization can exist extending credit in vast quantities
and the policy at Saint Hill has always been no credit.

   Therefore anyone extending credit at Saint Hill for Courses or
the HGC Service after this date is liable to an Ethics charge of a
crime as it is detrimental to the survival of this organization no
matter what arrangements are made.

   Aside from material reasons when we give credit service-training
and processingwe deny full attention to those who are paying. Thus
we cannot but give poorer service all around if we give credit
service.

   Our purpose in this is to keep service quality at Saint Hill

very very high. To do that we have to provide that service. When we
give credit, we spread ourselves too thin for quality. L. RON
HUBBARD LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED [See also HCO P/L 7 January 1966, Issue 11, Credit, Volume
3, page 201.] 279                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor,
East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF I AUGUST 1966 Remimeo

  SIGN UPS AND DISCOUNTS

   As a result of a Board of Investigation, WW, No. 1653, 27 July
1966, Monica Quirino, Chairman, the following policies are adopted
regarding sign ups and discounts in all organisations:

   1. A separate contract shall exist for each item signed up for,
including all processing and training. The contract covers what is
actually being paid for.

   A copy of the contract shall be handed cashier who is to verify
its accuracy and receive the money for service and who is then to
file this copy.

   The contract shall specifically note all discounts being allowed
and if any allowed, the status of the person signing up shall be
noted on the contract.

   2. Persons shall verify their status of membership or staff
member for discount purposes by displaying a current membership
card or a staff member card signed by the HCO Area Sec.

   Where a person is not currently a member he shall be signed up
for membership by the Registrar and this shall be paid at the time
the other sign up is paid for.

   3. The Cashier in issuing an invoice copy for any different type
of membership or service than the pc or student now has, shall
issue a card directing the person to Certs and Awards.

   4. Certs and Awards, to which the student or pc or staff member
is so routed shall issue, after examination of the invoice, a
badge.

   These badges are plastic transparent covers with a pin as used
in Congresses.

   They are flash-marked with a card on them as follows: (a) SHSBC
Student RED (b) Preclear

  BLUE (c) Solo Audit Student GREEN

   The person's name and the status is marked on each card and
signed by Certs and Awards. The person is told to wear it at all
times when around the org.

   Certs and Awards issues the Membership card, if purchased, at
the same time.

   5. Staff members, on being employed, are to receive badges from
Certs and Awards as follows:

   (A) Temporary Staff Member - Plastic Badge (GREY) marked
"Temporary Staff Member" with the person's name.

   (B) Provisional Staff Member - Plastic Badge, Divisional Colour,
with the person's name and post.

   (C) Contracted Staff Member, non-executive - a metal badge, gold
coloured, to be designed and issued. Executive - a larger badge.

   Until such time as such badges are available, a gold card shall
be used bearing the person's title and name.

   6. The Personnel Control Officer routes on staff members to
Certs and Awards for badges by a mimeoed initialed slip.

   All cards must be signed by Certs and Awards.

   Falsifying a card shall be classed as a Crime.

   Persons not wearing badges may not have any service. L. RON
HUBBARD LRH:lb-r.rd Copyright

  (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  280

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1966 Remimeo All Staff and
Students

  REQUIREMENT FOR TERMINATION ON THE

  SHSBC

  AND ENROLMENT ON SOLO COURSE It has been observed that among the
early Clears Grade VA Release was an important gradient toward the
achievement of Clear. This Grade is no longer to be omitted by
those who wish to enrol on the Clearing Course. It is now required
that all students achieve Grade VA Release as well as Grade V
before they may terminate from the Saint Hill Special Briefing
Course. It is also a requisite that all students enrolling on the
Solo Course be Grade V and Grade VA Release. The gradient from
Grade V to Solo Auditing and then the Clearing Course will then be
much smoother and easier. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:lb-r.cden
Copyright

  (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 281

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 MARCH 1968 Remimeo

  DIANETICS IN ORGANIZATION

   Cancels all previous references in Policies or EDs on not
charging for Dianetics.

   Because Straight Wire, Secondaries and Engrams are now a must
for raw meat, (HCOB 16 Jan 68) organizations will sell these three
as a package costing the same as a Grade.

   It can be well promoted as being three for the price of one,
since each is run to a release point. It can also be stressed that
modern tech has reduced the time considerably from the "hundreds of
hours" it used to take.

   The Org must remember, however, that this in no way enters us
into the field of the insane or the field of healing. (See HCO PL 2
Aug 66). Anyone violating this must be heavily dealt with by
Ethics. Lt. Fred Payer SEA ORG for L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jc.rd
Copyright

  (c) 1968 by L Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 282

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 APRIL 1968

  Issue III Remimeo Execs D of T Dissem

  PARENT OR GUARDIAN ASSENT FORMS

  (Reissued from Guardian ED 30 Int of 26 Sept 1966)

   The Legal Director WW has written up the following form for use
when students audit minors.

   This form is to be filled in by the parent or guardian of the
minor concerned and is a prerequisite before any Scientology
processing can be undertaken.

  PARENT OR GUARDIAN ASSENT

  TO SCIENTOLOGY PROCESSING

   I ............................................ of
............................................ .

  . do attest that I give my full consent for my child/ward . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ . .
to be audited on Standard Scientology Processes by . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Auditor) and that I
understand that the Auditor is a student of Scientology which is
known to be a spiritual and religious guide intended to make
persons more aware of themselves as spiritual beings and not
treating or diagnosing any human ailments of body or mind
whatsoever. Date . . . . . . . . . . . .Signature . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. Proposed by: Ron Reynolds Legal Director WW Terry McClurg Legal
Secretary WW Joan McNocher D/Guardian WW Mary Sue Hubbard The
Guardian WW for L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jc.rd Copyright 1968 by
L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 283                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS
OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER
OF 29 JUNE 1968 Remimeo Ethics Officer Div I - Dept 3 - Ethics
Section Hat Registrar Hat ENROLLMENT IN SUPPRESSIVE GROUPS Address
Hat Franchise (Amends HCO, PL 28 Dee 1965 City Offices of Same
Title)

   Any person found to be connected to a Suppressive Group may not
thereafter be enrolled in the Saint Hill Solo Audit Course or the
Clearing Course.

   Suppressive Groups are defined as those which seek to destroy
Scientology or which specialize in injuring or killing persons or
damaging their cases or which advocate suppression of Mankind.

   It does not matter whether the person so connected disconnects
or handles, or whether the connection has been previously severed.

   The reason for this policy letter is to make it extremely
difficult for suppressive groups to acquire data they could then
pervert and use to harm others.

   If a person was a member and left, it still remains such a
person must have had some basic agreement with the motives of the
suppressive group.

   If we do not hold this rule we may find our task made harder by
the abuse of data. We do not want, ever again, the epidemics of
implantation to recur and will do all in our power to deny data to
any who might pervert it to such use.

   A person so denied access to upper level data may not receive it
ever unless the group of which he is or has been a member is
completely abolished and dispersed.

   Ethics files in all orgs must contain the names of such persons.

   Neither may such a person ever become a staff member of a
Scientology organization without special clearance from LRH Ethics
Authority Section, Dept 27, WW. Anyone on staff found to have been
a member of a suppressive group must be sent to this section for
clearance.

   NAMES PERSONS ENROLLED IN SP GROUPS OR DECLARED SP MUST BE
CIRCULATED TO ALL FRANCHISE HOLDERS, SCN OFFICES AND ORGS AS AND
WHEN DISCOVERED. THEY ARE NOT COVERED BY ANY AMNESTY AND MAY NOT
HAVE ADVANCED COURSES UNTIL GROUP DISBANDED. SUCH PERSONS MAY NOT
BE EMPLOYED BY ORGS OR OFFICES AND IF FOUND EMPLOYED IN ANY CENTRE
THAT FRANCHISE WILL BE CANCELLED, PERSONS OF SP GROUP MEMBERSHIP OR
DECLARED SP MAY NOT BE FSMS. L. RON HUBBARD LRH.-js.cden Founder
Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  [Note: The 29 June 1968 amendment was the addition, sent by
telex, of the paragraph in full caps.]

  284

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 APRIL 1969 Remimeo

  DIANETICS

   The policy on Dianetics is that it was and is intended to make a
happy, well human being and that it can now be used in conjunction
with purely medical (not political psychiatric) treatment.

   Any person not recovering his health and sense of well being by
use of Dianetic auditing should be given by competent medical and
clinical doctors or technicians a thorough physical examination to
locate the illness, structural or pathological (disease), which is
troubling him and introverting him.

   Scientology healing and mental treatment policies apply to
Scientology.

   Dianetics is fully excepted from these policies.

   This is in view of the strong and increasing interest and
cooperation of individual medical doctors over the world which
should be continued and promoted.

   This policy does NOT include turning any person over to
institutions or practitioners engaged in political treatment and
expressly does not allow the use of such political treatment as
electric shock, lobotomies, brain "operation" or drugs producing
convulsions.

   This policy does permit surgical and structural operations
including the alleviation of concussion or skull fractures or the
removal of brain tumors but only after they are proven to exist
beyond any doubt by competent clinical examination. It does not
include exploratory operation.

   The severance of nerves to "end psychosis" is expressly
condemned and the use of produced convulsion by any means to
"alleviate psychosis" and the practice of euthanasia (mercy
killing) or any barbaric torturous or murderous or terrifying
treatment or approach are not only not condoned but should be
actively fought due to the non-therapeutic results, the immediate
or early demise of the "patient" and to the efforts to use these
"treatments" to effect political ends. The persons using these
means actively financed and fought Dianetics and Scientology over
the world and were the sole source of repression of a valuable
sincere and vital breakthrough in the field of healing as
consistently demonstrated.

   This HCO Pol Ltr amplifies as policy HCOB 6 April 1969 and HCOB
12 March 1969.

   Dianetics is a healing practice supplementing medical treatment.

   Scientology is a religious practice applying to Man's spirit and
his spiritual freedom.

   In areas, mainly America, where the freedom to heal is subject
to attempted monopoly, all Dianetic auditing of physically ill
persons (not as student practice) must be in conjunction with
competent medical practitioners who must be informed why a medical
examination is requested for the preclear. "This is a member of the
Church of Scientology. As he may be physically ill we wish a full
medical examination and diagnosis and any medical treatment which
will resolve the illness found. With the leave of the medical
doctor and with the patient under his care we will employ Dianetic
auditing as well to assist his recovery. Until healed this person
is not eligible for Scientology auditing. We cooperate fully with
the medical profession and expect in our turn that our trust in it
will not be betrayed. Under no circumstances will we permit this
person to be brutalized with psychiatric political treatments."

   In other countries any variation of this statement or its lack
may be employed, depending on the legal position of healing.
LRH:cp.ei.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright

  (c) 1969 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 285

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19
MAY 1969 (Cancels HCO PL 7 May 1969 Issue 11 Same Title) Remimeo
Dianetic Course

  HUBBARD STANDARD

  DIANETICS

  COURSE POLICY

   1. The checksheet of the Hubbard Standard Dianetic Course as
contained in HCO Policy Letter of 7 May 1969 Issue I may not be
altered without the authorization of L. Ron Hubbard.

   2. The course time should not exceed one month. 3. The price of
the course is S500 in the US or L 125 Sterling or equivalent in the
UK and South Africa and the equivalent of L 150 Sterling in ANZO.
This includes the Supervisor's Section.

   4. Only cash may be accepted and no credit allowed.

   5. The Standard Dianetic Course may only be taught by Standard
Dianetic Supervisors with a Hubbard Dianetic Graduate Certificate.
Qualification is graduation from the HSDC including the
Supervisor's Section.

   6. The HSDC may be taught in any official Scientology
Organization, Franchise Center, or Gung Ho Group by a QUALIFIED
PERSON.

   7. Students may take their Pre-auditing examination at the
Franchise Center or Gung Ho Group at which they do the course. Org
Qual Divisions are to supply copies of the examination to
Franchises and Gung Ho's who run the HSDC, which are confidential.
However, in order to maintain the standard, the students'
requirements for certification must be examined by the Qual
Examiner of an official Scientology Org. This may be done by mail,
by the Franchise or Gung Ho sending to the Org Examiner the full
Auditing Reports, Worksheets, pc Examiner forms, etc (i.e. the
students' preclears' folders) of the students' auditing on the
course showing that the auditing requirements of HCO Bulletin of 6
April 1969 Issue II have been met by the student, as well as his
checksheet attested by the student as completed. The pc folders
will be returned to the Franchise or Gung Ho Group after
examination.

   Only the Qual Div of an official Scientology Org is authorized
to issue a Hubbard Dianetic Graduate certificate. It must be
promptly sent to the student upon his passing the Final
Examination. 8. This course may not be taught as part of any other
course. Tony Dunleavy CS-2 for. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:TD:an.ei.rd
Founder Copyright

  (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 286 HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1969 Remimeo Dianetics Checksheet DIANETIC
CONTRACT Div 6

   This form is a standard offering and promotion form for
preclears for Dianetic Auditing.

  DIANETICS

   FULL REFUND IF YOU DO NOT GET WELL THROUGH AUDITING.,

   Anyone accepting this offer must also agree to receive if
required a medical examination and any effective treatment for any
entirely medical illness he may have both before and after
auditing,

   The extent of the refund will consist of the exact fee paid.

   The claim for refund must be made within three months of the
conclusion of the auditing.

   If the fee is refunded no more Dianetic or Scientology auditing
or training may be given to the person.

   Medical illnesses which beforehand could not be cured medically
usually respond to medical treatment after some auditing.

   Auditing after such medical treatment tends to stabilize the
medical cure and prevent relapse.

   A standard release form covering these points must be signed by
the applicant.

   Some large percentage of Man's physical ills are psychosomatic
and respond directly to auditing.

   Only auditing done by Hubbard Dianetic graduates in official
organizations are covered by this offer.

   WHY BE TIRED?

   WHY BE IN PAIN?

   WHY FEEL BAD?

   AUDITING CAN MAKE YOU FEEL WELL AND HAPPY WITH LIFE.

   OUR ORGANIZATIONS ARE FRIENDLY. THEY ARE ONLY HERE TO HELP YOU.

   These points above are to be included as additional clauses in
our release forms.

   IF ANYONE EVER DEMANDS A REFUND UNDER THIS OFFER make him or her
sign an undertaking never again to purchase training or processing
and A RECEIPT IN FULL and GIVE THEM THEIR MONEY BACK ON A MINUS
INVOICE AT ONCE. Do not make a long argument out of it or a long
drawn out Admin action.

   By paying these claims quickly, getting the promise not to have
more auditing or any training and getting a receipt YOU ACTUALLY
BUILD CONFIDENCE.

   It is fully understood that this campaign applies to DIANETICS.

   Trying to sell Scientology to make physical health has been a
betrayal of Scientology. The subject that made bodies well was and
always has been Dianetics. Scientology increases ability and gives
one immortality. Refunds for Scientology services are governed by
the older policies which remain in force.

   The first line, FULL REFUND IF YOU DO NOT GET WELL THROUGH
AUDITING, can be posted in any display space. If so, a small
printed complete leaflet as written above should also be displayed
so they can get all the facts.

   Persons asking about this should be handed the leaflet.

   New additional leaflet should also be available and handed out
at the same time:

  DIANETICS

   Dianetics (Dia-through, noos-mind) has been 39 years in
development.

   It is the first fully precision science of the mind.

  287

  Physical illness, aches, pains, continual exhaustion, body
malfunctions are created or held in an unchanging state by the
mind. This is called psychosomatic (psycho-spirit, somaticbody)

  illness.

  It has been known about for a century but there has never been a
positive remedy before Dianetics.

  Auditing (it means to listen) is a term given to the application
of Dianetics.

  No drugs, no hypnotism, no mechanical treatment is used.

  The actual source of psychosomatic illness has been isolated in
Dianetics.

  Processing is the action of an auditor letting the preclear
(person not yet cleared) find the actual source of his physical
illness.

  Processing requires usually 25 hours or less.

  Various forms of mental therapy were in existence before
Dianetics. These were psychology, psychiatry and psycho-analysis.

  Psychology and psychiatry were developed chiefly by a Russian
veterinarian named Ivan Petrovich Pavlov (1849-1936). His basic
principle was that men were only animals and could be conditioned
and trained much like dancing bears or dogs. This work was only
intended to CONTROL people and so has found great favor with
certain rulers and upper classes. None of the activities of
psychology or psychiatry were designed to help or cure, only to
Control the masses.

  Psycho-analysis was developed by an Austrian Jew Sigmund Freud
(1856-1939). His occasional successes served to point out that
there was a possibility of solving psychosomatic illness through
addressing the mind. His concentration on sex gave the subject
considerable popularity.

  Dianetics was first released in 1950 and has been increasingly
successful since that time. Unlike earlier studies, the interest of
Dianetics was the relief of physical suffering.

  The results of psychiatry are physically damaging, consisting of
various brutalities and often injure the patient for life or kill
him outright. There have never been any cures listed or claimed for
psychiatric treatment as its interest lies only in control. The
cost is about $2000 a month often for years in America and L 60 a
week for as long as a decade in England.

  Psychology is mainly used for testing aptitude or intelligence.
It has counseling as part of its activities but it is more
concerned with and financed for warfare.

  These two subjects have bitterly contested any healing subject
and use public media governments and even rumor to forward
population Control. This action has often made it difficult to
bring bonafide mental health to the people.

  Psycho-analysis requires up to five years for an uncertain result
and costs about L 9000.

  Dianetics requires only a matter of hours, only helps and does
not physically injure anyone. It costs about $25 an hour in the US
and about L 50 total processing cost in the UK.

  There is no quarrel between Dianetics and general practitioners
of the medical profession. They both have the same purpose (to make
people well) and are not political. It is freely admitted in
Dianetics that physical illness that can be effectively treated
medically should be so treated. Auditing will not set a broken leg
or deliver a baby. But it can help get the leg healed in two weeks
instead of the usual six and after effects of childbirth do not
exist when Dianetic auditing is also used.

  Many people who cannot work, who cannot enjoy life, are
physically ill without realizing it.

  Aches, pains, colds, even malfunctions of the body are symptoms
of illness.

  See the Registrar. (address)

  Variations of the central ideas of these themes may be used.

  But remember, Dianetics is pastoral Counseling and all HDGs must
be ministers. Psycho-somatic means spirit-body. Look up "psyche" in
the dictionary and you'll see.

  L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:an.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron
Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  288

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1969

Remimeo

  Execs

  Dn Course

  D of T

  Dissem

  PARENT OR GUARDIAN ASSENT FORMS

  The following form is for use when students audit minors.

  This form is to be filled in by the parent or guardian of the
minor concerned and is a prerequisite before any Dianetic
processing can be undertaken.

  PARENT OR GUARDIAN ASSENT

  TO DIANETIC PROCESSING

  I ............................................ of
............................................

  .

  .

  .

  .

  do attest that I give my full consent for my child/ward . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .

  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . to be audited on
Standard Dianetics Processes

  by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Auditor) and that I understand

  that the Auditor is a student of Dianetics which is known to be
Pastoral Counselling, a

  religious guide intended to make happy human beings and not
treating or diagnosing

  any medical ailments of body or mind whatsoever.

  Date . . . . . . . . . . . .Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .

  Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  Tony Dunleavy CS-2 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder

  LRH:TD.an.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  289

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 JUNE 1969

Remimeo

  DIANETIC COURSE PRICING

  The cost of the Hubbard Dianetic Counsellor Course (HSDQ remains
as already issued - $500.00 U.S. dollars and L 125.0.0 UK sterling.

  The cost of the Supervisors Course (with an HDC, the graduate of
this course becomes a Hubbard Dianetic Graduate) is $ 125.00 U.S.
dollars or L 30.0.0 in UK sterling.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:ei.kd Copyright

  (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  290

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JUNE 1969

Remimeo

  DIANETIC REGISTRATION

  (Revises HCO Policy Letter of April 6, 1969 Issue II

  Mainly in reference to Paragraphs two, seven and ten)

  A sign should be prominently displayed in all orgs servicing the
general public as follows:

  "If you have come here to be cured of a physical illness, SEE THE
REGISTRAR and so inform her so that she can arrange for a competent
medical examination and treatment and for Dianetic auditing while
under the care of a doctor. When you are physically well, you can
begin Scientology training and processing on your road to total
freedom."

  And another sign,

  "This organization will not recommend or condone political mental
treatment such as electric shocks or brain operations or convulsive
drugs and condemns utterly this Fascist approach to 'mental health'
by extermination of the insane. Because we will not agree to
brutality and murder under the guise of mental healing or to the
easy and lawless seizure of persons in the name of 'mental health'
for political reasons, we are fought ceaselessly by those who seek
domination of this country through 'mental treatment'. You are safe
so long as we live."

  The registrar is to sign the person up as he or she would any
preclear.

  The org must make a liaison with a medical clinic which has
diagnostic equipment and obtain a flat rate charge.

  Legally and ethically it is all right to send a person to a
doctor for a physical examination, but it will cause an ARC break
with the doctor to specify what he is to do in that examination.

  It is best to say merely: "Would you please do a complete medical
examination to include any acute or chronic illness and any effects
from past injury or illness. "

  It should be made clear to the medical doctor who pays his fee.
"Your fee for this examination and for any special investigation
will be paid by the bearer."

  It should end by saying, "Would you please give a note of your
findings to the bearer."

  Note that it would be unethical for the medical doctor to treat
any curable disease found unless the person examined specifically
asked him to treat it, otherwise he would refer the person to his
own doctor.

  A doctor cannot be asked to supervise a person while he is having
auditing because he cannot professionally be asked to join in a
non-medical attempt to cure some illness, for if he did he would be
subject to discipline, charged with "covering", and if found
guilty, struck off the Medical Register.

  The org should make their position very clear to the clinic-that
they are trying to cooperate with the medical profession and that
Scientology is a religion. However, after or in the absence of
medical treatment if none is needed, the persons sent will be given
Dianetic auditing after such medical examination and treatment, if
given, or under medical. A clean cut difference should be made
between Dianetics as an assist done under a physician's care or
after his treatment and Dianetics as a religious function of
pastoral counselling or Scientology as a religious practice.

  If contempt or hostility is met, write a letter of complaint to
the medical

  291

  association and try another doctor or clinic. In such a letter of
complaint make it very plain that you are not engaged in physical
healing, that you have always tried to co-operate with medicine and
that your only quarrel is with psychiatric casualties and their
perversion of the medical profession.

  If the clinic shows clear cut evidence of the need of an
operation, the D of Processing should give the preclear the
verdict. If the preclear will not have it, arrange a meeting
between the preclear and the doctor and discuss it.

  It is possible to engage in Dianetic processing even when a
medical verdict is for an operation, but if the preclear will not
have it, then undertake Dianetic processing only under the doctor's
care and with his consent, and insist upon the preclear being
re-examined during processing.

  The cost of the examination and any operation is in addition to
processing fees and any such charges are paid directly to the
clinic by the preclear, the org not taking responsibility for the
costs of these.

  After any medical treatment, the entire treatment is run as an
engram or chain as the first action. Lingering symptoms are also
run down to their basics as per Dianetic Auditing Assists given in
the Dianetic Course.

  Policy is not to engage on auditing sick pcs without medical
advice or treatment as required.

  Insane pcs are handled in this same fashion as they are mainly
physically ill, need rest and no harassment. Insane pcs are a lot
of trouble unless one has an institution to hand, but institutions
cannot be trusted. Until an org has some means or connection by
which the insane preclear will not be brutalized, shocked or
operated on with brain "operations", it is better to refuse them.

  By insane pc is meant one who is subject to highly irrational and
destructive behavior. If not, they are regarded as physically ill.

  The senile and mentally retarded are also handled as per
physically ill pcs as above.

  Waivers in all cases are required.

  A new clause, "Will not hold the organization or its principals
responsible for medical costs or errors" must be included in
signing persons up for Dianetics.

  Complete files of all such should be kept in Division 6 to show
in case of need

  (a) that the org does not engage in physical healing and

  (b) success stories with full records, X-rays, etc for Dianetics.

  Where this policy letter is fully in force, earlier policies on
healing and the insane are cancelled.

  This change of policy is due to (1) our wish to cease to
individuate from the other social groups of the society and (2) our
refusal to leave the field of mental healing in the hands of public
enemies.

  This is also part of our campaign to Revitalize Western Society.
"A well society is a sane society."

  L~ RON

  HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:fas.ei.eden Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  292

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 SEPTEMBER 1969

Remimeo BPI Auditor

  OLD ACC STUDENTS

  Any and all persons who have ever enrolled in an ACC (Advanced
Clinical Course) providing only that a fee was paid in full, is
entitled to the following:

  I Full training as an HDG in the DAC of his nearest org or an SH
or an AO.

  2. Student Auditing in Dianetics and org reviews to resolve any
possible case difficulties.

  3. Assistance in obtaining any medical treatment indicated as
necessary by competent medical examination.

  4. A retread to Class VI in a modern SH Course.

  No fees, except for any medical treatment indicated, may be
charged for any of the services above.

  All orgs, AOs and SHes are ordered to deliver the above services.

  The Public Executive Secretary is to cause his division to
unearth all past ACC records for names and addresses and to have
his divisions send copies of this Policy Letter to all such former
ACC students.

  Those ACC students who have recently paid for the new Standard
Dianetic Course may have the amount credited to AO levels or AO
reviews on presentation of invoice to AOs.

  It is the full intention of this Pol Ltr to ensure that old ACC
students receive full benefit of modern technical developments.
These students were once promised they would not have to pay for
further training and this favour is offered to redeem that promise
at least in part if not in full. I want them to be well and happy
beings wherever they may not have fully achieved that goal.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:Idm.ei.rd Copyright

  (D

  1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  293

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 SEPTEMBER 1969

  Issue 11

Remimeo

  BPI

  TRIPLE GRADES

  No one may offer triple grades free of charge and any such offer
after this date is nul and void.

  A Class V is the only auditor authorised to audit triple grades.

  Lower classed auditors may audit only single grades.

  No triple grades may be audited on a pc after this date who has
not been awarded a Standard Dianetic Completion Certificate. This
certificate requires a well, happy human being as its end result.
Usually this requires at least 25 hours of Dianetic Auditing and
the auditing of a score or more of items by Standard Dianetics and
may also entail in conjunction with auditing medical treatment for
any physical illness or disease.

  Standard Dianetic Completion tends to ensure full gains on
Scientology Grades and the attainment of exteriorization with
perception at AO levels. Without such Dianetic Completion upper
level gains are often poor. Standard Dianetics has been an Out
Grade in the past and is now easily achieved and should be
thoroughly done.

  Those who have had Scientology auditing and have not obtained
full results should now get their Standard Dianetic Completion
which is then followed by full upper level rehab and review at
which time they should have achieved all they hoped for and
considerably more.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:Idm.ei.rd Copyright

  (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  294

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1969

Remimeo

  BPI

  The Auditor

  FORMER HDAs, HPAs

  All persons who had achieved prior to the advent of Standard
Dianetics, the certificate of HDA (Hubbard Dianetic Auditor) or HPA
(Hubbard Professional Auditor) and who paid in full for the course
are awarded as follows:

  I . A Standard Dianetics Course at their local org full or part
time.

  2. Student Auditing and Reviews in their local org.

  Both at 50% of the existing Standard Dianetics Course and Review
fees.

  Any person who has paid for a new Standard Dianetics Course in
full who had already paid for an old HDA or HPA Course in full MAY
HAVE THE FULL AMOUNT PAID FOR THE STANDARD DIANETICS COURSE
CREDITED TO SCIENTOLOGY ACADEMY COURSES, TO A SH COURSE IF HE HAS
HAD THOSE OR TO A CLASS VIII COURSE OR AN AO GRADE.

  It is the full intention of this Policy Letter to assist any
Dianetic Auditor to become in HDC and obtain thereby the excellent
results available in using Standard Dianetics.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:Idm.ei.kd Copyright

  (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  295

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1969

  Issue 11

Remimeo

  BPI

  SUCCESSFUL CLASS VIIIs

  Any Class VIII auditor may have the new Standard Dianetics Course
free of charge at his nearest org or an AO.

  The additional certificate of HDG is required of Class VIIIs so
they can handle Case Supervision and Standard Dianetic Auditing as
well as audit well in Standard Dianetics.

  The certificate of HDG is a prerequisite (along with a Class VI)
for all new AO Class VIII enrollees after the date of receipt of
this Policy Letter.

  STANDARD DIANETICS

  The Course is available at AOs and SHes,

  It has been found that the ability to audit Standard Dianetics
well in its simplicity speeds Academy, VI and VIII training greatly
and reduces failed students in the Academy, VI and VIII Courses to
zero.

  It is not the intention of this Pol Ltr to interrupt the plans or
activities of Scientology Classed Auditors or applicants and all
possible adjustment will be made in orgs to accommodate Scientology
Classed Auditors to quickly obtain their HDG during this period of
adjustment.

  We now have a smooth flowing tech training line and have found
there are no failed cases where training is good and which follows
this gradient.

  LRH:Idm.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright

  (D

  1969 Founder

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 OCTOBER 1969

Remimeo

  CLASS VIII & HDG

  (Modifies Earlier Requirements)

  No Class VIII Auditor may have his final certificate until he has
also acquired his HDG.

  All Class VIII enrollees are required to have an HDG before being

  admitted to

  the Class VIII Course.

  Requirements for course enrollments are:

  HDC required for HDG Course.

  HDG required for Class 0-I-II-III-IV.

  HPA-HCA required for Class VI Course.

  HDG and Class VI required for Class VII.

  HDG-Class VI required for Class VIII.

  LRH:nt.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright (c) 1969 Founder

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  296

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead; Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF -17 NOVEMBER 1969

Remimeo

  Tech Secs

  Qual Secs

  Registrars

  Franchises

  GET THIS REMIMEOED AND ISSUED TO YOUR STAFF A T ONCE

  URGENT-IMPORTANT

  DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY SERVICES

  This Policy Letter cancels:

  HCO Policy Letter 5 May 1969 "Sub Zero Grades"

  HCO Policy Letter 17 May 1969 "Dianetic Auditing of Scientology
Pcs"

  HCO Policy Letter 26 Oct 1969 "Class VIII and HDG"

  Dianetics is not a prerequisite for pcs to be audited on
Scientology grades.

  On the contrary. PCs CAN BE STARTED ON SCIENTOLOGY GRADES.

  LRH ED 13 June 1969 states, "But mainly don't abandon any
Scientology actions. Keep on doing these. Put somebody in charge of
the Dianetics Programme and keep Scn going."

  It is TRUE that pcs who are trying to handle psychosomatic
illnesses with grades, wind up at "OT" still trying to cure a
headache. But what is a psychosomatic illness? What does that mean?
Migraine headaches and chronic pains. How many pcs are like that?
Only a small percentage.

  It is TRUE that pcs who need medical treatment should get it and
then be audited on Dianetics.

  It is TRUE Dianetics handles aches and pains, accidents and
illness and is a vital auditing tool.

  BUT IT IS ALSO TRUE THAT A LARGE PERCENTAGE OF PCs CAN GO
STRAIGHT TO SCIENTOLOGY GRADES.

  Every test case of the original Dianetic programme was already a
Grade IV or even VA release. This means Dianetics was done after
Scientology grades.

  It is TRUE that a Class VI auditor also has to be an HDC. This
has been policy for the last five or six years.

  An HDC is not really a prerequisite for a Class Zero. It looks
that way on the chart. It is true he'll be a better zero (or 1, 11,
111, IV) if he's first an HDC. BUT IT ISN'T REQUIRED.

  Many pcs find Dianetic auditing too steep a gradient and start
better on level zero. When they are Grade IV they run fine on
Dianetics and Dianetic Triples.

  One way to do it is Scientology single grades, Dianetic triples,
Scientology triples.

  An HAS or the lower level Scn basic courses start people off
great.

  Now because you are being told you shouldn't drop any Scientology
actions DON'T now drop all your Dianetic actions.

  297

  Follow LRH ED 16 INT 13 June 1969. Put your Dianetic actions in
as a Dianetic Programme under an appointed person and get on with
the Scientology actions that never should have been dropped.

  Sign up new people on this basis.

  I . "If you have psychosomatic illnesses sign up for Dianetics.
We'll get you examined by an MD and handle it."

  2. "If you are not physically ill, sign up for Scientology."

  &middot; sick pc is channeled by the registrar and Tech Sec into
Dianetics.

  &middot; fairly healthy pc is channeled by the registrar and Tech
Sec direct into Scientology grades.

  On a pc who is signing up for Power, if earlier Son results were
poor, put the pc onto Dianetics as this is a hidden psychosomatic
illness.

  &middot; healthy pc can go from Son grades to Dianetics to Power.

  &middot; student can start on level zero. Or if the centre
doesn't teach levels then he can go onto the Dianetics course.

  If the Dianetics course is widely taught by groups and Franchises
most students will already have had it when they get to an Academy
or a Saint Hill.

  Really good auditors are good on Dianetics. If they can audit
Dianetics they will be good Son auditors. So it is a good point.
The techniques of Dianetics are very simple and show up the auditor
as good or poor. But this doesn't stop you from entering an
applicant in an org straight onto Academy Son courses.

  Without creating any confusions or difficulties each and every
Org, Centre, Franchise and group must get this implemented fast.

  YOU CAN SIGN PEOPLE UP DIRECTLY FOR SCIENTOLOGY AUDITING OR
TRAINING-Allowed Services Policy still applies.

  Dianetics is designed to care for psychosomatically ill people or
to get charge off a ease before or during upper level actions.

  The intention of the whole Dianetic programme was to reach out,
putting a type of training in the field and to handle cases of
psychosomatic illness.

  You can put a pc on Dianetic singles or triples anytime during
his auditing career. It will have to be sometime but his physical
condition says when. There is no other policy on this.

  An auditor can be trained on Standard Dianetics anytime in his
career. The only policy on this is that an auditor must be an HDG
before Class VI and every VIII must be also an HDG. Dianetics
training to HDC can be done in the field if the Supervisor is an
Son org HDG. Only official orgs can train to HDG. Just like it said
on the Dn Graduation tape.

  Don't now drop Dianetics. Get Scientology back IN.

  Brian Livingston

  LRH:BL:rs.hw.rd CS-1

  Copyright

  (c) 1969 From notes by

  by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

  298

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I DECEMBER 1969

  (Originally issued as LRH ED 74 INT

  of 25 October 1966)

Remimeo

  Applies to

  all Clears

  TRAINING OF CLEARS

  1. Persons who go Clear on the PC route (Solo Audit Course Saint
Hill who did not do the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course) may
skip lower level Academy requirements if they enroll on the Saint
Hill Special Briefing Course after going Clear.

  2. The "PC route" consists of a person being audited up through
the grades including Power Processing and VA and then enrolling on
the Solo Audit Course at a Saint Hill, making Grade VI and then
enrolling on the Clearing Course. They have little or no Academy
training in most cases.

  3. After going Clear, some of them realize they need training as
an auditor to help others and better guide their own lives and
handle others. Those who do wish to take such training on the Saint
Hill Special Briefing Course may enroll at once on the Saint Hill
Course.

  4. There is no alteration of charges for them as the SHSBC must
be paid for. But the requirement of lower level Academy training
before Saint Hill Course enrollment is relaxed for them.

  5. It should be noted that it is more costly to take this PC
route as the Solo Audit Course is given to those who successfully
complete the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course. But Academy
training up through the lower grades is required for SHSBC initial
enrollment.

  6. Most Clears who are not fully trained suddenly recognize the
need of it. This ruling is therefore made to permit them to obtain
that training quickly.

  7. The route through Academies and the SHSBC and then Solo Audit
and Clearing Courses is more economical.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:ei.rd Copyright

  (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  299

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  Saint HUI Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I JANUARY 1970 Remimeo Div I Div 2

  PRICING-RESCUE INTENSIVES

  (Cancels HCO PL 10 December 1969 STUDENT

  RESCUE INTENSIVE PRICING)

  Every 5 hour Rescue Intensive (whether a Dianetic or Scientology
intensive) is priced at $125.00 US or L22. 10.0. sterling.

  Five-hour Student Rescue Intensives fall under this category of
service and anyone having purchased a Student Rescue Intensive at
the previous price of S225 may have the balance in excess of the
new price credited to his account for future services.

  W/O Vicki Polimeni

  LRH:VP.nt.ei.cden CS-3

  Copyright (c) 1970 for

  by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  Founder

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JANUARY 1970 Remimeo Div 2 Div 3

  PRICING-SINGLES AND TRIPLES

  The price for Dianetics or Scientology Singles (flow 1) purchased
separately from flows 2 and 3 is one-half the amount charged for
Triples of the same action.

  This means that the price of Triples is the same whether bought
all at once or with flow I bought separately and flows 2 and 3
later on.

  W/o Vicki Polimeni

  LRH:VP.nt.ei.cden CS-3

  Copyright (c) 1970 for

  by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

  300

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JULY 1970

Remimeo

  Starrate Exec Dir

  HCO ES, OES, pcs

  All Public Divisions

  All Dissem

  Body Reg Hat

  Letter Reg Hat

  Public Reg Hat

  Dir Public Comm Hat

  Dir of Clearing Hat

  Addresso Hat

  Staff Status 11

  IMPORTANT

  REGISTRATION BREAKTHROUGH

  (Amends HCO Policy Letters 6 April '65 "Letter Reg Hats", 18 June
'65 "Areas of Operation", 7 Dec '66 "Mags Permitted", 17 May '69
"Mailing Lists Central Files Addresso")

  The findings of a recent world wide survey of Body Registrar
activities revealed that:

  THE DISSEM REGISTRAR FUNCTION HAS NOT BEEN IN IN ORGS. FURTHER IT
IS FOUND THAT AN ORG HAS TWO REGISTRAR FUNCTIONS, ONE IN DISSEM ONE
IN THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS, DIVISION 8.

  Dissem Body Registrars have been engaged in handling public
bodies for enrollment on public services and have not been working
solely from C/F to enrol Scientologists on further major services.
Through this action Dissem Registrars have dropped their main
functions and have assumed the functions of a Public Registrar.

  This has resulted in the neglect of C/F, which is an org's major
income source. Therefore up to 80% of orgs' earnable income has
been wasted,

  Fundamental Differences Between Dissem Divisions and the Public
Divisions

  Dissem handles Scientologists and Dianeticists-whose names are
already in C/F. The Public Divs handle Public Bodies who are new
potential customers for the major services of Scientology and
Dianetics. These new potential customers are introduced to
Scientology and the subject of Dianetics and are handled in the
Public Divisions up until the point they become a new name to C/F.

  The Major Services of Scientology

  The major services are: hours of HGC auditing, HSDC, HDG, 0-IV
Academy Training and Qual interneships (+ Power and Class V at
SHs). These are delivered in Division 4 and Division 5.

  The Public Division Services

  The Public Division Services designed for pulling in new people
are: booksales, intro lectures, testing and public events (events
include weekly Sunday services).

  The Public Division Services designed to give more introduction
are basically: HAS, HQS (co-audit), Extension Course and Group
Processing.

  301

  'Me gradient of services is drawn as follows: PUBLIC INTRODUCTORY
SERVICES BOOKSALES

  TESTING INTRODUCTORY LECTURES PUBLIC EVENTS ACADEMY

  HGC OR

  `&lt; HSDC H A S

  ACADEMY

  OR

  HSDC HGC HQS I

  ACADEMY

  OR

  H S D C

   As you can see in the drawing above the major route is: public
introductory services to HAS to Academy or HSDC. A person can sign
up for the Extension Course or Group Processing before or after the
HAS if the person so desires and it is possible for a person just
having received an introductory service to sign up for Academy or
HSDC or for auditing straight away.

   The main push is from HAS where people must get a result from
mutually doing TRs, to the Academy Level 0, Levels 0-IV or HSDC and
the Public Registrars should concentrate on pushing this at all
times. During the HAS Course itself, WHICH MUST BE BRIEF AND
EXCELLENT, Academy is frequently mentioned and promoted, HAS
students are told "You will learn to do these Training Drills
really well in your Academy Training". The HAS Course talks mainly
about getting Trained in the Academy.

  What is a New Name to C/F

   A NEW NAME TO C/F IS AN HAS GRADUATE OR SOMEONE WHO HAS BOUGHT A
MAJOR SERVICE. In the case of someone buying a Major Service for
the first time, per the definition, it can be counted as a new name
whether bought and paid for in part or full.

   Hereafter a person's name and records do not go into C/F until
he/she completes the HAS Course or has signed up for his/her first
major service. Until that time the

  302

  records and care of the person are the responsibility of the
Public Divs and the Public Registrar.

  When the person completes the HAS Course, or if he/she signs-up
for a Major Service prior to that time the person then becomes a
new name to C/F, the person's records go to C/F and the care of the
person is thereafter the responsibility of the Dept of
Registration, Dissem Division.

  There are five things which a person can do after graduating from
the HAS Course, in this ORDER OF PRIORITY AND PREFERENCE:

  I . Academy training.

  2. HSDC.

  3. Hours of processing.

  4. HQS Course.

  5. Extension Course.

  The Public Registrar must quickly ascertain the reality and
interest of the person, enrol or sign-up for one of the 1-5 and
route him or her on lines for the service, sending the name to C/F
via Addresso.

  The Public Registrar must know for a fact that the Academy is THE
best and most optimum route catering for a wide range of interests
and application.

  Whatever the HAS graduate takes as his or her next step or even
if he or she doesn't immediately take a next step, the name is
routed at once via Addresso to C/F as a new name and is thereafter
handled by the Body Registrars and Letter Registrars in Dissem.

  The Role of the Body Registrar

  The Body Registrar contacts, handles and signs-up persons from
C/F for enrolment on the major services of the Organization. She
sells books to people at every opportunity. The Body Registrar may
not sign-up people from C/F for Public Div services. New people
whose names are not yet in C/F are handled by the Public Registrar
in Div 8.

  The Body Reg displays a large gradation chart on a wall in her
office and uses this chart to get more enrolments by referring the
person to it in interviews. The Body Reg schedules interviews with
persons from C/F in advance in her interview book and works and
reworks the old customers in Central Files to obtain maximum
sign-ups and enrolment, always with the C/F folder in hand. She
uses every opportunity to get enrolments by C/F persons who are
inside or outside the org. She records brief notes of all personal
or telephone interviews and places these Registrar interview slips
in the C/F folder. A large percentage of her sign-ups are actually
re-sign-ups and re-enrolments by students and preclears, when
handling them their Cert and completing the "End of Service"
interview.

  The prime purpose of the Body Registrar is to get Scientologists
and Dianeticists from C/F enrolled and re-enrolled on all major
services of the Org. Thus, the statistic of the Body Registrar is
now: Gross Income of the Org. This statistic is the result of her
endeavours and successes in enrolling persons from C/F onto major
org services. The Registrar will be awarded a bonus, to be issued
separately, which rewards her, on a sliding scale, for helping to
raise the Gross Income.

  The Role of the Letter Registrar

  Letter Registrars work only with people and folders from C/F.
They are charged with the responsibility of getting each person in
C/F in and trained and processed to the highest level attainable in
their org. They use C/F folders to find out what people want and
then write and help them to get it. They guide individuals into the
correct channels to obtain more Scientology and thus increase the
size of Organizations.

  Broad promo out of Div 11 in the form of flyers, magazines and
questionnaires assist Letter Registrars by arousing and increasing
the want of individuals. They write into the org expressing this
want. No expressed or inferred want or question by a person is

  ever

  ignored by a Letter Reg. To ignore such would blunt the reach of
the individual and cause an ARC Break.

  So the Letter Reg establishes the want and then intensifies this
want to the point of directing the person in to the Registrar to
enrol for that major service.

  303

  Letter Registrars use Gradation Charts with their letters to
direct people to their next step. They send out Reg packs to all
who state a firm intention to do a major service, advance schedule
persons by date in the Advance Reservations Book and handle FSM
Selection Slips in for major services by sending out 3 Selectee
mailings. In larger orgs, there is an Advance Reservations Booking
I/C to handle the admin cycles regarding the upkeep of the Advance
Reservations Book, Selection Slip mailings and Reg Packs so that
the Letter Reg can use her time fully in writing letters to persons
in C/F and getting them in to see the Registrar.

  Their prime purpose is to channel and rechannel each person to
take his next step, resulting in the person's arrival at the Org to
see the Registrar and eager to enrol on his next major service. The
statistic of Letter Registrars therefore becomes: NUMBER OF PERSONS
DIRECTED IN WHO ARE INTERVIEWED BY THE REGISTRAR.

  Ile Role of a Public Registrar

  The Public Registrar handles public bodies on Public lines
(testing, intro lectures, public events, public courses) and enrols
them for Public Services or for their

  first

  major service. She works with new potential customers whereas
Dissem works with old customers.

  She above all pushes the route to HAS and then to Academy 0-IV
Training or the HSDC.

  She may and should sign-up or enrol people on her lines for their
first major service. In some cases, and this happens often, people
may sign up for a major service straight away without doing HAS.
She should then encourage them and sign them up without delay.

  A public service whether designed to pull in people or designed
to give more introduction is of a DEMONSTRATIVE and INTRODUCTORY
nature. Some people need more introduction than others and she
should allow for this keeping in mind that the sooner she gets
people enrolled on a major service the better. The HAS-Academy
route is the most important thing to push. The Public Reg should
sell a book, directing them to the bookstore, to every public body
that she interviews. She has a book display in her office to assist
this. She displays on the wall in her office, the Gradation Chart
and uses this as needed in interviews.

  Public Registrars handle large volumes of people in a short space
of time and therefore must be quick and efficient in handling the
public. She must have an exact handling routine which 8c's the
person on their next step.

  The Public Registrar has a set of Prospect card Files (covered
below) which are cards filled in at introductory public services,
collected and hand routed to her by a Div 7 body router or the
receptionist. She uses these in interviews and for reference in
alphabetical order. Invoices and any correspondence are stapled to
the back of the card. When the card is a new name to C/F she routes
this (card and all attached papers) via Addresso to C/F marked
prominently that it is a new name to C/F.

  The Public Registrar keeps in contact with people in Prospect
Files by telephone, answering any letters and queries from
Prospects and by having sent by her Prospect Promotion Section
promotional mailings through using a three duplisticker method as
follows:

  A. Three HAS flyers plus book flyers to book buyers and small
service buyers at two week intervals.

  B. Three standard info packs advertising a book at two week
intervals to people who have had Introductory public services but
who have not bought anything.

  C. Regular Congress promotion to book buyers and small service
buyers. This uses addresso plates, not the three duplistickers.
This method is covered more fully in the Prospect Promotion Section
of this Policy Letter.

  Through regular contact, she ensures prospects continue from
service to service until they are New Names to C/F. Should the job
become a big one, a Public Reg Assistant may be appointed under the
Public Reg.

  If after three duplisticker mailings a person STILL has not
bought anything or if a person has failed to complete a Public
Service or has not continued to the next service, further follow up
is done by sending the name to the Dir of Clearing who gives this
to an FSM in the area (not a Franchise). The FSM goes personally to
the person, sorts out

  304

  any situation or misunderstanding and selects the person for
their next step. The FSM must see personally that the person goes
into the org and enrols for the selected service.

  The Public Registrar receives all FSM Selection Slips for Public
Services and handles with 3 selectee advice mailing packs designed
for public service selectees. The Public Registrar checks weekly
all FSM Commission Payment routing forms, kept by the Dir of
Clearing against prospect card files to ensure no new names to C/F
exist in prospect files which have not been routed to C/F.

  The weekly statistic for the Public Registrar is: NUMBER OF NEW
NAMES TO C/F.

  Further the Public Registrar receives as an award, a 1%
commission on every person she signs up for their first major
service from the Public lines. This commission is only due when the
person signed up for the first major service, has paid in full and
has started the service.

  What is Central Files

  Central Files or C/F consists of all the names and addresses of
people who have completed HAS and/or above. Into these files go all
known data on each individual, their attainments, intentions,
aspirations, all correspondence, questionnaires, copies of certs
and invoices plus registrar personal or telephone interview slips.
These folders are worked and reworked channeling these individuals
to higher and higher services in the organization. This action
alone constitutes 50% of the org's income. The remaining 50% is
obtained through resign-ups at the end of current services. The
purpose of C/F is to provide and hold together all known data, as
the "mind of the org" about all area Scientologists, so that Letter
Registrars, Body Registrars and all org Letter emanation points may
know, communicate and handle Scientologists, who are eligible for
major services and get these people in and enrolled for more and
more major services until each person has completed all available
major services, at the org, and can be routed to a higher org.

  Prospect Card Files

  In prospect card files are book buyers, intro lecture, public
event, Sunday service attendees, people who have had tests and
small service buyers who have not graduated from the HAS Course or
bought a major service.

  Prospect card files consist of cards which are filled in by every
new person who comes into the org. The Receptionist is responsible
for seeing that these are filled in. She has these immediately hand
routed to the Public Registrar. This occurs when people come in for
testing, to buy a book, to attend an intro lecture or for any
reason whatsoever. When there are large crowds of people, i.e. a
public event, these cards are filled in at the Public event
reception desk organized by Division 7. In the case of Sunday
services the Chaplain hands them out, collects them and has them
hand routed to the Public Registrar or delegates this
responsibility to an assistant.

  Any invoices or correspondence is stapled to the back of the
Prospect Card which is filed in alphabetical order for easy
reference.

  The Public Registrar has this card on her desk while interviewing
the person and fills in the step taken at the interview on the back
of the card.

  When the person graduates from the HAS Course or wants a major
service, the Public Registrar signs him or her up, stamps the card
"New Name to C/F" and routes it to C/F via Addresso. The Public
Registrar then ends cycle with the person as their terminal in the
org informing him or her that their terminal is now the Dissem
Registrar stating who this person is. )

  The Prospect Card format and design is attached to the back of
this Policy Letter.

  This procedure applies after the date of this Policy Letter.

  Integration of a New Name into C/F

  A new name to C/F is simply assigned a folder, the name and
address is written on and all cards and papers sent from the Public
Reg are inserted in the file.

  These new files must be immediately routed to the Letter Reg, who
checks through them and writes to anyone who has not signed up or
enrolled for any further org service thus establishing a comm line
to herself as the Letter terminal in the org. Smooth handling at
this point could result in getting the person in to see the Body
Registrar and enrolment for a major service. These new names join
the ranks of "old

  305

  customers"-Scientologists and Dianeticists who must be well
handled and moved up the line to complete all major training and
processing actions in the org.

  If the possible situation arises that a person on the HQS Course
fails to complete the HQS Supervisor must inform the Letter Reg at
once of this occurrence so that the Letter Reg can contact and
handle the person to get him back on lines.

  The Body Reg and Letter Reg are the receipt point in for
individual communication into the Org. They play a vital and
important role in org expansion and solvency through their real and
expert guidance of Scientologists to their highest training level
and maximum state of case advance.

  Address

  Now that the Public Registrar has Prospect Card Files, Addresso
has TWO MAIN SECTIONS:

  1. C/F Plate Section.

  2. Prospect Plate Section.

  C/F Plate Section -this consists of all Scientologists and
Dianeticists who are HAS graduates and/or above. It exactly matches
C/F.

  Prospect Plate Section-this consists of book buyers and people
who have bought small services in the Pub Divs prior to graduating
from HAS. This would include PUBLIC bodies who have bought tickets
for public events. The invoices of monies paid

  for such services go to Addresso I/C, who makes a Prospect Plate
and routes the invoice to the Public Reg to staple to the back of
the prospect card, which is filed in the Prospect Card Files.

  The prospects who are on public lines and who have not bought
anything naturally do not have a plate in Addresso.

  This procedure applies after the date of this Policy Letter.
Routing

  For Public Courses up to HAS no special routing forms are needed.
Public bodies are routed by the receptionist to the Public
Introductory Service (testing, public event, to bookstore for books
or to an Intro lecture). From the public service, they go to the
Public Reg, for sign-up or enrollment. Upon graduation from the HAS
Course, the following is done:

  1. The Supervisor sends Qual a list of names to make certificates
ahead of time.

  2. The Dir Success, on graduation night, has forms given to all
students to fill in

  their success story. The Dir Success collects these afterwards.

  3. All graduates are routed off the course to the Public Reg, who
gives them their

  Cert and signs them up for one of the 1-5 (laid out earlier in
this policy, under

  what is a new name to C/F section). Then the Public Reg starts
them on their

  routing form for their next step.

  There is a routing form for every service above HAS which must
include, after the service, the Dir Success, Dir Clearing and the
BODY REGISTRAR in Dissem, as they are already in CIF. This is as
per standard routing procedure,

  When there is a big flow of bodies, lines must be reinforced to
handle the flow, i.e. extra Public Registrars and Cashiers. Where
volume is concerned, people must be handled rapidly and
efficiently.

  Div 2 Promotion to C/F Out-of-the-Org Div 2 Promo:

  Dept 4 and 5 provide the promotion to C/F as follows:

  I . Area and Continental magazines-Majors to the entire C/F.
Minors to the entire

  C/F plus the entire Prospect Plate Sections in Addresso.

  Magazines from Div 2 do NOT advertise any public courses,
excepting congresses

  or major public events.

  2. Flyers for org major services.

  3. Flyers for books, tapes and meters.

  4. Questionnaires of different kinds.

  306

  5. Congress mailings.

  6. "The Auditor" magazine from the nearest Saint Hill Org.

  In-the-Org Div 2 Promo:

  I . Photos of LRH (Reception, Academy and Reg Office).

  2. Posters for org services.

  3. Registrar handouts for major services and books.

  4. Gradation Charts in the Reg Office, Academy and Reception.

  5. Posters in the Academy advertising for staff.

  6. Bookstore display and book flyers.

  Promotion to Prospect Card Files

  I . The Public Registrar in times when she is not interviewing,
or in the case of a larger org the Prospect Promotion Section under
her, types three duplistickers of all new names and addresses into
Prospect Files who have NOT BOUGHT ANYTHING. If the job is big she
may delegate the responsibility to a typist under her. The three
duplistickers are used by the Prospect Promotion Section under the
Public Registrar, to mail at two week intervals 3 info packs:

  To: Public people who have not bought anything 3 standard info
packs but who have attended an intro lecture, - advertising a book
with Public event, had a test or come into the Org a book order
form.

  for any reason.

  2. The Public Reg should see that her Prospect Promotion Section
receives from Addresso three sticker sets of all new book buyers
and small service buyers (prior to HAS) for that week and sends 3
HAS flyers plus another book flyer and order form at two week
intervals.

  3. Further, the Prospect Promotion Section ensures that the Dir
of Public Comm Dept 18 sends to all prospect plates in Addresso all
Congress and Public Event mailings.

  All prospect plates in Addresso also receive the minor issues of
the Continental

  mag and Area Mag from Dissem.

  Internal Promotion to Prospects

  The Success Section has success stories posted on public notice
boards and in

  books in reception. Division 6 has posters up advertising Public
Events and Sunday Services. Div 6 also ensures nothing is posted in
the view of the prospects or anything said in the area that may
create misunderstoods. Further Div 6 must see that the appearance
of Public and entrance areas are clean and professional.

  The Body Registrar and the Public Registrar upon commencing post
or when

  putting in this Policy Letter must do a clay demo together
showing all lines, terminals, particles and functions. Then it must
be set up in the org and drilled with bodies after org hours until
smoothly running and operating.

  The outline in this Policy Letter is your org's route to success.

  CS-2, CS-6/8, CS-7

  for

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:JZ:DH:TD:sb.rd Founder

  Copyright

  (c) 1970

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  [Note: Paragraphs clarifying "CF New Name" definition and
commissions to Public Registrar have been

  added per HCO Policy Letter of I December 1970, Issue
II,Clarification-Registration Breakthrough. ]

  [Important. See also HCO P/Ls 3 July 1971, Registration
Change-New Names to C/F Change, Volume 6, page 227, and 10 February
1972, Issue 111, Higher Org-New Name to CIF Definitions, inthe197
Year Book.]

  307

  PROSPECT CARD: LAST NAME FIRST INITIAL DATE TELEPHONE NO. STREET
CITY STATE OCCUPATION HOW WERE YOU REFERRED TO SCIENTOLOGY? (please
indicate below) CORDIALLY INVITED BOOK (which one?) 0 NEWSPAPER AD
- PAPER? 0 FRIEND - NAME El POSTER -WHERE? Thank you for completing
this form. 13 OTHER Please give it to the Receptionist. REVERSE
SIDE FOR OFFICE USE ONLY: APA Date Eval. BOOK DATE INT DATE SU DATE
PIF DATES-SERV DATE COMPS OTHER ACTIONS 1. INT 2. HAS 3. ACAD 4.
HSDC 5. HOC 6. OTHER NOTES: 308 NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL
COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  20 Buckingham Street, Strand, London W.C.2

  HCO BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1956

  ORGANIZATIONAL BULLETIN

  REGISTRAR The Registrar has responsibility for procurement,
interview, signing up, legal and finance. The Registrar is directly
responsible for all students and pc procurement and keeping place
full. The Registrar is not responsible for auditing rooms,
auditors, assignment of pcs to auditors or states of cases. These
are the function of the Director of Processing. LRH:ebh.rd L. RON
HUBBARD

  FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY

  1812 19th Street, NW, Washington, DC

  FC POLICY LETTER OF I APRIL 1957

  ALWAYS REGISTER AND INVOICE All students and pcs for whatever
brief training or processing, must be registered by Registrar
whether charge is made or not. All books issued anyone must be
invoiced whether charged for or not. L. RON HUBBARD

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1

  HASI POLICY LETTER OF 21 APRIL 1957

  INCOME The horrible truth about HASI income is that it comes from
I . The Outflow of the Registrar and CF auditors; 2. The expert
handling of people by the Registrar and from her Comm lines; 3.
Sale of books, memberships and tapes; 4. Good ARC with the world;
5. Good Service in training and processing. Thought you'd like to
know - RON

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 MAY 1957

  INVOICING ITEMS No services, goods, memberships, books, tapes or
any other item on which there would ordinarily be a financial
transaction may be given or released without being invoiced even if
the invoice states "no charge".

  I This means that a free week of processing given to an outside
preclear must be invoiced by the Registrar. This means that any
item for which there would ordinarily be a Charge must be invoiced
before Shipping may ship or the service unit such as Academy or HGC
may deliver or perform. There are no exceptions to this. It applies
to all processing of staff and issuance of books to students. L.
RON HUBBARD 309

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HASI POLICY LETTER OF 7 MAY 1957

  ASSIGNMENT OF AUDITORS, ROOMS,

  STUDENTS

   Registrar has no authority to and must not assign auditors to
preclears, Auditing rooms to preclears or students to class.

   Director of Processing has no right to direct Registrar in
signing up preclears.

   Director of Training has no right to direct Registrar in signing
up students.

   There is no co-operation between Registrar and Directors of
Processing and Training.

   Registrar signs up anyone she pleases for any length of time
with any promise or compromise. Only when signing up is complete do
Directors of Training and Processing have any ownership.

   Directors of Training and Processing cannot direct Registrar in
cutting back numbers of people to be processed or trained.

   Registrar signs up. Director of Processing and Director of
Training cope with it.

   If a person can "only be processed on Thursdays for the next two
years", Registrar signs up. Director of Processing can accept it or
argue the preclear into a three-week sprint.

   Exception: IF the Director of Processing will not accept a
preclear for one week he feels is a 3-weeker, he can reject and
send person back.

   Exception: IF the Director of Training will not accept a student
for a higher course than he believes student can take, he can
reject for a lower course or processing.

   Registrar just isn't in the HGC or the Academy.

   Costs more processing when this is done wrong.

   Penalty: Flagrant violation of this rule can bring about
transfer from post.

   Registrar signs people up.

   Director of Processing and Director of Training cope.

   To do this otherwise is high treason to staff and public.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:rd
Copyright (c) 1957
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                              310

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HASI POLICY LETTER OF 8 FEBRUARY 1958

  (Issued at Washington)

   Since people will begin to expect being cleared, all processing
must be sold on basis of estimate to clear.

   Therefore the pkgs are now as follows: 1 week - 50 gns. Pro. 25
gns. 3 weeks - 125 gns. Pro. 75 gns. 5 weeks -

   Pro. 7 weeks - Pro. these prices to be issued at a later date).

   The conditions monitoring acceptance or establishment of number
of wks are as follows:

   One wk.-Would show up top of graph, high on meter, no field,
generally nul on needle, no psychosomatic or visual difficulty. IQ
above 125.

   3 wks.-Middle range of graph, IQ above 100. No psychosomatics.
No field.

   5 wks.-Middle lower range of graph, IQ above 80. Psychosomatics
or visual difficulty. Some field.

   7 wks.-Lower area of graph. Psychosomatic or visual
difficulties. Black field. Mental problems.

   Unacceptable. Psychotic persons who would require
institutionalization to be processed.

   A person is disqualified from processing by severe medical
illness needing a doctor's care.

   There is no guarantee of clearing or even case gain.

   All state of case is established by Dir of Processing, never by
Registrar. The above tests are all made by Dir of Pr after pc has
been signed up by Registrar for something and has been given
written tests. Then person goes to Dir Pro and is looked over, and
accepted or rejected. If rejected on grounds not enough processing
is bought person is returned to Registrar to buy it.

   We do not care what initial hours the Registrar sells.

   We do not care when the person receives the processing or even
when he pays for additional weeks required by Dir Pro. We do care
that a reality on number of wk$ bought exists. Otherwise we will be
giving away too many free wks. The pc must know what to expect.

   Change in Release. All papers signed must reflect that
acceptance of the pc for processing is also contingent on an
interview with Dir Pr and that signing up with the Registrar does
not commit org until also accepted and signed up with the Technical
Division. rs.18.2.58/rd LRH

   NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE
                  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO
BULLETIN OF 4 MARCH 1958 Addition to HASI Policy Letter of Feb 8,
1958 The following are prices of auditing "packages" to be sold on
the basis of estimate to clear. I week - 50 gns. Pro. 25 gns. 3
weeks - 125 gns. Pro. 75 gns. 5 weeks - L 200 Pro. 125 gns. 6 weeks
- L 240 Pro. 150 gns. 7 weeks -

  L 275 Pro. 175 gns. 8 weeks - L 300 Pro. 200 gns. HCO 311 NOT HCO
POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH BLUE ON YELLOW HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE For Hats of: 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
Association Secretary Organization Secretary HCO BULLETIN OF 17
MARCH 1958 Reception (Issued at Washington) Registrar Director of
Training Director of Processing

  BODY ROUTING IN CENTRAL ORGANIZATION

   It is a truism that if the people who walk up the front steps
were all expertly handled by Reception, the Registrar and the Dir
of Training or Processing as the case may be, there would be no
dearth of students and preclears.

   Example: In a certain office we were getting 2 preclears a week.
The Registrar went elsewhere and a better Registrar was put on
post. Instantly, without time for one letter to be answered by the
new Registrar, we got eleven preclears a week. Investigation of
this determined that the old Registrar was not interviewing
promptly just the people who casually walked in. These people were
not being handled and routed. Hence, low income.

  ROUTING

   Reception must regard everyone who walks in, trade people and
business callers excepted, as a potential pc or student. Reception
does not handle unless Reception is also Registrar. Reception calls
Registrar and routes the body at once with a show of efficiency. If
Registrar not on post, Reception routes to another officer, the Org
or Assn Sec, the Dir of Tr or Pr. In other words Reception keeps
none waiting but locates a terminal for the caller at once that Can
sign the caller up. Then Reception makes sure the caller physically
gets to the org terminal.

   This is Reception's first order of business. Callers in person
take precedence over mail, phone, or other interests.

   The Registrar or a deputy in the Org or Assn Sec or Dir of Tr or
Pr signs this person up for something - a book, a membership, a one
week intensive or a course. The person must be sold something large
or small.

   In signing up an obvious 7 wk case for 1 week of auditing-or 3
hrs, the person goes to Testing on Testing's regular schedule. Then
it is up to the Dir of Pro to sell the proper number of weeks. Then
the pc comes back to Registrar.

   On potential students anyone can be signed up for a course. But
the Comm Course instructor can demand that processing be received
before Comm Course.

   Neat, fast, no wait, efficient reception followed by confident
registraring can quintuple any org's income.

   Reception does not permit callers to be talked to by hangers on
or non-authorized persons. Reception chops this sort of thing
without making it obvious to the caller. Why? Because students or
off post staff or outside auditors can say and do things that drive
away callers.

   Why work with Books, Abilities, personal letters and good
training and processing to get people to come in if nobody then
cares for them. Or are we trying to waste people?

   So let's snap them onto our lines fast, sign them up for
something and get them wheeling along our very efficient channels
in Pr and Tr when they walk up that front step.

   Get it fixed into the org and channels that when they walk in
they've had it. Go on that certainty and you've done half the job
already.

   Them as hem and haw are twice as easy to sign, to route. So do
it. They can't help but win if we sell and sign. Neither can we.
Best, LRH:rs.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 312 NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  (Issued at Washington)

  HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1958 To: All Staff for info ALL
Instructor Hats B. Board Field Offices To: All Training Activities

  VITAL TRAINING DATA FOR TRAINING HATS AND REGISTRAR Students in
the Academy are auditors. They are not preclears. Emphasis is on
auditors, not pcs The goal of the Academy is to produce auditors of
such quality that we would be willing to hire them in the HGC. We
don't graduate those we wouldn't. Training staff can refuse a
student at any time on grounds of inadequate financial
arrangements. In which event the student applicant is returned to
Registrar. The Academy is not a clinic and concerns about cases
belong to the HGC and are so referred. LRH LRH:bt.rs.rd 313 NOT HCO
POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH BLUE ON GOLD

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTIVE OF 6 MAY 1958

  MODIFIED PROCEDURE FOR SIGNING UP

  PROSPECTIVE STUDENTS & PCS

   I Student / pc applicant interviewed by Registrar first.

   2. Student / pc applicant interviewed by Dir
Training/Processing.

   3. Director T/P indicate on acceptance form exact number of
hours processing/ training course for which they accept applicant.
If unacceptable (as per HASI Pol Ltr 8 February 1958) this must be
specified.

   4. Applicant returns to Registrar who then signs him up for
indicated number of hours processing/indicated course; takes cash,
etc. If applicant hasn't "time" he can sign up anyway even if he
doesn't pay.

   5. Applicant reports to auditor/classroom as per published
schedules.

   Our criteria is riot the amount of money or "time" the applicant
has: our criteria is: "Will this person become Clear in ....
weeks?" or "Will this person become a good auditor?" The amount of
cash the applicant has on hand is secondary in importance to these
vital criteria. If he is cleared or/and becomes a good auditor the
financial problem will be solved by him without great difficulty in
due course. Assoc Sec per LRH instructions

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HASI POLICY LETTER OF 7 NOVEMBER 1958 1 each staff member
Registrar hat Business hats-Procurement hats Field offices
Washington D.C.

  REGISTRAR

   The Registrar shall not do accounting.

   When a prospect is totally signed up, the Registrar calls
Invoice who comes down, takes contract and money, invoices it at
her desk, holds contract, returns white slip to prospect, yellow to
Registrar.

   The Registrar sends yellow to D of P or D of T by usual lines
(Comm Centre).

   Registrar's rate of pay and interest is taken from a card of
time-interest rates and may not be otherwise computed.

   Prospect can wait in Comm Centre for return of Invoice Clerk if
pressure on Registrar is heavy. L. RON HUBBARD 314 HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. HASI
L.A. FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER OF 17 NOVEMBER 195 8 (Original
issue, London HASI Pol Ltr. Reissued D.C.) I ea. staff member field
offices Attn: CERTIFICATION DIR OF PROCESSING PRICING D.C. FREE
CLEAR ESTIMATES

  FREE CLEAR TESTS Henceforth there will be no charge for clear
estimates or clear check outs when passed through Registrar and
when done at F.C. When outside persons come in to take one
independent of processing interview, test but state only actual
findings. If they sign up, tell them you have to tack on a time
margin and do so. L. RON HUBBARD Executive Director LRH:mp.rd
Copyright

  (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 315 NOT HCO POLICY
LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE Founding Church -
Washington, D.C. SECRETARIAL TO THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

  FC - WASHINGTON - No. 2 cc: Dr. of Pro. 15 December 1958

  (reissued for Registrar's info 31 March 1970)

  REGISTRAR HAT

   Supersedes all earlier Directives except recent price lists.

   Purpose: To get a great many people processed and trained, and
to make certain that the income of the organization is adequate to
get the job done.

   The first duty of the Registrar is to sign up persons for
something and receive the money in hand, passing it the next
instant to accounts which takes over all further invoice and paper
work and the applicant.

   When the person is all signed up if a pc he is only then sent to
Technical Department for acceptance. If Technical Dept in the
person of Director of Processing says not enough hours have been
signed up for, Registrar signs the person up all over again,
accounts and all. No protest of accounts over double invoicing will
be heeded. In this activity of sign-up the Registrar does not
cooperate in any way with the Director of Processing or the Dir of
Training and these do not cooperate with the Registrar. The
Registrar may not heed or help the Director of Processing limit the
number of pcs to fit his number of auditors, a common fault of this
line. The Director of Processing simply has to find enough
auditors. If Registrar sells one week and Director of Processing in
a purely technical capacity says "Minimum to do case any good is 3
weeks" Registrar must sign up pc all over again. Registrar may not
turn down students for training or pcs for processing under any
other pretext than the refusal of such persons to pay reasonable
sums.

   The Registrar is not supposed to engage in long sales talks or
sales letters. She is there to help people sign up and to assist
resolution of their problems in signing up. She is not there to
sell anything. People want more Scientology, not sales talks. She
would be brief and efficient and effective. The Registrar keeps
appointments once made and keeps none waiting. She signs up
everybody who comes to see her.

   The Registrar has pc sign (1) a waiver of free weeks and
damages, (2) a contract (not financially worked out by Registrar
but by Accts) and (3) a check sheet routing the pc.

   The Registrar gives the pc explanatory literature on training,
processing and finance calculated to steer him through these items
easily, not to sell the items. Where to stay, the hours of training
and auditing, where to eat, etc., etc., Interest Rates, etc., etc.

   The Registrar has a right to see every student and pc as the
last person seen in the Organization by the departing student or
pc. The Registrar's body handler is Reception. If Reception can't
cope because of heavy traffic, the Registrar needs an appointment
clerk and another Assistant Registrar than the one handling ARC
breaks. Smooth handling and routing of people is a must on this
Registrar Body line.

   The financial principles and acts are handled by accounting
after the Registrar closes the deal. The Registrar must be what
salesmen call a "good closer". She must see that Accounts don't
upset the deals but may not handle the arithmetic of accounting.

  316

  The Registrar keeps an Appointment Log and a PC-Student Contract
Log where everyone she signs up can later be found independent of
invoice. The second action of the Registrar is to answer with high
priority immediate letters from persons desiring training and
processing. The Registrar must be geared to answer such letters
within 24 hours after receipt. (If any denote ARC Break they go to
Asst Registrar for immediate 24 hour answering.)

  The Registrar's mail day begins when new mail comes in and ends
24 hours later. Any mail received after the 24 hours period has
begun passes into next mail day.

  The third action of the Registrar is to originate adequate and
real letters to "hot files". A "hot file" is defined as a CF file
that holds the correspondence and papers of a person who has (1)
expressed a desire to be processed, (2) who has expressed a desire
to be trained, (3) who has completed an HAS Course, (4) who has
completed an HCA and is eligible for a BScn Course, (5) who has
been processed successfully and who might want training. In no case
should the Registrar herself handle ARC breaks in letters or in the
HGC. These should be routed to the Assistant Registrar in either
body or letter form. When they happen in the Technical Division
during processing or training, ARC breaks are not in the province
of the Dept of Registration and when they come into her area while
still physically enrolled they belong to Technical and should be so
routed. If the student or pc leaves courses or intensives and is
for some time outside the organization, the matter comes under the
Assistant Registrar.

  The originated letter quota of the Registrar is 100 letters per
week. This does not include answered mail. If this quota is too
high to be met, get another second Assistant Registrar to meet it,
don't forget letter origin. A high quality letter origin brings in
answers. If one then turns only to answers the Association's
activity leaps and drops in cycles and no steady growth is
obtained.

  THE REGISTAR'S ACTIVITY IS THE DIRECT MONITOR OF FC INCOME.
Therefore, when a Registrar's volume rises above her easy ability
to handle, she needs a second Ass't Registrar and when a jam occurs
again, a third Ass't is needed, and so on. Failure to provide
Assistant Registrars when needed chokes off the growth of the
organization and is the only barrier to organization growth.
Therefore, the Registrar must be militant in asking for help to
keep the FC growing. Price lists of all items are made available
first to Registrar, then to others.

  New prices may be obtained on anything by petitioning the office
of the Executive Director.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Executive Director

  LRH:gn.mg.hk.cden

  317

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JULY 1960

  CenOCon

  TRAINING APPLICANTS

  It sometimes happens that an application for training is received
from a person who is known to have a criminal record, or who would
not be able to pass a security test, or who for some other reason
would not be eligible to receive a certificate.

  In such cases, the person may be accepted for training, but he
must be warned beforehand that no certificate will be issued if a
security check cannot be passed. This, of course, is true of all
Academy applicants.

  Peter Hemery HCO Secretary WW for L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:js.cden Copyright

  (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  318

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 AUGUST 1960

  1 copy to

  Assn Sec

  HCO Sec

  Registrar

  D of P REGISTRAR LOST LINE

  Once again the key line is lost in some Central Orgs between
Registrar and D of P. This costs us about L25,000 a year
internationally.

  The Body Registrar drops the ball. The D of P doesn't locate it
or insist on it. Then I get letters from whining pcs or D of Ps
start giving free weeks of processing.

  The line has been going out every three months for years. So
please keep it in.

  Proper sign-up includes this line. Check sheets exist for it. pcs
not signed up this way are improperly signed up.

  Line: Reg signs up pc fully. pc is taken to D of Pat once (not
next Monday). D of P checks out pc. Says, "I will not take you
unless you have signed up for enough weeks to clear you. I don't
care whether you pay for them or take them ever. But you have to
sign for them anyway." He checks out pc without graphs or IQs. Only
a meter. He says, "Seven weeks to clear."

  Pc

  goes back to Body Reg. Signs up for seven weeks. Pc doesn't have
to take them now or ever. pc doesn't have to pay for them. Then pc
is told to come in for testing and processing.

  This is the line. It has no exceptions.

  Failure to hold that procedure in results in horrible flukes. Reg
has no right to do a technical survey of pc. Only D of P has that
right. D of P can simply refuse to process pc as a psycho if pc is
psycho.

  NO D OF P MAY ACCEPT A PC FOR PROCESSING IF THIS LINE IS NOT
FOLLOWED.

  Why is it only I hold this line in in so many places? pc signed
up for 121/2 hours can complain of no results and demand free time.
And we've got to give it. A pc signed up for 7 weeks taking 12 1/2
hours of it has no choice but to buy more of his sign-up time.

  You'll clear them now in five weeks if you drill staff on Regimen
One and run help on motion and good 8c and follow the HCO
Bulletins.

  You're off to a new start in processing so keep that body-tech
line in! Help me do it.

  Now just to show you I help too, get the Ltr Registrar to go back
through all contracts signed the past few years for untaken weeks
and write the person who signed up for them "Ron wants you to come
in now and finish getting cleared on your processing contract. We
need a clear in your area."

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:js.rd Copyright

  (c)) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  319

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 NOVEMBER 1960 All Cen Orgs

  PC SCHEDULING

  The time a pc can be audited is decided finally by HGC only.

  Prom Reg has no force to commit HGC to any auditing schedule.
Prom Reg should be pleasant about it and "be sure that HGC can
arrange it but that it is up to the D of P".

  HGC must arrange matters as well as possible to suit the pc and
must get the auditing done but may persuade, without creating an
ARC break.

  Prom Reg is not a scheduling agency, as this is a technical
function.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:aec.js.bp.eden Copyright

  (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  320

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1961

  Cen Orgs

  Copy for each

  [Excerpt]

  Staff Hat

  Not for Franchise

  THE PATTERN OF A CENTRAL ORGANIZATION

  DEPT OF PROMOTION AND REGISTRATION

  D of PrR is headed by a Director of PrR only in the largest of
Central Organizations. Otherwise its two sections are headed by
Registrars-the Personal Registrar and the Letter Registrar.

  PERSONAL REGISTRATION SECTION

  The Personal Registration Section finds and signs up applicants
for the Academy and the HGC.

  The section includes one or more Personal Registrars, the
Receptionist and, for Admin purposes, various admin personnel in
the technical division. It is headed by the Chief Registrar,

  For public purposes, (and possibly in a future change) all
registrars may be called or sign themselves as "Consultants".

  The whole actual income of the Central Organization is dependent
upon the activity and excellence of the Chief Registrar, just as
its potential income depends upon PE and the Letter Registrar. If
PE and the Letter Registrar do not get them in, it is still up to
the Chief Registrar to do so. The Assn Sec receives the total
income report from the Chief Registrar each week as part of the
Personal Registration Section Report.

  The Personal Registrars interview applicants, sign them up on
contracts and releases and take their money for individual training
and processing, When prospects seem too few, Personal Registrars go
back over "hot files" and by phone or other means, seek to get
people in.

  A Personal Registrar cannot accept applicants finally for
training and processing. This is done by the D of T and HGC Admin.
The applicant when fully signed up is sent to technical. HGC Admin
may demand more hours be signed for after assessment (not test) by
E-Meter-if so the Personal Registrar signs them up for more, adding
the hours to the contracts and taking in more money.

  Personal Registrars are entitled to view the profiles of HGC and
Academy results.

  A Personal Registrar always interviews a student or HGC pc after
training or HGC processing and usually nets some 50% of an Org's
income for additional sign up in these "after interviews".

  The motto of a Personal Registrar is "Always sell something, even
if only a book".

  Unfortunately Personal Registrars have "income ceilings" for the
Org. Any given Registrar may "pin" the week's income at a certain
figure. This has to do with acceptance level on money. A Registrar
must be wholly free on money or this will happen.

  Registrars are Admin not technical personnel but usually the best
registrars are good auditors. However, they may not assign times of
processing for the HGC, nor may they criticize HGC results to a pc
If registrars are dissatisfied with results, the matter is brought
up in Adcomm or taken to the Assn Sec or even the HCO Sec if no
remedy is

  forthcoming.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:rd

  Copyright

  (c)

  1961

  'Excerpted from HCO P/L 14 February 1961, The Pattern

  Of

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  , Central Organization. A complete copy is in the Executive

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  Volume.]

  321

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 MAY 1961 To all Chief Regs

  REGISTRATION

  This is a run-down on the Post of Registrar written at my request
by Sue Van Nickerk, the best Registrar HASI Joburg has ever had.

  It is well worth studying.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  I . Always be interested in the other person's tale of woe, no
matter what, that's why they've come to us for help, even if they
are totally screwed up on help themselves. But know

  when

  to stop them in their tracks and you take over.

  2. Be willing at all times to control the new body that's come
into the shop. One in a

  million aren't totally overwhelmed by life and living generally.

  3. Never sympathise with them, that's why they're in the state
they're in. Be willing to tell them all the home truths but on
their reality level and this is very important, remember each one
is an individual, each one is different and each one has a
different reality level.

  4. After they've told their story briefly and they don't have a
profile

  take

  them into testing, let them do a test. When they have finished
get them back in your office, give them the different ways in which
Scientology can fix their problems (while their profile is being
drawn up). Get the profile and then point out point for point on
the profile, remembering to do so at their reality level again.

  5. At this point it's important never to be overbearing or pull
altitude over the guy sitting on the other side of the desk. Most
people react very sharply to you passing sentence on them, don't
undertake the role of judge or executioner, simply get through to
him. Allow him to disagree on certain points on the profile. At the
end you will find that those are invariably the points with the
most truth in them, they hurt the most, that's why they cannot be
confronted.

  Don't now rub salt into the open wound; handle it diplomatically,
advise, keeping good control from A to Z, and the guy will sign for
one or another service.

  6. The real hard nut that takes more than one cracking if you
reach the stage mentioned in 5 and he still doesn't
agree-immediately stop reaching and let the tables turn, let him
realise that unless he now reaches, "Help" is not for him.

  7. Let him go with a parting shot of "Well, Mr So-and-So, you
must now make a decision: I'm not prepared to do any more than I
have." This is a gimmick and it works every time.

  8. Then again you get the person who is not in a fit state to
make any decisions for

  himself, these people you make the decisions for them-not
blatantly, but you do.

  9. You must be willing at all times to control each body coming
into your office from the time you bring them from Reception, or if
they are brought into the office by someone, right from that point
until the final stages of signing the cheque, until they walk out
of the door. This was my reason for success-90% of it. People are
crying out to be controlled.

  10. Let the Reg be the real entrance point into Scientology and
the Org. I found that people looked on me as a stable terminal no
matter what sphere of HASI they were in, because I made it my
business to see them when they came in for any service whatsoever
or discussion no matter how unimportant, and always was the last
person to see them before they finally left after completing a
service.

  322

  11. In Johannesburg HASI our routing slipped sometimes,
especially PCs. They didn't see the Reg and it sort of leaves a gap
that should be filled.

  12. If students, PCs or Raw meat realise the Reg is there
generally to help, you can bring in the Unit money without batting
your brains out, because invariably you can sell them a further
service either now or for future.

  13.

  Never

  let people shudder when they pick up the phone and it's you again
or if you see them on the sidewalk or anywhere, they must always be
pleased to see you or talk to you, as a terminal where "Help" comes
from no matter in which sphere.

  14. Make it your business to talk freely with students and PCs,
etc. Remember you took their hard earned cash at the outset. Let
them feel that you are still interested even though there's no cash
forthcoming this time.

  15. Interview all students from all courses on the last day of
the course, find out finally what has happened to them during their
period of training, find any ARC breaks, etc. Patch these up before
they leave for home. Don't let them go home, they only use these as
motivators later and commit overts against the Org.

  16. Interview all PCs at the end of intensives and follow the
same routine as in 15.

  17. If people have money difficulties, and 99 out of 100 will
tell you they cannot afford anything now, you draw up a budget for
them, make them realise that for the first time they are spending
money on themselves. It takes some doing, but I always won.

  18. Don't at any cost sell the person the most expensive service
available, because it brings in more Unit money. Remember if it's
the wrong service for the guy it will back fire on you and you've
had it. Sell the service in each case that's most suited for that
particular person.

  19. Always keep a promise once made, never go back on your
word-it's a betrayal if you do.

  20. Keep appointments, don't keep people waiting. Scientology is
efficiency. Let them experience efficiency on our premises. It
leaves an impression which comes in handy later.

  21. Always keep your office tidy. Never let there be confusion.
Confusion can quickly lead to chaos.

  22. When things are running smoothly utilise such times to phone
people and chat. Let them know what's cooking or new. Get them to
come in and see you for a friendly chat. That's your job, remember.

  23. Also when there is a slack period write to potential "Hot
Files". The personal touch of the Reg works wonders.

  24. Phone people just off the last PE to come in and see you, but
strike while the iron is hot, don't leave it for weeks before doing
this, they lose interest quickly.

  25. Always look for new avenues, don't beat the old ones to
death. Use CF, that's what it's there for.

  26. Check with Testing if there are any hot potentials there.

  27. Speak to students and pursue any and all ideas put forward.

  28. Never phone a person up and ask for money; it causes ARC
breaks. Get them in. If you know the person that well, do it on the
phone. Let them feel that they are "Helping" the Org by sending a
few pounds on their account. Don't make them feel guilty about
owing us because generally you can write it off as a bad debt.

  29. Personal appearance is important. Always look fresh and nice
and cheerful.

  30. Answer your phone promptly and efficiently. Don't waste time
on the phone, rather get them into your office. The phone is a
means to an end, personal touch gives the best results.

  31. Keep an accurate record in the necessary books of past,
present and future students, PCs and potentials. They mean a better
Unit. Don't try and keep records in your head.

  323

  A person feels important too when you know exactly what they did
and when, when they come to see you or when you phone them.

  32. If a PC or Student does not turn up, you should contact them
immediately to find out what has happened.

  33. Answer all Memos and letters promptly, don't let your "In"
basket overflow. Set a specific time each day to do this-otherwise
you get behind very quickly.

  34. It is a good thing to work out a schedule for your day and to
stick to it. That way you get everything done and time to spare to
attend to things that crop up unexpectedly.

  35. Sec that all reports to Dir Prom Reg and Assoc Sec are done
promptly. These reports are important and must be done accurately.

  36. Keep a record of every single phone call and interview for
weekly reports and info for future use when they are filed in CF.

  37. This I know is off line, but I did it and it worked. You must
end the cycle for the person you've signed up. Have an Invoice book
in your office, make the invoice out when you have drawn up and had
the contracts and releases signed. Don't let Reception or A/cs
handle this, it just helps to add a little extra confusion to an
already confused person.

  38. Be absolutely sure and familiar with the drawing up of a
contract and release and P/note. Don't blunder, have a list with
the Int. and Service charges handy. Work smoothly and quickly,
don't make a federal case out of it.

  39. Before interviewing a PC or Student have their files in front
of you, having studied it before they arrive, don't spend time
going through it to familiarise yourself with the case while
keeping them sitting in on it.

  40. Don't let your hat of day Reg be carried over to night Reg.
Do all the business you have to in office hours. Don't phone people
after office hours, they've also had enough by then. They begin to
feel that you hound them.

  41. Be willing to help. Even if it hurts----it sometimes hurts to
be kind, you know best, so do your job. Be willing to Communicate
and Control and Help and never feel guilty about it and more
especially about accepting money for a service they will receive.
You know that they can only benefit by it.

  42. In South Africa you have to be bilingual to be an effective
Reg.

  43. I've only written this now but it should head the list.
Scientology must be real to you, it must have worked for you, it's
no good trying to sell something on which your reality is nil.
Don't be apologetic in any way, be proud of the fact that you are a
Scientologist. Be sure and positive of what you are selling. This
was my real reason for success.

  Sue Van Niekerk

  LRH:SVN.cden Copyright

  (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  324

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 MARCH 1963

  CenOCon

  Registrars

  SELLING TECHNIQUES FORBIDDEN

  Registrars, and other personnel concerned with selling, are
forbidden to sell a preclear a specific technique.

  Preclears must be sold PROCESSING, The techniques to be used are
decided by the D of P within the framework of the current rundown
of processes,

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:dr.rd Copyright

  (c) 1963 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JUNE 1965

Remimeo

  ORGS ARE SAINT HILL FSMs

  Any Central Org, City Office or Pioneer Office, that is, any
official org in Scientology that is part of the Central Org system
is a Field Staff Member of Saint Hill and may select students and
preclears for Saint Hill. Such selections, when the selection slip
is presented to Accounts Saint Hill, will result in the commission
being paid to the Org which selected him or her. The commission
goes to the ORG, not to the staff member forwarding the selection.
The commission is proportioned in the income breakdown, thus the
entire staff benefits.

  The above is valid, whether the org or office has any Saint Hill
grads on its staff or not.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:mh,rd Copyright

  Z

  1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  325

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JULY 1965

  Class VII Auditors

  Class VII Internes

  Tech Execs

  RELEASE POLICIES

  HGC Auditors

  Review Auditors

  STARTING THE PC

  Qual Execs

  Due to the vast number of Former Releases and the way the check
outs can hold up case, NO PC WHO HAS BEEN AUDITED BEFORE MAY BE
ACCEPTED FOR PROCESSING (LOWER GRADE OR POWER) WHO HAS NOT BEEN
CHECKED OUT FOR FORMER RELEASE.

  These check outs are done in Review by a Review Auditor. They
consist of doing well the Pol Ltr Form 26 June 1965.

  The pc is then shifted to the HGC for a complete rehabilitation
as per HCO B 30 June 1965.

  The HGC auditor must be good on a meter and know a clear
condition on a meter (floating needle) when he sees one. The meter
TA should be anywhere between 2 and 3 for either sex.

  The HGC auditor is to get the meter to clear condition and then
must end off as per new Model Session at once and send the pc to
Qual to be Declared a 1st Stage Release or 1st Stage Released OT.

  Great care must be taken by Qual personnel or the examiner not to
fool about with the pc's folder or Review check outs on a Declare
as such can key the Release back in again and ARC Break the pc by
Invalidation.

  The pc may only be audited further on Power Processes but the pc
may be trained and may audit others. Also ARC Breaks, PTPs and
withholds may be done on Former Releases but not by repetitive
processes.

  GRADE PROCESSING

  For the purpose of re-establishing Former Releases earlier policy
is modified, permitting the pc to buy a minimum of 5 hours of
processing which includes the price of the Review, the time of the
Review being deducted from the 5 hours.

  If the pc is raw meat, never before audited, the above formality
of Review is dispensed with by the Registrar in registering them
and the rules concerning intensives

  apply.

  If the person is not found to have been a Former Release by
Review, whatever is found is handled by the HGC auditor in
completing the 5 hours.

  POWER PROCESSING

  All the above except the 5 hour limit applies to Power
Processing.

  The person is first checked out by Review, then sent to the HGC
and rehabilitation of any former Release is declared when
rehabilitated.

  The preclear is then returned to the HGC with as small

  a

  loss of scheduled auditing time as possible and is entered into
Power Processing.

  The auditing continues until the preclear is a Second Stage
Release or Second Stage Released OT.

  ACTIONS TAKEN

  RAW MEAT

  Registrar establishes that the person has never been audited
before and signs the person up accordingly.

  Person goes straight to HGC and is audited to Release.

  The moment the auditor sees a Floating needle and a TA between 2
and 3, the auditor stops the session and sends the pc to the
Examiner to Declare.

  If the pc looks good and feels

  okay

  the Examiner sends through to Certs and Awards for Release award.

  326

  Any rebate from any intensive bought is credited to training for
the pc

   The above actions are covered in more detail in Body Routing
Forms.

  FORMERLY AUDITED PC

   The Registrar, if the pc is asking for Former Release check (the
Registrar must not push it or bring it up but should try to sell a
25 hour intensive), signs the person up for a 5 hour intensive (if
the person does not sign up for 25 hours).

   The preclear is routed to Review for a Form 26 June 65.

   The preclear is then routed to the HGC to complete the time
signed up in rehabilitation of Former Release.

   If the person was not found by Review to have been a Former
Release, the HGC auditor starts the grade applicable to the
pc-Level Zero in pcs who have not had it completed on them.

   Every effort must be made to sign the non-Former Release up for
more processing if not yet Released in the HGC.

   Body Routing Forms will be issued to cover these routes.

  FREE PASS

   If the pc presents a letter from me for a Former Release check,
the check only is given in Review.

   The person is not entitled to rehabilitation of the state in
Review or to HGC auditing by reason of a Free Pass.

   If Former Release is found, the person is routed at once to the
Registrar for a sign up for 5 hours to get the state rehabilitated,
the TA down and needle floating.

   The person may only be declared a Former Release by Certs and
Awards if the rehabilitation work is done.

   There is no declaration of Release on a Free Pass to Review. The
Free Pass does not include it.

   Any amount left to the nearest whole hour is applied to
training.

   If the needle floats during the Review free check out, the
person is routed to the Registrar for a 5 hour rehabilitation
intensive and when the rehabilitation is done every effort is made
by the Registrar to sell training-the only thing that will take the
person to Clear. If the person is an HCA and wants no more local
training the Registrar may select the person to Saint Hill as per
the Field Staff Member Programme, the org being credited with the
10%.

  SUMMARY

   The Review auditor does the Form 26 June 65 only.

   The preclear is rehabilitated in the HGC.

   Free passes to Review checks open the door to a 5 hour
rehabilitation intensive that is then sold.

   Reattainment of Release opens the door to selling training at
once.

   Raw meat is sold 25 hour intensives.

   Examiners do not key in Releases by heavy handed examinations.
They look for good indicators. If these are present the
rehabilitated Former Release is passed through to Certs and Awards.
If the person does not think he or she is released, or bad
indicators are in plain view, the Examiner routes to Review.

   In power Processing all formerly audited people are begun by a
Review Check. Its' cost is included in their intensives. On all
persons found to be Former Releases the first few hours of Power
Processing are spent rehabilitating the state of 1st Stage Release.
The person is then sent by the auditor for Declare? First Stage
Release. Then Power Processing is begun.

   In Power Processing Raw Meat, pcs are just entered into Power
Processing without Review but with a pc Information Form done.

   The pc Information sheet is also done on pcs returned from
Review as Former Releases.

   Note: No testing is done now on any of these lines, being
abolished.

   This Pol Ltr supersedes or modifies any policy or SEC ED in
conflict with it. The above are the correct actions. LRH:ml.rd

  L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard 327 ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor,
East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 JULY 1965 Remimeo
Qual Div Org Div Tech Div

  RELEASE CHECKS, PROCEDURE FOR

  (Modifies any earlier policy where in conflict)

   For ANY Release check, free or otherwise the following procedure
only is followed. There may be no deviations. RECEPTION Pc asks
reception for Former Release check. REGISTRAR

   Reception sends person to Registrar. Whether pc presents free
letter or not, Registrar says, "You may have the check out itself
in the Qualifications Division without charge. However, you will
also want the state returned to you if it is found and that is done
in the HGC. You can buy a 5 hour intensive in the HGC to get it
done." Signs up pc as usual for Rehabilitation Intensive at rates
pc is entitled to (student, professional, public).

   If person says "maybe they won't find it", Registrar says, "Then
you'll have five hours of auditing to get closer to it." And signs
up.

  CASHIER

   Cashier accepts payment. Gives pc Invoice. Sends pc to Dept 10.

  TECH SERVICE

   Tech Service checks pc into HGC and routes pc to
Interview-Invoice Officer of Qual Div. QUAL DIV

   Interview-Invoice Qual Div makes No Charge Invoice. Sends pc to
Review auditor direct.

  REVIEW AUDITOR

   The Review Auditor puts pc on meter (no Itsa from pc, please)
and checks "Former Release" "Former Thetan Exterior" "Sudden
Resurgence in auditing or afterwards". Notes reads. Sends pc to
Interview-Invoice to get out of Qual.

   Note that THE REVIEW AUDITOR DOES NOT DO FORM 26 JUNE 65 OR
ENCOURAGE PC TO ITSA.

   This Review check takes under 5 minutes. There is NO attempt to
restore the pc's state of Release.

   Only the note saying pc was or wasn't found reading on Former
Release is made or done.

  328

  The total allowed time in Qual is fifteen minutes. If Qual can't
get person invoiced, Reviewed and out in 15 minutes it isn't
functioning at all as a Division.

  TECH SERVICE

  Interview-Invoice of Qual routes pc to Tech Service.

  HGC Admin assigns an auditor and gets pc to session as soon as
possible.

  AUDITING IN HGC

  The Auditor takes Qual note and whether it says pc was or wasn't
a Release, does fully the following:

  1. Does the full Assessment Form of 26 June 65 designed for
Review (and being redesigned for HGC by changing captions).

  This form is an assessment form. In HGC it is used as Auditing by
List. But if there is any read on ARC Break in Sessions, the
Auditor does List 1, Session ARC Breaks, as Auditing by List,
cleaning each one he finds BUT NOT CLEANING LATENTS OR CLEANS.

  The Auditor completes the Form 26 June 65 and handles anything on
it.

  The Former Release question on Form 26 June 65 may prevent the
Auditor from going on as this is where pc's interest Res.

  If pc very interested in this and it reads, the Auditor promptly
shifts to

  2. HCO B 30 June 65 and rehabilitates any and all former release
moments found.

  3. The Auditor's object is to obtain a floating needle. The
moment this is attained ANYWHERE IN THIS INTENSIVE the Auditor
gives a soft "That's It" and that's it.

  4. The Auditor writes a chit to Qual, giving pc's name and
"Declare?"

  5. Auditor routes pc to Tech Service.

  TECH SERVICE

  Tech Service routes the pc promptly to Qual with the folder (in
the hands of a Tech page).

  QUAL

  Interview-Invoice Qual checks pc in and routes to Examiner.

  EXAMINER

  Examiner looks at pc, notes note in folder from Auditor. If good
indicators in on pc, Examiner sends to Certs and Awards.

  However if pc says he is not now a Release, examiner examines the
pc's Form 26 June and routes to Ethics if SP or PTS indicated, to
Review if pc needs smoothing out.

  REVIEW

  If Review has to smooth out, Review does so at charge. This
charge can be deducted from any remaining time pc had. If no time
remained pc must pay. Review does Form 26 June 1965 carefully.

  329

  EXAMINER

  Examiner sends PC back to Tech Service if PC doesn't believe he
was Released.

  TECH SERVICE

   Tech Service routes to Registrar who sells PC more auditing,

  ETHICS

   If Examiner sent PC to Ethics, Ethics examines for SP or PTS and
handles accordingly.

  HGC

   If HGC gets the PC again, it is up to the Case Supervisor.

  CERTS AND AWARDS

   If the PC (as will be usual) has good indicators in, whether
just in from HGC or just back from second Review, the Examiners
whisk the PC to Certs and Awards.

   Certs and Awards writes a Declared 1st Stage Release or 1st
Stage Released OT, writes the certificate letter, logs it and calls
HCO.

  HCO COURIER

   An HCO Courier comes down from HCO to Certs and Awards.

   Certs and Awards gives the Courier the papers and pin and the
PC's folder which it got from the Examiner.

   If the PC is not paid up, the Courier takes the PC to Cashier,
to pay and leaves the PC.

   The Courier then gets a signature and seal on the Declaration
from authorized HCO personnel at once and rushes the declaration,
pin and folder to the Registrar (Dept 6).

   The Courier has finished all required actions.

  REGISTRAR

   The Registrar at once accepts the paid invoice from the PC and
hands over the Declaration and pin and congratulates the PC.

   The Registrar then sells the person training as the only road to
Clear.

  PAID UP PC

   The route of the Courier is varied for a paid up PC. The Courier
drops the person off in the Registrar waiting area, gets the
signature and seal and pops back with them.

   If you don't have all these posts, if some are doubled, still
the PC has to go through all these points.

   Body Routing Forms will cover this route of PC to Release
Rehabilitation.

   You can go broke if you don't follow it. These lines must flow
and fast. LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright

  (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 330 HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1966 Remimeo Registrar Hats

  REGISTRATION DISAGREEMENTS

   The Registrar must route everyone who does not sign up for a
service immediately to Qual for a disagreements check and then back
to the Registrar.

   Handle all sorts like this, "Price Disagreements", "Inactive
FSM's, "Procrastinators." "Old Timers". This applies to anyone who
does not sign up for a service.

   They pay for this service from Qual. The fee is the usual Qual
rates set by the Ad Council.

   The Registrar then signs them up after the disagreements check.
LRH:jp.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright

  (c) 1966 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
POLICY LETTER OF I I JULY 1969 Remimeo

  DIANETIC AUDITING COMPLETION

  CERTIFICATE

   When a PC is completed on Dianetic auditing the Department of
Certificates and Awards issues a certificate stating that this
person has been audited on Standard Dianetics at

  (Org concerned), that the person at this time is complete on
Dianetic auditing and may proceed with Scientology Grades (or
Advanced Courses if that is his or her next step). The certificate
is signed and dated.

   The main function of the certificate is that of a passport to
Scientology auditing. It is presented by the Registrar who signs
him up for his next auditing.

   When signing up for Scientology processing at another Org the
certificate is shown to the Registrar of that Org by the PC.

   It is recognised that the person may require further Dianetic
auditing at a later date. It is therefore not a Grade Certificate.
Brian Livingston LRH:bl.ei.kd CS-5 Copyright

  (c) 1969 for by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Founder 331 NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH RED ON WHITE

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HOD BULLETIN OF 27 JULY 1969 Remimeo Class VIII Dian Chksht Ds of
P Registrars

  ANTIBIOTICS

   A pc on antibiotics should be given Dianetic Auditing.

   Very often antibiotics do not function unless the illness or
injury is also audited.

   The basic failures of antibiotics apparently stem from a
traumatic condition which prevents the medical treatment from
functioning.

   When a person is medically treated for an illness, it is best to
back up the action with auditing.

   Sometimes the patient is too ill to be fully audited. It is
difficult to audit someone who is running a temperature. In such a
case, let the antibiotics bring the temperature down before
auditing. But if the temperature does not come down, in the
interest of the patient's recovery, auditing should be done.

   It is usually too late when the patient is in a coma. But one
can still reach a patient who is unconscious by touching the
patient's hand to parts of the bed with "Feel that (object)".

   A patient will sometimes respond to commands even when
"unconscious" if you tell them to squeeze your hand to acknowledge
they have done the command.

   Years ago the auditing of unconscious persons was worked out and
successfully done.

   Needless to say, auditing any sick person requires the most
exact, careful auditing, strictly by the Auditor's Code.

  POST OPERATIVE AUDITING

   A person who has been operated on or medically or dentally
treated or a mother who has just delivered a child should have the
engram audited out as soon as possible by Dianetic R3R.

   The after-effects of anaesthetics or the presence of drugs or
antibiotics is to be neglected.

   The usual action is to

   I . Get them medical treatment.

   2. Audit them as soon as possible on the illness or injury.

   3. Audit them again when they are well.

   4. Get them a Review if they seem to be showing much later
after-effects despite Dianetic auditing.

   HEAVY DOSES OF VITAMIN B1, B COMPLEX and C should accompany all
such auditing actions.

  332

  SAVING LIVES

   All this comes under the heading of saving lives.

   At the very least it saves slow recovery and bad after-effects
and resultant psychosomatic illnesses.

   Dianetics is the first development since the days of Rome that
changes and improves the RATE OF HEALING.

   Dianetics is also the first development that removes traumatic
barriers from the path of healing.

   Medicines and endocrine compounds quite often are effective in
the presence of Dianetic auditing which were once inexplicably
ineffective in many cases. The barrier to healing was the engram.
With that removed, healing can occur.

  OBJECTIONS TO USE

   Any barriers or objections to using Dianetics to assist the
effectiveness of medicine or to increase the rate of or even secure
effective recovery place the patient at risk as certainly as
failing to use antiseptics.

   Such objections can be dismissed as stemming from barbaric or
superstitious mentalities or from motives too base to be decent.

   It would not be possible to count the number of lives Dianetics
saved in the 19 years even before the advent of Standard Dianetics.
Few human betterment activities have been so widely successful and
so uniformly helpful as Dianetics. L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:Idm.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED 333

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1969 Remimeo Dissem Div Hats

  USED CF FOLDERS When an org has a CF folder of a person to whom
they have sold all available services of training or processing,
the following is followed as a routine line. I . Select them to the
next upper org or orgs, who on receipt of the selection slip will
send them an Advance Reg pack. 2. Send a letter to the upper org or
orgs saying so and so has been selected for services at that org,
giving details of the person. 3. Keep in touch with the person to
encourage him as necessary to go along for his next service. Not
following this line loses an org a lot of income. Proposed by

   Anne Tampion HCO Exec Sec WW Approved by Jim Keely

  - Qual Sec WW Rosalie Vosper

  - HCO Area Sec WW Ad Council WW` Anne Tampion

  - HCO Exec Sec WW Jim Keely

  - D/Org Exec Sec WW Rosalie Vosper

  - Public Exec Sec WW Rodger Wright

  - LRH Comm WW Leif Windle

  - Policy Review Section WW Jane Kember

  - The Guardian WW for L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:AT:ei.rd
Copyright

  (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 334 NOT HCO POLICY
LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH RED ON WHITE                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS
OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo HCO
BULLETIN OF 15 JANUARY 1970 Registrar's Hat Ltr Reg Hat Dn C/S
Checksheet THE USES OF AUDITING

   Case Supervisors, Registrars and Letter Registrars particularly
should know something of the enormous number of uses to which
auditing can be put.

   The idea of selling and applying "Dianetic Triples" and
"Scientology Grades" as all one knows about is an approach that is
both lazy and ignorant.

   It is doubtful if one could count the number of uses to which
auditing can be placed to help livingness and improve the health,
ability and outlook of a person.

   The trend now is to apply auditing to special requirements. But
this is not a new trend-it is merely unknown. Emphasis on completed
grades tended to drive out of sight the real uses of auditing.

   Naturally one wants his Dianetic Triples and his Scientology
Triples. But to say this is the end of auditing is silly.

   In the pursuit of the "new" one forgets the successful old. In
Class VI auditing, there are thousands of processes, all valid, if
run only to FIN.

   Dianetic Auditing particularly lends itself to specific
situations. For instance, a pregnant woman should be audited on
emotions and somatics relating to birth or babies before delivery.
We used to simply audit the girl's own birth and any past births
(R3R). Then immediately after delivery the engram is run out.
Handling pregnancy in this fashion has the woman up and about in 3
days and in fine condition. This prevents utterly the extreme of
"post partum psychosis" as mental upset due to delivery is called.
It prevents any upset with the husband or child. It prevents
physical after effects. In short, it should be done.

   People who have been ill for some time often only get well
because they are audited.

   After any illness the person should be audited.

   After accidents and medical care people should be audited.

   Almost any human situation containing pain or misemotion should
be handled by auditing.

   In the field of ability auditing is king. The inability to study
or to work or even to live can be handled in many ways. The simple
action of listing the somatics, emotions and attitudes of the
unwanted condition and running them R3R triples relieves them.

   A registrar can sign up "Intensives" on these subjects and get
them relayed to the Case Supervisor.

   Auditing is for use.

   Auditing is the answer to human disability and travail. It can
make life worth living.

   Auditing is not a limited action, "He's had his triples so you
can't do anything" is about as limited a view as you can get.

   The public should be given lists of things they may want
handled. The use of auditing should be known, particularly in lower
orgs.

   A Case Supervisor should be fully aware of what auditing can do
and insist that it get done.

   There is no limit to what good auditing can do. That is the
first thing one should learn about it. LRH:jz.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright

  (c) 1970 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 335 NOT
              HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH RED ON WHITE HU13BARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
BULLETIN OF 15 JANUARY 1970 Remimeo Issue 11 Registrar's Hat Ltr
Reg Hat OES Hat Tech Sec Hat HANDLING WITH AUDITING Qual Sec Hat
Dir Success Hat Dn C/S Checksheet

   There is no reason or excuse not to actually HANDLE a pc's
desire or complaint with auditing.

   By handle is meant finish off, complete, end cycle on.

   To give you an idea of the reverse-in admin we sometimes find
terminals that refer despatches to others, let them drift, give
excuses why not. This all adds up to NOT HANDLING. This is the
basic reason for DEV T. (Developed, meaning excessive, traffic).
Like the stationery company writes somebody in the org to please
specify the number of sheets wanted. So whoever's hat it is refers
it to somebody else who refers it to another who fails to answer.
In this way, the org can look industrious while accomplishing
nothing. Nobody HANDLES it.

   You can get a similar situation going with pcs. Nobody HANDLES
the pc. And if you keep this up, your whole area fills up with
unhandled pcs, the org's repute goes down and stats eventually
crash.

   The org is being paid to HANDLE pcs. It is not being paid to put
them off or explain or let them drift away.

   Here is an example from the early 1960s. An org had it going
that anybody who was feeling bad and demanding help got a review.
The review consisted of a Green Form to F/N. While this would clean
up an ARC Brk or PTP or a poor prior session, it sure wasn't about
to remedy a feeling of nausea. So a pc would come in with a feeling
of nausea. He would be sent to review, get a Green Form and FIN on
an ARC Break. Then Review would shrug off the fact that the pc was
still nauseated by saying all it could do was a G.F.! In short, it
wouldn't handle the pc.

   Another recent case-pc with migraine headaches. Got some
(evidently poor) Dianetic Auditing. No change. When the pc's friend
complained, he was told it was "the illegal life she was living"
and no action was taken. So the pc went to another org and there
they refused auditing due to pain killers (instead of waiting 2 or
3 days until it wore off).

   These are cases of NOT HANDLING.

   The idea of non-handling can also go into fees. A pc once paid a
Franchise for auditing to be done in an org. The franchise did not
forward the fee so the org sent the pc back home.

   Service and HANDLING are the same thing. When you give service
you handle.

   There are thousands of ways of not handling. Letting backlogs
occur in Tech and Qua] is probably the most serious to org income
and to field repute. Also if a person is goofed up in Tech he
probably is suffering and to be put off in Qual for any reason at
all is a severe blow to the org. A 3 hour Qual backlog is too long.

   So, part of HANDLING cases is HANDLE N - O - W !

  336

  I recall a Qual backlog I once found of 10 pcs They were of all
varieties-but the main fault was just nobody had the idea except
the pcs that they should be handled NOW. And HANDLED. I sat down
and did four of them in the next four hours and grabbed off
auditors from Admin and Exec areas and handled the rest. Within 6
hours of finding this backlog, they were all HANDLED, happily,
finally and wholly satisfied.

  What was required was (a) a determination to handle cases, (b) a
surety they could be handled and (c) the actual handling. All three
points are needful.

  Only two things prevent the above. When the help factor is low in
the org or its auditors, there is no real determination to

  handle

  cases. A commercialism enters where the payment of the money is
more interesting than the delivery of the service. This is
selfdefeative. One has to have the money but one won't continue to
get money unless one is vitally interested in actually delivering
service-which means actually handling the cases.

  The certainty that one

  can

  handle cases depends in the main upon good training and exact
application of the technology. There can be an awful lot of tech to
apply but the point is to apply the tech that is applied with
exactness. "Squirreling" is not really different processesit is
careless, incomplete, messed up auditing procedure. An auditor
auditing a process that reads with excellent TRs to an F/N with
good indicators seldom has any loses. But even given good
procedure, one occasionally gets a lose. This tends to reduce one's
certainty that he can get a result on a pc. Usually it isn't one's
own pcs that cuase this-it's hearing about some pc who didn't get a
result, but not hearing the whole story.

  If one's command of the subject of auditing is poor he doesn't
recognize why there was a lose. A pc lies about having eaten or
slept or is being audited on someone else's determination or some
such thing and because of these, the pc gets a lose. This causes
the auditor to have a lose.

  Some auditors can get 20 wins and I lose and then mourn only
about the I lose.

  What is missed here-with pc loses-is that it is almost always a
short term lose. They lost in this one but nobody thinks to KEEP AT
IT WITH DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY UNTIL IT'S A WIN.

  I've seen somebody audited for years before he finally and
forever lost his chronic trouble. He would get better and then
relapse, never quite so bad. And finally he recovered totally.

  So there must be some idea extant amongst auditors that all
"wins" in auditing must be fast, total and appreciated volubly.
This isn't always the case. In fact, it is in the minority.

  So an auditor's and an org's certainty should depend only on
being certain of eventual permanent result and to be very extra
happy when it is fast, total and appreciated.

  To handle

  a case one keeps at it. So the pc got an intensive. So the pc
wasn't handled

  in that

  intensive. Well, one doesn't just dust it off and say that's it
forever. The Case Supervisor looks harder and gets the Registrar to
get more auditing bought.

  If Dianetics didn't handle, Scientology will. If this process
didn't handle completely, that process may.

  This is the winning attitude. I know one case that's still goofed
up after a decade. The medics put a steel pipe in his leg bone. He
won't get it taken out and insists on auditing only. So every few
months somebody tries again. Sooner or later this case will be
handled. The point is to keep trying to handle, not dream up
reasons it can't be.

  337

  Auditors brought up with the idea that 5 hours of auditing should
always resurrect a decayed corpse haven't been brought up right.
Some SP around them has been making demands of the subject and
auditing that BUILD IN LOSES.

  Girl with migraine, 15 hours of Dianetics, still has migraine.
Okay. So we don't brush her off. We get her to buy a good long
Scientology intensive and do a full "GF 40". Still has migraine. So
we now do another Dianetic Intensive.

  We don't mislead her. We say, "Okay, you want to get rid of your
migraine. So we'll stay with you if you'll work along with us as
long as it takes. It might happen fast, it might happen slow. You
might have to go all the way to OT Grades. But we'll try all the
way."

  A Registrar that promises instant miracles is cutting the Tech
Sec's throat and the GI as well!

  The condition can be handled. The whole point is, for the good of
the pc and the org it eventually must be handled.

  There are literally thousands of processes and approaches
available for use.

  The pc expects the condition to be handled. So one way or another
one gets the pc handled. To do otherwise is to court disaster for
the org.

  Now and then a pc gets away, nearly always because of errors that
get the pc upset with the subject of auditing, never when the org
wasn't still trying to handle. A session was goofed and not
repaired, somebody in the org inferred the condition couldn't be
handled, that's the sort of thing that loses pcs.

  Keep on trying to handle and you will succeed.

  Auditing is remarkable enough already not to cripple it by
leading pcs to expect instant results every time.

  But the main point is, you audit a pc with Dianetics and
Scientology until the pc's case is handled.

  And sooner or later, it will be.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:jz.rd Copyright

  (c) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  338

  NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH RED ON WHITE

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JANUARY 1970

Remimeo

  Registrar Form

  REGISTRARS' ADVICE FORM

  Although no Registrar may give tech advice to a pc what the pc
wanted and expected and bought is made a matter of interest to the
Case Supervisor.

  Routing:

  1. Registrar's Desk.

  PC complained of

  PC hoped to achieve

  PC was sold

  Any data from pc CF folder

  2. To Examiner or Tech Director for Interview.

  PC's TA NEEDLE

  PC's appearance

  339

  Prior Auditing

  PC hopes

  3. To Tech Services.

  Include in PC folder and send folder to the C/S. Be sure to send
any old tech folder the pc may have on file or may have had sent in
or brought in.

  4. C/S noted the above.

  Initial

  Note: This Advice Form in no way relieves the C/S of any
responsibility in handling the pc's case. It is advice only. The
C/S may require other actions be done first. Insofar as possible,
the pc's desires are achieved but not necessarily in this one
intensive and the pc should be so informed by the Registrar.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:jz.rd Copyright (c) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  340

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo

  Div 2

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 FEBRUARY 1970

  Div 4

  Registrar

  Case Super PC APPLICATION FORM

  All

  ergs

  All SHs

  FOR ANY MAJOR AUDITING ACTION

  This form is to be made out by the Preclear and mailed or handed
in to the Registrar, who will forward it to the Case Supervisor. It
is an addition to any other sign up papers.

  PRECLEAR NAME (BLOCK CAPS)

  DATE

  CURRENT ADDRESS

  CITY

  I (name) hereby apply for auditing

  [] Single Grades Dianetics, any org

  [] Triple Grades, Dianetics, any org

  [] Single Grades, Scientology, any org

  [] Triple Grades, Scientology, any org

  [] POWER, in a Saint Hill org

  [] R6EW, in a Saint Hill org

  [] CLEAR, in an Advanced org

  1. 1 realize it way be necessary to prepare my case for a major
action, such as above or to handle medical actions or to get
auditing for chronic somatics or particular difficulties.

  2. 1 have the following physical disabilities

  3. 1 have had auditing on the following

  4. 1 have had case gains on

  5. 1 have been trying to got the following chronic condition
handled-

  341

  6. 1 have, have not (circle one or the other) contacted past
lives in running engrams.

   7. The following close relatives or family are
favorable/unfavorable to Dianetics and Scientology. 8. 1 have, do
not have a drug history. (Circle one)

   (By drugs is meant-to mention a. few-tranquilizers, aspirin,
amphetamine, medical drugs, marijuana, LSD, opium, and including
alcohol.) 8a. I am, am not presently taking drugs. (Circle one)

   9. 1 have, have not been treated by psychiatrists. (Circle one)
Give any details.

   10. 1 am a fast, slow student. (Circle one)

   11. 1 have already had the following auditing actions

   12. My training level in Dianetics or Scientology is (include
have read books or not, if no formal training).

   13. 1 object, do not object to medical treatment (circle one),
if I am physically ill.

   14. 1 plan the following auditing actions after the above major
grade is attained. I hereby swear and attest the above to be true.
SIGNED

   Fill out, sign and return to the Registrar, who will include it
in your folder for Case Supervisor use, L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jz.rd

  Founder Copyright

  (c) 1970, 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard [nOTE: Question 8 has been
revised per HCO P/L 6 August 1971, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Issue xii,
to include the section in parenthesis and also 8a. 342 NOT HCO
POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH RED ON WHITE HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
BULLETIN OF 4 FEBRUARY 1970 Remimeo Div 2 Div 4 URGENT - IMPORTANT
Registrars Case Supervisors Class VIIIs All orgs PC APPLICATION FOR
MAJOR ACTIONS SHs.

   It is vital that HCO Policy Letter of 4 February '70 PC
Application Form for Major Actions be filled out by any pc applying
for major auditing actions.

   Major actions are: Dianetic Singles Dianetic Triples Scientology
Singles Scientology Triples POWER R6EW CLEAR OT GRADES

   Other actions, such as Student Rescue Intensives, Assists,
handling chronic somatics, regaining specific abilities, as desired
by the pc are not major actions.

   THE BIG POINT OF CLASS VIII IS THAT A PC'S CASE-OR A PRE-OT'S-IS
PREPARED AND SET UP FOR ANY MAJOR ACTION.

   This applies to all levels of pcs and applies to ALL AUDITORS
whether VIII or not.

   NEVER RUN A PC ON A MAJOR ACTION WHOSE CASE IS GIVING TROUBLE.

   Get that trouble handled first. This is done IN TECH DIV IV not
in Review. PCs shy off reviews. Reviews are for cases flubbed IN
AUDITING. Ordinary Dianetic Intensives or Class VI Scientology
processes to handle case trouble are run in the Tech Division.

   The lowest level of handling is to get the pc to a medical
doctor for treatment of any purely medical trouble. This can be
accompanied by Dianetic assists. We do not advocate severe
operations and particularly do not advocate "exploratory
operations". We will not refuse auditing on the grounds of medical
illness. We do advocate that known physical illnesses that respond
to medical treatment be given it.

   Assists are the next level.

   Flying life Ruds, S & Ds and other such Scientology actions,
including "GF 40 Complete" more Dianetics and Class VI processes
are all preparatory actions. There are literally hundreds of these.

   It takes, it is reported, 25 hours of Dianetics for a field pc
to get into past lives. On the PL form No. 6, these are noted. If
the pc has not contacted past lives yet he must have more Dianetic
Auditing until he does so. Using Suppress and Invalidate on old
lists gives you lots of items to run triple.

   If a needle is dirty, the pc needs to be smoothed out by good
auditing.

   If the TA is high (4 or above) the pc needs more engrams run.

  343

  Dianetics and Class VI actions can and do handle chronic
somatics. Use such processes until there are no more chronic
somatics.

  Test results should be available to a Case Supervisor. Until
these are better, it is folly to engage in Scn triples or Power or
above, as the gains won't hold.

  EXAMPLE OF WRONGNESS: Pc has had Scn singles. TA tends high.
Registrar signs up for triples and without further ado they are
delivered. Flunk. The pc should have had a lot of Dianetics before
anyone ran triples.

  EXAMPLE OF WRONGNESS: Pc with migraine signs up for Power, is
given Power, asks for refund. Flunk. The pc should have been
required to get all Dianetic Auditing necessary to get rid of the
migraine and the whole case smoothed before Power was begun.

  It is very serious not to prepare a case for a major step. The
cycle of sign up, give major action, refund is a very very sour way
to deliver auditing.

  The org and the Case Supervisor and the auditor must care what
happens to the pc. An org and a Case Supervisor and an auditor must
have a reality on what auditing can do.

  By using HCO PL 4 Feb 70 you get around the sticky bit of the pc
thinking he is just being persuaded to have more auditing. He is
made to apply. He is looked over in Tech as well as the form and
told what needs to be done first.

  If you are really interested in the pc, you will have no trouble.

  The pc or PreOT makes out HCO PL 4 Feb 70 for every major step in
auditing. Studying these the Case Supervisor will know what to do.

  Do not use HCO PL 4 Feb 70 to prevent auditing from occurring. On
the contrary, use it to increase gains on the pc.

  This PL is also a major promotion opportunity. But don't promote
by mailing it broadly unless you actually have auditors auditing in
your org and the large number of auditing actions which can be done
on a pc comprehended by the org and Case Supervisor.

  Handled right this HCO PL 4 Feb 70 can bring success and great
prosperity to your org and make a very happy field.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:jz.rd

  Copyright

  (c) 1970

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL

  RIGHTS RESERVED

  344

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 MAY 1970

Remimeo LRH Comms' Hats HCOs To be included in any answer to such
petitions

  INSTITUTIONAL AND SHOCK CASES, PETITIONS

  FROM

  A survey has revealed recently that when a person who has been
institutionalized or shocked is given the right to be processed, in
70% of the cases the person did not arrange enough auditing to be
helped.

  If one has spent a whole lifetime becoming aberrated, it is not
reasonable to expect it to be all undone in an hour.

  Such persons often remain connected to people who have an
interest in continuing them in an aberrated state. Such things make
them difficult to handle as cases.

  I do not want to be placed in a position where I would be
refusing help to anyone who needed it.

  The history of institution and shock cases is that they can be
helped but that they do not continue long enough in processing to
be helped. They become subjected to pressure in their surroundings
to end off processing.

  After causing considerable work by auditors, many such cases
leave before anything effective can be done and ask for refunds
which the organization is bound by its code to then make.

  Anyone with institutional or shock history would have to
guarantee to continue in processing long enough to be helped and to
waive any right to refund.

  It is not mandatory that either an organization or an auditor
help them even when permission is granted.

  Help is a two way flow. One has to help others to be helped
himself.

  Our organizations have the only successful record in this field.
However, they reserve the right to require cooperation.

  A petition from anyone with a shock or institutional record may
be granted only with the stipulations that:

  1. They obtain the consent of an org and an auditor to help them.

  2. They continue in processing for enough time to actually be
helped.

  3. They waive any right of refund.

  4. They follow instructions given by the org.

  5. That they do not attack any auditor,, org or Scientology
during or after processing and post a bond not to do so.

  6. That they help Scientology and help others.

  7. That they sign and have any guardian sign a document
containing these stipulations.

  We can help those who have been injured in earlier practices. But
it often takes a great deal of hard work on the part of the auditor
and the organization.

  Such applicants are special cases and have to be handled as such.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:nt.ei.cden Founder

  Copyright

  (c)

  1970

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  345

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JULY 1970

Remimeo

  URGENT

  (Effective for the week ending

  Thursday 6 Aug 1970, OIC

  Reports)

  REGISTRAR STATISTIC

  The statistic of the Registrar is changed to the GROSS INCOME OF
THE ORG.

  This is the stat of Department Six for the moment, and for
Division 2.

  It has been found that the Registrar Number of Interviews Stat
gives a false scene and is directly responsible for the falling
income of orgs.

  It is NOT how many people the Registrar sees, nor how many items
sold but the gross income from all items sold.

  Registrar number of interviews is the stat of Reception, not the
Registrar.

  Stats of soaring Registrar Interviews and letters in accompanied
by steeply falling bodies in the shop and completions on the
International GI alerted me to the situation.

  At this writing the Ideal Scenes and Stats of the whole org (see
Data Series P/Ls) are being reworked. However the Gross Income of
the Org is and always was in actual practice the statistic of the
BODY REGISTRAR and will so remain in the stat redo.

  It is very urgent that this statistic be changed from Interviews
to Gross Income. See effective date for OIC use. Do it locally NOW!

  LRH:sb.rd L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright

  (c) 1970 Founder

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

Remimeo             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  ECs

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 AUGUST 1970

  Dissem Secs

  Dir Reg REGISTRARS MAY NOW TALK MONEY

  Registrars

  Public

  Registrars ONLY ACCOUNTS TALKS MONEY DETAILS

  Registration Chsht (Cancels HCO P/L IS Sept '65

  "Only Accounts Talks Money")

  The current scene in Scientology makes it imperative that a Body

Registrar be allowed to talk money to her interviewees. It is
recognized, when directing a person to their next step, that the
question of finance will come up. To not handle such inquiries will
result in Registrars concentrating on SIGN-UPS, rather than
ENROLMENTS; Enrolments bring about their statistic: Gross Income of
the Org.

  Therefore, Scientology Organization Body Registrars (and Public
Registrars) may talk money, but are forbidden to make any financial
arrangements, promise credit, or make ANY promises regarding
payment for a service. ONLY ACCOUNTS TALKS MONEY

  DETAILS.

  Registrars must now become totally familiar with all pricing and
price structures for major services and add all such HCO Policy
Letters and Executive Directives to their hat. The Dissem Sec is to
liaise with the Treasury Sec to ensure that her Body Registrar has
all the correct prices.

  Body Registrars are now put in the position whereby they can
regulate and push up their own statistic, which is directly caused
by the number of enrolments for major services in the org from
Central Files.

  LRH:JZ.rr.rd CS-2

  Copyright

  (c) 1970 for

  by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

  346

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER

  1970

  Issue III

Remimeo

  ASSENT FORM

  To be used with HCO PL 24 August 1970, "A Recommended Program for
Rehabilitation of Drug and Alcohol Cases" in addition to the usual
Registration and Waiver forms.

  1, having applied for

  Pastoral Counselling and Spiritual Guidance in the Church of
Scientology,

  (a) do attest that I have sought its help on my own determination

  (b) do understand the aims of the Church of Scientology and its
organizations

  (c) do understand that the Church of Scientology does not engage
in the practice of physical healing

  (d) do understand that the Church of Scientology, by its use of
Pastoral Counselling and Spiritual Guidance, makes happy human
beings, and does not treat or diagnose any medical ailments of body
or mind whatsoever.

  And I hereby agree and promise, that I will not in any way
recommend or encourage the use of, or sell, give, attempt to barter
or make available in any manner or any connection, any habit
forming drug to any person connected to the Church of Scientology
and its spiritual practices.

  I further understand that violation of the above clause will
result in suspension of all privileges of the Church and its
services.

  Signature

  Address

  Date

  Witness

  Place

  Date

  Training & Services Aide &

  LRH:JR:HE:sb.rd CS-1

  Copyright (c) 1970

  by L. Ron Hubbard for

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  347

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 OCTOBER 1970

  LRH Comm Hats

  HCOS INSTITUTIONAL AND SHOCK CASES

  POSTING OF BONDS

  Clarifies HCO PL of 16 May 1970 "Institutional and Shock Cases,
Petitions From". Refer also to HCO PL of I Oct '70, Issue 111, same
title, Legal.

  There are many persons in the category of Institutional or Shock
Cases who have been on our lines for years, have continued in
processing long enough to be helped, have made gains and have
supported orgs, have followed instructions given them and in
general have maintained an excellent record.

  These persons should not be arbitrarily forced into the same
category as a person who is arriving at our doorstep for the first
time.

  Only those who have already shown that they do not as a rule
follow one or more of the stipulations of the 16 May '70 Policy
should be required to bind themselves to those stipulations when
newly applying for service.

  An HCO Area Sec is at liberty to waive the stipulation requiring
a bond be posted if the person's record shows it highly unlikely
that such a precaution is necessary, but is held responsible should
trouble ensue and it is found that there were grounds for demanding
a bond.

  The opinion of the Guardian's Office can be obtained. The C/S can
advise as to past case progress, the auditing actions to be next
undertaken, the hours being purchased. The Course Supervisor can
advise likewise with regard to student applicants who fall under
the 16 May '70 Policy.

  If all seems plain sailing, there would ordinarily be no reason
to delay the person any further in receiving the service requested,
once he has put his signature to the agreement laid out in the HCO
PL of I October '70, Issue 111.

  THE AMOUNT OF THE BOND

  The sum of ~C 100 (or equivalent) specified in the I Oct '70 Iss
III Policy Letter is considered by Legal as being appropriate.

  One or two areas have demanded huge sums be posted in bond, thus
effectively stopping any further progress.

  It was not the intention of the 16 May '70 Policy to make it
impossible for institutional and shock cases to obtain training and
processing.

  If a person has already obtained the consent of an org and an
auditor to help them, there can be no reason to then block him off
from that help by demanding a bond that he cannot pay for.

  ROUTING OF PETITIONS

  It should be noted that an HCO Area Sec, HCO Exec Sec or
Executive Director or CO may be petitioned by an institutional or
shock case. They do not all have to petition L. Ron Hubbard.

  One whose petition is denied locally by an Exec Dir should be
told that a petition may be sent to LRH and in this case a CSW on
the why of the local refusal must be sent with the person's
petition to LRH.

  It is not correct that every petition on these lines must be
routed to LRH, and to

  LRH only.

  LRH Pets Comm

  LRH:KU:sb.rd for

  Copyright

  (c)

  1970 L. RON HUBBARD

  by L. Ron Hubbard Founder

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  348

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MARCH 1971

  Issue I

Remimeo

  Exec Dirs

  Prod Officers

  Org Officers

  Dissem Hats

  Registrar Hats

  Treas Hats

  CLOs for Compliance

  REGISTRAR INVOICING LINE

  (Cancels HCO PL 3 August 1970

  "Registrars May now Talk Money

  Only Accounts Talks Money Details"

  Modifies HCO PL 15 Sept 65

  "Only Accts Talks Money")

  Note: This P/L does not apply to Public Regs in Division 6 and
does not change existing Public Lines.

  Department 6 is now responsible for Income Greater Than Outgo
Plus Reserves.

  Gross Income is a stat of Department 6 and is the stat for the
Registrar.

  The Registrar, to control her stat and to achieve the Valuable
Final Product of Income Greater than Outgo plus Reserves, obviously
must talk money and collect it in bucketsfull.

  The way the line is set up now Bodies get lost somewhere between
the Registrar and Cashier and because of this orgs are losing
between S500 and S 1000 daily.

  In one org there is known to be a one foot stack of sign-ups who
never got to Cashier from the Reg!

  So where does all this lead us?

  It leads us back to the former successful line of the late '50s
and early '60s when the Registrar would interview people, sign them
up, AND TAKE THEIR MONEY for individual training and processing.

  This is the way the line was in in the first very affluent
foundation.

  The line was changed, probably on a wrong WHY, and since then has
only worked on personality and proximity of Registrar and Cashier.
As evidenced at SH through 1965-67.

  Responsibility for the org's GI has been too long resting on the
Dir Income's shoulders.

  With the way it is set up now, Department 7 mostly operates at
the irreducible minimum of collecting cash over the counter, while
its vital admin functions would be in total neglect.

  The point is, ALL ORGS HAVE DEBTORS, be it only Qual Services,
and

  Freeloaders. Partially paid Advance Payments are also truly a
debt to the org-they' must be followed up and collected. And it is
Dept 7's major action to see that ALL

  funds for org services and sales get collected.

  349

  It is a fact then that money worries begin when one doesn't
produce and then when one doesn't collect what one is owed.

  From the above, we therefore get a split in Income functions:

  1. Dept 6 collects new Cash.

  2. Dept 7 collects Credit Owed and Advance Payments.

  The Registrar is beefed up as an Income Producer and Treasury is
freed up to get in its standard collection actions.

  It now doesn't become a question of who takes in the most Income.

  BOTH DEPTS TAKE IT IN IN BUCKETLOADS.

  THE NEW INCOME PRODUCING LINE

  I . The Registrar has an Invoice Machine on her desk. She is
hatted on the subject of making out Invoices.

  2, The Registrar must be totally familiar with all pricing and
price structures of the Org.

  3. The Registrar has an Org Price List and Refund Notice posted
by her desk.

  4. The Registrar is totally money-minded and gets that body into
the shop. She is a cracker-jack at handling the Public Individual
and producing Income.

  5, The Registrar has her lines fully in so that she never misses
a Hot Prospect from the Public Divs or the Div 2 lines. She signs
them up and takes their money.

  6, The Registrar interviews public pcs and students after
training and processing and resigns them up and takes their money
and usually nets some 50% of the Org's Income for additional
sign-ups in these "after Interviews".

  ADMIN SET-UP

  1. Dept 7 is responsible for the admin set-up necessary to Cash
Collection for the Registrar.

  2. Invoice Packs are issued the Registrar by the Cashier and
standardly logged in and out.

  3. The Registrar Invoices all monies received by her over the
counter.

  4. The Cashier and Registrar work in close liaison. One could
even set up a buzzer system between the Cashier and Registrar's
office so that the Cashier could be called upon at a moment's
notice to serve the Registrar.

  5. The Cashier makes change for the Registrar. The money and any
notes are handled by the Registrar.

  6. The Registrar turns over to the Cashier the fourth copy of her
invoice and any note, and the money received. As usual, Dept 7 also
gets the 3rd copy of any Debit/Credit Invoice for collection
purposes.

  7. The Cashier then checks for correctness of invoice, and sees
that it matches the money received.

  8.

  The Cashier keeps the money until picked up by the FBO or RAM for
banking.

  350

  9. Dir Income remains responsible for doing weekly income
breakdowns, combining Registrar takings and Income Dept receipts
for the week.

  10. Body Collections are done by the Cashier on past due payments
locally, and may also be done by FSMs.

  11. The Income Dept is mainly concerned with getting in monies
owed to the org and advance payments through standard collection
actions and monthly statements.

  12. The above is done with a routine admin set-up which uses the
xerox and address machine, but entails NO letter writing or typing
statements. (Collection letters can of course be written to debtors
who are not answering up to statements.)

  13. The Income Dept has a series of income folders. Each folder
has in it a summary sheet for that account.

  14. Invoices are posted by hand to the summary sheets routinely.

  15. Once a month, summary sheets are xeroxed for statements.

  16. Dept 7 also uses a billing slip, which bears a "PLEASE REMIT"
in bold letters, and which has a blank space to write down the
balance of account.

  17. Dept 7 keeps in its own area and under its own control, a
tray of address plates which matches exactly the set of collection
folders.

  18. The billing slip gets run through the address machine and
matched to its corresponding xeroxed summary sheet. Both get
stuffed into a pre-addressed envelope and sent out!

  19. When receiving a Debit-Credit invoice from the Registrar, the
Cashier makes an address plate for the person's permanent address
and makes up a folder and a statement form if one doesn't already
exist in the file.

  20. An address check basket is set up in Income Dept. Before
filing, all Debit/Credit Invoices, whether written on Reg lines or
by the Income Dept, and all other Income mail particles go through
this basket so that plates can be checked and changed as needed or
new plates made up.

  21. A whole Advance payment billing layout parallels the above.
The same system with summary sheets and billing forms is used, but
the full run off is sent to Advance Reservations Reg in Dept 6 so
she can nudge along with the statement and mail the statement and
letter out.

  This new line is guaranteed to raise your Org's Gross Income, and
if putting an Invoice Machine on the Registrar's desk doesn't do
it, then she sure needs hatting and drilling on the subject of
Producing Income.

  Do the above and become a Member of the BE VIABLE CLUB!

  Written by

  Dissem & Treas Aides

  from the notes of

  LRH:RR:LQ:mes.rd L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright

  (c) 1971 Founder

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  [See also

  HCO P/Ls 26

  October

  1971,

  Issue 11, Statistic of the Body Registrar, and

  2

  February

  1972,

  Invoicing Clarification, in the

  1971 & 1972

  Year Books.]

  351

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 APRIL 1965 Gen Non-Remimeo HCO Dip 2
- Dept of Prom-Reg

  LETTER REG HAT

   The Policy Letter must be hat checked on the Letter Registrar by
the HCO Secretary or LRH Communicator on the HCO Dissemination
Secretary, the Director of Prom-Reg and the Letter Registrar
complete with the drills and clay table. After I June 1965 no
person may have any but a Deputy Title in these posts until the
check and drills are completely done and the fact reported to HCO
Dissem Sec HCO WW with signature of the hat checker who did it. HCO
Dissem WW then informs HCO Sec WW that appointment may be issued.
After June 1, 1965, including any letter of the Letter Registrar
not written according to this policy in a report of "Letters Out"
for Prom-Reg will be considered a False Report. The purpose of this
Policy Letter is to co-ordinate the activities of the Letter
Registrar with general Scientology promotion and bring prosperity
to the organization and Scientology to the public.

   The purpose of the Letter Registrar:

   TO HELP LRH GUIDE INDIVIDUALS BY LETTER INTO CORRECT CHANNELS TO
OBTAIN SCIENTOLOGY AND TO INCREASE THE SIZE OF ORGANIZATIONS.

   The duties of the Letter Registrar do not consist of writing
floods of generalized promotion letters. This is the job of the
magazine and special mailings. The magazine faces the general
public.

   The Letter Registrar faces individuals only.

   The Magazine and broad mailings do all General Promotion.

   THE LETTER REGISTRAR FINDS INDIVIDUALS WHO WANT SOMETHING AND
WRITES THAT PERSON LETTERS THAT HELP HIM OR HER TO GET IT.

   This is all a Letter Registrar does in writing letters.

   It is the magazine and mailing pieces and the books which
develop the want, the general programme which indicates a channel.
The Letter Registrar picks up the individual response and puts it
in the channel and pulls it in,

   I . BROAD PUBLIC PROMOTION: Ads, Books, Magazines, Mailings,
Brochures. NEVER by Letter Reg. Only by Promotion Hats.

   2. PROGRAMMES: The channel in which the service is requested and
the person is moved by the Registrar for delivery. The Letter
Registrar replies to wants or inferred wants by pointing out to the
individual the existing channels.

   3. RESPONSE by Individuals by mail. ONLY by Letter Registrar.

   The backlog of responses is in CF. These are carefully worked
over by degrees of interest and each one is offered help to get
what he or she wanted. No want of any kind expressed or inferred-no
Letter Reg letter is written.

   Promotion develops the want by carefully showing what it is all
about and the Programmes -that exist for the individual.

   The Letter Registrar is entirely an intelligent router of
individuals by mail.

   Her counterpart is the body receptionist who routes people who
walk in, only the Letter Registrar does it by mail. When want is
expressed or inferred Letter Reg responds.

   Letter Reg leaves no expressed or inferred want unanswered in
the files. To do so ARC Breaks the anter.

   The situation is this: Broad Promotion is done by magazines,
info packets, mailings. This is at many people and also makes known
to various types of people or persons at various Scientology stages
of advance the existing services and programmes. The Broad Public
Promotion arouses a want in the persons contacted.

  352

  Those individuals who by letter request or infer that this want
be satisfied, are answered by the Letter Registrar individually.
The Letter Registrar must be an expert on Programmes (such as books
available, Academy Training, HGC processing, Memberships).

  The Letter Registrar reads the individual's letter and finds out
what that individual wants or infers he or she wants.

  The whole duty of the Letter Registrar is (a) to help that
individual get on a route that will deliver the thing wanted and
(b) increase the want.

  The basic on this is that mail is from individuals who want what
has been promoted or infer they might want it.

  Mail is not from "The Public". The mail consists of letters from
INDIVIDUALS. They are not a collective mass.

  Persons who are badly ARC Broken in life must not be posted as
any type of Registrar as such generalize their incoming mail as
from the "Public". An ARC Broken person got that way from
generalities containing false data that was calculated to suppress
the hearer. Such people don't pick out individuals in a crowd
because of their "fixated generalness" of existence. A Registrar
must be able to see that one person is different from another and a
Letter Registrar must see this through a letter received.

  The Letter Registrar can see what that person who wrote that
letter wants or might be able to want and intensifies that want and
helps the person as seems necessary to enter a programme channel
(books, training, processing). Therefore the Letter Registrar must
be very familiar with the books available, the auditing available,
the training available. If the person cannot qualify for what is
offered in one way, the Letter Registrar points out another way.

  A Letter Registrar who is unbriefed in the channels which
exist-what can be begun by the person-will inevitably disperse and
start writing letters that are just a second, and very expensive
and ineffective "magazine". The magazine writes a "form letter" to
the "Public". Not the Letter Registrar.

  The Letter Registrar GUIDES the individual into a proper channel.
Once there, that's it. The org takes over until the person, out
again, is ready to be entered into another channel in the org and
signifies it by speaking up.

  THE LETTER REGISTRATION BASIC CYCLE

  The routine is exactly this and no other:

  Books are advertised.

  Books are sold.

  A Magazine is sent to the buyer. It contains material to make the
book buyer want service, clarifies words, shows people in an org,
etc.

  The book buyer eventually reaches for the service due to the
repeated issues of the magazine.

  If this reach is by mail, the Letter Registrar finds out by
reading the letter what the person seems to be reaching for.

  The Letter Registrar points out the channel reached for.

  The Letter Registrar intensifies the want.

  The person eventually comes in, perhaps after letters responding
to an ad rather than book orders. But this only means the Letter
Reg enters earlier. "Buy a book" is the response by the Letter Reg,
measured carefully against the content of the letter. "Buy a book."
What use to talk to somebody who can't afford even the price of a
book or a few letter exchanges.

  That's the whole of the Letter Registration Basic Cycle.

  ONLY VARIATIONS

  When you omit parts of the basic cycle you mess up the channel
and block it, or you don't reach any individual.

  The only seeming variations of the cycle consist of who won't
read one. The cycle then continues.

  353

  If a field staff member's contact writes in, reaching, treat the
person as somebody who has bought a book or sell a book depending
on the content of that individual letter.

  Obtaining mailing lists bought or sent in all one does is send
out ads for books in a packet. That's all. No other material. Make
it

  easy

  for the person receiving the ad to order the book and enclose the
money and make the person want the book in accordance with the type
of list being used! Hit the list a few times with similar
literature. It all says to (a) buy a book and (b) what book to buy
and (c) how much and (d) why one wants the book and (e) how easy it
is to buy it and L what a good thing it would be if one did.
Anything else will confuse the channel. Only

  offer

  one channel in such pieces.

  When the person buys the book and reads the book, if one doesn't
hear, one can send a questionnaire about the book that also asks
what the person wants.

  Then probably the person writes or at least sends in the
questionnaire and for the first time the Letter Reg is personally
on the line to that individual.

  These are Promotion Activities-broad public approach-right up to
the moment the individual responds by a slight reach.

  It still is:

  I . Promotion Activities making broad approaches to get a
response from an individual.

  2. The Letter Reg picking up the individual and getting him or
her on a channel.

  ERRORS

  For a Letter Reg to do Broad Public Promotion in letters is
useless and expensive and ineffective. Letters are from individuals
and are answered to that individual only.

  "Form Letters" are foolish as one can't do a form to cover
individual wants. The want is individual.

  Writing broad public form letters leaves the whole of CF
neglected and ARC Breaks people who reached and didn't get
answered. Questionnaires are the easiest to overlook. Answering a
filled out questionnaire with a form is foolish as it wastes the
questionnaire.

  *Questionnaires about "do you want to be kept on our mailing
-------- and throwing away those who don't respond is very terrible
indeed. It will break an org. People don't usually answer as it
violates the Letter Reg Basic Cycle above. They have folders in CF
containing reaches for the org. These should be developed to reach
want by the Letter Reg.

  It is a mistake to write a letter without the person's letter or
filled out questionnaire and folder if any in hand. One spoils the
channel by making mistakes about the person or the person's needs
or plans.

  It is a terrible mistake to let a person loose on Promotion who
does not understand the above Promotional Aims and who doesn't do
them. It's even worse when a Letter Reg ignores the responses and
begins to be a magazine.

  It is an error for a Letter Registrar to promote small events by
individual letter. That is again broad public promotion.

  LETTER REG PROJECTS

  Every unanswered reach in CF is a potential ARC Break. The Letter
Reg must dig out all reaches or inferred reaches and show them a
correct Channel (Programme) and intensify the want. This is done
under no tension. It is just done.

  When a Letter Reg isn't busy, broad promotion has been goofed.
The Letter Reg must not try to make up for it by Letters. The
correct project for the Letter Reg is to scout down, by long
distance 'phone if necessary, existing mailing lists of health book
buyers, health food buyers, mystic literature buyers, science
fiction buyers, etc, etc, etc, from firms that sell mailing lists
and buy them and prepare an appropriate mailing for them with the
above requirements, and get it off, meanwhile answering up the
reaches that are made daily. A Letter Reg must have people write in
in order to write to them. Therefore new lists, a once in a while
questionnaire to old lists which intensifies their want (not, "do
you want us to ------but "you want ----

  ",

  and a

  354

  magazine that defines Scientology words, sells books, shows
photos of lots of Scientologists, displays ads for services and
shows routes, are vital necessities or the post can't operate. This
may be somebody else's hat in a specialized org but it's the Letter
Reg who has to have the response and so the Letter Reg if unable to
find enough existing mail to keep busy had better increase the
volume of demand or she can't show anyone how it can be supplied.

  Questionnaires must never go straight into CF. All questionnaires
when received back are put in a bin beside the Letter Reg who then
answers the implied reaches. And only answered questionnaires go
into people's folders in CF. Questionnaires which can't be so
answered were foolishly composed in the first place (see above for
what is needed in one). The Letter Reg answers the daily mail, then
chews away on the questionnaires until they're completed-each
implied want is intensified and shown a channel.

  ANSWERING TECH QUESTIONS

  A tech question in a letter is never directly answered. This is a
reach. The Letter Reg is not a book or the Academy or a pen pal.
One uses the question as a want and shows the writer the channel by
which it can be satisfied. "The answer to your question will be
found in the following text for which I provide a flier" would be a
response from a trained Scientologist Letter Reg. "You are eligible
for a Level ----(from the person's folder) course where such data
is taken up carefully by good instructors," or "I see you need an
extension course by your question and I enclose the

  information sheet about it. Please sign the card and return

  Or even, "We have a

  field staff member near you. I am sending your letter to him as
he is an expert and can

  answer more fully."

  If you start running a course by mail you are not putting the
person on the org channel.

  In short, you use everything you get (except sour grapes) as
grist to your mill. Turn it into an indicated want and head the
person to the channel that will satisfy it.

  DON'T END CYCLE

  The Letter Reg never heavily acks any intention to reach
expressed by a person. Never "I'm SO glad you decided to come.
Thank you. Good. Fine." That ends cycle. The Letter Reg doesn't let
cycles end. Proper reply to an expressed reach is "Reach". Somebody
wants a course. Say exactly how to reach it!

  Don't stop traffic. Start new reaches.

  The Letter Reg is like a vacuum cleaner-all pull in as she
contacts the outside. If you answer tech questions you end the
cycle. If you acknowledge too hard you end cycle.

  Mystery is the heaviest pull. Without being mysterious or choppy
one puts the here-it-is ahead of the want to know and so pulls the
person into the channel best suited to satisfy the mystery at last.
It is the person who is in mystery. By putting "the available
answer" northeast-south-west without stating it, the person is
headed north-east-soutlh-west at will. Thus we are very selective
in what we answer. Answer almost everything about facilities,
living conditions, travel but not tech. Tech has already been given
in a book. To give more would "guild the lily" and stop the reach.
Mags give enough tech to start a want. So do brochures and fliers.
The Letter Registrar routes, pulls, guides but doesn't teach tech.

  LETTER REG REGISTERING

  THE BOOK OF LETTER SCHEDULING

  The Letter Reg actually registers. This is done by getting people
to Schedule courses and intensives.

  Just channelling on courses and intensives is not enough. One
must get the person to say when they are coming for their next
course or next grade of intensives.

  For example on a questionnaire Bill says he someday wants to be
trained. One intensifies this with WHEN and gently coaxes Bill to
say "next year" and then coaxes Bill in a next letter to say WHEN
NEXT YEAR. So Bill does and it becomes a fact and the Letter
Registrar registers Bill in her Book of Letter Scheduling.

  Such a book is best if heavy paper loose leaf, very heavy binding
and snap ring for page removal and replacement. Thus such a book
can have a page removed for a copy

  355

  machine to copy, the page replaced and the copy sent on with no
other work. One week can be one page or several pages if it goes to
many students and pcs. One can keep the right side of the open
double page for students and the left side for preclears and the
week at the top of each page. Thus one can put a lot of pcs and
students in it if it's big enough and can see week by week for
months and even a year what is coming.

  The game is to get this Book evenly filled up and then more full.

  One NEVER consults tech about it. The Letter Reg isn't in the
Tech Division. One only tells Tech what's in the book from week to
week and what its future is.

  The Letter Registrar may not take orders from Tech. The line is
from HCO Promotion and Registration to Tech on advices of who and
when. It goes only from Tech to Prom-Reg as a query for "Who-When?"
Tech may never say "That's too many" or "That's not enough".

  This Book of Letter Scheduling is only for weeks of intensives or
week end intensives or courses. The Letter Registrar must never
schedule by hours such as "Two hours a week". This is highly
illegal. It snarls Tech up, giving them idle auditors galore and
ruining Financial Planning. But heavy schedules of week long or
weekend intensives are simply scheduled and Tech's Dept of
Estimation is informed as far ahead as possible. It's up to Tech to
get the Auditors and Instructors. It's up to Materiel to get the
quarters. It's only up to PromReg (and the Distribution Sec) to
drive in business. These are only concerned with the top end of the
channel. The Org Division and the Tech Division have to cope. The
Tech Division can howl only if statistics in Divisions 2 and 6 go
down.

  That's policy based on long long long experience.

  So the Book of Letter Scheduling is the game of Prom-Reg. Try to
fill it up!

  This leads to proper letters to somebody who is undecided as to
when. "We have an auditor for you in the first week of August." One
doesn't ever say "We won't have" or "Don't have" ever. One simply
fills up the Book of Letter Scheduling for the next six months and
after as far as one can and packs in more. The game is to try to
make it an even filling.

  This Book of Letter Scheduling is available to the Dept of
Estimation if they come over to Prom-Reg to see it. So it must be
available in working hours (Dept of the Org and Dept of Estimation
only) and it must be kept up.

  A nice heavy book is best with about a thousand pages. It can't
be carted off and goes thud when closed. (We lost a book once with
70 pcs' names in it who had been scheduled in the next two
months-LA Sept 1950 and it was a staggering blow to the Org! Broke
the first LA org, in fact. It was stolen by a Russ Schofield of LA.
He went broke, too, as the people got terribly confused and didn't
buy any from him or the org either.) The Book of Letter Scheduling
must (a) exist, (b) must be entered into daily when the mail comes,
showing who says they're coming, for what and when, (c) must only
have valid fact in it, "I will be there on - ---- for ------- and
(d) must be levelled out so its gaps are filled too without any
shifting of made appointments, (e) must be available to Dept of Org
and Dept of Estimations but may not be removed by either, L must be
the subject of weekly reports giving expected persons for the next
four weeks in detail with names and for what and numbers only for 6
months thereafter, (g) must be safeguarded.

  It is not the main Dept of Estimations' source of expected
students and pcs There are two other such books in the org-In
Person, Phone, and Turn Up, which are elsewhere described, taking
care of people who schedule ahead in person (Book of In Person
Scheduling) and people who 'phone in to schedule (wires to go
Letter Reg) Book of Phone Scheduling and people who just turn up.
These are kept by the Personal (Body) Registrar or the Telephone
Registrar. All the books are as the above description of the Book
of Letter Scheduling. The Dept of Estimations gets the lot and logs
the Turn Up student or pc who simply arrives ready to go in its own
records.

  By sending the Dept of Estimation an office printer copy of the
next four weeks of pages, and counting the next many months, the
Department of Estimation can provide the service.

  This is the Letter Registrar's game. Fill up the book-as evenly
as possible-but fill up the book.

  356

  QUALIFICATIONS OF LETTER REG

   It is not vital for a Letter Reg to be trained in anything but
this Policy Letter, programmes (channels) and the proper language
and the use of dictaphones. Typists are not necessary on this post
except when an org is Class Zero, and even there one can employ a
typing service to transcribe or get a part time typist. Knowledge
of the org and its org board and channels is far more useful.
Scientology training is only desirable because it makes a person
more intelligent and gives a command of the terms used in letters.

   A brisk, helpful person who can confront individuals and write
brief friendly letters is the best Letter Registrar providing he or
she knows this Pol Ltr thoroughly, knows the org's services
thoroughly, knows current promotion programmes and policy and isn't
frightened of volume.

   -A Letter Reg must not be worried by flows of traffic. The more
traffic he or she can start, the happier he or she should be.

   A perfect personality is one who starts avalanches for fun-with
never a thought for too many or too fast.

   Letter Reg drills consist of taking the Letter Reg out where a
crowd exists and have the Letter Reg point out individual people.

   It is a good drill to have the Letter Reg connect a letter with
a person.

   The Letter Registrar should be made to draw all the channels of
an org or do them in clay and know the Org Board and departmental
functions completely.

   The Letter Registrar should do the whole of the Letter
Registration Basic Cycle in Clay with labels until it is very
familiar.

   Prices are not the Letter Reg's concern but price fliers can be
sent and a direct question answered.

  ENTHETA

   Complaints, upsets, snarls, discourtesy, are not answered by the
Letter Reg but when received by Letter Reg are stamped "Entheta "
and with no answer to the writer are sent to CF. CF attaches the
Entheta-stamped Letter to any existing folder and sends it to HCO
Dept 3 Justice Section where it will be cared for.

   To answer such is to enturbulate the line, distract the Letter
Registrar and mess up things in general. HCO's Justice Section will
look in its files for the person and handles by tracing
associations and the trouble to its source which is usually a
suppressive person or somebody with a withhold.

   The Letter Reg is part of a team. There is no sense answering
enturbulating letters as the trouble lies with the person who wrote
the letter and such haven't been found to contain much truth. It is
a Justice matter. If anybody erred, Justice will want to know so it
can shut it off before it hurts others.

  REPORTS

   The Letter Reg reports the number of letters written and mailed
which are exactly according to this policy letter. A letter written
which is outside this policy is not a Letter Reg letter and if
reported as one is a false report. Therefore Letter Reg reports may
only include letters written as above directed. They will bring in
what we want. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mI.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron
Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 357

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 NOVEMBER 1968 Remimeo SH All Registration
Hats

  BROAD PUBLIC .. ENROLLMENT .. SUCCESS CYCLE

  ENROLLMENT CYCLE

   Cycle starts off at distribution when individuals are reached by
broad promotion, buy a book and eventually reach into the org
themselves and are replied to by a Letter Registrar, who finds
their want, puts them on a channel, and intensifies their reach.
She keeps them progressing up the Routing and Gradation Chart until
they finally reach for Saint Hill Services, at which time they are
passed on to the Advance Registration unit, who schedules them for
services. These individuals are written to by the Advance
Registration unit, which has its own ADVANCE RESERVATIONS RECORDS
I/C who only writes to those people who are booked, encourages them
to be here sooner, and in short gives them any and all information
to get here in the shortest possible time. Advance unit carries on
with these people until they finally arrive in the org, at which
time the Body Registrar takes over, makes them welcome, smooths out
any points that aren't clear, completes all registration
formalities, and then hands over to Treasury division. They then go
to Tech for auditing and training, Qual for declare, to Success
division stating their successes and on to the Registrar to sign up
for their next training or processing. In this policy letter we are
only INTERESTED in the Enrollment cycle. LETTER REGISTRATION
SECTION:

   The Letter Registration Section is formed herewith as follows:
It is headed by the Letter Registration Section Officer.

   The dual statistics of this section officer are (a) Letters out
(b) Advance Registrations booked.

   This officer designs questionnaires and supervises the section
and its personnel and letter quality and policy and is responsible
for having personnel on the job, though Dept I also works on this.
This officer does not write letters.

   This section has four units. 1. The Letter Registrar's Unit. 2.
The Registrar Typing Unit. 3. The Advance Registration Records
Unit. 4. The Registrar Mail Unit.

   This section is flanked by the Central Files section. In the CF
section there are CF Liaison clerks who get out and put back
folders for the Letter Registrars and Advance Reservations Records
I/C.

   The Letter Reg Section is to be provided with dictation
equipment of excellent sound quality, which takes all dictation for
pool transcription. These machines must be easily maintained and
goof proof.

   All incoming mail is counted by the Letter Registration Section
Officer, given to the Registrar Mail Clerk for logging, who in turn
gives by hand to CF Liaison. CF Liaison returns letters with
folders to Letter Reg Section Officer, who checks figure against
original count (and screams to CF if they aren't all back) sorts
and gives letters to individual Letter Registrars, and passes those
to Advance Reservations Records Unit as applicable.

   The Letter Registrar Unit answers incoming mail and originates
via CF folders. Each one, so far as possible answers his or her own
mail. The whole action here is getting the individual on a channel,
and getting them up it step by step until they finally reach for
Saint Hill services, at which time they are forwarded to the
Advance

  358

  Registrations Records Unit for scheduling. (This is AFTER the
Letter Registrar has replied and told them that she is now passing
them over to this unit who will give them details about Saint Hill
services and a date for starting.) Advance Registrations Records
Unit I/C now gives the person a starting date out of her book and
in reality with the person's letter and hands over to the Advance
Reservations Records I/C who gives them all details. Bookings are
also written on index cards alphabetically, which also contain
details of the person's address, how the booking was obtained, i.e.
by letter, selection slip, etc., and will ultimately have written
on it in red ink, invoice number and services paid and signed for.

  Letter Registrars are given folders by the CF Liaison on calling
for them or as directed by the Letter Registration Section Officer.

  Advance Reservation Records I/C writes only to those people in
the Advance scheduling books. Weekly, pages of those people who are
coming 6 weeks to 4 months in advance, are xeroxed and sent through
to CF for pulling of folders.

  Also, the Advance Reservations Records I/C concentrates on
special programmes of persons scheduled 6 months, 12 months and up
to 2 and 3 years in advance. The handling of this programme is at
the discretion and responsibility of the Advance Reservations
Records I/C. The quality of her letters is directly supervised by
the Letter Registration Section Officer.

  All letters are dictated into the dictating machine by the Letter
Registrars.

  The Registrar Typing Unit takes the letters out of the dictation
pool and they are typed, and envelopes addressed.

  The Mail unit assembles all letters and mailings, keeps accurate
logs of same and sends copies and files to CF and mails the letter.
This unit also provides supplies and keeps the dictation equipment
in working order.

  THESE UNITS ARE A TEAM WORK DRILL.

  DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ADVANCE RESERVATIONS RECORDS I/C and LETTER
REG:

  The reason that the Advance Reservations Records I/C can not be a
part of the Letter Registration unit, is that the whole purpose and
function is different and requires different kind of handling as
stated below:

  The LETTER REGISTRAR is working to get People moving up the
Gradation Chart to a point where their reality is sufficient to
effect a want to come to Saint Hill. In order to decide a person
must be able to understand, thus, to decide to come to, Saint Hill
a person must be brought up to understanding. This a Letter
Registrar does by directing them to their next step up the Routing
and Gradation Chart. She is geared up totally to handling the
public individual, directing their lives, indicating the correct
by-passed charge, i.e. their own barriers and achieving the final
purpose... to act them to say they are coming. This Letter
Registrar does anything and everything to get this purpose
accomplished. Once she has done that, she has achieved her purpose
and looks for more people to get to want to come. This then is the
end of her cycle. HOWEVER, this does not eliminate her from ever
writing to those people again, because even though a person has
said they are coming, there are quite often steps that need to be
taken before they are eligible for Saint Hill services. The Letter
Reg then should continue to direct them up the routing and
gradation chart until they have completed their steps and are
eligible for Saint Hill.

  When an individual has said he is coming, but is not yet eligible
for SH, they are still primarily the reponsibility of the Letter
Registrar, but they would also be written to in special programmes
of the Advance Reservations Records I/C.

  The ADVANCE RESERVATIONS RECORDS I/C mainly concentrates on those
people who have made a decision... i.e. TO COME TO SAINT HILL. Her
function is totally different in that she is giving information and
encouraging in all possible ways, the person to get here FAST FAST
FAST. Not to be bound by their schedule date, as

  359

  this gives a stuck point in time which is a lie. We want them
here NOW. This terminal pushes, pressures, shoves and gets them
here. At his stage the whole concentration is on getting them to
enroll. It is also to be understood that this unit totally
concentrates on the upstat person. This differs from the Letter
Registrar who is weeding out the able from the less able.

  When an individual has said he is coming, and is eligible for SH,
he is then entirely in the hands of the Advance Reservations
Records I/C.

  The Advance Reservations Records I/C mainly concentrates on those
people who are coming within 6 weeks - 4 months ahead. These being
the up-stat people, they get the best, constant attention. .
priority handling. All their letters are handled within 12 hours of
receipt, all payments and enrollment forms are acknowledged within
2 hours of receipt. Continual concentration on these people will
result in high enrollments and income, thus it would follow, that
it will also result in high tech completions and future expansion
and solvency for the org.

  If Advance Reg call in of pcs does not parallel the enrollment
statistic, watch it. Expansion and income will stop and soon Execs
will start going and trying to promote into a public soured by
non-delivery and no service. Business will slump because we are not
delivering. Whenever you see a tech completions statistic that is
lower than and does not parallel an enrollment statistic, you can
expect an eventual slump of income. When you see a nearly level
tech completions-statistic for training or processing or both, you
know somewhere somebody has an illegal quota system going. So then,
Advance Reservations Records I/C continues writing to people and
calling them in, even after they have enrolled. She keeps them hot,
and doesn't stop until they are actually in the org.

  Herewith then is the policy necessary to create and handle a
boom. Expansion is inevitable, Specific functions will probably
need to be expanded. However these are the basic lines and must be
adhered to RIGIDLY as this in the past is what created our boom of
enrollments and income and will do so once more.

  Compiled by:

  Irene Dunleavy

  Director of Registration SH (1967)

  Approved by Qual Sec SH Lorita Hill

  HCO Area Sec SH Pat Spyker

  Ad Council SH (Chairman Lorita Hill)

  HCO E.S. SH Bene Neal

  Org E.S. SH Dalene Regenass

  P.E.S. SH Rosalie Vesper

  LRH Comm SH Con Whitlock

  LRH Comm WW Rodger Wright

  Ad Council WW

  Exec Council WW Edith Hoyseth

  Mark Jones

  Tom Morgan

  D/Guardian WW Jane Kember

  LRH:jp.ei.rd

  Guardian WW Mary Sue Hubbard

  Copyright

  (c) 1968

   for

  by L. Ron Hubbard

   L. RON HUBBARD

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

   Founder

  360

  FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY

  1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.

  FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER OF 3 JUNE 1957

  LETTER WRITING

  AMENDING CF AND PROCUREMENT PAPER

  OF

  Auditors answering letters from 4 to 5.30 p.m., should not
conceive themselves to be originating.

  They are in actuality answering letters with ARC.

  If they would go through the files they would find thousands of
unanswered or poorly answered letters.

  Their job is to adequately answer the letters from the field.

  The trick of answering is to Understand and then take up the.
points and answer.

  The main complaint of the field is that nobody answers their
questions.

  Auditors as they answer aren't to write TV commercials. They are
just to answer.

  A book orderer has, in fact, asked a question. "What is
Scientology." Volunteering to answer any question he still has on
reading the book, just that and no more, will put us into
Communication with him.

  Thus we can go into Communication with the world.

  [I have understood the auditor's letter-writing role. I am
answering his questions about it.]

  LRH:md.cden L RON HUBBARD

  Copyright

  (c) 1957

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  HASI POLICY LETTER OF 7 NOVEMBER 1958

  No. 2

  The output of special letters to prospects from selected files
shall be 200 (two hundred) per week.

  L. RON HUBBARD LRH:rs.rd Copyright

  (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  361

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HASI LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1958 TO: Director of Procurement and
her Staff copy: Association Secretary copy: HCO D.C. for issue to
Dir Procu., D.C.

  HOW TO PROCURE PEOPLE

   New Purpose of Department of Procurement: To make friends with
future Scientologists and to make available to, them training and
processing and other services and to assist them to receive these.

   Procedure: Choose a CF file folder. Ignore folders with no
correspondence in them (let "Certainty" develop these by selling
books). Inspect one CF file folder. Get to know person by reading
his letters, not HASI answers. Treat every person as a special
case. Each person is a special problem. Each folder contains a
special problem. Never generalise, never monkey-up the R.

   Study folder for R factor of ARC triangle. Then solve it. What
is the reality of this person? (With what will he agree at his
highest stretch?)

   Now that you know him, discuss him, his case, his past
experience with processing on any point that interests you the
letter writer. Simply say what interests you about him if you are
down to that.

   To a degree the Procurement person is an auditor when writing
preclears.

   The laws here are the same as applies in auditing: I . clean up
the ARC by getting pc to talk or explain 2. get pc interested in
own case 3. get pc to talk to you freely about anything.

   The whole idea is to put the person in remote session with the
HASI. His R will be what level he talks along. What will he talk
about? Get him to talk about his case. When he has answered a
letter, send him (free of charge) tests to fill out if you like.
Any test in the shop will do. Have him send it back to you. When it
returns, tell him to come in and talk to you about it.

   Rule: If the whole story told in the Folder doesn't interest you
whatever don't write. If it interests you, write about what does
interest you.

   In effect you are handling ARC breaks Oust as you do in
auditing), and handling friendly lines to increase them. On
students: I . Get him interested on what he can do for people. 2.
Increase his belief in himself.

   Handle the person in the file. Answer his questions.

   Don't muck around selling people anything in letters. Tell them
it exists. Find out why they aren't getting it. Remove the
obstacles. Make them talk. Make them run it out in letters. Don't
flood at them. All auditors talk too much. So do registrars and
procurement people. They're talking when they ought to be asking.
And even when the person is begging for a chance to sign, he
sometimes faces outflow from sales people that prevents him from
signing.

   Why sell Scientology?

   Why not go out and sell gold pieces for a penny? What would be
the public reaction if you did?

   You offer Scientology-you don't sell it.

   The duty of Procurement Personnel is to keep the lines open to
people, run out the ARC breaks not by explanation but by making the
person talk or write.

  Don't wheedle people in. Tell them to come in, that we can handle
them now.

  362

  That we have an auditor for them now, That we can train them now
as we have class openings.

  The last person you want on a Registrar's post is a salesman.
They have an R that's too low. They sell things.

  The requirements of a Procurement personnel are as follows:

  I . A good auditor.

  2. An expert on tests and how to analyze them to people.

  3. A person who can run good 8c.

  4. A person who can write a good session that people answer.

  5. A person who knows subjectively you can't buy Scientology
benefits at any money price-they are too valuable.

  6. A person who is bright, personable, interested in people.

  7. A person who isn't degraded when he is given money and who can
ask people for it.

  8. A person who can have bodies, lots of them.

  9. A person who doesn't have to address the masses because he
can't address one person-in other words a person who can confront
one person at a time.

  A Procurement personnel must be able to put life into things. The
best Procurement personnel procure because they want bodies moving
through the shop so they can get a show on the road. Nothing less
will do.

  Expressing the thing in letters or across a desk is all the same.
If one can't excite others about the future or demand they all have
a better one, you've no Procurement personnel.

  Procurement has a big mission. Let's grip with it for a change.
50,000,000 Britons exist to be moved through the Registrar's
office. Move them in one at a time, interest them face to face one
at a time and you'll do it. Leave the masses to me. Leave the Big
Effect you have to have to P.R. You walk them in and through the
HGC and Academy one by one. If you do we'll win.

  Back me up! I'll get them in touch with you. You preserve their
ARC and sign them up.

  Sample letters:

  Dear Eileen,

  I have read your last letter to us and seem to detect difficulty.
You were doing so well that I am curious about your expressed
reluctance to finish the HAS Examination.

  What happened?

  Yours very sincerely,

  Dear Edna,

  I was looking over your folder and my interest was struck by the
fact that on the 10 Feb 57 1 see you were saving for a Number One
basic goal of training for the HPA Course.

  On looking further, I see you took an HAS Course in March 1958. 1
further see that you have not taken an examination or received your
certificate which I have here waiting for you all filled out. I
also see that you took the pre-Congress group intensive with good
results and that your IQ has risen in a year from 114 to 124.

  However I am mystified as to why you did not complete your basic
goal of training. We need auditors badly and you seem so well
suited.

  Has something happened to deter you in your auditing career?

  Best regards,

  Dear Bill,

  Did you get your E-Meter? How does it work?

  Best regards,

  LRH:rs.rd

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright

  (Z)

  1958

  Executive Director

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  363

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JUNE 1959

  Issue III

  Convert to

  SEC ED

  DEFINITION OF A HOT FILE

  Any person who has expressed interest in writing or call in for
training or processing of any kind is a hot file.

  This file must be handled in such a way as to help the person
achieve his goal. This is highly personalized. Salesmanship and
selling is out. We assume now that the person must be helped to
achieve what he wants, not what we want. His job, family matters,
time, all become the interest of Registration and we advise him by
mail or personally how to get what he wants.

  We do not keep selling training or processing to a person who
wants training or processing. It's sold. We help him achieve his
goal by getting information and giving advice.

  ALL REGISTRATION PERSONNEL: Please master this principle. It will
treble service and income if you do. There is a penalty for
violating this.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:mp.cden Copyright

  (q)

  1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  364

  I

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 AUGUST 1959

  CenOCon

  WRITING OF LETTERS BY STAFF AUDITORS

  A review of the financial standing of the organization has led me
to sort out all differences between past procurement and present
procurement, with the finding that the essential change seems to be
when we shifted from letters by staff auditors to prospects, over
to a specialized activity called Letter Registrar. Actually the
decline in letter writing by staff auditors preceded this
particular change; it came about when administrators to Training,
Processing and Books were appointed. This work used to be done
entirely by staff auditors and apparently the public better
responded to letters by staff auditors to them than letters by
Letter Registrars to them. There has been considerable criticism in
the past about staff auditors writing letters, but most of this
came from inside the organization, the public did not protest to a
great degree. The public is now protesting however and apparently
they object to writing to a post in the organization as opposed to
a terminal that has a name. Staff auditors fulfilled this
particular requirement-they had all sorts of people they were
writing to in their hour each day.

  Therefore, without slacking off the existing PrR lines, we will
re-institute in all organizations, the function of letter writing
in CF by staff auditors after they have finished their session.

  The bugs in this programme used to be that we had not trained
staff auditors in letter writing. Therefore, we must now have a
training programme for letter writing to the public, but remember,
the organization staff was the only one who objected strenuously to
these handwritten staff auditor letters, the complaints by the
public were very few.

  The next difficulty came about with auditors conferences which
lasted so long that the auditors never got a chance to write
letters. Well, strenuous training days for staff auditors are over,
even if the training must still be done. Therefore the holding of
long conferences by the D of P with the staff auditors at the end
of an auditing day must be curtailed. This does not mean that
auditors must not report to the D of P. They can report
individually and get gone.

  Sometimes we ran into problems about room for this work. Very
small desks or long tables have been set up in CF for this staff
auditor work, and this has been successful. Another bug was the
system by which auditors wrote letters; some would start at the
beginning of central files, some at the end, some at the middle,
with the result that beginning, middle and end were overwritten to
with the exclusion of others. To overcome this, since we now have
Address systems, we parcel out the country and use CF, which is by
geographical areas, to hand out names. We can run off a full set of
cards in Address and then parcel these out with one area to one
auditor. The only liability this system has is to give one auditor
dominance in a specific area and in effect, it has been said to
build him a practice; well, I don't think this is bad now, for the
Central Organization will eventually have to set up centres, and we
can have an understanding that the person who will set up the HASI
controlled centre in an area will eventually be the staff auditor
who was successful with that area. This makes for good letter
apportionment of incoming mail. By having a chart with an auditor's
name in each geographical area, then we can give that auditor all
the letters from area and not run the risk of changing names on his
correspondence. The public likes a constant name to write to-we did
better with staff auditors writing people in the field. So let's
get this programme going again.

  Also, staff auditors on Monday and Friday or Saturday used to do
all the test work. Those not needed in testing did letters. We
should return to this, abolishing the Testing Administration and
giving it back to staff auditors. Persons now doing Testing
Administration can be used elsewhere. There is no Testing
Administration now.

  Let's try this as a means of boosting income and cutting the
gross number of units.

  L. RON HUBBARD LRH:brb.cden Copyright

  (c) 19 5 9 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  365

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

  37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 NOVEMBER 1959

  Amended and reissued 10 March 1960

  CenOCon

  VALIDATION OF FRANCHISES

  It is important that Scientology magazines run occasional notices
as follows:

  "Your best guarantee of ethical and expert auditing

  I

  is a prominently displayed HCO Franchise. Your Central
Organization cannot guarantee the ethics of all auditors but those
who hold HCO Franchises are known to be ethical. In case of doubt
about your auditor's record write to your Association Secretary
(etc). He can inform you of the standing of any practising
Scientologist. You can also write to your HCO Secretary concerning
any matter of ethics, technology and awards.

  "Medical Doctors and Psychiatrists are not qualified by their
state licences to practise Dianetics or Scientology unless
certified as well as auditors."

  If any query arrives concerning any auditor only one of two
responses are permitted:

  "Referring to your query concerning

  (an auditor or Scientologist) we

  are pleased to inform you that we know of no reason why he (or
she) should not

  receive your full confidence.

  "If you know any reason to the contrary please inform us.

  "Ethics forbids further discussion of the reasons.

  "Any further information you can give us concerning the
activities of this person would be gratefully received.

  "Scientology is too powerful to be permitted to be used
professionally by unscrupulous persons."

  Or, if the person asked about is in our bad books, write only:

  "Concerning your query about

  (an auditor or Scientologist) we regret to

  inform you that we cannot recommend this person.

  "Where certificates have been revoked we have not always
recovered the actual document.

  "Should the person in question report for auditing and be cleared
by the Central Organization, a public notice will be posted to that
effect.

  "Yours for a clean Earth, etc."

  To answer other than the above is to seem to fully recommend an
auditor or, in the second case, further data could lay grounds for
libel.

  This is basically an effort to clean up the field, which is
already pretty clean, and to secondarily force persons to be well
trained and to have HCO Franchises.

  Do not recommend any auditor in any way who has not been trained
within three years or alternatively has not served well on a
Central Organization staff in lieu of other training.

  Note: If a straight forward request arises where the originator
has no reason to suspect anything wrong with the auditor and it is
merely an enquiry you may only quote as far as the asterisk

  LRH:js.mm.rd Valerie E. Obin

  Copyright

  (c) 1959 HCO Area Secretary

  by L. Ron Hubbard for

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD

  [Note: 20 Nov 1959 issue by LRH was amended by HCO Area Sec to
include asterisk in text and note in last paragraph.]

  366

  NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  HCO BULLETIN OF 9 APRIL 1960

  Assn Sec

  Registrar's Hat

  Cen Orgs

  HCO Sec see that this

  is read. Report to me it

  is being complied with.

  OUTFLOW

  The Director of PrR in Washington DC has just done a survey that
confirms a lot of things I've said.

  The quantity of outflow of personal letters on a national basis
determines the number of people who come in for training and
processing.

  The

  quality

  of the letter so long as it's personal, has only some bearing on
it. The

  quantity

  of personal letters determines the inflow.

  Letters written over four years to one prospect without response
in innumerable cases has resulted in the person turning up to be
trained or processed.

  This means that if you want students and pcs you will have to
write lots of letters. You must go through CF over and over,
regardless of response.

  Sixty-five percent of the registrar's outgoing mail must be
originated correspondence. The remaining thirty-five or less should
be answers to letters received.

  150 letters a week is not a huge outflow for a registrar. If no
facilities (transcription) exist to do this number then somebody is
committing organization suicide.

  If there are three registrars, the number should be 500 per week.

  That's

  what it takes to get in students and preclears.

  Once the prospect is in the office the old routine of signing
prospect up, getting technical acceptance from D of P and resigning
prospect for increased hours must be done.

  Your CF should include everyone who has

  originated to

  the Org. Names should not be deleted unless the person is dead.

  The staff auditors should take an hour a day in CF and hand write
people out of files. That's volume. People argue against it on
various grounds. Such arguments have been proven false. Any letters
is better than few letters. Staff Auditors do well with their
correspondence. Divide the country in districts or the alphabet and
assign a section to a staff auditor to originate correspondence and
answer. If an auditor is off a week (no pc) put him on letter
writing. None of this should be used to reduce Registrar's outflow.

  I'll promote in other ways. Others will promote in other ways.

  BUT GET OUT A VOLUME OF LETTERS.

  The important statistics of Adcomm include letters originated in
the week. Letter count does not include business letters. Letters
answered are important but letters originated are more important.

  367

  HOW TO WRITE A LETTER

  Take a folder from CF, read it. Say whatever you think of to say
to that person. That's the "R" factor formula. If you think it, say
it. You'll get a response.

  Don't sell. Just write a person.

  I can pick up a file in CF, read it, write a letter with "R" and
sign it Joe Doakes and have the person phoning or coming in two
times out of three, I've done it often.

  The CIF folder that contains only an invoice of a book bought can
still be answered with "R". What book was it? Look over the actual
book. Write the person about what you think of the book and ask
what he would like to know in it and recommend another book and
offer your help in understanding it. Mention it if there's an
extension course for that book.

  Don't write dead ready-made letters of a flock of assembled pat
paragraphs. Never write a form letter. Write the person, not the
air.

  INTERVIEWING

  When the prospect comes in, see him or her at once (no waiting).
Be courteous, friendly, businesslike. Rise when they enter and
leave. Call reception to show them out if they stay too long.

  Be willing to take their money. Always prefer cash to notes. We
are not a credit company.

  Always see the student or pc before they leave the place after
service. You can often sell more training or processing.

  ASSN SEC RESPONSIBILITY

  The Assn Sec must see that letter count outgoing stays up.
Otherwise it is asking for a unit slump.

  The Assn Sec must see that the body line in and out is smooth,
that people who arrive get interviewed and signed.

  Here is the income source. Number of letters out decides number
of bodies in.

  It is a maxim that unless you have bodies in the shop you get no
income. So on any pretext get bodies in the place and provide
ingress to the Registrar when they're there.

  Any bodies for any purpose or activity mean success.

  HCO SEC RESPONSIBILITY

  The HCO Sec sees to the same thing as the Assn Sec but reports
with speed to me if this line isn't running.

  The first duty of an HCO Sec is to see that the Reg line works
and hats in that dept are known and worn, after that do something
else.

  The Reg line folds 2 or 3 times a year. Inspect it weekly and it
won't.

  That's the survival line. Watch it, care for it.

  LRH:js.rd

  Copyright

  (c) 1960

  L. RON HUBBARD

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  368

  NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

  NOT GREEN ON WHITE

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

  3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

  HCO BULLETIN OF 12 APRIL 1960

  Re-issued from Sthil

  CenO

  AN ANALYSIS OF PROMOTION

  John Fudge, Director of Promotion and Registration in Washington,
DC, has made a thorough analysis of the effect on the unit of the
quantity of promotion letters which are sent out by the Central
Org. His conclusion is simple: If a large number of good promotion
letters is sent out in any particular week, this is followed two or
three weeks later by a large unit. And if a small number of letters
is sent out, in two or three weeks time there is a low unit. His
report is given below:

  An Analysis of Promotion in relation to units in the FCDC

  Based on a graphical survey of the period 24th February, 1959 to
29th March, 1959, inclusive.

  Source of data: Advisory Council Minutes, Founding Church of
Scientology, Washington, DC.

  A graph was made indicating both the total volume of promotion
mail out, not including mailings, information packets and other
impersonal types of letter, and the unit in cents for the same
period.

  The first salient datum that is evident from study of the graph
is that there is a twoweek lag between letters out and the value of
the unit. This is only in terms of peaks and lows; no attempt is
made here to give an exact co-ordination of letters out (volume) to
value of unit. For example, it is apparent that over the majority
of the period any peak in letters out was followed by a peak in
unit within two weeks, on the average.

  It is stressed that no attempt is made to analyse quality;

  quantity only

  has been analysed. It would appear that quantity is the main
factor. The graph showed that a continued low volume of letters out
over a period was followed some time later by a generally reduced
unit value. The very poor promotion of the period 10th March, 1959
to 31st March, 1959 was followed by the worst unit of the year 1959
a short time later, and this was also continued as regards low
units for some time.

  General Observations

  The stable datum that the Registrar's outflow monitors income is
corroborated by this survey. However, it is again noted that
quantity of letters out seems to be more important than actual
quality, though undoubtedly quality is reflected in these figures
to some degree; for the purpose of this analysis it is a hidden
factor, and would have to form the subject of a separate survey.

  There is one major exception to the datum proposed here that "the
larger the volume of the letters out on the promotional lines of
the Organisation the larger the unit will be within a period of
6-12 weeks", and that is PE mail out to the local area. Although
the promotion mail of the period 8th December 1959 to 23rd
February, 1960 was larger than the general level of promotion mail
out over the previous five months, approximately, the value of the
unit did not increase (excepting only the Congress weeks-2 weeks)
and in fact continued to worsen, to finally reach an all-time low
of a zero unit. The reason for this is possibly the fact that 30%
to 50% of the volume of mail reported out was going to local area
people and not to prospects from the entire area of FCDC operation,
the Continental USA and Western Hemisphere in general, as it
should. Thus, it is surmised in this analysis that PE mail out
should not be regarded as general promotion mail, as the effect of
this mail is not evidently reflected in income within any short
period of time. Alternatively, it can perhaps be supposed that the
mailing out of PE was largely ineffective or that the PE was not
being run correctly. I am not going to make a definite statement at
this point and will confine this report to a statement of the
is-ness of PrR mail out and the opinion expressed by me that PE
mail out merely inflated the letter count and was ineffective as
regards

  income.

  John Fudge

  LRH:js.gh.rd Issued by: Peter Hemery

  Copyright

  (c) 1960

  HCO Secretary WW

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  for

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  L. RON HUBBARD

  369

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 NOVEMBER 1960

  HCO's

  Central Orgs

  PROMOTIONAL LETTERS

  No promotion letters may be typed or sent to outside

  organizations or

  business people by staff members, other than PrR personnel,
without first getting the text ok'd by the HCO Dissemination
Secretary or other responsible person in HCO. The letter in its
final form should also be ok'd to ensure that typing, spelling,
layout, etc, are satisfactory.

  This

  function comes

  under the hat of HCO Dissemination Sec, but in places where this
hat is not being worn full time, it becomes the function of the HCO
Executive Sec, or HCO Area Sec. It is the responsibility of HCO to
ensure that all staff know this, and comply with it.

  The Dir PrR is responsible for the quality of promotional letters
sent out by the PrR dept as always.

  Issued by: Peter Hemery

  HCO Secretary WW

  for

  Mary Sue Hubbard

  MSH:js.rd Copyright

  (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  370

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1960

  Central Orgs

  MODERN PROCUREMENT

  LETTERS

  (Note: This Policy Letter is a transcription of a tape recorded
talk given by L. Ron Hubbard to the PrR Department at Johannesburg
on October 21, 1960.)

  Okay, this is a PrR meeting having to do with procurement
letters. There are a few stable data here on writing a letter to
people or phoning to people that are of considerable importance to
any Central Org, and in particular here to this Org, and these data
are actually very short and sweet.

  The first thing you should know about is that any letters are
better than no letters, any calls are better than no calls. Now
I'll give you some idea of the importance of that exact fact. You
will every now and again hear a protest that staff auditors when
not employed on auditing should not write letters because they
write such bad letters. This immediately violates the first data,
get the idea-that any letters are better than no letters. I mean
that because we have a tremendous amount of data demonstrating that
that is a fact. Now and then you have protests about the letters
which have been written, and these protests are almost always from
squirrels, and it gets translated this way: "Everybody thinks that
these hand written letters are very annoying". And of course HCO's
trained to answer this way: "Who is everybody?" And then they say:

  "Oh you know

  actually there was a letter two years ago from a psychiatrist

  You should realize that the public does not object to hearing
from the Central Org in any volume. You take a census amongst
people who don't express their opinions normally, go along and ask
them in the field, they didn't elect to tell you, you elected to
ask them, and you will find out that they are usually very happy to
find a letter in their mail bag from the Central Org, no matter
what it says. Got the idea? So PrR proceeds on that data, not on
the cut line data; there's a whole bunch of data that you can
consider efforts to cut the line and I've just enumerated some of
these efforts to cut the line.

  If you want to know what programme to use, look through your
files and find out who protests the most, and then send these
people a number of programmes and ask their advice on which ones to
use, and those that they tell you are terrible, do them, because
their main effort and purpose is to cut the lines.

  Now we have a number of wins doing something like that. I've
found out somebody said "Everybody is objecting to this idea of. .
. ." and "Who is everybody?" and they name me a list of four names,
no kidding eh! Then I always also know when we're succeeding. We
have letters from those same people. Squirreldom gets very active,
protests become more numerous, and remember that it is often
effective against PrR, remember that that antiorganizational
propaganda is effective and very often operates against PrR, and
often checks them from doing something. It can check HCO from
giving a public meeting, because "nobody would come and we've had
too many and after all. . . ." yap yap yap. This can get somebody
believing that the letters he's writing aren't getting any
response, it can cut your volume, and that's what it's intended to
do so remember that. There are two crimes in this universe, one is
being there and the other is communicating. PrR is committing both
crimes, it's there and it communicates, so therefore it's going to
take a certain amount of plugging.

  Now don't violate this first premise: any letters or phone calls
are better than no letters or phone calls.

  And the next stable datum is: The volume of the income of an Org,
is in direct proportion to the number of phone calls and letters of
an Org. It has nothing to do with quality.

  Now wouldn't that shock you to death. It is a direct proportion.
I am not now speaking loosely. I have had this cast up, number of
letters-amount of income, for given periods of time, long periods
of time-worked every time. Those periods when there were lots of
letters going out were periods of high income, and those periods
when there were no letters going out were periods of low income,
and that was it. It's just 1-2, so PrR's basic concept becomes very
simple-it's just keep those letters going out.

  371

  Now every once in a while someone in the Org on an upstairs level
will get to read about the number of people on administrative as
opposed to the number of people on technical, and this is a very
understandable worry because it cuts your units.

  Now let's take a look at this one-if we considered administrative
those people who were not immediately and directly servicing or
procuring, administrative makes a little more sense. If we had
people who were actively procuring and people who were actively
servicing technically, and if that was all an organization
consisted of, of course you'd never get paid or anything like that,
but at the same time these would be the two factions that kept up
the thing. So administrative has to be broken down into how many
people are directly employed on procurement, as opposed to people
who are not directly employed on procurement, and that is the dead
log factor. Now you can go all out and put everybody into the round
bin and say "Well, there are just too many people writing letters,"
or something like this, and you don't have that big a CF, and a lot
of other factors can complicate it. So the solution isn't just to
put everybody on administrative, writing letters, because you get
the idea, you'd run out of files and so forth if you had 50 people
writing letters and 7 people doing technical, you'd again run into
this same squabble-see. Nevertheless PrR can own auditors for weeks
and hours when they are not employed auditing, and actually should
get them to write letters, no matter how poor these letters might
seem at first glance. Do all you can to improve quality, but while
doing all you can to improve quality concentrate on quantity.

  Now schemes by which you get new names are almost as important as
CIF itself. You've got to keep CIF expanding. Now a CIF folder that
develops 2" thick of letters without a single response would
apparently be a waste of time at first glance. I thought so once,
when a very able Registrar in the States showed me conclusively
that this was not the case; that was many years ago and I didn't
know what the answer was on this PrR thing at that time, I don't
know them all now but I knew then pretty well what I do now, and
that is that the number of people. who are writing letters will
write this person and write him again and write him again and write
him again just because they haven't any more names or some such
thing, and stack up this tremendous thick pad of carbon letters of
letters to this person. You say that's a waste of time-no, it's not
a waste of time, because this Registrar in the States demonstrated
to me conclusively that after they got to be an inch thick they
usually came in. You cannot say this person is not going to answer
because he has been written to many many times without replying.
You say he must have an ARC break, there must be something wrong
with this person, there must be something wrong with the letter
quality, or there must be a lot of other things wrong-none of these
things apply - it's just the fact that the number of letters it
takes to get this particular person in happens to be 95. It's
almost on the basis that if they aren't dead and still have a body
and are written to, they will come in for training or processing.
That's another stable datum. If you write them enough letters they
71 still come in. And if you stay with that datum you will again
find that you are very happy about the whole thing. Now there are 3
data.

  Now totally in the interest of improving letter quality, I have
already told you that quantity is more important than quality, but
totally in the interest of improving quality we have a certain
modus operandi of writing letters which is very workable and which
should be stuck with pretty well. You understand that this data is
secondary. If you did this data that I'm about to give you well
enough it would of course become primary.

  I'll tell you about this thing, the R factor. Now there have been
bulletins out on it, but I don't think it's ever been very well
communicated because I notice people having a rough time with it.
It's not good enough to say that a person's reality is not very
great hence he cannot get the R factor of this person. No, it's not
good enough. The truth of the matter is you have to be willing to
audit the whole confounded world to be on PrR, and a person who
isn't willing to help that broadly gets less response. They still
get the letters and the letters still pile up and people still come
in, but if they are really interested in these people out there
they won't really have any trouble with the R factor. So one of the
first things we have to realize is that the R factor has a
dependance upon an earlier factor, which is a person's willingness
to help. Now you might think that it is a very bad thing if you
just started as Registrar writing to people and auditing them by
mail, you'd say this wasn't too good; unfortunately it works, they
come in eventually.

  It doesn't much matter what you tell people, I wouldn't become
shy on that point, but if you are really interested in that person
you'd get a much higher response; if you are only interested in the
Org making money you'll get a much lower response.

  372

  And when we say they shouldn't be sales letters we don't mean we
shouldn't sell training and processing, we mean the letters
shouldn't start off this way: "How are you, I am fine, I am just
going to give you a few lines now to tell you that the HPA course
is going up shortly in price and you can get training and
processing and so forth-say why don't you buy a book. Sincerely
yours . . . . .." Well, it's still a letter, still let it go, but
it's not so very good, because it's interested in this end of the
line, it's not interested in that end of the line, and the more
Pan-determined a PrR personnel is the more success he is going to
get with the letter response.

  Now, of course, I'm very interested in this end of the line and
I'm very interested in the other end of the line, and I've done
this trick that I'm doing today here several times, and on some
occasions HCO Communicators said those letters ale too good and
have sent them out. You know, I'd write down the letters that
should go to this person as an example, and have them sent out to
the people, signing the Registrar's name to them (they were my
letters you see), and they got immediate answers; and one poor
Registrar in London practically blew herself out of the Org and
went into a terrible flap over this, because five letters were sent
out in all and she couldn't remember having written them; but what
was horrible-two people phoned in and one came in in person in
response to her letter, and it worried her so that she went all
over the Org complaining to everybody about the seriousness of it.
Now anybody who was this concerned about two people coming in of
course was all ready to blow anyhow. But here's the point. By being
interested in the person at the other end of the line, you start
running people's lives for them-well, there's nothing wrong with
that, and the R factor has to do with your reality on that person
and that's its exact definition. You the letter writer, your
reality on that person out there that you are writing to, and
that's everything, and it doesn't have any more complication than
that. If you don't have any reality on that person of any kind
whatsoever, you'd better not be writing to them and expecting
immediate response. Volume alone will pull it, but here we go.

  Any way the best thing that you can do in writing a letter is to
find out if you have any reality at all on this other person. Can
you discover from this CF folder, or Test files or any place else,
any reality on this person, or knowing their name and address can
you discover any reality on this person? And then you simply
express that reality and anything else you wish to say. But that is
the trick, express that reality and you'll get responses; it's
quite mysterious, but it's very magical. I'll give you an idea. I
opened a folder one time, there was just one graph in it, and it
was clear on down to the bottom of the scale, and the IQ was
practically out the bottom too, and the only reality I had on that
was the first thing that occurred to me, was-"My God you're in
terrible condition". And I wrote it, and the person came in at
once.

  Now I'm not even acquainted with the way you put your CF folders
together here so I'm just going to look at these very rapidly, so
you just bear with me. I find an awful lot of credits and slips
here and we have a Mr J.C. And I find out this person has paid in
full and so forth. Gee, there's an awful lot of stuff. Oh, money,
money, money-don't I know-debt, debt, debt, debt. Who is this
person? Debt. Wow!! I love this kind of letter that says-"How are
you getting on? I hope well." Another one very originally says
immediately afterwards a few weeks later, "How are you getting on?"
Oh, this is pretty sad, you know. You know there's no information
here on this person. But this person has paid an awful lot of money
on Scientology. Now this is the letter: "Dear Mr C.-You have spent
a great deal of money on Scientology, our technical level now is
very good, I want you to come in for an interview at once because I
want to see you get some benefit from what you have paid".

  This is Mr B., he's been employed here, and here is an awful lot
of stuff-well, I'll tell you right now Material files are not up to
date, because there is no profile here for this person. All right:
"Dear Mr B. - 1 find on examining your case we do not have a modern
and complete profile, would you please come in and do one, I am
very sorry if we have lost past profiles but this seems to be the
case and we do want your record complete."

  Here's a heavier one-ah, there's actually a letter from this
person, several letters from this person; somebody was on the ball,
didn't throw them in the waste basket: this is Miss A., this is
somebody who has some connection with the organization I would say
in some connection or other, she's in communication with the Org:

  ". ..

  nice talking to you in PE, and appreciated the help you gave me,
the case estimate was certainly an eye opener and I realize that
processing is the best way out. To return to your letter and your
request, let me know what I think of your ideas, I would like to
say that they surprise me, I cannot see the reason for the action
you suggest . . .

  373

  "Since I enjoy my teaching I have no intention of giving it up to
be a full time auditor" (somebody has suggested that this person
become a full time auditor) "I also do not consider that I have
such a problem to warrant my running away from East London and all
that entails. I've teamed up with Bill." When was this, 1st August
1959- "I've

  still my goal to help him

  Oh, it's an ARC break; it isn't an ARC break but it's

  kind of a one, "Thank you for your help . (that's also 1959)
"I've got it now, it's

  alright." "Dear Miss B.,-I'd like to know ."-here's what's wrong
with this file,

  you've got a mis-file in here, there's one person filed in here
with letters of someone

  else or something of this sort. Well, they're still at it here,
the person is still in

  communication, oh here's the last communication from this person
to the Org. This is

  a messed up file, this is one of the things that PrR should
always do, if they find a file

  out of order, for heaven's sake put the things in proper
chronological order or send a

  letter of complaint through to Material, CF in Charge, to get the
file in proper

  chronological order and get the profiles in, because there's
undoubtedly a profile for

  this person-there's no profile here for this person-"Dear Miss
B.-How are you getting

  on with your teaching in East London? I am sorry that the
Organization at some time

  looked upon this as an improper goal but I cannot find out why,
will you please

  explain it to me-Sincerely yours . . ."

  You are having trouble with the file situation here, which is one
of the reasons which would hold you up; and although it is not
necessarily Material's fault it's the fact that you just have to
lay down a much sharper specification of what should be in a file,
exactly what it should look like. All you have to do is open the
top of that file and find the last letter written to the person and
after that the last letter received from the person, and you've got
your files in shape.

  Now, you are never interested in what we have written them, by
the way, it's of no importance whatsoever. This is Mrs C. and the
letter which I find here 5th May, 1960, she says: "Thank you very
much for your letter I received yesterday advising an HPA course,
but as you know at the present moment I am engaged on an intensive
of 125 hours plus the basic course which I started at your
suggestion. I feel at the present moment I would like to try and
put my house more in order before I decide upon an HPA course. I
would like to mention in this letter that I found last night's
lecture very interesting because I realized something that I hadn't
before, and also got a little bit better understanding on something
else I've been trying to work out, so if I can make little bits of
progress like this I shall be pleased until I've reached my goal of
stable case change. When I have reached this goal I feel I shall
then be in a better position to judge whether I want to become an
auditor or not. In any case thank you once again for writing and no
doubt . . . . ." "Dear Mrs C.-How did the intensive come out that
you were engaged upon last May, I have no further record of it here
and am quite interested. Sincerely . . . ." That's the only thin-.
that's there. Someone has been urging this person to become an
auditor and they didn't want to become ail auditor, and I just want
to find out if they got more reality. Well, I think this person
will answer that letter.

  Well we could never care less about this-and here is something
not to write: "As new Dir of Processing I would like to make your
acquaintance". Whew! It gives the Org a feeling of instability. The
public is always upset anyhow at the number of times we change hats
and posts in the Org. We all realize we are trying to wear 90 hats
at once. Now places get hot and places get cold, so if you keep
announcing to them changes of personnel and so forth in this wise,
she couldn't care less, because that violates the R factor. That
person is not much interested in this end of the line, that person
is interested in that end of the line, so let's not worry him.

  What do you know!! Somebody filed a profile here-oh, it's only
half a profile. Miss P.C.let me find out about her, there's nothing
on this record. Yes, I've got something here, pretty good-pretty
good-we are interested in this fact, "Dear Miss C.-in studying your
SA Personality Analysis Profile I see that you are in pretty good
condition, but since taking it I see also that you have had some
other Scientology activities or interests and I want to know
whether or not it has improved. We have only one profile on you,
not a changed profile. Will you please come in as soon as is
convenient to you and complete the record on this-Sincerely".

  Now we have HGC and the person did a lot of time here and we have
no profile and we have Peggie, and Peggie has spent an awful lot of
money and I'm sure she has written an awful lot of people and we
don't have any records here-isn't that interesting? "Dear
Peggie,I'd like to know how you're making out in the outside world,
would you please tell me something about yourself? -Sincerely-".

  374

  What you're up against is that your files are incomplete, and
this makes it very difficult. Never pay attention to yellows; maybe
the colour system will make a little sense to you when you realize
your yellows are always your carbon outgoing and then you could
ignore them in a file.

  Now what on earth is this: "Basic Course May 1960-somebody was
interested in a Basic, oh this is one of your PE slips, or
something of the sort. Basic Course-Dr and Mrs B.2 people on a CF
file, oh no never, one person. Here's the aptitude test and she's
just been on course, a Basic Course-and we haven't any further
record of this Basic Course-where is there a letter from them,
where is anything from them-Dr B. applied for general information
of some kind or another, is very interested, has difficulty in
getting into town, he works very late-very busy at present till end
of

  month

  Ah! He's a dental surgeon, here's a prescription blank-"Dear Miss

  Yeller-cannot get through to you on the phone"-that's very
interesting-"Dear Dr

  B.-1 understand you have had difficulty in the distant past
contacting us. We can

  appreciate that in view of where you live, but it is not beyond
possibility that we could

  have someone drop out and see you if you have anything you would
like to discuss

  about your Scientology activities. We do have quite a few things
that are interesting in

  the field of dental surgery-Sincerely, Registrar."

  Now following through these we have an awful lot of flimsies
here-money, money, money, of course you realize I'm studying these
things fast. I'm certainly trying to get a reality on the person
and what their problems are, you understand that approach-this
person here has stated several times, that he couldn't get in to
see us, get the idea, so this possibility broke the line, but my
reality is we don't care what happened. My reality is he has
difficulty seeing us. Why, I got the idea that the guy was in
trouble in trying to operate on people's teeth and so on. He
himself was picking up the traumas like mad, that kind of thing,
and this person had quite a bit of communication on the subject
because he's worried about it, that's what I think.

  Now we have Flora A.-"Still has her Mother with her, is trying to
bring her on to the PE course, intends continuing in the near
future with the HAS Co-Audit"-"Dear Mrs A.-Do you still have your
Mother with you?"-it's amazing but she'll answer that. Well, that's
enough for the moment.

  Of course if I was studying these harder and longer, maybe for
blood, why maybe they would be different, but I'm trying to give
you an idea here of what people respond to. Response comes from
their end of the communication line, so if your whole target is
addressed to their end of the communication line you'll get
response. Therefore you get the R factor and we operate on this
just on the basis almost of the old factor: it's what you would
like to know about them, what impresses you about them.

  Now some of these CF folders, if they are well kept, and all
letters, all material in them, tell some fantastic stories, but
because these CF folders that I've gone through at random do not,
two things obtain-there are letters in somebody's desk somewhere,
there are profiles drifting around the Org that are not in CF, the
CF here is incomplete, which would immediately make your Registrar
unhappy, don't you see. The other thing is you have not developed
the basic human drama of human beings out there trying to live in
this dog eat dog world, and if you don't develop that you don't get
responses. Have I made my point? I would say that's our first goal
here. Now let's not talk on generalities but on a more practical
basic simple thing of just putting things together. You speak to
the administrative personnel nowwell, I don't care whether the
steps get swept or not, but I would think that CF is apt to go out
on a campaign of emptying out desks, and getting every scrap of
correspondence that exists in this Org-business or personal-and get
it swept in that direction, and get the business routed over
severely into accounts and the rest of it into CF, and that we
should go on a flat out project to get every profile we have any
record of or anything Re that duplicated and into CF, and that we
very firmly establish the exact state of a folder, that it contains
any profile that anybody has on a person, any data that anybody has
on a person, all letters from the person-that is most important-all
their receipts, all of their class records or anything like that.
You probably have a separate academy administration system: get
them out of the academy. You probably have a separate system after
the person has gone through certain fundamental and basic steps of
the PE Foundation: they ought to go right over to CF. And we'll
build up anything we can build up so that we know these people, and
the better we know these people why the better off we're going to
be.

  375

  Now one of the essential steps in building that up is to write
these people and ask them all about themselves. Get data from
there, in other words the type of letter which I've been writing
would inevitably get data from them. The person will write in and
give you data on himself, that's all, if you build that up and the
more data you have there, the more assistance this CF file is. You
are basically in the business of people-you don't have the person's
body but you have the magic of the person's file, which as far as
you are concerned is the person's body in the Organization. If you
have an incomplete file you have an incomplete body, and it doesn't
work well without arms. In spite of all that, these are quite
serviceable and I'm not giving Material any kind of a cross rating
on this at all, we've just got to build this up, that's all, the
same facets exist in every Org to some degree. ,

  Now the more people we have and the more we know about these
people, why the more successful, particularly right now, the more
successful their lives are going to be. This is the only game where
everybody wins, so let's get to the final factor now that holds up
PrR power. PrR, CF, all of these things tend to go to pieces to the
degree that we are not successful technically, and if we are not
technically successful everybody begins to believe we are selling
pie in the sky, and it starts breaking PrR's heart, because of
getting people in; they tell the person this and that, and then the
person didn't get results. Now I carry the basic burden of
Technical, and across the world since last May we have been more
than delivering, we have been delivering things that nobody ever
dreamed of delivering before, according to the reality of those
people, not according to our own reality but theirs. We've been
getting rave notices. Bringing it up now here, you are doing very
very well here and therefore it's necessary to keep PrR advised.
Every person in PrR, including the typist, should be kept advised
of the exact advances and successes achieved in the technical
division. If they are not being achieved PrR has a responsibility
for this, they have a responsibility for these people don't you
see, and it ought to be PrR that occasionally screams on the basis
of Technical or if they think the scream is justified, get that. We
are in the business of people and we are in this very sincerely,
and right now at this time the cases from South Africa that we have
right now are moving along and everything is going pretty well, and
I can look up the track a very short distance and see most of our
problems resolved, but just at this time PrR has got to bridge this
gap and keep the line running. But even though your Technical is
excellent everything else I have said still applies.

  Now are there any questions you would like to ask before we
conclude this?

  Peter Green: "When you are writing letters and the only response
you get is a scream to stop bothering you, what do you do?"

  Oh, basically an ARC break, you handle it exactly the same way.
So the fellow's screaming, what's your reality about his screaming,
you can't leave out policy because you are dealing with a person,
don't you see. So this person screams, and he says: "Don't you dare
send me any of your old dirty rotten literature any longer, it
upsets me everytime it appears in the mail and so forth, this is a
horrible thing that you are doing." The first reality I'd get on
such a response might be something like this: "When was the first
time we sent you some literature?" That's all, that would be the
question, that would be the response, and-Peter: "And then would
you discontinue writing to them?" "Oh no, you don't unless he's
actually threatening to go to the police, why you keep on writing
him-that is too easy to handle because you do simply keep on
writing to him-that answers your question. The next point is, you
do run into one where the husband writes in saying "Stop sending
these letters to my wife because it is upsetting her enormously,"
and that sort of thing. Well, you write to the husband and tell him
you'll stop at once, and so forth, and I have done it so well that
the guy comes in and apologizes, I've just told him we've stopped
it so thoroughly and explained why.

  Okay, I will be very happy to give you any opinion or anything on
any letter you are writing or anything you want to know about that,
why I'm at your service-Okay. Thank you.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:js.cden Copyright

  (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  376

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  Cen Orgs

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1961

  Copy for each

  [Excerpt]

  Staff Hat Not for Franchise

  THE PATTERN OF A CENTRAL ORGANIZATION

  THE LETTER REGISTRATION SECTION

  The Letter Registrar is in charge of the Letter Registration
Section of PrR.

  The Letter Registrar and assistants keep a steady flow of letters
going to applicants to get them to come in for training and
processing.

  Income is proportional to the number of letters mailed a few
weeks previously.

  To send out his or her letters, information packages and other
mail material such as projects, the Letter Registrar has executive
charge of all typists, Central Files, Address, Mail Room and
Memberships.

  Typing Pool

  Anything to do with getting letters written and mailed or sending
out mailings or mail projects is wholly under the Letter Registrar.

  All typing and typists are under the Chief Typist.

  Central Files Unit

  All files on Scientologists or applicants are under
Central-Files-in-charge. These include a file folder for everyone
who has ever bought anything from the Central Org. The files are
divided into Live and Inactive Files. Magazines go out only to Live
Files. But letters may be written to persons in Live and Inactive
Files. Everything about a person, except his financial statements,
actual training record and test record is in CF, but data even on
these, such as a profile sheet, can be included. For instance a
copy of an invoice, the profile of a new test taken, a notice of
certification, all are forwarded to CF for filing.

  Address Unit

  Under Address-In-Charge, the up to date addresses of all persons
in the Live and Inactive Files of CF are kept readily useable on a
proper address machine.

  Address-In-Charge is always ready to give any unit or department
a complete card file complete with designations on persons in Whom
that function is interested.

  Address-In-Charge receives a copy of all invoices before they go
to CF to make proper address changes or bring designations up to
date.

  All mailing and mail functions of the Organization properly come
under Address-InCharge. This is external mailings. The internal
despatch system can also be included here if in use.

  All franking machinery also comes under Address-In-Charge as well
as stamps and their safekeeping.

  Memberships

  Memberships (as well as the issue of HAS Certificates) come under
the Letter Registrar and are normally handled in the Address Unit.

  Summary of Letter Reg Section

  The writing of letters, the packaging of info packets,
accumulation of mailing lists, and the handling of all files and
addresses is a highly developed activity in Central Orgs. It is
enormously important since a Central Organization income, even when
PE is running well, is forecast by the volume of this section.
Volume has long since proven to be more important than quality in
the mailing of letters and packages.

  377

  -.WNW

  Any communication is better than no communication, as facts and
figures have proven for years. Of course quality plays its role
here too. Autumn 1960 data on how to write letters exists and
should be followed.

  Healing ARC breaks is a function of the Letter Registrar.

  Preventing ARC breaks from happening by proper designations and
address and Memberships is all part of this unit.

  This section receives its mail at once after invoice and receives
copies of all invoices. You can't expect high outflow and deny the
section its inflow. Mail important to Personal Registration is
quickly answered by Letter Reg and passed to Personal Registration
when it has to do with people stating they will come in.

  There is only one Central Files. Personal Registration may have
folders, but just to use, not to keep. When a folder goes out of
CF, a dummy folder is slipped back in, so marked as to tell where
the real folder went. Anything to be filed while the main folder is
gone is put in the off-colour dummy and placed back in the main
folder when it returns.

  Card files from Address rather than CF folders are used by other
departments than the Letter Reg Section.

  LRH:aec.js.rd L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright (c) 1961

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  [Excerpted from HCO P/L 14 February 1961, The Pattern of a

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  Central Organization. A complete copy is in the Executive
Volume.)

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1961

  CenOCon

  LETTER WRITER'S CODE

  The following code, developed by the Org Sec in Washington D.C.,
should be adhered to by all who write letters for the Organization.
It is mandatory for all PrR personnel, and must be memorized
verbatim by them. Failure to abide by this Code can lead to
transfer off post or, in cases of flagrant breach, to suspension
from staff until processed at the staff member's own expense to the
satisfaction of the HCO Secretary and Org Sec (Assoc Sec).

  I . Always answer a correspondent's exact questions.

  2. Never get angry or misernotional with a correspondent.

  3. Maintain two-way communication with the correspondent.

  4. Be willing to grant beingness to the correspondent.

  S. Do not justify organizational mistakes whether real or
imagined.

  6. Never fail to help at the correspondent's reality level.

  7, Never imply or promise help where it is not real to you.

  8. Never cut communication with a correspondent, once initiated.

  9. Never Q and A with a correspondent: that is, never answer a
bank communication

  with a bank communication. 10. Be willing to help the
correspondent's life and livingness until he or she is Clear. 11.
Never fail to answer a letter promptly: that is, within 48 hours.

  LRH:imj.rd L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright

  (c) 1961

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  378

  I

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  (Reissued from SEC ED No. 398 of Washington DC)

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1962

  Central Orgs

  Letter Reg

  COMMENTS ABOUT LETTER REGISTRAR

  (Transcribed from a tape dictated by L. Ron Hubbard, 10 Sept
1962)

  The Letter Registrar is responsible for all cases in connection
with the Organization and on the Org mailing lists. It is Ltr Reg's
job to get these people cleared and trained. I am counting on Ltr
Reg to handle the situation-not to sell people things-but just to
make sure that they come in and get cleared and trained. This is
the crux of the situation.

  The Letter Registrar's job is difficult because she couldn't put
people on the meter and get off the missed w/h's; but nevertheless
I ask the Ltr Reg to find some method of overriding this fact.

  Ltr Reg is to concentrate on the Johannesburg rundown on how to
write letters. Ltr Reg writing of letters is to take a personal
interest in the person's case; a personal interest in their
activities; be very interested in what they are doing; and all in
the direction of getting them cleared and getting them trained-that
is the level of responsibility on the Letter Registrar line.

  The Letter Registrar is to handle all outgoing procurement
letters from the Organization, with the exception of the D of P and
the D of T who may also write procurement letters. Auditors will
not be required to write procurement letters providing that time is
spent on their own technical improvement of now existing cases.

  While the Letter Registrar has quotas, and while these quotas
must be met, this must not in any way interfere with the fact that
she is trying to get people cleared and trained. The quota is a
secondary aspect to the effectiveness of getting people cleared and
trainedabove all other things she should be effective.

  When the Letter Registrar sits there asking herself questions
about the person, "Why has he moved from Seattle?", and so forth,
actually she should be asking these questions directly and
straightly of the person she is writing to, not asking herself
these questions-she should keep her Reality high on this particular
aspect. The R factor is very important and I routinely have taken
two or three folders from Central Files and write letters to them
without signing my name to them and got immediate responses from
these people and this was merely because I had a high Reality
factor on the line to these people. Letter writing can be brief and
rapid and still have the R factor.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:dr.cden Copyright

  (c) 1962 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  379

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Gen Non Remimeo

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1965

  HAT Quals Sec

  HAT Dir Exams

  HAT HCO Dissem Sec

  QUALIFICATIONS SEC

  HAT Dir Prom Reg

  HCO DISSEM SEC

  HAT Letter Reg

  BOOK AUDITOR

  The old old practitioner THE BOOK AUDITOR must be recognized as a
valid practitioner of Scientology.

  Unclassed, the Book Auditor cannot legally charge fees or be a
field staff member.

  But the Book Auditor may be given a certificate on application to
the Qualifications Division. The certificate is

  HUBBARD BOOK AUDITOR

  It must say "not examined" somewhere on it, small, and it is
signed by HCO's Office of LRH.

  The offer of this certificate may be made in mailings to persons
who have bought books.

  The application for it should also ask if they want processing or
formal training at its end.

  "My future plans for Processing are .... (3 fines) ..........

  "My future plans for Training are

  (3 lines)

  The application they must make should give us a profile of the
person such as what magazines they read and what they do, all that.
Age, sex, schooling, financial status. Things required by Letter
Reg so she can handle their want,

  The SOLE requirements are that they have read the book and done
"some" processing on another successfully.

  The application is for a certificate as HBA. A facsimile copy of
the cert with SAMPLE across it may be printed up as the flier,
enclosing the questionnaire.

  The flier would be mailed by Prom Reg, received by Qual Sec, the
certificate made up at once and mailed and the questionnaire
carefully preserved and given the Letter Reg.

  Such questionnaires must never be put in CF until they bear a
stamp on them: Answered by Letter Reg.

  These questionnaires express wants and questions.

  The Letter Reg stamps "Answered by Letter Reg", forwards the
original to Address where an HBA plate is cut. The questionnaire
then goes to CF for a folder.

  This is a routine action to all book buyers who have not yet been
trained to the level of HAS. Sending such an offer to an HAS could
be very confusing to a new Scientologist.

  Therefore, in sending such a mailing in the first place
Address-in-Charge is responsible that no HAS or certified auditors
are included in the addresses being supplied.

  This is a STANDARD promotion to book buyers who are not yet
trained. It can be made to pcs of any grade if they are not also
auditors.

  There must be NO CHARGE for this Certificate.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:wme.rd

  Copyright (c) 1965

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  380

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1965

Gen Non Remimeo

  (Amends and Cancels HCO Policy Letter

  of 12 April 1965)

  SCIENTOLOGY PINS

  Scientology pins are available to anyone desiring to enter
Scientology. The gateway into Scientology is the desire to achieve
a gain by the use of Scientology. These desired gains are assessed
as follows:

  1. The desire for a philosophy of life that is practical and
applicable to life. This is the desire for data on what life is all
about, presented in such a way that it is useable. The desired gain
then, would be the achievement of having a philosophy of life that
one can apply to life. This gain is achieved broadly by gaining
data on Scientology in the proper gradient that leads to the
reality that it applies to one's daily livingness. This broad data
is in books, if studied in proper sequence, so the way to achieve
this data, is enter the gateway into Scientology by reading a book.

  2. The desire to gain skill in the application of Scientology to
others. To conceive of this desire, one could assume the person has
some reality on the data of Scientology, in order to want to gain
skill in its application. The means of achieving this gain is by
means of a Course in proper gradient.

  3. The desire to change one's condition(s). The person could have
arrived at this desire by having achieved one or both of the above
gains, or by simply having had it demonstrated that he or she had a
condition and that it could be changed.

  Therefore a Questionnaire is to be made up as attached and
disseminated. Anyone who fills in the questionnaire and sends it in
has "entered" Scientology, and is to be sent a Scientology pin.

  Upon receipt of this filled in questionnaire, the person is
entered on the files, sent a pin, and the Letter Reg takes it from
there.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  (See Questionnaire, next page)

  381

  SCIENTOLOGY INVITATION ACCEPTANCE FORM (underline gains desired
and fill in name & address)

  Please fill out and send to: THE HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF

  (print or type)

  SCIENTOLOGISTS, INTERNATIONAL

  Date

  Name

  Address

  I certainly do accept this invitation to join SCIENTOLOGY. Please
send me my official SCIENTOLOGY PIN and list me as a SCIENTOLOGIST!
Please send me all of the information a new SCIENTOLOGIST should
have and notice the GAINS I have underlined below which I wish to
experience by becoming a SCIENTOLOGIST.

  1. 1 desire the gain of a PRACTICAL PHILOSOPHY which is easy to
apply to my life.

  2. 1 desire the gain of SKILLS to apply SCIENTOLOGY to others.

  3. 1 desire the gain of a definite change in my condition for the
better.

  I understand there will be no fee or charge for my Scientology
Pin.

  Signature

  Copyright

  Q

  19 65 by

  L.

  Ron Hubbard

  ALL

  RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS

  OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF I JULY 1965

  Gen NonRemimeo Ltr Reg Hats

  URGENT

  LETTER REG

  BODY REG

  In answering a form sent back by the public such as the L Scn
form

  I Look at the person's plans for training and processing.

  2. If he says yes to either one, schedule the person promptly and
inform him asking for any correction of date.

  3. If the person is vague send a Gradation Chart with his routing
as a pc or auditor.

  4. Look at what he or she does in life and explain how
Scientology can help him do it better,

  DON'T ignore the above steps. If you do you will ARC Break people
plenty. They originated an intention and it wasn't given attention,
so they ARC Break. They can't complete a cycle.

  To ignore those points on the forms or to use forms the public
sends back that do not give you the above data is a big mistake and
will lose hot prospects like mad.

  The above is a MUST for anybody answering forms (or letters).

  DON'T waste our replies by doing something else.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:mh.kd Copyright

  (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  383

  NOT               HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE

  SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

  Office of L. Ron Hubbard

  SECED 89 SH 8 September 1965

  Applies to Saint Hill Only

  DISSEMINATION DIVISION

  Time Machine

  REGISTRATION PACKET

  A full Registration Packet must be organised and then used.

  It is as follows:

  I . Copy of the person's letter or form requesting registration.

  2. A filled out registration form for their signature. WE FILL
OUT THE WHOLE FORM FROM THEIR CF FILE.

  3. All papers requiring signature.

  4. A reservation form for course or HGC offering them a date, for
their signature (a deposit can be required-see 12).

  5. A form to all airlines is filled in requesting transport;
(make arrangements with appropriate airlines and get forms and
literature).

  6. Airline literature.

  7. Travel literature describing England (tourist association
materials all prepared).

  8. A leaflet or booklet on conditions in the UK, what they should
bring, how much money, clothes, etc (a short resume, too short, of
this was in "A student comes to Saint Hill").

  9. A club plan of prepayment at so much per month.

  10. Any photo sequence available showing we exist.

  11. A Book List of available items they can buy and an order list
for them ready to sign.

  12. A letter asking them to fill it all in and return it. Give
them an advantage of some sort in a prepay. WE MUST GET SOME MONEY
if not all of it. Deposit for reservation at least.

  13. A self addressed envelope that will hold the packet being
returned.

  This promotion is based on a large mail order house practice.
When they receive an enquiry they return the person's letter and a
filled out order and a lot of literature. They even send a reply
coupon. This and their self addressed envelope requires no decision
or complex action to complete the order.

  They also include a blank order that can be filled in for new
purchases.

  They also put in a payment plan.

  They are the Bass Camera Co., the largest mail order house for
cameras in the U.S.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  [sea]

  384

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JANUARY 1966

  Gen Non-Remimeo

  Dissem Div Hats

  Dir Clearing Hats

  SELECTEES MAILING

  SELECTEE ADVICE PACKETS

  When the Director of Registration (Advance Sched Registrar)
receives a copy of a selection slip sent in by a Field Staff
Member, selecting someone to the org for training or processing, he

  at once

  gets the following done

  I Types the name and address of the selectee on Duplistickers,
numbering the

  duplistickers 1, 2 and 3 or using 3 colours of duplistickers.
These duplistickers are

  mucilage backed slips of paper that come on a roll. Putting
carbon between them

  gives one an original and copies. These can be torn off their
long strip and pasted

  on envelopes. These are clipped to the selection slip which is
not filed until these

  have been sent.

  2. At once, using duplisticker #I (or colour I) send the selectee
a booklet about

  Scientology of the scope of Evolution of a Science, or some such
inexpensive work, not merely a PE brochure and a slip describing
selection and saying they are selected. If you haven't got the
perfect thing to send, still send something. 3. At the end of two
weeks the Director of Registration causes to be sent an

  information pamphlet about training and processing and a large
Gradation Chart. This must contain data about releases and clears,
the org, and how to get there, living quarters near the org, etc.
If this is not ready to hand, still send something. 4. At the end
of another two weeks the selectee is sent a sign-up packet so
arranged

  that all he has to do is sign his name in order to enroll or be
scheduled for processing. If this is not ready to hand still send
something.

  The original slip is kept clipped to the duplistickers and when
the last duplisticker is removed the slip is marked "3 Advice
Packets sent" with date.

  If one can cut a fourth duplisticker it is saved in reserve for
times when a sweeping mailing is made to all selectees who have
been advised.

  This action is vital to warm up the FSM's prospect. The packets
must not be sent all at once or in a different order.

  This is NOT the Info packet line. These actions are NOT done for
every name sent in on mailing lists. This is the Selectee Advice
Packet Line.

  It is an actual fact that selectees, contacted only by an FSM
cool off if not given attention by the org. And it is a fact that
they cool off if the info is sent too long after they were
selected.

  If this line is not in and properly functioning the Dir Clearing
and Dir Registration cannot claim to have the FSM programme working
as an essential part of it is missing. We must help FSMs.

  When FSMs send in LISTS OF NAMES, not selectees, one puts

  these

  on the Info Packet Line and sends them something decent and
interesting, but not the above as these people are often of the
faintest value as names. Such mailing lists are also often handled
by duplistickers and 3 different mailings. It is successful to send
them the magazine for 3 months as well as other info.

  There are two different lines then-one to selectees, one to names
sent in. The last are treated as any other mailing list. The
selectee gets special attention.

  LRH:ml.rd

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Copyright

  (c) 1966

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  385

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

  Gen Non-Remimeo

  HCO Area Sec

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 OCTOBER 1966

  Dir of Comms

  Issue II

  Outflow Section Officer

  Mail Clerk

  Letter Originating Hats

  St Hill only

  MAILING OF LETTERS

  (Corrects HCO Policy Letter of August 17, 1965, Return Address)

  The following points should be considered in the preparation for
mailing of letters:

  I . ADDRESS: The name and address of the person to whom the
letter is being sent should be typed or placed on the envelope at
least 1

  1/2

  inches from the top of the envelope so as not to be overprinted
by the franking machine stamp.

  Addresses should be neat, correct, and legible.

  2. INLAND LETTERS: Letters addressed to persons residing in
England, Scotland, Wales, Ireland or Europe MUST NOT be put in
airmail envelopes. There is no airmail as such to these countries
and mail is sent by whatever is the fastest route.

  Inland letters should always contain in the address the name of
the country of the addressee unless the city is well known.

  3. AIRMAIL LETTERS: Letters to be airmailed overseas should be
put in airmail envelopes, if it is intended by the originator that
such be sent airmail, otherwise overseas letters will be sent by
the least costly mailing service. It is better for overseas letters
to be written on Air Letter Forms as these cost 6 pence in
comparison to one shilling and six pence for an airmail letter
weighing one-half an ounce or less.

  The name of the country should always be included in the address
of the person to whom the letter is being mailed.

  4. SECOND CLASS AIRMAIL: Only printed matter can be sent Second
Class Airmail and such can only be sent in envelopes which can be
easily opened (not sealed). Such envelopes can be opened easily if
they have tuck-in flaps or a metal clip. The name of the country
should be included in the address of the person to whom the printed
matter is being sent.

  For Letter Registrars wishing to send materials urgently to an
interested person overseas, it would be best to send a letter on an
Air Letter Form and send enclosures under separate envelope by
Second Class Airmail.

  If materials for overseas addresses weigh more than an ounce, it
is cheaper to mail materials to them surface mail, bearing in mind
that surface mail to Australia, New Zealand, and Hawaii is quite
lengthy. Letter Registration Packets are an exception and should
always be sent Second Class Airmail; however, promotional materials
sent free of charge to Field Staff Members if weighing more than an
ounce should have Financial Planning okay if being mailed other
than by Surface Mail.

  Second class airmail of printed matter should, where possible, be
put in proper airmail envelopes and "2nd Class Airmail" put beneath
the airmail stamp.

  5. RETURN ADDRESS: The Franking Machine is now designed to mark
all letters with the return address.

  It is no longer necessary for the Director of Communication to
have envelopes stamped with the return address or to have return
address stickers and, therefore, this corrects HCO Policy Letter of
August 17, 1965 entitled "Return Address" in this respect.

  It is now only necessary for the originator of Prepaid Letters
and Parcels to see that the return address is placed on such.

  6. LETTERS TO BE MAILED: All letters out from a division should
be placed in the "Org Letters Out" basket for the division from
which they originate.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  LRH:cden Founder

  Copyright (c) 1966

  by L. Ron Hubbard

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  386

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1967

Remimeo

  Franchise

  FSM

  Dist Staff

  Addresso

  C/F

  Membership

  BOOK BUYERS

  I When a person is appointed as a Field Staff Member, he is
encouraged to buy a package of books to sell to his contacts.

  2. When a Field Staff Member or Franchise Holder sells a book he
sends the name and address of the buyer into the Director of
Clearing (who keeps this as a statistic for the FSM as well as any
other details-e.g. such as how the buyer heard about Scientology),

  3. The Director of Clearing originates a form as follows, which
then goes to

  Addresso and C/F:

  1. Addresso. Date

  2. C/F

  From:

  Dir Clearing (This is to be made up, if there is not one

  For C/F Folder there already.)

  Name

  Address

  Details

  (Under details, include name of book, who

  sold it, and any other details.

  Signed

  (tick when free

  membership has been

  mailed)

  4. The form now becomes the basis of a new file in C/F, and gives
the Letter Registrar a foundation on which to build.

  5. The first mailing sent to the Book Buyer after his folder is
made must contain a free 6 month membership form.

  6. All new Book Buyers from Organizations, Franchise and FSMs are
mailed a 6 month membership form as in 5.

  7. Every so often a Distribution Division Advice Letter is sent
by the Director of Clearing to FSMs, naming and congratulating
those with high statistics.

  8. The statistics for a Field Staff Member are (A) amount of FSM
Commissions received, (B) number of new names from books sold.

  9. A Field Staff Member always sells a book to all new contacts.

  Yvonne Gillham

  LRH:jp.rd Div Org Dist WW

  Copyright

  (c) 1967 Mary Sue Hubbard

  by L. Ron Hubbard The Guardian WW

  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

  [See also HCO P/L 28 January 1970, Field Mailing Lists, Volume 1,
page 290.]

  387

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 DECEMBER 1960 All Cen Orgs

  CF AND ADDRESS CHANGE

   Central Files, Address and the typing pool are transferred
herewith to the Dept of PrR and are placed under the direct charge
of the Letter Registrar.

   An administrative person, formerly CF in charge, shall become
the assistant to the Letter Registrar.

   This change may not necessarily alter the office space of CF and
Address but it may alter the office space of the Letter Registrar
who should be close to CF and Address.

   The reason for this change is the increase in mailing of various
types of info packets and the new test set up. All this is better
done by and in CF and Address and under the direct control of the
Letter Registrar.

   The materials of CF and Address remain in the Dept of Materiel.
The functions of CF and Address and their personnel now shift to
the Letter Registrar.

   New designations will be required on address plates for "Tested
and Evaluated" "PE" "Anatomy Course" etc, and new info packets must
be designed for each new category. It is my feeling this is all
best done under the direct supervision and orders of the Letter
Registrar who may even now be covering areas already being covered.
New uses for CF and Address and Info packets should be discovered.

   Test Evaluation may shortly come under Letter Reg while testing.
and Test Files remain with PE due to an experiment now being
undertaken in evaluating by mail for persons tested rather than
bringing them in for evaluation. If this works out as superior in
returns, then place test evaluation and evaluators under the Letter
Registrar at once. A new test evaluation system makes this very
easy to handle.

L. RON HUBBARD LRH:aec.js.aap Copyright 0 1960 by
L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 388                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS
OFFICE Remimeo             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO Sec HAT
              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 APRIL 1965 HCO Dissem Sec HAT Dist Sec HAT
DIVISIONS I & 6 Dir Comm HAT DISTRIBUTION DIVISION Dir Prom Reg HAT
HCO DIVISION I Dir Field Activities HAT Dir Clearing HAT HCO
DISSEMINATION DIVISION 2 Dir Ins & Rep HAT CF & ADDRESS CF &
Address HATS CF Clerk HAT CANCELLATION OF MAIL LISTS Address HAT TO
FIELD AUDITORS

   HCO Policy Letter of Oct 30, 1964 "Mailing Lists for Franchise
Holders", the Programme which puts your book buyer list in field
auditor hands "if the book buyer buys no service in 3 months".

   This whole action passes, on the New Org Board, to the
Distribution Division and the system itself is to be modified.

   What should happen is that the Distribution Secretary Division 6
can be given card files of existing address names by areas by Prom
Reg which they can hand out to field staff members in that area.

   The responsibility for getting names from Prom Reg lies with the
Distribution Secretary.

   The responsibility of preserving intact their mailing list is
the responsibility of the HCO Secretary and HCO Dissemination
Secretary.

  LISTS NOT RETIRED

   NO ADDRESSES OF PERSONS WHO HAVE BOUGHT SOMETHING MAY EVER BE
RETIRED.

   This cancels any policy, directive or idea to the contrary.

   NO CF FOLDER MAY EVER BE RETIRED FROM THE FILES.

   The definition of a CF folder is THE FOLDER OF A PERSON WHO HAS
BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM AN ORG.

   Exceptions to CF no-retirement policy are dropped body in which
case the CF folder goes to HCO Inspection and Reports Ethics
Section for safekeeping and for any investigation and is filed
there, fugitive, and Suppressive Person folders. These become part
of the Dept 3 Ethics Files. But even so, a dummy folder with the
name, a gold-coloured board, is left in CF with the name on it to
show that Dept 3 has it. Anything afterwards coming in (invoices,
letters, etc.) to be filed in such folders is stamped by CF ETHICS
FILES DEPT 3 and is sent on to HCO Ethics Section. When the CF
clerk sees that what he or she is trying to file has a dummy
gold-coloured board instead of a file, the CF clerk stamps the
unfiled bit as above and sends it on.

   When the HCO Ethics Section calls for a file CF always makes a
gold-coloured dummy and puts it in place of the file and sends the
File to Ethics Section.

   There is no other retirement of lists.

   "Inactive files" are simply THOSE FILES WHICH ARE NOT MEMBERS OR
PROSPECTS.

   "Active Files" are simply "THE FILES OF THOSE PERSONS WHO ARE
MEMBERS AND THOSE PERSONS WHO HAVE BEEN TRAINED OR PROCESSED AND
THOSE PERSONS WHO HAVE EXPRESSED A DESIRE TO BE TRAINED OR
PROCESSED".

   There is no time limit on how long the file is active.

   "Hot Files" are those that RECENTLY EXPRESSED A WISH TO BE
TRAINED OR PROCESSED.

   NOTHING MAY BE FILED IN A HOT PROSPECT FILE THAT HAS NOT ALREADY
BEEN ANSWERED BY A LETTER REGISTRAR.

   If the CF clerk sees something that is not marked "answered" by
the Letter Reg being put into a CF file the clerk must return it to
the Letter Registrar.

   No want for training or Processing may be merely "acked" or
"form lettered" and then marked "Answered". LRH:jw.cden

  L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard [See also HCO
Policy Letter 7 June 1965, Entheta Letters ALL RIGHTS RESERVED and
the Dead File, Volume 1, page 415.1                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF I
SEPTEMBER 1965 Issue III Gen Non-Remimeo

  MAILING LIST POLICIES

  (Preserved policy from former Policy

  Letters which have been cancelled)

   The elementary Emergency formula for a down org is:

   1. Promote Promote Promote.

   2. Then change bad spots and re-organize.

   3. Then economize, cut off all Purchase Orders except postage,
communications and rent.

   4. Get ready to Deliver to the people who will be coming in as a
result of the promotion and deliver.

   To promote you must have a full mailing list. Anyone who failed
to get his mailing list back off old invoices will probably make
about thirty or forty thousand pounds less between now and
Christmas-which is punishment enough for not following my late '64
orders where the job was skimped.

   I see two orgs that are limping also have a very small mailing
list. Any connection?

   Rush the project ordered in '64 wherein you culled your
addresses back from old invoices and you'll have lots of people and
money again. Scientologists never get truly lost.

   Then get onto Book Promotion, put a return self-address card for
"more info" in the back of every book you sell and get your list up
both from the book sale and the card. Omitted that?

   Look over the earlier 1965 Policy Letters that define promotion.
That's all it is.

   But promotion is successful when you use books to front for you
and a flop when you don't. If you think promotion is costly it's
because the money isn't invested in getting books sold. Books are
your first line of promotion.

   Re-organize your book department if it doesn't slam back a book
at every orderer within 24 hours of the receipt of the order. Why
be poor all the time?

   I . Place ads

   2. Get mailing lists from anywhere.

   3. Get mailing lists by selling books.

   4. Sell more books to them.

   5. Have good processing available for them and say so loudly.

   6. Have good training available for them and say so loudly.

   Do just those things and do only those things and you'll be 10
times your size with a lot more pay.

   It's very easy. Why keep doing it the hard way?

   I'm interested in review that only those orgs are poor which
haven't been following my direct orders. Well, anybody has a right
to be poor, I suppose, if he has an appetite for it. Personally I
don't care for it. It must be a carefully acquired taste. As a
brand new idea in those orgs that are struggling, why not get rich
by doing what Ron says? 390

  HANDLING NEW ADDRESSES IN CENTRAL ORGS AND

  OFFICES

   Starting right away, this is the drill for new book buyers. This
drill also will be kept in and followed.

   1. A person buys a book personally or by mail for the first
time.

   2. The invoice is made out with the name and address bright and
clear on all copies.

   3. One copy goes to shipping or books whether mailed or just
handed out.

   4. Ono copy goes to own Address. (This is true of all orgs
including City Offices. Whatever is done with remaining invoice
copies is according to standard accounts procedure.)

   S. Address cuts a plate or stencil and puts a date on it and a
designation like BB 3/3/65, meaning the person bought a book on
3/3/65. ,

   6. This plate is put in File A and receives whatever goes out to
File A for six months.

   7. Any new invoice, indeed all invoices, go to Address. If a BB
in File A buys more books or training or processing Address
obliterates the BB 3/3/65 on the plate or stencil either by just
flattening it on a metal plate or cutting a new stencil in case of
less durable stencils, and puts it in the regular active files.

   8. The Distribution Secretary must not place whole lists in the
hands of Field Staff Members but may send prospects to Field Staff
Members of proven value to the org.

  CITY OFFICES

   City Offices must send a copy of the invoice of all memberships
it sells or issues free to the Continental Office that issues the
Continental Magazine. It must also send a copy of all other
invoices for whatever service, including book sales, to the
Continental Office, so that these people can get the minor issues
of the Continental Magazine, plus any other promotional mailings
that go out from the Continental Office. As the City Office has
collected the membership money for the memberships that the
Continental Office is servicing with magazines, and as the
Continental Office does promotion for the City Offices, the senior
org draws on the junior org's Book Acct for promotion in the junior
org's area.

   A City Office must maintain some sort of an Address unit, and
Central Files. Until it has funds for buying addressing equipment,
it keeps a card file for each name in its Central Files which is
anyone who has bought service (includes PE) or bought books, with
appropriate abbreviations on the card to match tabbing of a full
Central Org Addressograph. Of course, in such a case, when a
mailing is to be done by the City Office, then it will be necessary
for someone to type duplistickers from this card file-but that is
still an address unit functioning. As it can accumulate funds for
equipment, it can get an Elliott addressing machine or some other
piece of inexpensive equipment for addressing. It is not conceived
that an Addressograph would be secured until the City Office had
reached full Central Org size. The silk screen Elliott
Addressograph is probably cheaper and easier to use than
duplistickers even as one can write one as fast as a duplisticker.

   The names and addresses of City Offices must be carried in each
issue of every magazine mailed by the Continental Office, and other
broad promotional pieces. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.rd Copyright

  (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 391

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 NOVEMBER 1965 Gen Non-Remimeo Issue II CF
Officer Address-in-Charge FOUNDATION CENTRAL FILES OFFICER AND
ADDRESS-IN-CHARGE

   Until such time as the Foundation warrants a C/F Officer and
Address-in-Charge, the Day Org C/F Officer and Address-in-Charge is
to cater for the Foundation posts as well as the day posts. People
doing amends projects may be used to help on these posts.

   The duties that need to be filled are for the Address-in-Charge
to:

   I . Make a new plate for anyone making use of Foundation
services, from the invoice, and file it in a Foundation drawer,
irrespective of whether the person has a plate elsewhere.

   2. Supply a sticker to C/F for the making of a folder. The C/F
Officer is to: I . Check to see if the person named on the sticker
has a file in C/F. If there is he must simply tab the folder with a
green tab on the right hand side of the folder. If there is no
folder for the person named on the sticker, he is to make a new
folder with a green tab on the right hand side of the folder and
file it. There are no separate files for the Foundation.

  1

   2. Supply the Letter Reg (Foundation), if there is one, with a
pile of 20 folders, or more if requested, each day, so that letters
can be written. LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (Z) 1965 by L.
Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1966 Gen Non-Remimeo Issue 11 CF
Hat Address Hat

  INTERNATIONAL CHANGES OR

  AREA

  CHANGES OF ADDRESS

   When someone on your central files moves out of your org area
(like from Australia to South Africa) notify Address and CF of the
org nearest to where the person is located. Send the person's
folder, complete with all correspondence, info on their training
and processing, memberships and Ethics matters, if any. Route this
to Address, then CF of the org nearest to where the person is
going. Delete the person's name from your own Auditor mailing list.

   Notify the Letter Registrar of the person's name and address and
advise they are moving. Notify Saint Hill Address of the change of
address. LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron
Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 392                   HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint
Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 AUGUST
1966 Remimeo All Executive Hats DEAD FILE: RESTORATION TO GOOD
STANDING

  (Addition to HCO Policy Letter of I June 1965)

   To avoid any possibility of letters remaining unanswered which
should be answered, Ethics, on receiving from CF a dead file dummy
with a Certs and Awards declaration pinned to it, advises all orgs
to whom such a person would possibly communicate (always including
St Hill) of the person's restoration to good standing.

   Ethics gets out the person's CF folder from dead file and stamps
it "To Address, then to Central Files, Restore to Good Standing",
and adds the words "AND ADVISE" to the stamp.

   Address, receiving a CF folder so marked, removes any SP on the
person's plate and uses the plate to make enough gummed labels for
use by Ethics.

   Ethics then uses the gummed labels to stick on a despatch to
Ethics of other orgs to whom such a person would possibly
communicate and stamps each despatch: "To Address, then to Central
Files, Restore to Good Standing."

   Address only makes gummed labels for Ethics use when the words
"AND ADVISE" are added by Ethics to the "Restore to Good Standing"
stamp. Otherwise, the notification has come from another org, and
no further notification is necessary as the other org has already
advised every possible org. LRH:lb-r.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright

  (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

              Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1966

  (Cancels HCO Policy Letter of 12 January 1966, Issue 11) Gen
Non-Remimeo St Hill only Receptionist INVOICE ROUTING Org Div All
Invoicing Stations All Personnel

   Invoice copies are distributed as follows: WHITE - To the
customer. PINK - To the department concerned with the service or
item purchased.

   YELLOW - Debit and credit invoices are kept in the Department of
Income for collection purposes.

   YELLOW - NOT debit or credit invoices for students and pcs are
routed to Address then to CF via Reception, so that Reception can
check the invoices against the In the Org List. Other not debit or
credit are routed from Address straight to CF. BLUE - To the
Department of Records, Assets and Materiel for record purposes.
GREEN - Consecutive series to be kept in the machine until the end
of the accounting week. LRH:rd

   L. RON HUBBARD Copyright (c) 1966 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED

   [Note: A copy of HCO Policy Letter of 7 June 1965, Entheta
Letters and the Dead File is in Volume 1, page 415.1

  393

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 MAY 1969 Remimeo

  ADDRESS LISTS

  ADDRESSO AND CENTRAL

  FILES

  It is an ACT OF TREASON to contract the address list of an
Organization.

   It is forbidden to order or allow an Org's CF or address lists
to be shifted, dispersed, lost, destroyed or disrupted in any way.
If permitted under any guise income will dive shortly after.

   In March 1968 DC had 15,530 names in CF (and even this figure is
a very very small figure for DC). On the 15 May 1968 it stopped
mailings to the states of Michigan, Ohio, Missouri, Florida, New
York and New Jersey and shipped 7,000 of their CF to "the Orgs
whose area it was".

   YET A CHECK OF EVERY INVOICE BETWEEN JANUARY 1st AND MAY 23rd
REVEALED THAT 25,839.08 DOLLARS WORTH OF BUSINESS HAD COME FROM
THAT MAILING LIST!

   DC at that time had been a large thriving organization; one of
the largest, operating both a day org and a large evening
Foundation.

   By March 1969 the org had contracted from a 9 division org to a
three division org and had closed its evening Foundation. ITS CF
HAD SHRUNK TO A REPORTED STRUGGLE TO GET 3,000 NAMES FOR A MAILING.
The same impulse to disperse its CF had continued until it nearly
destroyed the whole organization,

   DO NOT PERMIT THE CONTRACTION OF AN ORGANIZATION'S ADDRESS LIST
OR CENTRAL FILES.

   It is the size not the quality of an org's mailing list and the
number of mailings to it that determines the gross income of an
organization.

   TIME HAS NO RELATIONSHIP TO WHAT IS FILED IN CENTRAL FILES OR
ADDRESSO.

   THERE ARE NO ACTIVE OR INACTIVE LISTS.

   HCO OWNS THE MAILING LISTS OF SCIENTOLOGY AND WHERE THESE HAVE
BEEN PERMITTED TO BE DISPERSED THEY MUST BE RECOMPILED AND TOTALLY
ACTIVATED AT ONCE. W/O Ken Delderfield CS-6 for L. RON HUBBARD
Founder LRH:kd.an.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED

  394

                    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE             Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MAY 1969 Remimeo

  MAILING LISTS

  CENTRAL FILES

  ADDRESSO

  BASIC DEFINITIONS AND POLICY

  Dianetics and Scientology Mailing List

   This is a list of names and addresses of persons who have bought
something from an Organization. This in full, IS the ORG mailing
list. Every person on this list has a separate file in CENTRAL
FILES.

  Temporary Mailing List

   This list contains the names and addresses of people who have
expressed an interest in Dianetics or Scientology.

  Speculative Mailing List

   A list of names and addresses of people who MIGHT be interested.

  Good Will Mailing List

   Just any mailing list.

  Central Files

   A collection of files, one for every person who has ever bought
something from an organization, gathered together in the one
location in the organization.

   The name and address of every person in Central Files
collectively make up the ORG MAILING LIST. Conversely every person
on the Org Mailing List has a folder in Central Files. Purpose of
Central Files

   The purpose of Central Files is to collect and to hold all
names, addresses, pertinent data about and correspondence to anyone
from anyone who had ever bought anything from the Organization.

   Central Files is NEVER split into active/inactive.

   No CF folder may ever be retired from the files (P/L 8 April
'65).

  Central Files Folder

   The CF folder is the folder of a person who has bought something
from an Organization. In it is filed all the data concerning the
person, any correspondence to or from the person to anyone in the
Organization. Everything about a person, except his financial
statements, actual training record, and test record is in CF, but
data even on these such as a notice of certification, can be
included. For instance a copy of every invoice is forwarded to CF
via Reception and Addresso for filing.

  Hot Prospect File

   "Hot Files" are those that have recently expressed a wish to be
trained or processed. Nothing may be filed in a HOT PROSPECT FILE
that has not already been answered by a Letter Registrar. (P/L 8
April '65)

   Hot Prospects are created by mailing to the entire Org list
magazines, hard sell promotion and other broad mailings such as
brochures and questionnaires. Such mailings always contain the
invitation to write or call the Registrar and replies to these are
routed to the Registrar.

  395

  Addresso

   Addresso is the name-status index of central files (HCO P/L 23
Sept '64).

   The address files contain, ready for use in mailings, all the
names in central files and ready reference designations about these
people.

   The addresses are normally stored in some sort of addressing
equipment. Addresso plates are tabbed in such a way that they
reflect CF exactly. As a person's grade or training level increases
the tabbing is changed to reflect this. Copies of all invoices are
routed via Reception and Addresso to CF so that addresses can be
kept up to date and accurate. Copies of training and processing
certificates are sent via Addresso to CF so that the tabbing is
updated.

   It is VITAL that address errors are corrected and address plates
kept up to date and correctly tabbed.

   Not to do so causes ARC Breaks, wastes money due to numerous
mailings to the same persons under slightly different variations of
the same name, and loses names as people move from one address to
another.

   Addresso is always ready to give any department or unit a
complete card file complete with designations on persons in whom
that function is interested.

  Addresses cost a tremendous amount per address so never waste
them.

  Size of Mailing List

   The size not the quality of an Org's mailing list and the number
of mailings and letters to it determines the gross income of an Org
(P/L 30 July '68).

   To promote you must have a full mailing list. Central Files and
addresses must not be permitted to be shifted, dispersed, lost,
destroyed or disrupted in any way.

   Where this has occurred in the past IT IS AN ACTION OF VITAL
IMPORTANCE TO RECOMPILE THESE NOW.

   All promotion depends upon your collecting mailing lists and
exhuming any Dianetic or Scientology name you can find and mailing
them data.

   Where an Organization's mailing list does not contain the names
of every person who has ever bought anything from that
Organization, then these can and must be recompiled from old
invoices, old roll books and other records of buyers. Book buyers,
training and processing buyers, all had names on accounts invoices.
By going through these an address list can be recompiled. Old roll
books can be checked for names. Any Org record of past buyers
should be dug up and the names gotten onto the mailing list.

   With the new Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course about to be sent
to all Orgs, even lists of old time Dianeticists will be found to
be valuable. Dig out those lists and mail them data on the new
"Standard Dianetics", and the Hubbard Standard Dianetics. Course.

   An Org's mailing list should never be left idle. A mailing list
can be lost just by never mailing anything to it. Persons move on
and their new address is lost as mail arrived too late to be
forwarded. The whole of the Org's mailing list should receive broad
mailings of magazines, hard sell promotion, fliers and other
promotion.

Compiled by W/O Ken Delderfield
LRH Public Aide for L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:KD:an.ei.cden Founder
Copyright. (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                              396


                  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

              HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 NOVEMBER 1969

                            Issue I

Remimeo
Pub Div Hats
Div 2 Hats
HCO ES Hat
OES Hat
pcs Hat

                   CENTRAL FILES VALUE OF
             THE GROSS INCOME OF THE ORG AND WHY

   The easy way orgs give away their Central Files or pieces of
them to other orgs indicates a complete miss on their value.

   The average file folder in a CF file never costs less than S 10
a folder to obtain.

   When you think of all the work and mailings of the Public
Divisions and realize that the direct Product of that thought and
activity is a CF folder you begin to get some idea of what it cost
to have a folder to file.

   The gross income catastrophes that follow giving another org the
CF folders of its area are fantastic. One check showed Wash DC
dropped and lost around $27,000 Gross Income in about one quarter
after it gave away pieces of their CF to small East Coast US orgs
which didn't even have the facilities to use them.

   SH left half a ton of US CF folders in London unshipped to the
US for a long time. The astonishing thing is the tame presentation
of at least $280,000 worth of folders to ASHO with no thought of
making any deal.

   Jbg some years ago "misplaced" its basic 6500 CF address list
and lost the files utterly. It took 2 years to find the list (they
had left it in an old attic) and then for 2 more years did nothing
with it. Stats down all the time of course.

   Treasonable propaganda to the effect "it's an old file" "those;
names aren't hot anymore" encourage the disuse and disposal of CF
files.

   Yet a 5 year old file where the person has been written to
dozens of times can suddenly come alive, the person walking into
the org.

   I have seen dozens of "disposed" "inactive" files worked over
and produce thousands of dollars.

   So a file is worth at least $10 or more to get but it is worth
hundreds when continually written to.

   An org's potential fortune, its potential gross income is its
CF. So what would you think of a staff member or executive who
simply gave away big pieces of the gross income.

   Well, think the same thing of someone who gives away CF/folders.
Or who lets their address go stale. Or who fails to keep them up
and work them over.

   In the US if anyone changes his address, the Post Office only
keeps the change of address card for 6 months. DC, failing to mail
to a 40,000 CF list two or three times a year lost 27,000 of those
names because the people moved, the address change at the PO got
torn up and nobody could be reached anymore.

                              397

  The process by which you get your Gross Income, your portion of
proportionate pay and which pays for further dissem and PRO and
service is not a mysterious action. People don't just walk in out
of the blue.

  The Public Divisions get people into CF (by definition, CF is
"people who have bought something from an org"). Then Div 2 gets
them into higher services by Ltr Reg or phone actions. Then upper
orgs get them into upper services by paying FSM commissions to the
lower orgs.

  It can get very baffling how this simple and ONLY source of gross
income can be so missed that an org gives away its CF.

  Even if "that folder" has bought everything that org has, it is
still worth a 10% FSM commission to the org who owns it if that org
selects it and sends it literature.

  Honest, believe me, this is the only route by which you get in
gross income:

  I . Public Div actions

  2. Div 2 actions

  3. Good service actions

  4. FSM to upper orgs.

  There isn't any other route for all other routes also have to
follow this route. Even Pub Div FSM selections come back into CF
for further action after first service.

  Public Div actions mean "New names to CF."

  Is CF then only able to sell to "new" names? If so your Division
11 isn't worth scrapping. Or your Divs IV and V need a hammering
for having out-tech and muddying up a field.

  Listen: There is no other route to Gross Income than via CF.

  Aside from dead people or people who want off the list or people
who move with no address change THERE IS NO VALID CF AGE.

  Address of course is the CF index as well as who gets the
magazine.

  "Yes", somebody says, "but SIOUX Falls is West of our
territory.... ..And the

  org there said

  Listen, I wouldn't give another org the time of day if my org got

  the CF.

  Stop being so big hearted with your org's future gross income.

  An OES, worried about having enough money to keep the org going
and provide services would be amazed to find out what would happen
to his GI if he forced this Pol Ltr to be checked out on the whole
org. I'll bet better than 90% of staff haven't a clue as to how or
why or by what route they get ANY income at all. It's all in this
Pol Ltr.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:rs.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

                              398

                  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
            Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

               HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1971

                            Issue VI

Remimeo
Dissem Sec Hat
Dir Prom Reg Hat
CF I/C Hat
CF Clerk Hat
Address I/C Hat
Address Tabbing Clerk Hat

                    CF AND ADDRESS PRE-SORTING

  CF and Address should both have a series of baskets, one for each
letter of the alphabet, into which all particles are sorted prior
to either filing the particle as in Central Files (CF) or prior to
making an address plate, changing an address plate or tabbing an
address plate as in Address. In this fashion all particles can more
easily be filed or handled.

  The action then is as follows:

  1. Sort all particles into the alphabetical sorting baskets using
the first letter of the last name as the criteria into which basket
the particle is placed. (A letter or invoice made out to Mary C.
Jones would be placed in the basket marked

  Ili".)

  2. Then file or handle from each alphabetical basket.

  Number I and Number 2 as above can be done many times during the
day as required by the volume of particles received.

  The baskets can be set up either in a series of basket stacks or
they can be laid out on top of a long series of filing cabinets as
in CF. How these are set up is a question of ease and convenience
so as to speed the particle flow.

  As far as the baskets themselves are concerned, these can at
first be boxes which stationery is sold in or baskets similar to
those used in Comm Centers; however, as regards the latter it would
be wise to obtain either a different shape or a distinctive color
because it not unfrequently happens that these baskets are removed
by other staff or HCO for use in Comm Stations or in the Comm
Center.

  L. RON HUBBARD

  Founder

  LRH:nt.rd Copyright (c) 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard. ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED

  399

  CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX OF CONTENTS

  1956 1959 (corn.)

  26 Sept. Registrar 309 19 Aug. Writing of Letters by Staff
Auditors 365

  26 Oct. Gradient Scale of Personnel Procurement

  26 Aug. Promotional Functions of Dept of PrR

  (HCOB reissued as HCO PL 7 Jan. 1964) 1

  (excerpt) 259

  3 Sept. HCO Book Account 70

  5 Oct. Tape and Record Production Hat 216

  1957 6 Oct. Two Fine Magazines 130

  23 Oct. Recording of Taped Lectures at 1st

  25 Jan. Concerning the Separateness of Dianetics Melbourne ACC
and Pre-ACC Congress 217

  and Scientology

  is

  23 Oct. Attention Registrars and Book

  25 Jan. Referrals to Field 247

  Administrators 259

  22 Feb. Policy of Mail Handling for Prospective

  27 Oct. Processing of Children on the HGC 260

  Preclears & Students (HCOB) 247 30 Oct. Magazine Arrangements 131

  1 Apr. Always Register and Invoice 309 30 Oct. Blazer Badges 235

  6 Apr. Central Files and Procurement (HCOB) 248 31 Oct. Magazine
Mailings 131

  21 Apr. Income (Staff Notice) 309 3 Nov. Re-organization of Book
Supplies 189

  2 May Dissemination

  so

  20 Nov. Validation of Franchises 366

  7 May Assignment of Auditors, Rooms, Students 310 25 Nov, HCO and
HASI Blazer Badges 235

  16 May Invoicing Items 309

  18 May Policy on Signatures in Publications

  (reissued 8 May 1959) 82 1960

  3 June Letter Writing 361

  16 June People's Questions

  256 circa '60 Book Orden (LRH Despatch) 238

  27 Sept. Quoting Prices

  256 15 Mar. Hat Co_ordination: Dissemination of

  Dianetics and Scientology Materials 24

  15 Mar. Disseminating Scientology (HCOB) 132

  1958

  18 Mar. "Have You Lived. . ."Sales 192

  29 Mar. HGC and Academy Prices for Miners 260

  8 Feb. Since people will begin to expect

  8 Apr. Tapes of Washington Congress 218

  being cleared 311 9 Apr. Outflow (HCOB) 367

  4 Mar. Addition to HASI P/L of 8 Feb. 1958 311 12 Apr. An
Analysis of Promotion (HCOB) 369

  17 Mar. Body Routing in a Central Organization 312 25 Apr. PRR
Promotion (HCOB) 25

  23 Apr. Vital Training Data for Training Hats

  28 Apr. Books are Dissemination (HCOB) 88

  and Registrar 313 20 June Rush Magazine Note 133

  6 May Modified Procedure for Signing Up

  6 July LT Membership Privileges 195

  Prospective Students & Pcs 314 7 July Training Applicants 318

  27 Aug. The Washington DC central organization 187 15 July
Congress Tap" 218

  17 Sept. Who Can Order Printing 175 28 July Book Administration
193

  2 Oct. Sale and Conduct of Academy Cents" 257 28 July
International Membership Privileges 195

  24 Oct. Ability Magazine 128 2 Aug. Book Supplies 196

  31 Oct. Use of Mimeo Restricted 175 3 Aug. Magazine Advert Policy
133

  7 Nov. Registrar 314 19 Aug. Registrar Lost Line 319

  7 Nov. Letter Output 361 14 Oct. Book Department Procedure 197

  15 Nov. Outstanding Copyrights and Marks 172 20 Oct. PAB Magazine
Supplies 198

  15 Nov. Bow to Procure People 362 3 No. Promotional Letters 370

  15 Nov. The Substance and First Duty of HCO Vol. 1-13 14 Nov,
Urgent Pr R 261

  15 Nov. Legal Aid-HCO Vol. 1-16 15 Nov. Modem Procurement Letters
371

  17 Nov. HCO Project Engineer:

  19 Nov. Pc Scheduling 320

  "Have You Lived Before?" 83 18 Dec. CF and Address Change 388

  17 Nov. Free Clear Estimates-Free Clear Tests 315

  22 Nov. Owner of Materials-The Legal View Vol. 1-17

  24 Nov. Magazine Policy 127 1961

  15 Dec. Registrar Hat (Sec ED FCDC No. 2) 316

  23 Dec. Quality of Presentation 183 4 Jan. Tape Copying Changed
219

  4 Jan. Tape Leader Colour Codes 219

  9 Jan. Book Administration (cancels 28 July 1960) 194

  1959

  23 Jan. Shipping of Books 238

  30 Jan. British E-Meter Breakage 228

  20 Jan. When in doubt about Copyrighting 172 14 Feb. The Pattern
of a Central Organization

  12 Feb. Book Administrator (previous printing hat) 176

  Dept of Promotion and Registration (excerpt) 321

  9 Mar. Tapes and Records 213 14 Feb. The Pattern of a Central
Organization

  10 Mar. BScn/HCS Course Tapes 213

  The Letter Registration Section (excerpt) 377

  25 Mar. Book Policy 187 3 May Registration 322

  26 Mar. Dissemination Secretary Hat

  is

  9 Aug Book Sales 198

  8 Apr. Now HPA/HCA Tapes 214 13 Sept. Photostats (excerpt) 134

  14 Apr. New Book 85 13 Sept. Boxes and Cardboard (excerpt) 241

  16 Apr. Books, Cost of 86 23 Oct. E-Meters to be Approved 228

  27 Apr. Why New Books are Few 20 21 Nov. Letter Writer's Code 378

  29 Apr. Defacing Books and Proper Addresses

  19 Dec. &Meter Supplies 229

  on Them 188

  14 May How to Establish Price of Books and Tap" 215

  22 May Advertisement for Field in Certainty,

   1902

  Ability, etc-Minor Issues 87

  29 May Technology Vol. 1-24 12 Jan. Comments on Letter Reg
Department 262

  4 June Sale and Handout of Certainly Minors 188 15 Feb. Supply
and Servicing of the Mark IV E-Meter 229

  4 June Definition of a Hot He 364 10 Apr. Supplies of Books from
HCO WW 199

  6 June "Have You Lived Before This Life" 87 10 Apr. E-Meters 230

  15 June PAB Liaison 129 11 Apr. Supply of E-Meters to Central
Orgs 230

  26 June Dissemination Secretary Hat 22 5 June Class 11 Training
Only by Academies

  2 July Scientology Magazines 130 and Saint Hill 220

  29 July Sending Certificates by Mail 238 22 June Autographed Free
Books 199

                              400